GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP
S-2/A, 1997-05-09
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: FORELAND CORP, 10-K/A, 1997-05-09
Next: GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP, 8-A12G, 1997-05-09





As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 9, 1997 
                                                  Registration Nos. 333-26453-01
                                                                    333-26453

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                             ----------------------

                          PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                GCB CAPITAL TRUST
                            GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP
           (Exact Name of Registrants as Specified in their Charters)

   Delaware                                                       Requested
  New Jersey                                 6035                 22-2545165
- ------------------------------  --------------------------- --------------------
(States or Other Jurisdictions  (Primary Standard Industry    (I.R.S. Employer
of Incorporation                Classification Code Number) Identification Nos.)
or Organization)

                  55 Union Boulevard, Totowa, New Jersey 07512
                                 (201) 942-1111
    (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                  of Registrants' Principal Executive Offices)

                              Mr. John L. Soldoveri
                             Chief Executive Officer
                            Greater Community Bancorp
                  55 Union Boulevard, Totowa, New Jersey 07512
                                 (201) 942-1111
            ---------------------------------------------------------
            (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
                   Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

                  Please send copies of all communications to:
    John J. Spidi, Esq.                               Steven L. Kaplan, Esq.
    MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.              ARNOLD & PORTER
    1301 K. Street, N.W., Suite 700 East              555 Twelfth Street, N.W.
    Washington, D.C. 20005                            Washington, D.C. 20004

            APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box [ ]

        If the registrant elects to deliver its latest annual report to security
holders, or a complete and legible facsimile thereof,  pursuant to Item 11(a)(1)
of this form, check the following box [ ]

        If this Form is filed to register additional  securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

        If the  delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made  pursuant to
Rule 434, please check the following box.[ ]

        The prospectus contained in this Registration  Statement will be used in
connection with the offering of the following  securities:  (1)______% Preferred
Securities of GCB Capital Trust;  (2)______% Junior  Subordinated  Debentures of
Greater Community  Bancorp;  and (3) a Guarantee of Greater Community Bancorp of
certain obligations under the Preferred Securities.

<PAGE>

   
                          SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 8^, 1997
    
PROSPECTUS

                                     [LOGO]
                                   $20,000,000

                                GCB Capital Trust

                             % Preferred Securities
                 (Liquidation Amount $25 per Preferred Security)
          fully and unconditionally guaranteed, as described herein, by

                            Greater Community Bancorp

     The Preferred  Securities  offered  hereby  represent  preferred  undivided
beneficial  interests in the assets of GCB Capital Trust,  a statutory  business
trust  created  under the laws of the State of Delaware  (the  "Issuer  Trust").
Greater Community Bancorp (the "Company") will initially be the holder of all of
the beneficial  interests  represented by common  securities of the Issuer Trust
(the "Common Securities" and, together with the Preferred Securities, the "Trust
Securities").                                           (Continued on next page)

                             ----------------------

     SEE "RISK  FACTORS"  BEGINNING  ON PAGE 11 HEREOF FOR  CERTAIN  INFORMATION
RELEVANT TO AN INVESTMENT IN THE PREFERRED SECURITIES.

                             ----------------------

     THE SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER  OBLIGATIONS OF A
BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION  OR ANY
OTHER INSURER OR GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

                             ----------------------

     THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED
UPON THE  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=======================================================================================================
                                                               Underwriting          Proceeds to
                                     Price to Public(1)        Discount (2)       Issuer Trust(3)(4)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>                      <C>                <C>   
Per Preferred Security............         $25.00                  (4)                  $25.00
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(5)..........................       $20,000,000               (4)               $20,000,000
=======================================================================================================
</TABLE>
   
(1)     Plus accrued Distributions, if any, from             ^, 1997.
(2)     The Company and the Issuer Trust have each agreed to indemnify the
        Underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 
        1933. See "Underwriting."
(3)     Before  deduction  of  expenses  payable  by  the  Company  estimated at
        ^ $            .
(4)     In view of the  fact  that  the  proceeds  of  the sale of the Preferred
        Securities will be used to purchase the Junior Subordinated Debentures,
        the Company has agreed to pay to the Underwriters, as compensation  for]
        arranging the investment therein of such proceeds, ^ $         per 
        Preferred Security (or ^ $               million in the aggregate). See
        "Underwriting."
(5)     The Company has  granted  the Underwriters an option, exercisable within
        30 days after the   date  of  this  Prospectus, to  purchase  up  to  an
        additional $3,000,000 aggregate  liquidation  amount  of  the  Preferred
        Securities  on  the  same  terms  as  set  forth  above, solely to cover
        over-allotments, if any. If  such  over-allotment option is exercised in
        full,  the  total  Price  to Public and Proceeds to Issuer Trust will be
        $23,000,000 and $23,000,000, respectively. See "Underwriting."

        The  Preferred  Securities  are offered by the  Underwriters  subject to
receipt and acceptance by them, prior sale and the Underwriters' right to reject
any  order in whole or in part and to  withdraw,  cancel  or  modify  the  offer
without notice. It is expected that delivery of the Preferred Securities will be
made in book-entry  form through the  book-entry  facilities  of The  Depository
Trust  Company on or about ^, 1997,  against  payment  therefor  in  immediately
available funds.
    
                                  ADVEST, INC.
   
                  The date of this Prospectus is             ^, 1997
    


<PAGE>



Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.


<PAGE>



(cover page continued)

   
The Issuer Trust exists for the sole purpose of issuing the Trust Securities and
investing the proceeds  thereof in           ^% Junior  Subordinated  Deferrable
Interest Debentures (the "Junior Subordinated Debentures," and together with the
Trust Securities, the "Securities") to  be  issued  by  the  Company. The Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  will mature on      ^, 2027 (the  "Stated  Maturity").
The Preferred Securities will have a preference under certain circumstances over
the Common Securities with respect to cash  distributions and amounts payable on
liquidation,  redemption or otherwise.  See "Description of Preferred Securities
- -- Subordination of Common Securities."
    

        The  Preferred  Securities  will be  represented  by one or more  global
securities  registered in the name of a nominee of The Depository Trust Company,
as depositary  ("DTC").  Beneficial  interests in the global  securities will be
shown on, and transfer thereof will be effected only through, records maintained
by DTC and its participants. Except as described under "Description of Preferred
Securities,"  Preferred  Securities  in  definitive  form will not be issued and
owners of beneficial  interests in the global  securities will not be considered
holders of the  Preferred  Securities.  Application  will be made to include the
Preferred  Securities in Nasdaq's National Market.  Settlement for the Preferred
Securities will be made in immediately available funds. The Preferred Securities
will trade in DTC's  Same-Day  Funds  Settlement  System,  and secondary  market
trading  activity  for  the  Preferred   Securities  will  therefore  settle  in
immediately available funds.

   
        Holders  of  the  Preferred  Securities  will  be  entitled  to  receive
preferential  cumulative  cash  distributions  accumulating  from ^,  1997,  and
payable  quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31
of each year  commencing  ^, 1997,  at the annual rate of ^% of the  Liquidation
Amount of $25 per  Preferred  Security  ("Distributions").  The  Company has the
right to defer payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated  Debentures at any
time or from time to time for a period not  exceeding 20  consecutive  quarterly
periods with respect to each  deferral  period (each,  an  "Extension  Period"),
provided that no Extension  Period may extend beyond the Stated  Maturity of the
Junior Subordinated Debentures.  No interest shall be due and payable during any
Extension  Period,  except at the end thereof.  Upon the termination of any such
Extension  Period and the payment of all amounts then due, the Company may elect
to begin a new Extension Period subject to the requirements set forth herein. If
interest  payments  on the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  are  so  deferred,
Distributions on the Preferred  Securities will also be deferred and the Company
will not be  permitted,  subject  to certain  exceptions  described  herein,  to
declare or pay any cash  distributions  with  respect to the  Company's  capital
stock or with respect to debt  securities of the Company that rank pari passu in
all respects  with or junior to the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.  During an
Extension Period,  interest on the Junior Subordinated  Debentures will continue
to accrue (and the amount of  Distributions  to which  holders of the  Preferred
Securities are entitled will accumulate) at the rate of ^% per annum, compounded
quarterly,  and  holders of  Preferred  Securities  will be  required  to accrue
interest income for United States federal income tax purposes.  See "Description
of Junior  Subordinated  Debentures -- Option to Extend Interest Payment Period"
and "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences  -- Interest  Income and Original
Issue Discount."
    

        The Company has, through the Guarantee,  the Trust Agreement, the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures and the Junior Subordinated  Indenture (each as defined
herein), taken together,  fully, irrevocably and unconditionally  guaranteed all
the Issuer  Trust's  obligations  under the  Preferred  Securities  as described
below. See "Relationship Among the Preferred Securities, the Junior Subordinated
Debentures and the Guarantee -- Full and Unconditional Guarantee." The Guarantee
of  the  Company  guarantees  the  payment  of  Distributions  and  payments  on
liquidation or redemption of the Preferred Securities,  but only in each case to
the  extent  of  funds  held by the  Issuer  Trust,  as  described  herein  (the
"Guarantee").  See  "Description  of  Guarantee."  If the Company  does not make
payments on the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  held by the Issuer Trust,  the
Issuer Trust may have  insufficient  funds to pay Distributions on the Preferred
Securities.  The  Guarantee  does not cover  payment of  Distributions  when the
Issuer Trust does not have sufficient funds to pay such  Distributions.  In such
event,  a holder  of  Preferred  Securities  may  institute  a legal  proceeding
directly  against the Company to enforce payment of such  Distributions  to such
holder.  See  "Description of Junior  Subordinated  Debentures -- Enforcement of
Certain  Rights by Holders of  Preferred  Securities."  The  obligations  of the
Company under the Guarantee and the Preferred Securities are subordinate and

                                        2

<PAGE>



junior  in  right  of  payment  to  all  Senior   Indebtedness  (as  defined  in
"Description  of  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  --  Subordination")  of  the
Company.

   
           The Preferred  Securities are subject to mandatory  redemption (i) in
whole, but not in part, upon repayment of the Junior Subordinated  Debentures at
Stated  Maturity or, at the option of the Company,  their earlier  redemption in
whole upon the  occurrence  of a Tax Event,  an  Investment  Company  Event or a
Capital Treatment Event (each as defined herein) and (ii) in whole or in part at
any time on or after ^, 2002  contemporaneously  with the optional redemption by
the  Company  of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  in whole or in part.  The
Junior Subordinated Debentures are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of
the Company  (i) on or after ^, 2002,  in whole at any time or in part from time
to time, or (ii) in whole, but not in part, at any time within 90 days following
the  occurrence and  continuation  of a Tax Event,  Investment  Company Event or
Capital  Treatment  Event, in each case at a redemption  price set forth herein,
which  includes  the  accrued  and unpaid  interest  on the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  so  redeemed  to the date fixed for  redemption.  The ability of the
Company to exercise its rights to redeem the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures or
to cause the redemption of the Preferred Securities prior to the Stated Maturity
may be subject to prior  regulatory  approval by the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal  Reserve  System  (the  "Federal  Reserve"),   if  then  required  under
applicable Federal Reserve capital  guidelines or policies.  See "Description of
Junior  Subordinated  Debentures -- Redemption"  and  "Description  of Preferred
Securities -- Liquidation Distribution Upon Dissolution."
    

        The holders of the outstanding  Common  Securities have the right at any
time to dissolve the Issuer Trust and,  after  satisfaction  of  liabilities  to
creditors of the Issuer Trust as provided by applicable law, to cause the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  to be  distributed  to the  holders  of the  Preferred
Securities and Common Securities in liquidation of the Issuer Trust. The ability
of the Company, as holder of the Common Securities, to dissolve the Issuer Trust
may be subject to prior  regulatory  approval  of the Federal  Reserve,  if then
required under applicable  Federal Reserve capital  guidelines or policies.  See
"Description   of  Preferred   Securities  --  Liquidation   Distribution   Upon
Dissolution."

        In the event of the dissolution of the Issuer Trust,  after satisfaction
of liabilities  to creditors of the Issuer Trust as provided by applicable  law,
the  holders  of  the  Preferred  Securities  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a
Liquidation  Amount of $25 per Preferred  Security plus  accumulated  and unpaid
Distributions  thereon to the date of  payment,  subject to certain  exceptions,
which may be in the form of a distribution of such amount in Junior Subordinated
Debentures. See "Description of Preferred Securities -- Liquidation Distribution
Upon Dissolution."

        The Junior Subordinated Debentures are unsecured and subordinated to all
Senior  Indebtedness of the Company.  See  "Description  of Junior  Subordinated
Debentures -- Subordination."

        Prospective purchasers must carefully consider the information set forth
in "Certain ERISA Considerations."

        THE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED  DEBENTURES ARE DIRECT AND UNSECURED OBLIGATIONS
OF THE  COMPANY,  DO NOT  EVIDENCE  DEPOSITS  AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL
DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER INSURER OR GOVERNMENT AGENCY.



                                        3

<PAGE>






                                       MAP









































   
        CERTAIN   PERSONS   PARTICIPATING   IN  THIS   OFFERING  MAY  ENGAGE  IN
TRANSACTIONS  THAT  STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN,  OR OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE
PREFERRED  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY,  INCLUDING  OVER-ALLOTING  SHARES OF THE
PREFERRED SECURITIES AND BIDDING FOR AND PURCHASING SUCH SHARES AT A LEVEL ABOVE
THAT WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET.  FOR A  DESCRIPTION  OF
THESE  ACTIVITIES,   SEE  "UNDERWRITING."  SUCH  STABILIZING  TRANSACTIONS,   IF
COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
    

                                        4

<PAGE>








- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     SUMMARY

        The following  summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and consolidated  financial  statements and notes thereto  appearing
elsewhere in this  Prospectus.  Unless otherwise  indicated,  all information in
this  Prospectus is based on the assumption  that the  Underwriters  (as defined
herein) will not exercise their over-allotment option.


                                   THE COMPANY

        The  Company,  a New  Jersey  corporation,  is a  bank  holding  company
headquartered in Totowa, New Jersey with two banking  subsidiaries,  Great Falls
Bank  ("GFB"),  and Bergen  Commercial  Bank ("BCB",  and together with GFB, the
"Bank Subsidiaries").  At March 31, 1997, the Company had total assets of $267.1
million,  total  deposits of $223.2  million and total  shareholders'  equity of
$21.8  million.  The Bank  Subsidiaries'  deposits are federally  insured by the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC")  primarily  through  the Bank
Insurance  Fund ("BIF")  with a small  portion of deposits  insured  through the
Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF"). The Company's principal business is
to serve as a holding company for the Bank Subsidiaries.

        The Company was  incorporated in 1984. GFB received its charter from the
New  Jersey  Department  of Banking  (the  "Department")  in 1985 and  commenced
operations  as a  commercial  bank in January  1986.  During  1995,  the Company
acquired  all of the  outstanding  stock  of BCB  solely  in  exchange  for  the
Company's  common  stock,  and  acquired  Family First  Federal  Savings Bank of
Clifton,  New Jersey ("Family First"),  which was merged into GFB. In July 1996,
the Company changed its name from Great Falls Bancorp to its present name.

   
        The Company's operating strategy is to combine quality personal service,
convenient  office  locations  and  technology  to offer a  variety  of loan and
deposit products tailored to fit the needs of its customers. The Company and the
Bank Subsidiaries  emphasize personalized ^ service and local decision-making in
their banking  businesses.  Each of the Bank Subsidiaries has its own management
team and sets  individual  performance  targets  consistent with overall Company
goals.  This structure  allows the senior  management of each bank subsidiary to
focus their efforts on  understanding  their  customers and meeting the specific
needs of the markets they serve.  In addition,  it is the Company's  strategy to
expand its  operations  in  northern  New  Jersey  through  internal  growth and
strategic acquisitions.

        As of March 31, 1997, the Bank Subsidiaries  provided  community banking
services  through  eight  branches  located in  northern  New  Jersey.  The Bank
Subsidiaries offer a wide variety of consumer and commercial lending and deposit
services.  The loans offered by the Bank  Subsidiaries  include short and medium
term  loans,  loans  secured by  residential  and  non-residential  real  estate
properties, revolving lines of credit, mortgage loans and installment loans. The
Bank  Subsidiaries  also offer deposit and personal banking  services  including
checking,  regular savings, money market deposits, term certificate accounts and
individual retirement accounts. Through Greater Community Financial, L.L.C., the
Company  offers  securities  brokerage and  investment  advisory  services.  The
Company  considers its primary market area to be Passaic and Bergen  counties in
northern  New  Jersey^  which  comprises a diverse  base of business  and retail
customers.
    

        The  executive  office of the Company is located at 55 Union  Boulevard,
Totowa, New Jersey 07512 and its telephone number is (201) 942-1111.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        5

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Financial Summary
                                  At or For the
                                  Three Months
                                      Ended
                                    March 31,                       At or for Year Ended December 31,
                                    ---------                       ---------------------------------
                                      1997            1996         1995          1994          1993           1992
                                      ----            ----         ----          ----          ----           ----
   
                                                                (Dollars in thousands^)
<S>                                <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>     
Net income....................     $      665      $  2,337     $  2,072     $  1,486       $  1,301        $  1,034
Total assets..................        267,097       256,506      253,045      168,303        150,632         139,883
Loans receivable (net)........      ^ 141,036       134,587      129,107       94,550         81,920          80,604
Shareholders' equity..........         21,819        21,061       19,595       14,961         14,156          12,927
 Return on average assets.....        ^ 1.02%         0.93%        0.93%        0.91%          0.90%           0.84%
Return on average equity......       ^ 12.43%        11.69%       11.99%       10.19%          9.66%           8.43%
Net interest margin...........        ^ 4.84%         4.95%        5.24%        5.02%          4.70%           5.18%
    
</TABLE>






                                GCB CAPITAL TRUST

             The  Issuer  Trust  is a  statutory  business  trust  formed  under
Delaware  law  pursuant to (i) a trust  agreement,  dated as of April 29,  1997,
executed by the Company, as Depositor, and Bankers Trust (Delaware), as Delaware
Trustee,  and (ii) the  filing  of a  Certificate  of  Trust  with the  Delaware
Secretary  of State on April 29,  1997.  Such initial  trust  agreement  will be
amended and  restated in its entirety  (as so amended and  restated,  the "Trust
Agreement"),  as of the date the Preferred  Securities are initially issued. Two
individuals  will be selected by the holder of the Common  Securities  to act as
administrators  with  respect to the Issuer  Trust (the  "Administrators").  The
Company,  while  holder  of  the  Common  Securities,   intends  to  select  two
individuals  who are employees or officers of or affiliated  with the Company to
serve as  Administrators.  The Issuer Trust's business and affairs are conducted
by its Property Trustee,  Delaware Trustee,  and two Administrators.  The Issuer
Trust exists for the exclusive purposes of (i) issuing and selling the Preferred
Securities  and  Common  Securities,  (ii) using the  proceeds  from the sale of
Preferred  Securities and Common  Securities to acquire the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  issued  by the  Company  and  (iii)  engaging  in only  those  other
activities  necessary,  advisable or incidental thereto (such as registering the
transfer of the  Preferred  Securities).  Accordingly,  the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  will be the sole assets of the Issuer Trust and  payments  under the
Junior Subordinated Debentures will be the sole revenue of the Issuer Trust. All
of the Common  Securities  will be owned by the Company.  The Common  Securities
will rank pari passu,  and  payments  will be made  thereon  pro rata,  with the
Preferred Securities, except that upon the occurrence and during the continuance
of an Event of  Default  under the Trust  Agreement  resulting  from an Event of
Default under the  Indenture,  the rights of the Company as holder of the Common
Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon liquidation,
redemption or otherwise will be subordinated to the rights of the holders of the
Preferred Securities. The Company will acquire Common Securities representing an
aggregate  liquidation  amount  equal to 3% of the total  capital  of the Issuer
Trust.  The Issuer Trust has a term of 31 years,  but may  terminate  earlier as
provided in the Trust  Agreement.  The principal  executive office of the Issuer
Trust is 55 Union Boulevard,  Totowa, New Jersey 07512, and its telephone number
is (201) 942-1111.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        6

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  THE OFFERING
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                     <C>
Securities Offered....................  The $20,000,000 aggregate liquidation amount of Preferred
                                        Securities offered hereby represents preferred undivided
                                        beneficial interests in the Issuer Trust's assets, which will
                                        consist solely of the Junior Subordinated Debentures.  The Trust
                                        has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30
                                        days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an
                                        additional $3,000,000 aggregate liquidation amount of Preferred
                                        Securities at the offering price, solely to cover over-allotments,
                                        if any.

   
Offering Price........................  ^ $25 per Preferred Security (Liquidation Amount $25), plus
                                        accumulated Distributions, if any, from             ^, 1997.

Distributions.........................  The distributions payable on each Preferred Security will be
                                        fixed at a rate per annum of      ^% of the stated liquidation
                                        amount per Preferred Security, will be cumulative, will accrue
                                        from             ^, 1997, the date of issuance of the Preferred
                                        Securities, and will be payable quarterly in arrears on March
                                        31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year,
                                        commencing             ^, 1997.  See "Description of Preferred
                                        Securities -- Distributions."
    
   
Junior Subordinated Debentures........  The Issuer Trust will invest the proceeds from the issuance of
                                        the Preferred Securities and Common Securities in an equivalent
                                        amount of      ^% Junior Subordinated Debentures of the
                                        Company.  The Junior Subordinated Debentures will mature on
                                                  ^, 2027. The Junior Subordinated Debentures will rank
                                        subordinate  and  junior in right of  payment  to all Senior
                                        Indebtedness  of the  Company.  In addition,  the  Company's
                                        obligations under the Junior Subordinated Debentures will be
                                        structurally   subordinated   to  all  existing  and  future
                                        liabilities and obligations of its subsidiaries.
    
Guarantee.............................  Under the terms of the Guarantee, the Company has guaranteed
                                        the payment of Distributions and payments on liquidation or
                                        redemption of the Preferred Securities, but only in each case to
                                        the extent of funds held by the Issuer Trust described herein.
                                        The Company and the Issuer Trust believe that the obligations of
                                        the Company under the Guarantee, the Trust Agreement, the
                                        Junior Subordinated Debentures and the Junior Subordinated
                                        Indenture taken together, fully, irrevocably and unconditionally
                                        guarantee all of the Issuer Trust's obligations relating to the
                                        Preferred Securities.  The obligations of the Company under the
                                        Guarantee and the Preferred Securities are subordinate and
                                        junior in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness.  See
                                        "Description of Guarantee."
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        7

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                     <C>
Right to Defer Interest...............  The Company has the right, at any time, to defer payments of
                                        interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures for a period not
                                        exceeding 20 consecutive quarters; provided that no Extension
                                        Period may extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the Junior
                                        Subordinated Debentures.  As a consequence of the Company's
                                        extension of the interest payment period, quarterly Distributions
                                        on the Preferred Securities will be deferred (though such
                                        Distribution would continue to accrue with interest thereon
                                        compounded quarterly, since interest will continue to accrue and
                                        compound on the Junior Subordinated Debentures during any
                                        such Extension Period).  During an Extension Period, the
                                        Company will be prohibited, subject to certain exceptions
                                        described herein, from declaring or paying any cash
                                        distributions with respect to its capital stock or debt securities
                                        that rank pari passu with or junior to the Junior Subordinated
                                        Debentures.  Upon the termination of any Extension Period and
                                        the payment of all amounts then due, the Company may
                                        commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing
                                        requirements.  See "Description of Junior Subordinated
                                        Debentures -- Option to Extend Interest Payment Period."

                                        Should  an   Extension   Period   occur, Preferred Security holders
                                        will continue to  include   interest  income  (and  de minimis original 
                                        issue discount, if any) for  United  States  federal  income tax
                                        purposes.  See "Certain  Federal  Income Tax  Consequences -- 
                                        Interest Income and Original Issue Discount.

   
Redemption............................  The Preferred Securities are subject to mandatory redemption (i)
                                        in whole, but not in part, at the Stated Maturity upon repayment
                                        of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, (ii) in whole, but not in
                                        part, contemporaneously with the optional redemption at any
                                        time by the Company of the Junior Subordinated Debentures
                                        upon the occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event,
                                        Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event and (iii)
                                        in whole or in part at any time on or after             ^, 2002,
                                        contemporaneously with the optional redemption by the
                                        Company of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole or in
                                        part, in each case at the applicable Redemption Price.  See
                                        "Description of Preferred Securities -- Redemption."
    

Liquidation of the Issuer Trust.......  The Company, as holder of the Common Securities, has the
                                        right at any time to dissolve the Issuer Trust and cause the
                                        Junior Subordinated Debentures to be distributed to holders of
                                        Preferred Securities in liquidation of the Issuer Trust, subject to
                                        the Company having received prior approval of the Federal
                                        Reserve to do so if then required under applicable capital
                                        guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve.  See "Description
                                        of Preferred Securities -- Liquidation Distribution Upon
                                        Dissolution."
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        8

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                     <C>
Voting Rights.........................  Generally, the holders of the Preferred Securities will not have
                                        any voting rights.  See "Description of Preferred Securities --
                                        Voting Rights; Amendment of Trust Agreement" and "Risk
                                        Factors -- Limited Voting Rights."

Use of Proceeds.......................  The  proceeds   from  the  sale  of  the Preferred Securities offered
                                        hereby will be used by the Issuer  Trust to purchase the Junior
                                        Subordinated Debentures issued by the Company.  The proceeds
                                        received by the Company from the sale of the Junior
                                        Subordinated Debentures will be used for general corporate
                                        purposes which may include branch acquisitions and/or
                                        acquisitions of other financial institutions.  In addition, a portion
                                        of the proceeds may be contributed through investments in or
                                        advances to the Bank Subsidiaries.  The Trust Securities will
                                        qualify as Tier 1 or core capital of the Company, subject to the
                                        25% Capital Limitation (as defined herein), under the risk-based
                                        capital guidelines of the Federal Reserve.  The portion of the
                                        Trust Securities that exceeds the 25% Capital Limitation will
                                        qualify as Tier 2 or supplementary capital of the Company.  See
                                        "Use of Proceeds."

ERISA Considerations..................  Prospective purchasers should consider the information set forth
                                        under "Certain ERISA Considerations."

Nasdaq National Market Symbol.........  Application has been made to have the Preferred Securities
                                        approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the
                                        symbol "GFLSP".





                                  RISK FACTORS

        Prospective  investors should  carefully  consider the matters set forth
under "Risk Factors," beginning on page 11.

</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        9

<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    The following  summary  information  regarding the Company should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated  financial statements of the Company and notes
beginning  on  page  F-1.  Consolidated  historical  financial  and  other  data
regarding  the Company at or for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996,
have been  prepared by the Company  without  audit and may not be  indicative of
results  on an  annualized  basis  or  any  other  period.  In  the  opinion  of
management,  all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) that
are necessary for a fair presentation for such periods or dates have been made.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    At or For the
                                                     Three Months
                                                    Ended March 31,                  At or for Year Ended December 31,
                                                    ---------------      ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1997       1996         1996        1995        1994        1993        1992
                                                      ----       ----         ----        ----        ----        ----        ----
   
                                                         (Dollars in  thousands, except per share amounts ^)
<S>                                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>       <C>     
Selected Results of Operations
  Interest income .............................   $  4,764    $  4,523    $ 18,693    $ 17,433    $    11,402    $  9,335  $^ 9,254
  Net interest income .........................      2,958       2,754      11,539      10,883          7,768       6,333     5,941
  Provision for possible loan losses ..........        115          90         440         414            172         478       952
  Net interest income after provision
    for loan losses ...........................      2,843       2,664      11,099      10,469          7,596       5,855     4,989
  Other income ................................        449         746       1,929       2,177            855       1,338     1,023
  Other expenses ..............................      2,323       2,650       9,463       9,400          6,125       5,088     4,437
  Net income ..................................        665         482       2,337       2,072          1,486       1,301     1,034

Per Share Data
  Net income ..................................       0.28        0.23        0.97        1.04           0.89        0.79      0.63
  Book value ..................................    ^ 11.27       11.51       11.13     ^ 10.32           9.33        8.90      9.02

Selected Balance Sheet Data
  Total assets ................................    267,097     241,190     256,506     253,045        168,303     150,632   139,883
  Investment securities .......................     94,891      87,331      89,679      83,986         58,961      43,468    26,054
  Loans receivable (net) ......................   ^141,036     125,639     134,587     129,107         94,550      81,920    80,604
  Total deposits ..............................    223,229     210,060     223,242     222,766        144,289     129,852   125,141
  Borrowings and securities sold under
    agreements to repurchase ..................     13,623       3,655     ^ 4,159     ^ 2,756        ^ 2,700       ^ 750       703
  ^ Redeemable subordinated debentures ........      4,891     ^ 4,979       4,988       4,976          4,963       4,950      --
  Shareholders' equity ........................   ^ 21,819      19,684      21,061      19,595         14,961      14,156    12,927

 Performance Ratios
  Return on average assets ....................       1.02%       0.81%       0.93%       0.93%          0.91%       0.90%     0.84%
  Return on average equity ....................      12.43%      13.20%      11.69%      11.99%         10.19%       9.66%     8.43%
  Net interest margin .........................     ^ 4.84%       5.09%       4.95%       5.24%          5.02%       4.70%     5.18%

Asset Quality Ratios
  Non-performing loans to total gross loans....       1.64%       2.00%     ^ 1.28%       1.47%          2.09%       3.01%     2.36%
  Non-performing assets to total loans
   and other real estate owned ................       3.45%       4.69%     ^ 3.21%       3.84%          3.29%       4.66%     6.58%
  Net charge-offs to average total gross loans.        ^--%       0.05%       0.16%       0.79%          0.13%       0.85%     0.14%
  Total allowance for loan losses to
    total non-performing loans ................     ^112.24%     92.15%    ^144.40%     120.27%         90.07%      70.25%   102.56%
                                                                                                                                 

Capital Ratios
  Equity to assets ............................      ^ 8.17%      8.16%       8.21%       7.74%          8.89%       9.40%     9.24%
  Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio .............       12.51%     13.27%       7.97%       7.27%          9.06%       8.33%    15.70%
  Total risk-based capital ratio ..............      ^16.71%     18.13%      16.89%      16.77%         19.30%      26.44%    16.96%
                                                                                                                                   
  Leverage ratio ..............................      ^ 7.93%      7.72%       8.12%       8.28%          8.34%       8.69%     9.84%

Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges(1)
  ^ Excluding interest on deposits ............      ^ 4.34x      4.67x       4.77x       5.05x          5.13x      20.49x    12.25x
  Including interest on deposits ..............        1.56x      1.42x       1.50x       1.48x          1.63x       1.68x     1.47x
    
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) The  consolidated  ratio of earnings to fixed  charges has been  computed by
    dividing  income  before  income  taxes,  cumulative  effect of  changes  in
    accounting  principles  and fixed  charges by fixed  charges.  Fixed charges
    represent  all interest  expense  (ratios are presented  both  excluding and
    including  interest on deposits).  There were no  amortization  of notes and
    debentures expense nor any portion of net rental expense which was deemed to
    be equivalent to interest on debt. Interest expense (other than on deposits)
    includes  interest on notes,  federal funds  purchased and  securities  sold
    under agreements to repurchase, and other funds borrowed.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       10
<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

        In addition to the other  information in this Prospectus,  the following
factors  should be  considered  carefully in  evaluating  an  investment  in the
Preferred  Securities  offered by this  Prospectus.  Certain  statements in this
Prospectus and documents  incorporated  herein by reference are  forward-looking
and are  identified  by the use of  forward-looking  words  or  phrases  such as
"intended,"   "will   be   positioned,"   "expects,"   is  or  are   "expected,"
"anticipates," and "anticipated." These forward-looking  statements are based on
the  Company's  current  expectations.  To the  extent  any  of the  information
contained  in this  Prospectus  constitutes  a  "forward-looking  statement"  as
defined in Section  27A(i)(1) of the Securities  Act, the risk factors set forth
below are cautionary  statements  identifying important factors that could cause
actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statement.

RISK FACTORS RELATING TO THE OFFERING

Ranking  of  Subordinated   Obligations  Under  the  Guarantee  and  the  Junior
Subordinated Debentures

        The obligations of the Company under the Guarantee issued by the Company
for the  benefit of the  holders of  Preferred  Securities  and under the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures are  subordinate  and junior in right of payment to all
Senior  Indebtedness.  At March 31, 1997, the Senior Indebtedness of the Company
aggregated   approximately  $4.9  million.   None  of  the  Junior  Subordinated
Indenture,  the Guarantee or the Trust  Agreement  places any  limitation on the
amount of secured or unsecured debt, including Senior Indebtedness,  that may be
incurred  by  the  Company.  See  "Description  of  Guarantee  --Status  of  the
Guarantee" and "Description of Junior Subordinated Debentures -- Subordination."

        The  ability of the Issuer  Trust to pay  amounts  due on the  Preferred
Securities is solely  dependent upon the Company's making payments on the Junior
Subordinated Debentures as and when required.

Option to Extend Interest Payment Period; Tax Consequences

   
        So long as no Event of Default  (as  defined in the Junior  Subordinated
Indenture)   has  occurred  and  is  continuing   with  respect  to  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debentures (a "Debenture  Event of Default"),  the Company has the
right under the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture to defer the payment of interest
on the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  at any time or from time to time for a
period not  exceeding  20  consecutive  quarterly  periods  with respect to each
Extension Period, provided that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Stated
Maturity  of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.  See  "Description  of Junior
Subordinated Debentures -- Debenture Events of Default." As a consequence of any
such deferral, quarterly Distributions on the Preferred Securities by the Issuer
Trust will be deferred during any such Extension Period.  Distributions to which
holders of the  Preferred  Securities  are entitled will  accumulate  additional
Distributions  thereon during any Extension  Period at the rate of ^% per annum,
compounded  quarterly  from the relevant  payment  date for such  Distributions,
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve  30-day  months and the actual
days elapsed in a partial month in such period. Additional Distributions payable
for each full  Distribution  period will be  computed  by dividing  the rate per
annum by four.  The term  "Distribution"  as used herein shall  include any such
additional Distributions.  During any such Extension Period, the Company may not
(i)  declare or pay any  dividends  or  distributions  on, or redeem,  purchase,
acquire or make a  liquidation  payment  with  respect to, any of the  Company's
capital  stock or (ii) make any payment of  principal of or interest or premium,
if any, on or repay,  repurchase  or redeem any debt  securities  of the Company
that rank pari passu in all  respects  with or junior in  interest to the Junior
Subordinated Debentures (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions
    

                                       11

<PAGE>



   
or other  acquisitions  of shares of capital  stock of the Company in connection
with any employment contract,  benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or
for  the  benefit  of  any  one  or  more  employees,   officers,  directors  or
consultants,  in connection with a dividend  reinvestment  or stockholder  stock
purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company
(or  securities  convertible  into or  exercisable  for such  capital  stock) as
consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable
Extension  Period,  (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or
series of the  Company's  capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of
the Company) for any class or series of the  Company's  capital  stock or of any
class or series  of the  Company's  indebtedness  for any class or series of the
Company's  capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional  interests in shares of
the Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of
such  capital  stock or the  security  being  converted  or  exchanged,  (d) any
declaration of a dividend in connection with any  stockholder's  rights plan, or
the issuance of rights,  stock or other property under any stockholder's  rights
plan, or the  redemption or repurchase of rights  pursuant  thereto,  or (e) any
dividend  in the form of stock,  warrants,  options  or other  rights  where the
dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants,  options or
other  rights is the same stock as that on which the  dividend  is being paid or
ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).  Prior to the termination of any
such  Extension  Period,  the Company may further defer the payment of interest,
provided that no Extension Period may exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods or
extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.  Upon
the  termination  of any  Extension  Period and the payment of all interest then
accrued and unpaid  (together  with  interest  thereon at the annual rate of ^%,
compounded  quarterly,  to the extent  permitted by applicable law), the Company
may elect to begin a new Extension  Period subject to the above  conditions.  No
interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period,  except at the end
thereof.  The Company  must give the Issuer  Trustees  notice of its election to
begin an Extension  Period at least one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i)
the date the  Distributions on the Preferred  Securities would have been payable
but for the  election  to  begin  such  Extension  Period  and (ii) the date the
Property  Trustee  is  required  to give  notice  to  holders  of the  Preferred
Securities of the record date or the date such Distributions are payable, but in
any event not less than one Business Day prior to such record date. The Property
Trustee  will give notice of the  Company's  election  to begin a new  Extension
Period to the holders of the  Preferred  Securities.  Subject to the  foregoing,
there is no  limitation  on the  number of times that the  Company  may elect to
begin  an  Extension   Period.   See   "Description   of  Preferred   Securities
- --Distributions" and "Description of Junior Subordinated Debentures -- Option to
Extend Interest Payment Period."
    

        Should an Extension Period occur, a holder of Preferred  Securities will
continue to accrue income (in the form of original issue  discount  ("OID")) for
United  States  federal  income tax purposes in respect of its pro rata share of
the Junior Subordinated  Debentures held by the Issuer Trust, which will include
a holder's  pro rata share of both the stated  interest  and de minimis  OID, if
any, on the Junior Subordinated  Debentures.  As a result, a holder of Preferred
Securities  will  include  such OID in gross  income for United  States  federal
income tax purposes in advance of the receipt of cash,  and will not receive the
cash related to such income from the Issuer Trust if the holder  disposes of the
Preferred  Securities prior to the record date for the payment of Distributions.
See "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences  -- Interest  Income and Original
Issue Discount" and "-- Sales of Preferred Securities."

        The Company has no current  intention of  exercising  its right to defer
payments of interest by  extending  the  interest  payment  period on the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures.  However,  should the Company  elect to exercise  such
right in the future,  the market price of the Preferred  Securities is likely to
be  affected.  A holder that  disposes of his, her or its  Preferred  Securities
during an Extension Period, therefore, might not receive the same return on his,
her or its investment as a holder that continues to

                                       12

<PAGE>



hold its Preferred Securities.  In addition, as a result of the existence of the
Company's  right to defer interest  payments,  the market price of the Preferred
Securities  (which represent  preferred  undivided  beneficial  interests in the
assets of the Issuer Trust) may be more volatile than the market prices of other
securities on which  original  issue  discount or interest  accrues that are not
subject to such deferrals.

Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event Redemption

        Upon  the  occurrence  and  during  the  continuation  of a  Tax  Event,
Investment  Company Event or Capital  Treatment Event, the Company has the right
to redeem the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any
time  within 90 days  following  the  occurrence  of such Tax Event,  Investment
Company  Event  or  Capital  Treatment  Event  and  thereby  cause  a  mandatory
redemption of the Preferred Securities.  Any such redemption shall be at a price
equal to the  liquidation  amount of the  Preferred  Securities,  together  with
accumulated  Distributions  to but excluding the date fixed for redemption.  The
ability of the Company to exercise its rights to redeem the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  prior to the stated  maturity  may be  subject  to prior  regulatory
approval by the Federal  Reserve,  if then  required  under  applicable  Federal
Reserve capital guidelines or policies.  See "Description of Junior Subordinated
Debentures  --  Redemption"  and   "Description   of  Preferred   Securities  --
Liquidation Distribution Upon Dissolution."

        A "Tax  Event"  means the  receipt by the Issuer  Trust of an opinion of
counsel to the Company  experienced  in such  matters to the effect  that,  as a
result of any  amendment  to, or change  (including  any  announced  prospective
change) in, the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United States or any
political  subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of
any  official or  administrative  pronouncement  or action or judicial  decision
interpreting or applying such laws or regulations,  which amendment or change is
effective or which  pronouncement  or decision is announced on or after the date
of issuance of the  Preferred  Securities,  there is more than an  insubstantial
risk that (i) the Issuer  Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the delivery of
such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income
received or accrued on the Junior Subordinated Debentures, (ii) interest payable
by the Company on the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures is not, or within 90 days
of the delivery of such opinion will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole
or in part,  for United States  federal  income tax purposes or (iii) the Issuer
Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the delivery of the  opinion,  subject to
more than a de  minimis  amount  of other  taxes,  duties or other  governmental
charges.

   
        See "-- Possible Tax Law Changes Affecting the Preferred Securities" and
"Certain  Federal  Income Tax  Consequences  -- Possible  Tax Law Changes" for a
discussion of certain legislative proposals that, if adopted, could give rise to
a Tax Event, which may permit the Company to cause a redemption of the Preferred
Securities prior to ^, 2002.
    

        "Investment  Company  Event" means the receipt by the Issuer Trust of an
opinion of  counsel to the  Company  experienced  in such  matters to the effect
that,  as a result  of the  occurrence  of a change  in law or  regulation  or a
written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or
application of law or regulation by any legislative  body,  court,  governmental
agency or regulatory  authority,  there is more than an insubstantial  risk that
the  Issuer  Trust is or will be  considered  an  "investment  company"  that is
required to be registered  under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the  "Investment  Company  Act"),  which change or  prospective  change becomes
effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of
the issuance of the Preferred Securities.


                                       13

<PAGE>



        A "Capital  Treatment  Event" means the reasonable  determination by the
Company  that,  as a result of the  occurrence  of any  amendment  to, or change
(including  any  announced  prospective  change)  in,  the laws (or any rules or
regulations  thereunder)  of the  United  States  or any  political  subdivision
thereof  or  therein,   or  as  a  result  of  any  official  or  administrative
pronouncement or action or judicial decision  interpreting or applying such laws
or regulations,  which  amendment or change is effective or such  pronouncement,
action  or  decision  is  announced  on or  after  the date of  issuance  of the
Preferred Securities,  there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company
will not be entitled to treat an amount equal to the  Liquidation  Amount of the
Preferred Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" (or the then equivalent thereof) except
as otherwise  restricted  under the 25% Capital  Limitation (as defined herein),
for  purposes  of the  risk-based  capital  adequacy  guidelines  of the Federal
Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the Company.

Exchange of Preferred Securities for Junior Subordinated Debentures

        The holders of all the outstanding  Common  Securities have the right at
any time to dissolve the Issuer Trust and, after  satisfaction of liabilities to
creditors of the Issuer Trust as provided by  applicable  law,  cause the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  to be  distributed  to the  holders  of the  Preferred
Securities and Common Securities in liquidation of the Issuer Trust. The ability
of the Company, as holder of the Common Securities, to dissolve the Issuer Trust
may be subject to prior  regulatory  approval  of the Federal  Reserve,  if then
required under applicable  Federal Reserve capital  guidelines or policies.  See
"Description   of  Preferred   Securities  --  Liquidation   Distribution   Upon
Dissolution."

        Under current United States  federal income tax law and  interpretations
and  assuming,  as  expected,  that the  Issuer  Trust  will not be taxable as a
corporation,  a  distribution  of  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  upon a
liquidation  of the Issuer  Trust will not be a taxable  event to holders of the
Preferred Securities. However, if a Tax Event were to occur that would cause the
Issuer Trust to be subject to United States  federal  income tax with respect to
income received or accrued on the Junior Subordinated Debentures, a distribution
of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  by the Issuer  Trust would be a taxable
event to the Issuer  Trust and the  holders  of the  Preferred  Securities.  See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences -- Distribution of Junior  Subordinated
Debentures to Securityholders."

Rights Under the Guarantee

        Bankers  Trust  Company will act as the trustee  under the Guarantee and
will  hold  the  Guarantee  for the  benefit  of the  holders  of the  Preferred
Securities.  Bankers  Trust  Company will also act as Debenture  Trustee for the
Junior  Subordinated   Debentures  and  as  Property  Trustee  under  the  Trust
Agreement. Bankers Trust (Delaware) will act as Delaware Trustee under the Trust
Agreement.  The Guarantee  guarantees to the holders of the Preferred Securities
the  following  payments,  to the  extent not paid by or on behalf of the Issuer
Trust: (i) any accumulated and unpaid  Distributions  required to be paid on the
Preferred  Securities,  to the extent  that the  Issuer  Trust has funds on hand
available  therefor at the payment date, (ii) the Redemption  Price with respect
to any Preferred Securities called for redemption, to the extent that the Issuer
Trust  has funds on hand  available  therefor  at such  time,  and (iii)  upon a
voluntary or  involuntary  dissolution,  winding up or liquidation of the Issuer
Trust (unless the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures are distributed to holders of
the Preferred  Securities),  the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the  Liquidation
Amount and all accumulated and unpaid  Distributions to the date of payment,  to
the extent that the Issuer  Trust has funds on hand  available  therefor at such
time, and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer Trust  remaining  available for
distribution to holders of the Preferred Securities on liquidation of the Issuer
Trust. The Guarantee is subordinated as described under "-- Ranking of

                                       14

<PAGE>



Subordinated  Obligations  Under  the  Guarantee  and  the  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures"  and  "Description  of  Guarantee -- Status of the  Guarantee."  The
holders  of not less than a  majority  in  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the
outstanding  Preferred  Securities have the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting  any  proceeding  for any remedy  available to the Guarantee
Trustee in respect of the Guarantee or to direct the exercise of any trust power
conferred  upon the  Guarantee  Trustee under the  Guarantee.  Any holder of the
Preferred  Securities  may  institute a legal  proceeding  directly  against the
Company to enforce its rights under the Guarantee  without  first  instituting a
legal proceeding  against the Issuer Trust,  the Guarantee  Trustee or any other
person or entity.

        If the Company were to default on its obligation to pay amounts  payable
under the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  the Issuer Trust may lack funds for
the payment of  Distributions  or amounts payable on redemption of the Preferred
Securities or otherwise, and, in such event, holders of the Preferred Securities
would  not be able to rely  upon the  Guarantee  for  payment  of such  amounts.
Instead, if a Debenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such
event is  attributable  to the failure of the Company to pay any amounts payable
in respect of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  on the payment date on which
such  payment is due and  payable,  then a holder of  Preferred  Securities  may
institute a legal  proceeding  directly  against the Company for  enforcement of
payment  to such  holder  of any  amounts  payable  in  respect  of such  Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  having  a  principal  amount  equal  to the  aggregate
Liquidation  Amount  of the  Preferred  Securities  of such  holder  (a  "Direct
Action").  In connection with such Direct Action,  the Company will have a right
of set-off under the Junior Subordinated  Indenture to the extent of any payment
made by the Company to such holder of Preferred Securities in the Direct Action.
Except as described herein,  holders of Preferred Securities will not be able to
exercise  directly  any other  remedy  available  to the  holders  of the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  or assert  directly any other rights in respect of the
Junior  Subordinated   Debentures.   See  "Description  of  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures -- Enforcement of Certain Rights by Holders of Preferred Securities,"
"--  Debenture  Events of Default" and  "Description  of  Guarantee."  The Trust
Agreement  provides  that each  holder of  Preferred  Securities  by  acceptance
thereof  agrees to the  provisions of the Guarantee and the Junior  Subordinated
Indenture.

Limited Voting Rights

        Holders of Preferred Securities will have limited voting rights relating
generally to the modification of the Preferred  Securities and the Guarantee and
the  exercise  of the  Issuer  Trust's  rights as holder of Junior  Subordinated
Debentures.  Holders of  Preferred  Securities  will not be entitled to appoint,
remove or replace the Property  Trustee or the Delaware  Trustee except upon the
occurrence  of certain  events  specified in the Trust  Agreement.  The Property
Trustee and the  holders of all the Common  Securities  may,  subject to certain
conditions,  amend the  Trust  Agreement  without  the  consent  of  holders  of
Preferred  Securities  to cure  any  ambiguity  or  make  other  provisions  not
inconsistent  with the Trust  Agreement  or to ensure that the Issuer  Trust (i)
will not be  taxable  as a  corporation  for United  States  federal  income tax
purposes,  or (ii) will not be required to register as an  "investment  company"
under the Investment  Company Act. See  "Description of Preferred  Securities --
Voting Rights; Amendment of Trust Agreement" and "-- Removal of Issuer Trustees;
Appointment of Successors."

Absence of Market

        The  Preferred  Securities  are  a  new  issue  of  securities  with  no
established  trading  market.  Application  has been made to list the  Preferred
Securities  in the  Nasdaq  National  Market,  but one of the  requirements  for
listing  and  continued  listing is the  presence  of two market  makers for the
Preferred

                                       15

<PAGE>



Securities.  The Company and the Issuer Trust have been advised by Advest,  Inc.
that it intends to make a market in the Preferred Securities.  However,  Advest,
Inc. is not  obligated  to do so and such market  making may be  interrupted  or
discontinued at any time without notice at the sole  discretion of Advest,  Inc.
Moreover,  there can be no assurance of a second  market maker for the Preferred
Securities.  Accordingly,  no assurance  can be given as to the  development  or
liquidity of any market for the Preferred Securities.

Market Prices

        There  can  be no  assurance  as to  the  market  prices  for  Preferred
Securities,  or the market prices for Junior Subordinated Debentures that may be
distributed in exchange for Preferred  Securities if a liquidation of the Issuer
Trust occurs.  Accordingly,  the Preferred Securities or the Junior Subordinated
Debentures  that a holder of Preferred  Securities may receive on liquidation of
the Issuer Trust may trade at a discount to the price that the investor  paid to
purchase the Preferred  Securities offered hereby.  Because holders of Preferred
Securities  may receive  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures on  termination of the
Issuer Trust,  prospective purchasers of Preferred Securities are also making an
investment decision with regard to the Junior Subordinated Debentures and should
carefully  review  all  the  information   regarding  the  Junior   Subordinated
Debentures   contained   herein.   See   "Description  of  Junior   Subordinated
Debentures."

Possible Tax Law Changes Affecting the Preferred Securities

   
        On February 6, 1997, President Clinton released his budget proposals for
fiscal  year  1998.  One of the  revenue  provisions  of those  proposals  would
generally  deny interest  deductions  for interest on an instrument  issued by a
corporation  that has a maximum term of more than 15 years and that is not shown
as  indebtedness  on the  separate  balance  sheet of the issuer  or,  where the
instrument  is issued to a related party (other than a  corporation),  where the
holder or some other related party issues a related instrument that is not shown
as  indebtedness  on the  issuer's  consolidated  balance  sheet.  If enacted as
proposed by the  President,  this provision  would be effective for  instruments
issued on or after the date of first action by a  Congressional  committee  with
respect to the proposal.  It is not clear from the  President's  proposals as to
what constitutes Congressional "committee action" with respect to this proposal.
If the  provision  were to  apply to the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  the
Company  would  be  unable  to  deduct  interest  on  the  Junior   Subordinated
Debentures.  There  can  be  no  assurance,  however,  that  future  legislative
proposals  or final  legislation  will not affect the  ability of the Company to
deduct interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures.  Such a change could give
rise to a Tax Event,  which may permit the Company to cause a redemption  of the
Preferred  Securities  before ^, 2002. See  "Description of Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  --  Redemption"  and   "Description   of  Preferred   Securities  --
Redemption."  Seeunior also "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences -- Possible
Tax Law Changes." Under current law, the Company will be able to deduct interest
on the Junior Subordinated Debentures.
    

RISK FACTORS RELATING TO THE COMPANY

Status of the Company as a Bank Holding Company

        The  Company  is a legal  entity  separate  and  distinct  from the Bank
Subsidiaries,  although the principal  source of the Company's  cash revenues is
dividends  from the Bank  Subsidiaries.  The  ability of the  Company to pay the
interest  on,  and  principal  of, the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  will be
significantly dependent on the ability of the Bank Subsidiaries to pay dividends
to the Company and the

                                       16

<PAGE>



ability  of the  Company  to  realize a return  on its  investments  in  amounts
sufficient to service the Company's  debt  obligations.  Payment of dividends by
the Bank Subsidiaries is restricted by various legal and regulatory limitations.
No dividend may be paid,  unless,  following the payment of such  dividend,  the
capital  stock of the bank will be  unimpaired,  and the bank will either have a
surplus  of not less  than  50% of its  capital  stock,  or the  payment  of the
dividend will not reduce the surplus of the bank.

        The right of the Company to  participate in the assets of any subsidiary
upon the latter's liquidation, reorganization or otherwise (and thus the ability
of the  holders of  Preferred  Securities  to benefit  indirectly  from any such
distribution)  will be  subject to the  claims of the  subsidiaries'  creditors,
which will take  priority  except to the extent that the Company may itself be a
creditor  with  a  recognized  claim.  As  of  March  31,  1997,  the  Company's
subsidiaries  had indebtedness  and other  liabilities of  approximately  $240.4
million.

        The Bank Subsidiaries are also subject to restrictions under federal law
which limit the transfer of funds by them to the Company, whether in the form of
loans,  extensions of credit,  investments,  asset purchases or otherwise.  Such
transfers by either Bank Subsidiary to the Company or any nonbank  subsidiary of
the Company are limited in amount to 10% of the bank's  capital and surplus and,
with respect to the Company and all its nonbank subsidiaries, to an aggregate of
20% of the bank's capital and surplus. Furthermore, such loans and extensions of
credit are  required  to be  secured  in  specified  amounts.  Federal  law also
prohibits banks from purchasing "low-quality" assets from affiliates.

Competition

        The banking business is highly competitive.  In its primary market area,
the Bank  Subsidiaries  compete with other  commercial  banks,  savings and loan
associations,   credit  unions,  finance  companies,   mutual  funds,  insurance
companies,  and brokerage and  investment  banking firms  operating  locally and
elsewhere. The Bank Subsidiaries' primary competitors have substantially greater
resources and lending  limits than the Bank  Subsidiaries  and may offer certain
services,  such as trust services,  that the Bank Subsidiaries do not provide at
this time. The profitability of the Company depends upon the Bank  Subsidiaries'
ability to compete in their primary market area. See "Business of the Company --
Competition."

Loan Portfolio Considerations

   
        During the past three  years,  the Company has  experienced  significant
growth in its loan  portfolio.  Loans increased to ^ $144.0 million at March 31,
1997,  from $96.7  million at December  31, 1994.  Commercial  real estate loans
increased by 48% or $20.2 million at March 31, 1997, as compared to December 31,
1994, and comprised 43% of total loans as of March 31, 1997.  See  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Loan
Portfolio."  The nature of  commercial  real estate  loans is such that they may
present  more credit risk to the Company  than other types of loans such as home
equity or residential real estate loans.  Further,  these loans are concentrated
in Passaic and Bergen Counties in northern New Jersey. As a result, a decline in
the general  economic  conditions  of northern  New Jersey could have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations
taken  as a whole.  See  "Business  of the  Company  --  Lending  Activities  --
Commercial Real Estate Loans."
    


                                       17

<PAGE>



Growth and Acquisition Strategies

        The  Company  has  pursued and intends to continue to pursue an internal
growth  strategy,  the success of which will depend  primarily on  generating an
increasing  level of loans and  deposits  at  acceptable  risk  levels and terms
without significant increases in noninterest expenses. There can be no assurance
that  the  Company  will be  successful  in  implementing  its  internal  growth
strategy.  In addition,  the Company has grown and may seek to grow by acquiring
other financial  institutions.  Any  acquisitions  will be subject to regulatory
approval,  and there can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will  obtain  such
approvals.  Although the Company does not have any signed contracts,  letters of
intent or agreements in principle,  the Company  routinely  reviews  acquisition
opportunities.  The  Company  may  not  be  successful  in  identifying  further
acquisition candidates,  integrating acquired institutions or preventing deposit
erosion at acquired institutions.  Competition for acquisitions in the Company's
market  area is highly  competitive,  and the Company may not be able to acquire
other institutions on attractive terms.  Furthermore,  the success of the growth
strategy of the Company will depend on maintaining sufficient regulatory capital
levels and on economic conditions.

Market Value of Investments

        A significant portion of the Company's  securities  investment portfolio
has been  designated  as  available-for-sale  pursuant to Statement of Financial
Accounting   Standards  No.  115  ("SFAS  115")   relating  to  accounting   for
investments. SFAS 115 requires that unrealized gains and losses in the estimated
value of the available-for-sale portfolio be "marked to market" and reflected as
a separate item in  shareholders'  equity (net of tax).  At March 31, 1997,  the
Company   maintained   approximately   21.2%  of  its   assets   in   securities
available-for-sale. Shareholders' equity will continue to reflect the unrealized
gains and losses (net of tax) of these  investments.  There can be no  assurance
that the market value of the Company's  investment  portfolio  will not decline,
causing a corresponding decline in shareholders' equity.

        Management  believes that several  factors will affect the market values
of the Company's  investment  portfolio.  These include, but are not limited to,
changes in interest rates or expectations  of changes,  the degree of volatility
in the securities markets,  inflation rates or expectations of inflation and the
slope  of the  interest  rate  yield  curve.  (The  yield  curve  refers  to the
differences  between  longer-term and shorter-term  interest rates. A positively
sloped yield curve means shorter-term  rates are lower than longer-term  rates.)
Also,  the passage of time will affect the market values of the  securities,  in
that the closer they are to  maturing,  the closer the market price should be to
par value.  In addition to the  foregoing,  there are other  factors that impact
specific categories of the portfolio differently.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        The  inability  of  borrowers  to repay loans can erode the earnings and
capital of banks.  Like all banks,  the Company  maintains an allowance for loan
losses to provide for loan defaults and  nonperformance.  The allowance is based
on prior  experience with loan losses,  as well as an evaluation of the risks in
the current  portfolio,  and is  maintained  at a level  considered  adequate by
management  to  absorb  anticipated  losses.  The  amount  of  future  losses is
susceptible to changes in economic,  operating and other  conditions,  including
changes in interest rates,  that may be beyond  management's  control,  and such
losses  may  exceed  current  estimates.  At March 31,  1997,  the  Company  had
nonperforming  loans of $2.4  million and an  allowance  for loan losses of $2.7
million or 1.8% of total loans and 112% of nonperforming  loans. There can be no
assurance that the Company's allowance for loan losses will be adequate to cover
actual losses.  Future provisions for loan losses could materially and adversely
affect

                                       18

<PAGE>



results of operations of the Company. See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Economic Conditions and Impact of Interest Rates

        Results of operations for financial institutions, including the Company,
may be  materially  and  adversely  affected by changes in  prevailing  economic
conditions,  including declines in real estate values, rapid changes in interest
rates and the  monetary  and fiscal  policies  of the  federal  government.  The
profitability  of the  Company is in part a function  of the spread  between the
interest  rates  earned on assets and the  interest  rates paid on deposits  and
other  interest-bearing  liabilities (net interest income),  including  advances
from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLB").  Interest rate risk arises
from mismatches  (i.e., the interest  sensitivity gap) between the dollar amount
of repricing or maturing assets and liabilities, and is measured in terms of the
ratio  of the  interest  rate  sensitivity  gap to  total  assets.  More  assets
repricing or maturing  than  liabilities  over a given time period is considered
asset-sensitive  and is  reflected  as a  positive  gap,  and  more  liabilities
repricing  or  maturing  than  assets  over a given  time  period is  considered
liability-sensitive  and  is  reflected  as  negative  gap.  An  asset-sensitive
position  (i.e.,  a positive gap) will  generally  enhance  earnings in a rising
interest  rate  environment  and will  negatively  impact  earnings in a falling
interest  rate  environment,  while  a  liability-sensitive  position  (i.e.,  a
negative  gap)  will  generally  enhance  earnings  in a falling  interest  rate
environment   and  negatively   impact   earnings  in  a  rising  interest  rate
environment. Fluctuations in interest rates are not predictable or controllable.
The  Company has  attempted  to  structure  its asset and  liability  management
strategies  to mitigate the impact on net  interest  income of changes in market
interest rates. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to manage interest rate risk so as to avoid  significant  adverse effects in net
interest  income.  At March 31,  1997,  the  Company  had a one year  cumulative
negative gap of 2.12%.  This negative one year gap position may, as noted above,
have a negative  impact on earnings in a rising interest rate  environment.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Results of  Operations  and Financial
Condition -- Interest Rate Sensitivity."

Supervision and Regulation

        Bank  holding   companies  and  banks  operate  in  a  highly  regulated
environment  and are  subject  to the  supervision  and  examination  by several
federal  and state  regulatory  agencies.  The  Company  is  subject to the Bank
Holding  Company  Act  of  1956,  as  amended  ("BHCA")  and to  regulation  and
supervision by the Federal  Reserve,  and the Bank  Subsidiaries  are subject to
regulation and supervision by the Department and the FDIC. The Bank Subsidiaries
are also members of the FHLB and are subject to regulation thereby.  Federal and
state banking laws and regulations govern matters ranging from the regulation of
certain debt obligations,  changes in the control of bank holding companies, and
the  maintenance  of adequate  capital to the general  business  operations  and
financial  condition  of the Bank  Subsidiaries,  including  permissible  types,
amounts  and terms of loans and  investments,  the  amount of  reserves  against
deposits,  restrictions on dividends,  establishment of branch offices,  and the
maximum rate of interest  that may be charged by law. The Federal  Reserve,  the
FDIC, and the Department  also possess cease and desist powers over bank holding
companies  and  banks,  to  prevent or remedy  unsafe or  unsound  practices  or
violations of law.  These and other  restrictions  limit the manner in which the
Company  and the  Bank  Subsidiaries  may  conduct  their  business  and  obtain
financing.  Furthermore, the commercial banking business is affected not only by
general economic  conditions,  but also by the monetary  policies of the Federal
Reserve.  These monetary  policies have had and are expected to continue to have
significant  effects on the operating  results of commercial  banks.  Changes in
monetary or legislative policies may affect the ability of the Bank Subsidiaries
to attract deposits and make loans. See "Supervision and Regulation."

                                       19

<PAGE>



                                GCB CAPITAL TRUST

        The Issuer Trust is a statutory  business  trust created under  Delaware
law pursuant to the filing of a Certificate of Trust with the Delaware Secretary
of State on April 29,  1997.  The  Issuer  Trust will be  governed  by the Trust
Agreement among the Company, as Depositor, Bankers Trust (Delaware), as Delaware
Trustee,  and Bankers Trust  Company,  as Property  Trustee  (together  with the
Delaware Trustee,  the "Issuer  Trustees").  Two individuals will be selected by
the holder of the Common Securities to act as administrators with respect to the
Issuer Trust (the  "Administrators").  The  Company,  while holder of the Common
Securities,  intends to select two  individuals who are employees or officers of
or affiliated with the Company to serve as the Administrators.  See "Description
of  Preferred  Securities  --Miscellaneous."  The  Issuer  Trust  exists for the
exclusive  purposes of (i) issuing and selling the Trust Securities,  (ii) using
the  proceeds  from the sale of the  Trust  Securities  to  acquire  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  and (iii)  engaging  in only  those  other  activities
necessary, convenient or incidental thereto (such as registering the transfer of
the Trust Securities).  Accordingly,  the Junior Subordinated Debentures will be
the sole assets of the Issuer Trust, and payments under the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures will be the sole source of revenue of the Issuer Trust.

        All the Common  Securities  will initially be owned by the Company.  The
Common  Securities  will rank pari passu,  and payments will be made thereon pro
rata, with the Preferred Securities,  except that upon the occurrence and during
the  continuation  of a  Debenture  Event of Default  arising as a result of any
failure by the Company to pay any amounts in respect of the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  when due,  the  rights of the  holder of the  Common  Securities  to
payment in respect of Distributions and Payments upon liquidation, redemption or
otherwise  will be  subordinated  to the rights of the holders of the  Preferred
Securities.  See "Description of Preferred Securities -- Subordination of Common
Securities."  The  Company  will  acquire  Common  Securities  in  an  aggregate
liquidation  amount equal to 3% of the total  capital of the Issuer  Trust.  The
Issuer Trust has a term of 31 years,  but may  terminate  earlier as provided in
the Trust  Agreement.  The  address of the  Delaware  Trustee  is Bankers  Trust
(Delaware), 1001 Jefferson Street, Wilmington,  Delaware 19801, telephone number
(302) 576-3301.  The address of the Property Trustee,  the Guarantee Trustee and
the Debenture Trustee is Bankers Trust Company,  Four Albany Street,  4th Floor,
New York, New York 10006, telephone number (212) 250-2500.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

        All the  proceeds  to the Issuer  Trust  from the sale of the  Preferred
Securities  will be  invested  by the Issuer  Trust in the  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures.  The proceeds from the sale of the Preferred Securities are expected
to qualify as Tier 1 or core capital with respect to the Company under the risk-
based capital  guidelines  established by the Federal  Reserve,  however capital
received  from the  proceeds  of the  sale of the  Preferred  Securities  cannot
constitute  more than 25% of the total Tier 1 capital of the  Company  (the "25%
Capital  Limitation").  Amounts  in excess of the 25%  Capital  Limitation  will
constitute Tier 2, or supplementary capital, of the Company. The net proceeds to
be received by the Company from the sale of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
will  be  used  for  general   corporate   purposes  which  may  include  branch
acquisitions and/or acquisitions of other financial institutions. In addition, a
portion of the proceeds may be used to make contributions through investments in
or advances to the Bank Subsidiaries. Pending any such use, the net proceeds may
be invested in short-to-medium-term  obligations. The precise amounts and timing
of the application of proceeds will depend upon the funding  requirements of the
Company and its subsidiaries and the availability of other funds.


                                       20

<PAGE>



                                 CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth (i) the  consolidated  capitalization  of
the  Company at March 31,  1997,  (ii) the  consolidated  capitalization  of the
Company giving effect to the issuance of the Preferred Securities hereby offered
by GCB Capital Trust and application by the Company of the net proceeds from the
corresponding sale of the Junior Subordinated Debentures to GCB Capital Trust as
if the sale of the Preferred  Securities had been consummated on March 31, 1997,
and assuming the Underwriters'  over-allotment was not exercised,  and (iii) the
actual and pro forma capital ratios of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                (Unaudited)
                                                                       As Adjusted
                                                                     For the Sale of
                                                         Actual    Preferred Securities
                                                         ------    --------------------
                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)


<S>                                                       <C>                 <C>     
  Redeemable Subordinated Debentures (1)...........       $ 4,891             $  4,891
                                                           ------              -------

  Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the
Company's subordinated debt (2)....................            --               20,000

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock no par value, 1,000,000 shares
authorized, none issued............................            --                   --
  Common stock $1 par value - 10,000,000 shares
authorized; 1,891,733 outstanding..................         1,886                1,886
  Additional paid-in-capital.......................        17,653               17,653
  Unrealized holding gains on securities available
   
    for sale, net of income taxes..................           558                  558
  Retained earnings................................       ^ 1,722                1,722
                                                         --------               ------
    
      Total shareholders' equity...................        21,819               21,819
                                                           ------               ------
  Total capitalization.............................       $26,710              $46,710
                                                           ======               ======

COMPANY CAPITAL RATIOS(3):
   
  Equity to total assets...........................        ^ 8.17%                7.60%
  Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio(4)...............         12.51                16.28
  Total risk-based capital ratio...................       ^ 16.71                28.11
  Leverage ratio ..................................        ^ 7.93                 9.82
    
</TABLE>



- ------------------------
(1)     The Company issued $5 million of 8.5% Redeemable Subordinated Debentures
        ("Debentures")  due November 1, 1998,  interest  payable  quarterly.  In
        addition to the  Debentures,  the Company issued  Cancellable  Mandatory
        Stock Purchase Contracts ("Equity Contracts")  requiring the purchase of
        $5 million in common  stock at a price of $9.77 (as  adjusted  for stock
        dividends)  per share no later than November 1, 1997, and permitting the
        purchase of common stock in that amount prior to that date. The purchase
        price under the Equity  Contracts  can be paid by the  surrender  of the
        Debentures  with a  principal  amount  equal to the amount of the common
        stock to be purchased.  The  Debentures  are  redeemable  and the Equity
        Contracts  are  cancellable  at the election of the Company upon 60 days
        written notice.
   
(2)     Preferred Securities  representing  beneficial interests in an aggregate
        principal amount of $20,000,000 of the ^% Junior Subordinated Debentures
        of the Company.  The Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  will mature on ^,
        2027.
    
(3)     The capital  ratios,  as  adjusted,  are  computed  including  the total
        estimated net proceeds from the sale of the Preferred  Securities,  in a
        manner consistent with Federal Reserve guidelines.
(4)     Federal Reserve guidelines for calculation of Tier 1 capital limit  the
        amount of cumulative preferred stock which can  be  included  in  Tier 1
        capital to 25% of total Tier 1 capital.


                                       21

<PAGE>



                              ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

        For financial reporting purposes,  the Issuer Trust will be treated as a
subsidiary  of the Company  and,  accordingly,  the accounts of the Issuer Trust
will be included in the consolidated  financial  statements of the Company.  The
Preferred  Securities will be included in the consolidated balance sheets of the
Company  and  appropriate  disclosures  about  the  Preferred  Securities,   the
Guarantee and the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures will be included in the notes
to the consolidated financial statements of the Company. For financial reporting
purposes,  Distributions  on the  Preferred  Securities  will be recorded in the
consolidated statements of income of the Company.

           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                            AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        This section presents a review of the Company's  consolidated  financial
condition and results of operations.  Data is presented for both the Company and
its subsidiaries unless otherwise noted.

        In addition to  historical  information,  this  discussion  and analysis
contains forward-looking  statements.  The forward-looking  statements contained
herein are subject to certain  risks and  uncertainties  that could cause actual
results  to  differ  materially  from  those  projected  in the  forward-looking
statements.  Important factors that might cause such a difference  include,  but
are not limited to,  those  discussed  in this  section  entitled  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations."
Readers  are  cautioned  not to place undue  reliance  on these  forward-looking
statements,  which reflect management's analysis only as of the date hereof. The
Company   undertakes  no   obligation   to  publicly   revise  or  update  these
forward-looking  statements to reflect events and circumstances that arise after
the date hereof.

Acquisitions

   
        During  1995,  the Company  completed  certain  transactions  which were
significant to its business,  operations  and  structure.  On April 7, 1995, the
Company  acquired Family First which was merged into GFB. In connection with the
Family  First  acquisition,  GFB added two  full-service  banking  offices.  The
acquisition  was accounted for as a purchase  transaction  and  accordingly  GFB
recorded  all  assets  and  liabilities  of  Family  First  on its  books at the
acquisition  date. The Company acquired $26.3 million in loans and $49.8 million
in  deposits  pursuant  to the Family  First  acquisition.  The  purchase  price
exceeded the fair market value of net assets acquired by approximately $734,000,
which was  recorded  as  goodwill  and is being  amortized  over a period of six
years.  Income and  expense  are  recorded in the  Company's  results  since the
acquisition date and prior periods have not been restated.  In addition, in July
1995 GFB opened a de novo full-service banking office in Totowa, New Jersey.
    

        As of December  31, 1995,  the Company  acquired BCB through a stock for
stock  exchange  which was accounted for as a  pooling-of-interests.  Due to the
pooling-of-interest accounting treatment, financial results for periods prior to
1995 have been  restated  to  include  BCB.  The  acquisition  of BCB added four
full-service  banking  offices.  At December 31,  1995,  BCB had total assets of
$76.9 million and total deposits of $68.8 million.

Results of Operations:  Three Months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996

        The  Company  earned net income of  $665,000  or $0.28 per share for the
three months  ended March 31, 1997,  compared to $482,000 or $0.23 per share for
the same period in 1996.

                                       22

<PAGE>




        Interest  income  increased by $241,000 or 5% for the three months ended
March 31,  1997,  relative to the  comparable  period in 1996.  The  increase is
attributable primarily to the increase in average income-yielding assets.

   
^
    

        Total  interest  expense  increased  by $37,000  during the first  three
months of 1997, relative to the first three months of 1996, due primarily to the
increase in  interest  expense  incurred as a result of the  increase in federal
funds borrowing.

   
        The  provision for possible loan losses for the three months ended March
31, 1997, was $115,000  compared to $90,000 during the first three months of the
prior year.
    

        Other income  decreased by $297,000 or 40% in the first  quarter of 1997
compared to the same period in 1996.  The  decrease in other  income is a direct
result of reduction in fee income from the merchant  credit card services  which
were discontinued by BCB.

        Total other expenses decreased by $327,000 during the first three months
of 1997, compared to the same period in 1996, resulting mainly from management's
efforts to consolidate various operational functions of the Bank Subsidiaries.

Results of Operations: Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

        The Company  earned $2.3 million or $0.97 per share in 1996  compared to
$2.1  million or $1.04 per share in 1995,  and $1.5 million or $.89 per share in
1994.  The  earnings  reported  are after  $111,000,  $191,000  and  $110,000 of
amortization  expense of  intangible  assets on a pre-tax  basis,  for the years
ended  December 31, 1996,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  In 1996, the Company's
earnings improved 13% over 1995. In 1995, the Company's  earnings,  improved 39%
over 1994. Net interest income increased by $656,000, or 6%, in 1996 compared to
1995,  and $3.1 million or 40% in 1995  compared to 1994.  Total other  expenses
showed a moderate  increase of $63,000 in 1996 over 1995 and  increased  by $3.3
million or 54% in 1995 over 1994. The increase in net interest income in 1996 is
attributable  to the growth of the Company.  The  increases in both net interest
income and other  expenses in 1995 over 1994 are primarily  attributable  to the
acquisition  of Family  First  and in part to the  growth  of the  Company.  The
provision  for possible  loan losses  increased  by $26,000 in 1996  compared to
1995, and increased by $242,000 in 1995 compared to 1994,  primarily as a result
of the increase in the loan portfolio  resulting from the  acquisition of Family
First and in part to internal  growth.  The Company's  annual  interest  expense
increased by $604,000 in 1996 compared to 1995,  primarily due to an increase in
average  interest-bearing  liabilities.  In 1995  the  annual  interest  expense
increased by $2.9  million  compared to 1994,  primarily  due to the increase in
average deposits which resulted from the Family First  acquisition  completed by
the Company during 1995.

        During 1996, the Company's earnings, through its Bank Subsidiaries, were
adversely affected by a legislative action taken by the United States Government
to sign into law the Deposit  Insurance  Funds Act of 1996 to  recapitalize  the
SAIF.  Under the act, the FDIC levied a special  assessment  on  SAIF-assessable
deposits held as of March 31, 1995. In its  acquisition of Family First in 1995,
the Company had  acquired  SAIF-assessable  deposits  which were subject to this
special assessment.  In the third quarter of 1996, the Company recorded $249,000
before income taxes as its portion of the assessment. Excluding this assessment,
the Company's  earnings  would have been $2.5 million or $1.03 per share for the
year ended December 31, 1996.

                                       23

<PAGE>




Average Balances and Net Interest Income

        Net interest  income,  the primary  source of the  Company's  results of
operations,  is the difference  between  interest,  dividends and fees earned on
loans  and  other  earning  assets,   and  interest  paid  on   interest-bearing
liabilities.  Earning  assets  include  loans  to  businesses  and  individuals,
investment  securities,  interest-bearing  deposits with banks and federal funds
sold in the interbank market.  Interest- bearing  liabilities  include primarily
interest-bearing  demand,  savings and time  deposits.  Net  interest  income is
determined by (i) the difference between the yields earned on earning assets and
rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities ("interest rate spread") and (ii) the
relative  amounts  of  earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities.  The
Company's  interest  rate  spread  is  affected  by  regulatory,   economic  and
competitive factors that influence interest rates, loan demand and deposit flows
and general levels of non-performing assets.

        The  following  table  sets  forth the  Company's  consolidated  average
balances of assets,  liabilities and shareholders'  equity as well as the amount
of interest  expense on related items,  and the Company's  average yield for the
three months ended March 31, 1997, and the years ended  December 31, 1996,  1995
and 1994.  The  yields are shown on a fully  taxable  basis and assume a 34% tax
rate.



                                       24

<PAGE>

Average Balance Sheet, Interest Income and Expense, and Average Interest Rates
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                March 31, 1997                        December 31, 1996            
                                                      ----------------------------------   ----------------------------------------

                                                      Average     Interest     Average      Average     Interest        Average    
                                                      Balance   Earned/Paid   Yield/Rate    Balance    Earned/Paid     Yield/Rate  
                                                      -------   -----------   ----------   --------    -----------     ----------  
                                                                             (Dollars in Thousands)                                
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>             <C>      <C>          <C>                <C>     
ASSETS:                                                                                                                            
Earning Assets:                                                                                                                    
Investment securities..........................       $ 93,417    $  1,435        6.23%    $ 87,604     $ 5,569            6.36%   
  Due from banks--interest-bearing.............          4,614          67        5.89%       2,947         138            4.67%   
  Federal funds sold...........................          5,781          62        4.35%       7,468         365            4.89%   
  Loans 1......................................        140,797       3,200        9.22%     135,161      12,621            9.34%   
                                                     ---------    --------        ----     --------     -------           -----    
            Total earning assets...............        244,609       4,764        7.90%     233,180      18,693            8.02%   
 Less: Allowance for possible loan losses......          2,584          --                    2,393          --                    
           Unearned income - loans.............            296          --                      317          --                    
  All other assets.............................         20,103          --                   21,433          --                    
                                                     ---------    --------                 --------     -------                    
            Total assets.......................       $261,832    $  4,764                 $251,903     $18,693                    
                                                       =======    ========                 ========     =======                    
                                                                                                                                   
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'                                                                                                      
 EQUITY                                                                                                                            
Interest-bearing Liabilities:                                                                                                      
  Savings and interest-bearing accounts........       $ 81,443    $    456        2.27%    $ 81,112     $ 1,799            2.22%   
  Time deposits................................         82,406       1,093        5.38%      86,277       4,605            5.34%   
  Federal funds and short-term borrowings......         12,626         148        4.75%       6,062         312            5.15%   
  Long-term borrowings.........................          4,974         109        8.89%       4,982         438            8.79%   
                                                      --------    --------        ----     --------     -------            -----   
            Total interest-bearing                                                                                                 
            liabilities........................        181,449       1,806        4.04%     178,433       7,154            4.01%   
                                                                                                                                   
Demand deposits................................         55,566          --                   50,243          --                    
Other liabilities..............................          3,418          --                    3,240          --                    
Shareholders' equity...........................         21,399          --                   19,987          --                    
                                                      --------    --------                 --------     -------                    
            Total liabilities and                                                                                                  
            shareholders'equity................       $261,832    $  1,806                 $251,903     $ 7,154                    
                                                      ========    ========                 ========     =======                    
                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                   
NET INTEREST INCOME                                                                                                                
(fully taxable basis)..........................                   $  2,958                              $11,539                    
                                                                  ========                              =======                    
NET INTEREST MARGIN                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                   
(fully taxable basis)..........................                                 ^ 4.84%                                 4.95%      
                                                                                  ====                                  =====      
    

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             December 31, 1995                         December 31, 1994
                                                      ----------------------------------       ------------------------------------

                                                      Average   Interest       Average      
                                                      Balance  Earned/Paid    Yield/Rate          Balance    Earned/Paid  Yield/Rate
                                                     --------  -----------    ----------          -------    -----------  ----------
                                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>  
ASSETS:                                                                                      
Earning Assets:                                                                              
Investment securities..........................      $ 74,751   $  4,790         6.41%         $ 52,813       $2,693        5.10%
  Due from banks--interest-bearing.............         1,271         54         4.23%            3,884          158        4.07%
  Federal funds sold...........................        11,178        658         5.89%            4,991          143        2.87%
  Loans 1......................................       120,379     11,931         9.91%           92,978        8,408        9.04%
                                                     --------   --------        -----           -------      -------       -----
            Total earning assets...............       207,579     17,433         8.40%          154,666       11,402        7.37%
 Less: Allowance for possible loan losses......         2,427         --                          1,777           --
           Unearned income - loans.............           335         --                            262           --
  All other assets.............................        17,368         --                         10,546           --
                                                     --------   --------                        -------      -------
            Total assets.......................      $222,185    $17,433                       $163,173      $11,402
                                                     ========    =======                       ========      =======
                                                                                             
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'                                                                
 EQUITY                                                                                      
Interest-bearing Liabilities:                                                                
  Savings and interest-bearing accounts........      $ 74,207   $  1,890         2.55%          $63,409      $ 1,388        2.19%
  Time deposits................................        75,505      4,037         5.35%           45,458        1,755        3.86%
  Federal funds and short-term borrowings......         2,934        185         6.31%            1,122           53        4.72%
  Long-term borrowings.........................         4,969        438         8.82%            4,958          438        8.83%
                                                     --------   --------        -----          --------      -------       -----
            Total interest-bearing                                                           
            liabilities........................       157,615      6,550         4.16%          114,947        3,634        3.16%
                                                                                             
Demand deposits................................        44,335         --                         32,446           --
Other liabilities..............................         2,948         --                          1,200           --
Shareholders' equity...........................        17,287         --                         14,580           --
                                                       ------   --------                       --------      -------
            Total liabilities and                                                            
            shareholders'equity................       $222,185    $6,550                       $163,173      $ 3,634
                                                      ========  ========                       ========      =======
                                                                                             
                                                                                             
NET INTEREST INCOME                                                                          
(fully taxable basis)..........................                  $10,883                                     $ 7,768
                                                                 =======                                      ======
NET INTEREST MARGIN                                                                          
                                                                                          
(fully taxable basis)..........................                                   5.24%                                  5.02%
                                                                                  ====                                  =====
    

</TABLE>

    1  Average balance includes non-performing loans.

                                       25
<PAGE>



Net Interest Income

        In 1996,  interest  income  increased  by $1.2 million or 7% compared to
1995. Interest and fee income on loans during 1996 increased by $690,000,  or 6%
over the comparable  period in 1995 as a result of an increase of 12% in average
total loans.  The average yield on loans  decreased to 9.34% in 1996 compared to
9.91% in 1995.  Income earned on securities during 1996 increased by $779,000 or
16% compared to the same period in 1995. The increase was primarily due to a 17%
increase in average  investments for the year ended December 31, 1996 over 1995.
The average yield on securities  was 6.36% for the year ended  December 31, 1996
compared to 6.41% for the same period in the prior year, a moderate  decline due
to general market conditions. Interest income on federal funds sold and deposits
with banks during 1996  decreased by $209,000 or 29% compared to the same period
in the prior year as a result of a $2.0  million,  or 16%,  decrease  in average
federal funds sold and deposits with banks.

        In 1995,  interest income of $17.4 million represented a $6.0 million or
53% increase  over $11.4 million  reported for 1994.  Interest and fee income on
loans during 1995 increased by $3.5 million or 42% over 1994.  This increase was
due to an increase of 29% in average  total loans and an increase in the average
yield on loans to 9.91% in 1995  compared  to 9.04% in 1994.  Income  earned  on
securities  during 1995  increased  by $2.1  million or 78% compared to the same
period in 1994.  This  increase was  primarily  due to a 42% increase in average
investments  for the year ended  December 31, 1995 over 1994.  In addition,  the
average yield on securities  increased to 6.41% for the year ended  December 31,
1995,  compared to 5.10% for the prior year.  Interest  income on federal  funds
sold and deposits with banks  increased from 1994 to 1995 by $411,000 or 137% as
a result of a $3.6 million,  or 40%,  increase in average federal funds sold and
deposits  with banks.  All such  increases  are  primarily  attributable  to the
acquisitions which occurred during 1995 and the overall growth of the Company.

        Interest  expense for the year ended  December  31,  1996,  increased by
$604,000  or 9% from the level of  interest  expense  for 1995.  $477,000 of the
total  increase  in  interest  expense is related to the  increase  in  interest
expense on deposits from 1996 to 1995 and the  remaining  $127,000 is related to
the  increase  in  interest  expense on short-  and  long-term  borrowings.  The
increase  in total  interest  expense  is  related  to the  increase  in average
interest-bearing  liabilities  of $20.8 million or 13% due to the overall growth
of the Company.

        Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1995, increased by $2.9
million or 80% from the level of interest  expense for 1994. $2.8 million of the
total  increase  in  interest  expense is related to the  increase  in  interest
expense on deposits from 1995 to 1994. The increase in total interest expense is
related to the increase in average interest-bearing liabilities of $42.7 million
or 37% due to the acquisitions  which occurred in 1995 and the overall growth of
the Company.

        The Company's net interest margin, which measures net interest income as
a percentage of average earning assets, was 4.95%, 5.24% and 5.02% for the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

Rate/Volume Analysis

        The  following  table sets  forth the  changes  in  interest  income and
expenses  as they  relate to  changes  in volume  and rate for the  twelve-month
periods ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994. Because of numerous simultaneous
balance  and rate  changes  during the periods  indicated,  it is  difficult  to
allocate the changes  precisely between balances and rates. For purposes of this
table, changes which

                                       26

<PAGE>



are not due solely to changes in balances or rates are  allocated  between  such
categories  based on the  average  percentage  changes in average  balances  and
average rates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Full Year 1996                 Full Year 1995                   Full Year 1994
                               Compared to Full Year 1995     Compared to Full Year 1994       Compared to Full Year 1993
                                   Increase (Decrease)            Increase (Decrease)              Increase (Decrease)
                              ---------------------------     ----------------------------    ------------------------------

                              Volume       Rate       Net     Volume       Rate       Net     Volume       Rate        Net
                              ------       ----       ---     ------       ----       ---     ------       ----        ---

                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>    
Interest Earned On:
  Loans ..................   $ 1,378    $  (688)   $   690    $ 2,991   $   532    $ 3,523   $   986    $   335    $ 1,321
  Investment securities ..       819        (40)       779      1,347       750      2,097       791        169        960
  Other earning assets ...      (103)      (106)      (209)       268       143        411      (301)        87       (214)
                             -------    -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   -------    -------    -------
    Total earning assets .   $ 2,094    $  (834)   $ 1,260    $ 4,606   $ 1,425    $ 6,031   $ 1,476    $   591    $ 2,067
                             =======    =======    =======    =======   =======    =======   =======    =======    =======


Interest Paid On:
  Savings & money market .   $   158    $  (249)   $   (91)   $   262   $   240    $   502   $   108    $  (213)   $  (105)
  Time deposits ..........       575         (7)       568      1,507       775      2,282       215         71        286
  Borrowings .............       213        (86)       127        133        (1)       132       430         21        451
                             -------    -------    -------    -------   -------    -------   -------    -------    -------
    Total interest-bearing
      Liabilities ........   $   946    $  (342)   $   604    $ 1,902   $ 1,014    $ 2,916   $   753    ($  121)   $   632
                             =======    =======    =======    =======   =======    =======   =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>




Provision for Possible Loan Losses

        The Company recorded a provision for possible loan losses of $440,000 in
1996 compared  with  $414,000 in 1995 and $172,000 in 1994.  The increase in the
provision  for possible loan losses in 1995 was  attributable  to an increase in
the size of the loan portfolio due to the acquisitions in 1995 and internal loan
growth.  Management of each bank  subsidiary  regularly  performs an analysis to
identify the inherent risk of loss in its loan portfolio. This analysis includes
evaluation of concentrations of credit,  past loss experience,  current economic
conditions,  amount and composition of the loan portfolio (including loans being
specifically  monitored  by  management),  estimated  fair  value of  underlying
collateral, loan commitments outstanding, delinquencies, and other factors.

        The Bank  Subsidiaries  will  continue to monitor  their  allowance  for
possible loan losses and make future  adjustments  to the allowance  through the
provision for possible loan losses as economic conditions dictate.  Although the
Bank  Subsidiaries  maintain their allowance for possible loan losses at a level
that they  consider to be adequate to provide for the  inherent  risk of loss in
their loan  portfolio,  there can be no  assurance  that future  losses will not
exceed estimated amounts or that additional  provisions for possible loan losses
will not be required in future  periods.  In  addition,  the Bank  Subsidiaries'
determination  as to the amount of their  allowance  for possible loan losses is
subject to review by the FDIC and the Department,  as part of their  examination
process,  which may result in the establishment of an additional allowance based
upon  the  judgment  of the  FDIC  or the  Department,  after  a  review  of the
information available at the time of their examination.

Other Income

        Total  other  income  for the year ended  December  31,  1996,  was $1.9
million,  a decrease of  $248,000 or 11%  compared  to 1995.  The  $248,000  net
decrease was the result of significant  fluctuations within the major components
of Other  Income.  Although  service  charges on deposit  accounts  increased by
$307,000, fees on merchant credit card processing and other commissions and fees
decreased by $385,000 and  $142,000,  respectively.  The majority of increase in
service  charges  on  deposit  accounts  is  attributable  to  the  increase  in
deposit-related services during 1996. The primary reason for the decrease

                                       27

<PAGE>



in merchant credit card processing  fees is due to the  discontinuation  of such
services  offered  by  BCB.   Realized  gain  or  loss  on  sale  of  securities
available-for-sale  during 1996  decreased  by $158,000  while all other  income
increased by $130,000 when compared to 1995.

        Total  other  income  for the  year  ended  December  31,  1995 was $2.2
million,  an increase of $1.3 million or 155% compared to 1994. The $1.3 million
net increase was the result of significant  fluctuations in the major components
of Other  Income.  More  specifically,  fee on merchant  credit card  processing
increased  by $502,000  and service  charges on deposits  increased by $352,000.
Realized loss or gain on sale of investment securities available-for-sale during
1995 increased by $293,000  compared to 1994. The majority of such increases are
attributable to the increase in deposit-related services during 1995.

Other Expenses

        Total other  expenses  increased by $63,000 for the year ended  December
31,  1996 over  1995.  The  $63,000  net  increase  was a result of  significant
fluctuations  within  the  components  of  Other  Expenses.  More  specifically,
salaries  and  employee  benefits  increased by $444,000 or 12%. The increase in
salaries and  employee  benefits is  attributable  to general  salary  increases
coupled with  increases in employee  benefits  expense.  Occupancy and equipment
expense,  which includes the costs of leasing office and branch space,  expenses
associated with  maintaining  these facilities and depreciation of fixed assets,
increased by $540,000 or 38%  primarily  due to the addition of office space and
equipment.

        Regulatory, professional and other fees, and computer services decreased
by $85,000 or 11% and  $141,000  or 36%,  respectively,  from 1995.  The primary
reason for such decreases is the reduction in expenses  associated with the 1995
acquisitions.  The $432,000 or 70% decrease in merchant credit card expense is a
result of  discontinuation  of merchant  processing  activity by BCB.  All other
operating  expenses  decreased  by $347,000  or 24% due in part to  management's
efforts to reduce such expenses. Included in all other operating expenses is the
amortization  expense of  intangible  assets  which  declined by $80,000 in 1996
compared to 1995 as a result of fully written-off  intangible assets relative to
the formation of GFB in 1986. Office expenses  increased  moderately while other
real estate  operating  expense  decreased  moderately  in 1996 when compared to
1995.

        FDIC insurance  assessment  totaled $340,000 for the year ended December
31, 1996, an increase of $78,000 over 1995. The increase is a direct result of a
legislation  enacted  to  recapitalize  the  SAIF.  The FDIC  levied  a  special
assessment  on  SAIF-assessable  deposits  held as of  March  31,  1995.  In its
acquisition  of  Family  First in 1995,  the  Company  acquired  SAIF-assessable
deposits which were subject to this special assessment.  In the third quarter of
1996, the Company recorded $249,000 as its portion of this assessment. Excluding
this special assessment,  the FDIC insurance assessment would have decreased for
1996 compared to 1995.  The  legislation is expected to reduce the future annual
deposit  insurance costs for SAIF deposits.  The Company  anticipates  that such
reductions,  which are to become  effective  in 1997,  will  equal the  $249,000
charge in approximately 3 years.

        Total other expenses increased by $3.3 million or 54% for the year ended
December 31, 1995 over 1994.  Of this  increase,  $955,000 was  attributable  to
increases  in salaries  and  benefits.  The  increase in salaries  and  employee
benefits  is  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  Family  First,  hiring  of
additional  employees and general increases in employee benefits.  Occupancy and
equipment expense,  which includes the costs of leasing office and branch space,
expenses  associated with maintaining these facilities and depreciation of fixed
assets,  increased by $499,000 primarily due to the addition of office space and
equipment.

                                       28

<PAGE>




        Regulatory,  professional and other fees,  computer  services and office
expenses during 1995 increased by $170,000,  $138,000 and $123,000 respectively,
compared to 1994.  Other real estate  expenses and merchant credit card expenses
increased  by  $259,000  and  $562,000,  respectively,  compared  to 1994.  Such
increases were primarily due to the  acquisitions in 1995 and in part due to the
Company's  overall  growth.  FDIC  insurance  assessment  for 1995  decreased by
$98,000 due to a decline in FDIC assessment rate when compared to 1994.

        All  other  operating  expenses  for 1995  increased  by  $667,000  when
compared  to 1994.  The  majority of such  increase  is directly  related to the
acquisition  of Family  First.  Included in all other  expenses is  amortization
expense   totaling   $191,000   and  $110,000  for  the  years  1995  and  1994,
respectively.  The final  amortization  of the intangible  assets related to the
1986  acquisition  was $110,000 in 1995. In December 1993, the Company  incurred
costs of $106,000 relative to the sale of debentures and equity contracts. These
costs are being  amortized over 4 years  commencing in 1994 at an annual expense
of $26,000.  In addition,  the  acquisition  of Family First early in the second
quarter of 1995 resulted in an increase in the  amortization  expense of $70,000
in 1995. The Company expects  amortized  expenses relating to the acquisition of
Family First to be $108,000 per year for the next six years.

Income Taxes

        The Company recorded income tax provisions of $1.3 million, $1.2 million
and $840,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
The increases in income tax provision are attributable to increased earnings for
those three years.

Financial Condition

   
        At March 31, 1997, the Company's  total assets were $267.1  million,  an
increase of $10.6  million or 4% over the amount  reported at December 31, 1996.
Cash and cash  equivalents  decreased by $690,000 or 4% from  December 31, 1996,
which  decrease was primarily  used to purchase  investment  securities and fund
loan  demand.  Investment  securities  increased by $5.2 million or 6% and gross
loans  increased by $6.4 million or 5% from  December 31, 1996.  The majority of
increases in assets at March 31, 1997,  were funded  primarily by federal  funds
purchased.
    

        At December 31, 1996, the Company's total assets were $256.5 million, an
increase of $3.5 million or 1.3%, over the amount reported at December 31, 1995.
Federal  funds  sold  decreased  by  $11.3  million.  Substantially  all of such
decrease was offset by increases in both  investment  securities and gross loans
of $5.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively.  Interest bearing due from banks
increased by $3.3 million  primarily due to additional  investing in such assets
when compared to the amount reported at December 31, 1995. Cash and non-interest
bearing due from banks increased by $523,000.


                                       29

<PAGE>



Investment Securities

        Investment  securities  totaled  $94.9  million  at March 31,  1997,  an
increase of $5.2 million or 6% as of December 31, 1996. Investment securities at
December 31, 1996, constituted an increase of $5.7 million or 7% over the amount
reported at December 31, 1995. The increase at March 31, 1997,  occurred  mainly
in mortgage-backed  securities.  The following table presents the composition of
the  securities  portfolio  along  with  the  book and  market  values  of those
components at March 31, 1997, and December 31, 1996 and 1995.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                     March 31,                                December 31,
                                          ---------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1997                         1996                         1995
                                          ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------------------------------
                                                              Fair                          Fair                         Fair 
                                          Amortized Cost  Market Value Amortized Cost  Market Value Amortized Cost   Market Value
                                          --------------  ------------ --------------  ------------ --------------   ------------
                                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)

 Available-for-sale

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government
<S>                                             <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>    
 agencies..............................         $38,794      $38,768        $36,673       $36,861         $36,812       $37,805
State & political subdivisions.........             906          906          1,006         1,006               -             -
Other debt and equity securities.......           6,323        7,250          6,192         6,407           2,524         2,507
Mortgage-backed securities.............           9,797        9,823          7,879         7,977           7,577         7,523
                                                -------      -------       --------      --------       ---------      --------
     Total available-for-sale..........         $55,820      $56,747        $51,750       $52,251         $46,913       $47,835
                                                 ------       ------         ------        ------          ------        ------


Held-to-maturity

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government
  agencies ............................         $18,253      $17,749        $18,996       $18,602         $32,774       $32,679
State and political subdivisions.......             393          388            393           390             613           615
Mortgage-backed securities.............          19,498       19,289         18,039        17,978           2,764         2,767
                                                -------      -------        -------       -------         -------       -------
     Total held-to-maturity............         $38,144      $37,426        $37,428       $36,970         $36,151       $36,061
                                                 ------       ------         ------        ------          ------        ------
               Total securities........         $93,964      $94,173        $89,178       $89,221         $83,064       $83,896
                                                 ======       ======         ======        ======          ======        ======
</TABLE>


                                       30

<PAGE>



   
        Of the total at March 31, 1997, ^ 60% of the  investment  securities are
in U.S. Government obligations,  ^ 31% in U.S. Government agency obligations and
mortgage-backed  securities,  with the  balance in  municipal  and other  equity
securities.
    

        Under the requirements of SFAS No. 115,  effective  January 1, 1994, the
Company   segregated  its  investment   portfolio  into   held-to-maturity   and
available-for-sale.  At March 31,  1997,  based on the fair market  value of its
available-for-sale  portfolio,  the Company recorded the difference  between the
unamortized  cost and the fair market value as an unrealized  gain in the amount
of $558,000,  net of taxes, as a component of shareholders'  equity. This was an
increase of $251,000 from the $307,000 recorded at December 31, 1996.

        During 1996, the Company  realized net gains of $51,000.  The gains were
realized   through   the  sale  of  $5.5   million   of   securities   from  its
available-for-sale  portfolio.  Included in shareholders' equity at December 31,
1996, is an unrealized holding net gain on available-for-sale securities, net of
income taxes, in the amount of $307,000.  The Company has no securities held for
trading purposes.



                                       31

<PAGE>



        The   following    table    provides    information    concerning    the
available-for-sale  and  held-to-maturity  portions of the Company's  investment
securities portfolio at March 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     March 31, 1997
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Due One to         Due Five to        Due Ten
                                    Due within One Year      Five Years         Ten Years       Years and Over              Total
                                    ------------------- ------------------ ----------------- ------------------------       -----


                                                  Fair              Fair               Fair               Fair               Fair
                                     Amortized   Market Amortized  Market  Amortized  Market  Amortized  Market  Amortized  Market
                                       Cost      Value     Cost     Value     Cost    Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value
                                      ------    -------  ------    ------- --------- -------   ------    ------   ------    ------
                                                                                       (In Thousands)
<S>                                    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>    
Available-for-sale:
  U.S. Treasury & Government 
    securities.......................  $13,237  $13,254  $23,824  $23,810   $ 1,408  $ 1,394   $   325  $   310   $38,794  $38,768
  State and political subdivisions ..      906      906     --       --        --       --        --       --         906      906
  Other debt and equity securities ..    6,323    7,250     --       --        --       --        --       --       6,323    7,250
  Mortgage-backed securities ........      605      614    4,847    4,861     2,265    2,269     2,080    2,079     9,797    9,823
                                       -------  -------  -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  -------
     Total available-for-sale .......   21,071   22,024   26,671   28,671     3,673    3,663     2,405    2,389    55,820   56,747

Held-to-maturity:
  U.S. Treasury & Government  
    securities.......................    3,448    3,456   12,624   12,442     1,181    1,201     1,000      650    18,253   17,749
  State and political subdivisions ..       76       75      127      126       190      187      --       --         393      388
  Mortgage-backed securities ........      245      243    7,940    7,868     8,045    7,944     3,268    3,234    19,498   19,289
                                       -------  -------  -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  -------
     Total held-to-maturity .........    3,769    3,774   20,691   20,436     9,416    9,332     4,268    3,684    38,144   37,426
                                       -------  -------  -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  -------
         Total securities ...........  $24,840  $25,798  $49,362  $49,107   $13,089  $12,994   $ 6,613  $ 6,273   $93,964  $94,173
                                       =======  =======  =======  =======   =======  =======   =======  =======   =======  =======
</TABLE>






                                       32

<PAGE>



Maturity Schedule - Securities

        The  following  table  shows the  average  yields,  book values and fair
market value of the  Company's  investment  securities by maturity for the three
months ended March 31, 1997, and the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 March 31,                                                     December 31,
                           -----------------------------------   -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        1997                                 1996                    1995
                           -----------------------------------   -------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Average    Amortized    Fair Market    Average  Amortized   Fair Market  Average    Amortized Fair Market
                            Yield       Cost          Value        Yield     Cost         Value      Yield        Cost      Value
                           -------   ----------     ----------   --------  ---------   ----------- --------    --------- --------
                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                          <C>       <C>            <C>           <C>    <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>     
Available-for-sale

Due 0-1 Years..............  6.65%     $ 14,143       $ 14,160      6.29%    $11,602       $11,656    6.10%      $16,531    $ 16,716
Due 1-5 Years..............  6.60%       23,824         23,810      6.94%     24,360        24,487    6.32%       23,750      24,529
Due 5-10 Years.............  7.44%        1,408          1,394      7.72%      1,393         1,403    6.32%        4,209       4,184
Due 10 Years and Over......  7.59%          325            310      9.09%        324           321      N/A            -           -
Mortgage-backed and equity
  securities...............    N/A       16,120         17,073        N/A     14,071        14,384      N/A        2,423       2,406
                                        -------        -------              --------      --------              --------    --------
  Total available-for-sale             $ 55,820       $ 56,747              $ 51,750      $ 52,251              $ 46,913    $ 47,835
                                        -------        -------               -------       -------               -------     -------


Held-to-maturity

Due 0-1 Years..............  5.42%     $  3,524       $  3,531      5.34%   $  3,198      $  3,198    4.99%     $ 12,472     $12,562
Due 1-5 Years..............  5.82%       12,751         12,568      5.94%     13,822        13,748    5.49%       19,404      19,481
Due 5-10 Years.............  6.52%        1,371          1,388      6.54%      1,369         1,407    5.39%        4,275       4,018
Due 10 Years and Over......  6.02%        1,000            650      5.94%      1,000           640      N/A            -           -
Mortgage-backed securities.    N/A       19,498         19,289      6.27%     18,039        17,977      N/A            -           -
                                        -------        -------               -------       -------              --------    --------
  Total held-to-maturity...            $ 38,144       $ 37,426              $ 37,428      $ 36,970                36,151      36,061
                                        -------        -------               -------       -------              --------    --------
  Total investment 
    securities.............            $ 93,964       $ 94,173              $ 89,178      $ 89,221              $ 83,064    $ 83,896
                                        =======        =======               =======       =======               =======     =======

</TABLE>

                                       33

<PAGE>



Loan Portfolio

   
        The Company's  gross loan  portfolio at March 31, 1997,  totaled  $144.0
million,  an increase of $6.6 million or 5%,  compared to the amount reported at
December 31, 1996.  This increase is primarily  due to increased  loan demand at
the  Bank  Subsidiaries.  The  increased  demand  is  primarily  the  result  of
consolidation  in the  market  area,  which  has left  many  small  to  mid-size
businesses underserved. The Company's gross loan portfolio at December 31, 1996,
totaled  $137.4  million,  an increase of $5.7 million or 4%, as compared to the
amount  reported at December 31, 1995.  This increase was again primarily due to
increased  loan demand.  The  Company's  gross loan  portfolio  increased  $35.1
million to $131.7  million at December 31, 1995,  from $96.7 million at December
31, 1994. This increase was primarily due to the acquisition of $26.3 million of
gross  loans  in  connection  with  the  Family  First  acquisition,  as well as
increased loan demand. The following table summarizes the components of the loan
portfolio as of March 31, 1997, and December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              March 31,             December 31,
                                              ---------        ----------------------
                                                 1997            1996          1995              1994
                                                ------         --------      --------          ------
                                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>               <C>    
Loans secured by one- to four-family
  residential properties...................     $ 45,975      $ 43,100      $ 43,328          $26,925
Loans secured by nonresidential properties.       62,061        58,106        51,133           41,891
Loans to individuals.......................       10,073         9,997         8,661            6,688
Loans to depository institutions...........           --             -         4,600            600
Commercial loans...........................       13,367        14,106        14,823           10,320
Construction loans.........................        5,557         5,534         4,292            4,754
Other loans................................        6,959         6,567         4,905            5,486
                                                --------      --------       --------         --------
     Total gross loans.....................     $143,992      $137,410      $131,742         $ 96,664
                                                 =======       =======       ========          =======
                                                                      
</TABLE>





                                       34

<PAGE>



        The  following  tables set forth the  contractual  maturity and interest
rate  sensitivity  of components of the loan  portfolio at December 31, 1996 and
1995.  Demand  loans,  having  no stated  schedule  of  repayment  and no stated
maturity, and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        December 31, 1996
                                           ------------------------------------------
                                             Within    1 - 5      Over 5
                                             1 year    Years      Years       Total
                                             ------   -------    --------    -------
                                                        (In Thousands)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
Loans with predetermined interest rates:
  Commercial ...........................   $  7,360   $ 13,578   $  1,028   $ 21,966
  Real estate construction .............      1,343       --         --        1,343
  Real estate mortgage .................      7,919     35,879      7,949     51,747
  Consumer .............................      1,855      5,811      2,234      9,900
                                           --------   --------   --------   --------
                                             18,477     55,268     11,211     84,956

Loans with floating interest rates:
  Commercial ...........................     29,876       --         --       29,876
  Lease financing ......................      3,785       --         --        3,785
  Real estate mortgage .................     12,648      3,508       --       16,156
  Consumer .............................      2,637       --         --        2,637
                                           --------   --------   --------   --------
                                             48,946      3,508       --       52,454
                                           --------   --------   --------   --------
             Total loans ...............   $ 67,423   $ 58,776   $ 11,211   $137,410
                                           ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       December 31, 1995
                                           ------------------------------------------

                                             Within     1 - 5     Over 5
                                             1 year     Years     Years        Total
                                           --------   ---------  --------     -------
                                                        (In Thousands)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
Loans with predetermined interest rates:
 Commercial ............................   $ 13,707   $ 20,299   $  2,174   $ 36,180
  Real estate construction .............      4,000       --         --        4,000
  Real estate mortgage .................      2,038     19,180      7,016     28,234
  Consumer .............................      4,414      2,716        722      7,852
                                           --------   --------   --------   --------
                                             24,159     42,195      9,912     76,266

Loans with floating interest rates:
  Commercial ...........................     29,850       --         --       29,850
  Loans to depository institutions .....        600       --         --          600
  Real estate construction .............      3,848       --         --        3,848
  Lease financing ......................       --          902       --         --
  Real estate mortgages ................     13,243       --         --       14,145
  Consumer .............................      7,033       --         --        7,033
                                           --------   --------   --------   --------
                                             54,574        902       --       55,476
                                           --------   --------   --------   --------
               Total loans .............   $ 78,733   $ 43,097   $  9,912   $131,742
                                           ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>



        At the dates  indicated  in the  foregoing  loan  tables,  no loans were
concentrated  within a single  industry or group of related  industries  and the
Company had no foreign loans.

                                       35

<PAGE>



Asset Quality

        Various degrees of risk are associated with  substantially all investing
activities.  The lending function,  however,  carries the greatest risk of loss.
The senior  lending  officers of BCB and GFB are charged with  monitoring  asset
quality,  establishing  credit  policies and procedures  and seeking  consistent
application of these procedures.  Non-performing  assets include loans past due,
nonaccrual,  renegotiated  and other real estate.  Since lending is concentrated
within the local market area,  non-performing  loans were also made primarily to
customers  operating  in the area.  The degree of risk  inherent  in all lending
activities is influenced heavily by general economic conditions in the immediate
market area.  Among the factors which tend to affect portfolio risks are changes
in local or regional real estate values,  income levels and energy prices. These
factors,  coupled  with  high  unemployment  levels  and tax  rates,  as well as
governmental  actions and weakened market conditions which reduce the demand for
credit among qualified  borrowers,  are also important  determinants of the risk
inherent in lending.

        Past Due,  Non-accruing  and  Renegotiated  Loans.  It is the  Company's
policy  to  review  monthly  all loans  which  are past due as to  principal  or
interest.  The accrual of interest  income on loans is  discontinued  when it is
determined  that such loans are either doubtful of collection or are involved in
a protracted  collection  process.  The current year's  uncollected  interest is
reversed on such non-accrual  loans.  Management has also restructured the terms
of certain loans to accommodate changes in the financial condition of borrowers.
A typical concession would be a reduction in the currently payable interest rate
to one which is lower than the  current  market  rate for new debt with  similar
risks;  interest foregone would be deferred until maturity.  The following table
summarizes the  composition of the Company's  non-performing  assets and related
asset quality ratios as of the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              March 31,         December 31,
                                              --------- ---------------------------
                                               1997      1996      1995       1994
                                              ------    -------  --------    ------
                                                    (Dollars in Thousands)
   
<S>                                           <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>   
 Non-accruing loans .......................   $1,536    $  1,033   $1,422    $1,499
Renegotiated loans ........................      825    ^ 726         517       526
                                              ------    --------   ------    ------
    
     Total non-performing loans ...........   $2,361       1,033    1,939     2,025
Loans past due 90 days and accruing .......    1,009         876    1,125        10
Other real estate .........................    1,650       1,834    2,070     1,184
                                              ------    --------   ------    ------
   
     Total non-performing assets ..........   $5,020    ^ $4,469   $5,134    $3,219
                                              ======    ========   ======    ======

Non-performing loans to total gross loans .     1.64%   ^ 1.28%      1.47%     2.09%
Non-performing assets to total gross loans
  and other real estate owned .............     3.45%   ^ 3.21%      3.84%     3.29%
Non-performing assets to total assets .....     1.88%   ^ 1.74%      2.03%     1.91%
    
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing
   
 loans ....................................   112.24%   ^144.40%   120.27%    90.07%

</TABLE>



        The net increase in non-accruing  loans of $503,000 for the three months
ended March 31, 1997,  when compared to December 31, 1996,  was primarily due to
the addition of one loan in the amount of $566,000.  The loan is  guaranteed  by
the Small  Business  Administration  for up to 75% of its  value and is  further
collateralized by a first mortgage.  Renegotiated loans increased by $99,000 for
the same period, primarily due to a reclassification of a non-accrual loan.
    

                                              36

<PAGE>



   
        The ^ $180,000 or ^ 4% decrease in non-performing assets at December 31,
1996  compared to December 31, 1995, is primarily the result of an improved loan
portfolio coupled with the management's  effort to collect on the loans and make
them current.  If the non-accruing  loans in 1996 had continued to pay interest,
interest  income during 1996 would have increased by $286,000.  If  non-accruing
loans in 1995 had continued to pay interest,  interest  income during 1995 would
have increased by $135,000.

        Potential Problem Loans. As part of the loan review process,  management
routinely  identifies  performing loans where there is a doubt as to whether the
borrowers will comply with the original loan repayment  terms and thus allocates
specific  reserves  against them. At March 31, 1997, and December 31, 1996, such
loans totaled $6.9 million and $6.5 million, respectively,  with an allowance of
$1.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively, specifically allocated to them.
    

        Foreign Loans.  The Company  has no foreign loans or any other  foreign
exposure.

Allowance for Possible Loan Losses

        At December 31, 1996,  the  allowance  for possible loan losses was $2.5
million as compared to $2.3  million at December  31, 1995.  The  allowance  for
possible loan losses is increased  periodically  through  charges to earnings in
the form of a  provision  for  possible  loan  losses.  Loans  that  are  deemed
uncollectible are charged against the allowance and any recoveries of such loans
are credited to it. It is  management's  belief that,  although  charge-offs may
occur in the future,  there are  adequate  reserves  allotted.  The level of the
allowance is based on the ongoing  evaluation by  management  of the  respective
Bank  Subsidiaries of potential  losses in the loan  portfolio.  Such evaluation
includes  consideration  of the current  financial status and credit standing of
borrowers, prior loss experiences,  results of periodic regulatory examinations,
comments and  recommendations  of the  Company's  independent  accountants,  and
management's  judgment as to prevailing and  anticipated  real estate values and
other economic  conditions in the Bank Subsidiaries'  market areas. Since future
events that may affect these financial  conditions are  unpredictable,  there is
uncertainty  as to  the  final  outcome  of the  Bank  Subsidiaries'  loans  and
non-performing assets.


                                       37

<PAGE>



        The following table represents  transactions affecting the allowance for
possible  loan losses for the three months  ended March 31, 1997,  and the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                March 31,              December 31,
                                                                ---------   -------------------------------

                                                                  1997       1996        1995       1994
                                                                 ------     ------      ------      -----
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                                                             <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>    
 Balance--beginning of period ...............................   $ 2,540    $ 2,332     $ 1,824     $ 1,771
Charge-offs:
  Commercial, financial and agricultural ....................       (18)       (21)       (589)       (164)
  Real estate - mortgage ....................................         -       (281)       (364)        (57)
  Installment loans to individuals ..........................        (1)       (63)        (82)        (43)
  Credit cards and related plans ............................        (7)         -           -           -
                                                                -------    -------     -------     -------
   
                                                                   ^(26)      (365)    (1,035)       (264)
                                                                -------    -------     -------     -------
    

Recoveries:
  Commercial, financial and agricultural ....................        18        124          87         100
  Real Estate - mortgage ....................................         -          9           -           -
  Installment loans to individuals ..........................         3          9           3          45
                                                                -------    -------     -------     -------
   
                                                                   ^ 21        142          90         145
                                                                -------    -------     -------     -------
    

Net charge-offs .............................................        (5)      (223)       (945)       (119)
Provision for possible loan losses ..........................       115        440         414         172
Adjustment (allowance for loan losses acquired
 from Family First) .........................................         -         (9)      1,039           -
                                                                -------    -------     -------     -------
Balance--end of period ......................................   $ 2,650    $ 2,540     $ 2,332     $ 1,824
                                                                =======    =======     =======     =======
   
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to
 average loans outstanding during the period ................       ^-%        .16%        .79%        .13%
    

</TABLE>

                                       38

<PAGE>



Allocation of the Allowance for Possible Loan Losses

        The following  table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan
losses by loan category amounts,  the percent of loans in each category to total
loans in the  allowance,  and the  percent  of loans in each  category  to total
loans, at each of the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              At March 31,            
                     ---------------------------------
                                  1997                
                     ---------------------------------
                                            % of Loans
                                 % of         to Total
                      Amount   Allowance        Loans 
                      ------   ---------  ------------
                                                      

Balance at 
end of period
allocable to:
 
<S>                  <C>           <C>         <C>    
Commercial.........  $  945         36%         52%   
Real estate--
  construction.....     337         12           4    
Real estate--
  mortgage.........     464         18          32    
Installment loans
  to individuals...     729         27          12    
Unallocated 
  reserves.........     175          7           -    
                     -------     ------     -------   
  Total allowance 
    for possible
    loan losses....  $2,650        100%        100%   
                     ======      =====       =====    
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  At December 31,
                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1996                              1995                                  1994
                        -------------------------------   -----------------------------     ---------------------------------
                                            % of Loans                          % of Loans
                                      % of    to Total                  % of    to Total                      % of    to Total
                        Amount   Allowance        Loans   Amount   Allowance        Loans       Amount  Allowance      Loans
                        ------   ---------  ------------  ------   ---------  ------------      ------  ----------  -----------
                                                                    (Dollars in Thousands)

Balance at 
end of period
allocable to:

<S>                  <C>            <C>         <C>      <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>             <C>         <C>
Commercial.........  $   $859          34%         53%    $1,256         54%         53%       $   876         48%         54%
Real estate--
  construction.....         -           -           4          -          -           3              -          -           5
Real estate--
  mortgage.........       670          26          31        662         28          33            457         25          27
Installment loans
  to individuals...       206           8          12        296         13          11            215         12          14
Unallocated  
  reserves.........       805          32           -        118          5           -            276         15           -
                      --------     ------     -------   --------     -----       ------       --------     ------       -----
  Total allowance 
    for possible
    loan losses....  $ $2,540         100%        100%    $2,332        100%        100%        $1,824        100%        100%
                       ======       =====       =====     ======      =====       =====         ======      =====       =====
</TABLE>





                                       39

<PAGE>



Other Real Estate

   
        As of March 31, 1997,  and December 31, 1996,  other real estate totaled
$1.7 million and $1.8 million,  respectively,  a decrease of ^ $184,000 or ^ 10%
and  $236,000 or 11%,  respectively,  compared to December 31,  1995^.  The $1.7
million includes collateral acquired through foreclosure of loans, stated at the
lower of the loan  value or fair  market  value  less  estimated  costs to sell.
Management  is  actively  seeking  repayment  through  sale  of  the  underlying
collateral.
    



                                              40

<PAGE>



Deposits

        As of March 31, 1997, and December 31, 1996,  total deposits were $223.2
million, a moderate increase over the amount reported at December 31, 1995.

        The following table summarizes the average  yield/rate of the components
of average deposit liabilities for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and for
the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          March 31,                              At December 31,             
                                 -------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Average                 Average                   Average                   Average
                                    1997   Yield/Rate    1996     Yield/Rate     1995         Yield/Rate   1994         Yield/Rate
                                    ----   ----------   ------    ----------    ------       -----------  ------       -----------
                                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
                                  
                                  
<S>                              <C>        <C>       <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>     <C>                <C> 
Demand .......................   $ 55,566        -    $ 50,243         -        $ 44,335           -    $ 32,446              -
Savings and interest-bearing .     81,443   ^ 2.27%     81,112      2.22%         74,207        2.55%     63,409           2.19%
Time .........................     82,406   ^ 5.38%     86,277      5.34%         75,505        5.35%     46,548           3.86%
                                   ------               ------                    ------                  ------                
    
                                 $219,415             $217,632                  $194,047                $142,403
                                 ========             ========                  ========                  ========
</TABLE>

                                  
                                  
                                  
                           

                                       41

<PAGE>



   
        Listed below is a summary of time  certificates of deposit  $100,000 and
over  categorized  by time remaining to maturity at March 31, 1997, and December
31, 1996 and 1995.


                                         At March 31,         At December 31,
                                       ----------------  ----------------------
    
                                             1997           1996          1995
                                       ----------------  -----------   --------

                                                     (In thousands)

Three months or less................   $ 16,417          $ 15,057      $ 16,633
Over three months through twelve months   7,738             8,974         7,977
Over twelve months..................      1,255             1,153         1,486
                                       --------          --------      --------
                                       $ 25,410          $ 25,184      $ 26,096
                                        =======           =======       =======





Subordinated Debentures and Equity Contracts

        In December 1993,  the Company  raised $5 million by issuing  Redeemable
Subordinated  Debentures   ("Debentures")  (unsecured  debt  obligation  of  the
Company) due November 1, 1998, at an interest rate of 8.5% payable quarterly. In
addition,  the Company issued  Cancellable  Mandatory  Stock Purchase  Contracts
("Equity  Contracts") to purchase $5 million of the Company's  common stock at a
predetermined  price of $9.77 (as adjusted for stock  dividends) per share to be
exercised no later than November 1, 1997. 511,770 shares of the Company's common
stock were  reserved  for future  issuance  pursuant to the  outstanding  Equity
Contracts.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

        The following table  summarizes,  as of March 31, 1997, the repricing of
earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities  in  accordance  with  their
contractual terms in given time periods.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Due between   Due between                                            
                                                Due within   91 Days and   One Year and     Due after   Non-Interest
                                                   90 Days      One Year     Five Years   Five Years          Bearing      Total
                                                ----------- ------------- -------------- ------------   ------------------------
                                                                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>     
Assets                                          
  Investment securities.......................    $ 14,255      $ 22,095      $ 55,865        $ 2,676       $     --     $ 94,891
  Federal funds sold and deposits with banks..       5,946         1,563            --             --             --        7,509
  Total loans.................................      54,018        19,395        59,754          6,245          4,580      143,992
  Non-earning assets..........................          --            --            --             --         20,705       20,705
                                                   -------       -------       -------        -------        -------      -------
            Total assets......................     $74,219      $ 43,053      $115,619       $  8,921       $ 25,285     $267,097
                                                    ======       =======       =======        =======        =======      =======
                                                
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity            
  Deposits....................................    $ 52,546       $49,866       $51,290        $ 9,712        $59,815     $223,229
  Other liabilities...........................      15,623         4,891            --             --          1,535       22,049
  Shareholders' equity........................          --            --            --             --         21,819       21,819
                                                   -------       -------       -------        -------        -------      -------
            Total liabilities and shareholders
              equity..........................    $ 68,169      $ 54,757      $ 51,290       $  9,712       $ 83,169     $267,097
                                                    ======       =======       =======        =======        =======      =======
                                                
Interest rate sensitivity gap.................    $  6,050      $(11,704)     $ 64,329       $   (791)      $(57,884)
                                                
 Interest rate sensitivity gap as a percentage
   of total assets............................        2.27%        -4.38%        24.08%         -0.30%        -21.67%
                                                
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap......    $  6,050      $ (5,654)     $ 58,675       $ 57,884
                                                
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap
  as a percentage of total assets.............        2.27%        -2.12%        21.97%         21.67%
                                                
</TABLE>
                                                
                                                
                                        
                                                     42

<PAGE>



   
        Banks ^ are  concerned  with the  extent to which they are able to match
maturities of interest-earning  assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Such
matching  is  facilitated  by  examining  the  extent to which  such  assets and
liabilities  are  interest-rate  sensitive and by  monitoring  an  institution's
interest  rate  sensitivity  gap.  An asset or  liability  is  considered  to be
interest-rate  sensitive  if it will  mature or reprice  within a specific  time
period.  The  interest  rate  sensitivity  gap  is  defined  as  the  excess  of
interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period over
interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that time period. On a
monthly  basis,  the  Bank  Subsidiaries  monitor  their  gap,  primarily  their
six-month and one-year  maturities and work to maintain their gap within a range
10% to (25)%.

        The  Company  currently  has a  negative  position  with  respect to its
exposure to interest rate risk. The Asset/Liability Management Committees of the
Bank Subsidiaries'  respective Boards of Directors meet quarterly to discuss the
bank's  interest rate risk.  The Company uses  simulation  models to measure the
impact of  potential  changes  in  interest  rates on the net  interest  income,
balance  sheet mix and the spread  relationship  between  market  rates and bank
products. As described below, sudden changes ^ in interest rates should not have
a material impact to the Bank ^ Subsidiaries' results of operations.  Should the
Bank  Subsidiaries  experience a positive or negative  mismatch in excess of the
approved range, they have a number of remedial options. They have the ability to
reposition   their  investment   portfolio  to  include   securities  with  more
advantageous  repricing  and/or  maturity  characteristics.   They  can  attract
variable-  or  fixed-rate  loan  products  as  appropriate.  They can also price
deposit  products to attract  deposits  with maturity  characteristics  that can
lower their exposure to interest rate risk.
    

        At March  31,  1997,  total  interest-bearing  liabilities  maturing  or
repricing  within one year exceeded total  interest-earning  assets  maturing or
repricing during the same time period by $11.7 million,  representing a negative
cumulative   one-year   gap  ratio  of  2.12%.   As  a  result,   the  yield  on
interest-earning  assets of the Bank  Subsidiaries  should  adjust to changes in
interest  rates  at a  slower  rate  than  the  cost of the  Bank  Subsidiaries'
interest-bearing liabilities.

Liquidity

        The Company  actively  manages its liquidity  under the direction of the
Bank's  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee.  During  the last two  years the
Company has been highly liquid and its liquid funds are more than  sufficient to
meet future loan demand or the possible outflow of deposits in addition to being
able to adapt to changing interest rate conditions. Management expects that this
high  liquidity  trend  will  continue  until  such  time  as  overall  economic
conditions improve and loan demand rises.

   
        At March 31, 1997,  sources of liquidity  include  $22.1 million in cash
and   cash   equivalents,   and   $56.7   million   in   investment   securities
available-for-sale.  Secondary  sources of liquidity  include  $38.1  million in
securities held-to-maturity.  Sources of liquidity at December 31, 1996, totaled
$112.5  million or 44% of total assets,  consisting of investment  securities of
$89.7   million   and  $22.8   million   in  cash  and  cash   equivalents   and
interest-bearing  due from banks. By comparison,  total  liquidity  sources were
$114.2  million or 45% of total  assets at  December  31,  1995,  consisting  of
investment  securities  in the  amount  of  $84.0  million  and  cash  and  cash
equivalents and interest-bearing due from banks in the amount of $30.2 million.
    

        Certificates  of Deposit  scheduled  to mature  during  the fiscal  year
ending  December  31,  1997 total  $72.7  million.  The  Company may renew these
certificates,  attract  new  replacement  deposits  or  replace  such funds with
borrowings. Management believes, based on past experience, that the Company will
retain much of the deposits or replace them with new deposits.


                                              43

<PAGE>



Capital Resources

        The Company's  primary  regulator,  the Federal Reserve (which regulates
bank holding  companies),  has issued  guidelines  classifying and defining bank
holding company capital into the following components: (1) Tier 1 Capital, which
includes tangible  shareholders'  equity for common stock and certain qualifying
perpetual  preferred stock, and (2) Tier 2 Capital,  which includes a portion of
the allowance for possible loan losses,  certain  qualifying  long-term debt and
preferred stock that does not qualify as Tier 1 Capital.  The risk-based capital
guidelines  require  financial  institutions to maintain specific defined credit
risk factors  (risk-adjusted  assets).  As of March 31, 1997, the minimum Tier 1
and the  combined  Tier 1 and Tier 2  capital  ratios  required  by the  Federal
Reserve Board were 4% and 8%, respectively.

        In addition to the risk-based  capital  guidelines  discussed above, the
Federal  Reserve   requires  that  a  bank  holding  company  which  meets  that
regulator's  highest  performance  and  operating  standards  maintain a minimum
leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital as a percentage of tangible  assets) of 3%. Those
bank holding companies anticipating  significant growth are expected to maintain
a leverage  ratio  above the minimum  ratio.  Minimum  leverage  ratios for each
entity will be evaluated  through the ongoing  regulatory  examination  process.
Regulations have also been issued by the Bank  Subsidiaries'  primary regulator,
the FDIC,  establishing  similar  risk-based  and leverage  capital ratios which
apply to each bank as a separate entity. See "Supervision and Regulation -- Bank
Regulation -- Regulatory Capital Requirements."



                                              44

<PAGE>



        The following table presents the risk-based and leverage  capital ratios
for GFB, BCB and the Company,  respectively,  as of March 31, 1997, and December
31, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   
                                                                                                                        Well
                                                                                                                    Capitalized
                                   Great Falls                   Bergen Commercial           Greater Community      (Under FDIC
                                      Bank                             Bank                        Bancorp          requirements)
                       ------------------------------  ---------------------------------   ----------------------
    
                              March 31,    December 31,       March 31,     December 31,     March 31,  December 31,
                          -------------  ---------------  --------------  --------------   -------------------------
                                1997         1996               1997          1996           1997         1996
                          -------------  ---------------  --------------  --------------   -----------  ------------

   
<S>                            <C>          <C>                <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>   
 Tier 1 and Tier 2......     ^ 12.27%       13.21%           ^ 14.55%        14.17%       ^ 16.71%       16.89%        10.00%

Tier 1 ^ Risk-Based
  Capital Ratio.........     ^ 11.01%       11.95%             13.30%      ^ 12.96%         12.51%     ^ 12.90%         6.00%

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio...      ^ 6.63%        6.78%              8.81%         9.32%        ^ 7.93%        8.12%         5.00%
    
</TABLE>




                                       45

<PAGE>



Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

        The  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto
presented  elsewhere  herein have been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles,  which  require the  measurement  of financial
position  and  operating   results  in  terms  of  historical   dollars  without
considering the changes in the relative  purchasing power of money over time due
to inflation.  The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of the
Company's  operations.  Unlike  most  industrial  companies,  nearly  all of the
Company's assets and liabilities are monetary in nature.  As a result,  interest
rates have a greater impact on the Company's  performance than do the effects of
general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same
direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

Impact of Recent Accounting Standards

        The FASB has issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,
Earnings Per Share,  which is effective  for financial  statements  issued after
December 15, 1997. Early adoption of the new standard is not permitted.  The new
standard  eliminates  primary and fully diluted  earnings per share and requires
presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share together with disclosure of
how the per share  amounts were  computed.  Basic  earnings  per share  excludes
dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common  shareholders by
the weighted-average  common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings
per share  reflects the  potential  dilution  that could occur if  securities or
other  contracts to issue common stock were  exercised and converted into common
stock or  resulted  in the  issuance  of common  stock  that then  shared in the
earnings of the entity.  The  adoption of this new  standard is not  expected to
have a material  impact on the disclosure of earnings per share in the financial
statements. The effect of adopting this new standard has not been determined.


                             BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

        The Company is organized as a business corporation under the laws of the
State of New Jersey and  registered  as a bank holding  company with the Federal
Reserve under the BHCA. The Company's only substantive  business activity is the
ownership and operation of GFB and BCB.

Bank Subsidiaries

        Great Falls Bank.  GFB conducts a general  commercial and retail banking
business   encompassing  a  wide  range  of  traditional  deposits  and  lending
functions. GFB offers a broad variety of lending services,  including commercial
and residential real estate loans, short and medium term loans, revolving credit
arrangements, lines of credit, and consumer installment loans. In the depository
area,  GFB offers a broad variety of deposit  accounts,  including  consumer and
commercial  checking accounts and NOW accounts.  GFB also offers other customary
banking services.

        Bergen  Commercial  Bank. BCB was incorporated in New Jersey in 1987 and
commenced  its  banking  operations  in  February  1988.  BCB  concentrates  its
operations in  commercial  lending and loan  origination  secured by real estate
generally  involving  nonresidential  properties,   primarily  servicing  Bergen
County,  New  Jersey.  In  addition  to its main  office at Two  Sears  Drive in
Paramus,  New  Jersey,  BCB has two branch  offices  in  Hasbrouck  Heights  and
Wood-Ridge, New Jersey. BCB also offers other customary banking services.


                                       46

<PAGE>



Market Area

        The Bank  Subsidiaries are  community-oriented  financial  institutions,
offering  a wide  variety  of  financial  services  to  meet  the  needs  of the
communities they serve. The Bank  Subsidiaries  conduct their business through 8
branch offices located in the northern New Jersey counties of Passaic and Bergen
("primary  market  area").  The Bank  Subsidiaries'  deposit  gathering base and
lending area are concentrated in the communities surrounding their offices.

   
        The Bank  Subsidiaries  conduct  their  businesses  through eight branch
offices located in the northern New Jersey  counties of Bergen and Passaic.  The
Bank  Subsidiaries'  deposit-gathering  and lending markets are  concentrated in
these  counties.  Bergen  county,  one of the most affluent  communities  in New
Jersey,  due to its close  proximity  to New York City,  functions  as a home to
commuters  working  in New  Jersey  suburban  areas  around  New  York.  Average
household and per capita incomes in 1996 were $75,711 and $28,768, respectively,
well above the  average  for New Jersey of $63,174  and  $23,416.  In  addition,
Bergen county has a growing and  well-diversified  base of service companies and
small businesses that are part of the Company's target market. Passaic, which is
^ west of Bergen  county,  also  serves as a home to  commuters  working  in New
Jersey suburban areas around New York.
    

Lending Activities

        General.  The principal lending activity of the Bank Subsidiaries is the
origination of commercial real estate loans,  commercial business and industrial
loans,  home equity  loans and, to a much lesser  extent,  residential  mortgage
loans and installment  loans. Most loans are originated in the Company's primary
market area. See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of  Operations"  for a description  of the Bank  Subsidiaries'  loan
portfolio.

        Commercial and Industrial Loans. The Bank Subsidiaries originate several
types of commercial  and  industrial  loans.  Included as  commercial  loans are
short-  and  long-term   business  loans,  lines  of  credit,  and  real  estate
construction   loans.  The  primary  focus  of  the  Bank  Subsidiaries  is  the
origination of commercial loans secured by real estate. The majority of the Bank
Subsidiaries'  customers for these loans are small- to  medium-sized  businesses
located in northern New Jersey.

        Commercial  Real Estate Loans.  Loans  secured by commercial  properties
generally  involve a greater degree of risk than residential  mortgage loans and
carry larger loan balances.  This  increased  credit risk is a result of several
factors,  including the  concentration of principal in a limited number of loans
and borrowers,  the effects of general economic  conditions on  income-producing
properties and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types
of loans.  A  significant  portion  of the Bank  Subsidiaries'  commercial  real
estate,  commercial and industrial  loan  portfolios  include a balloon  payment
feature.  A number  of  factors  may  affect  a  borrower's  ability  to make or
refinance  a balloon  payment,  including,  without  limitation,  the  financial
condition of the borrower at the time, the prevailing local economic conditions,
and the  prevailing  interest rate  environment.  There can be no assurance that
borrowers will be able to make or refinance balloon payments when due.

        Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by commercial real estate is
typically dependent upon the successful  operation of the related real estate or
commercial project. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower's
ability to repay the loan may be impaired. This cash flow shortage may result in
the failure to make loan payments.  In such cases,  the Company may be compelled
to modify the terms of the loan. In addition,  the nature of these loans is such
that they are  generally  less  predictable  and more  difficult to evaluate and
monitor. As a result, repayment of these loans may be

                                       47

<PAGE>



subject,  to a greater degree than residential  loans, to adverse  conditions in
the real estate market or economy.

        Home Equity Lines and Loans. The Bank Subsidiaries originate home equity
loans secured by first or second  mortgages on homes being purchased or owned by
the borrower. Home equity loans are either consumer revolving lines of credit or
single advance loans with a specified  repayment plan. The interest rate charged
on the line of credit  loans is  usually a  floating  rate  related to the prime
lending rate. A home equity line is typically  originated as a fifteen-year note
that allows the  borrower to draw upon the  approved  line of credit  during the
same period as the note. Home equity loans are usually amortized over a 5-, 10-,
or 15-year basis. The Bank Subsidiaries  generally require a loan-to-value ratio
of 75% or less which is inclusive of all preceding mortgages.

        Residential   Real  Estate  Loans.   The  Bank   Subsidiaries   generate
residential  mortgages for sale to outside loan correspondents.  These loans are
originated using the correspondents'  underwriting  standards,  rates and terms.
Prior to closing, the Bank usually has commitments for the purchase of loans, at
a premium and without recourse, in the secondary market.  Secondary market sales
are generally scheduled to close shortly after the origination of the loan.

   
        The  majority  of the Bank  Subsidiaries's  residential  mortgage  loans
consist of loans secured by owner-occupied, single-family residences. The ^ Bank
Subsidiaries'   mortgage  loan  portfolio   consists  of  both   fixed-rate  and
adjustable-rate loans secured by various types of collateral as discussed below.
Management expects to continue offering mortgage loans at market interest rates,
with substantially the same terms and conditions as it currently offers.
    

        The Bank Subsidiaries'  residential  mortgage loans customarily  include
due-on-sale  clauses,  which are provisions  giving the institution the right to
declare a loan  immediately  due and payable in the event,  among other  things,
that the borrower  sells or otherwise  disposes of the real property  serving as
security for the loan.  Due-on-sale  clauses are an important means of adjusting
rates on fixed-rate  mortgages.  The Bank  Subsidiaries  usually  exercise their
right under these clauses.

        Installment  Loans.  The Bank  Subsidiaries  originate  installment,  or
consumer  loans  secured  by a  variety  of  collateral,  such as new  and  used
automobiles. A limited number of unsecured installment loans are made.

        Loan  Solicitation and Processing.  Loan originations are derived from a
number of sources such as loan officers, customers, borrowers and referrals from
real estate brokers, accountants and attorneys.

        Upon  receipt of a loan  application,  a credit  report is  ordered  and
reviewed  to  verify  specific  information  relating  to the  loan  applicant's
creditworthiness.  For residential  mortgage  loans,  written  verifications  of
employment and deposit balances are requested. The Bank Subsidiaries may require
that an  appraisal of the real estate  intended to secure the  proposed  loan is
undertaken  by  a  certified   independent   appraiser   approved  by  the  Bank
Subsidiaries  and licensed by the State.  After all the required  information is
obtained,  the Bank Subsidiaries then make their credit decisions.  Depending on
the  type,  collateral  and  amount of the  credit  request,  various  levels of
approval may be necessary.

        Each  subsidiary  bank has a loan  committee  which has the authority to
approve loans up to certain levels.  Below such levels, loans may be approved by
various officers of the bank. Credit requests greater than loan committee limits
must be approved by the Bank Subsidiaries' respective boards of directors.

                                       48

<PAGE>




        Title  insurance  policies  are usually  required on all first  mortgage
loans.  Hazard insurance  coverage is required on all properties  securing loans
made  by  the  Bank  Subsidiaries.   Flood  insurance  is  also  required,  when
applicable.

        Loan applicants are normally  notified of the credit decision by letter.
If the loan is approved,  the loan commitment specifies the terms and conditions
of the proposed loan including the amount,  interest rate,  amortization term, a
brief  description  of the  required  collateral,  and  the  required  insurance
coverage.  The borrower must provide proof of fire,  flood (if  applicable)  and
casualty  insurance on the property serving as collateral,  which insurance must
be  maintained  during  the full term of the loan.  Generally,  title  insurance
endorsed to the Bank Subsidiaries is required on all first mortgage loans.

   
        Loan  Commitments.   When  a  commercial  loan  is  approved,  the  Bank
Subsidiaries  issue a written  commitment to the loan applicant.  The commitment
indicates the loan amount, term and interest rate and is valid for approximately
60 days. Approximately 90% of the Bank Subsidiaries' commitments are accepted or
rejected by the customer before the expiration of the  commitment.  At March 31,
1997,  the  Bank  Subsidiaries  had  approximately  ^  $34.5  million  in ^ loan
commitments  outstanding,  as opposed  to  approximately  ^ $22.1  million as of
December 31, 1996.
    

        Credit  Card  Portfolio.  The Bank  Subsidiaries  originate  secured and
unsecured credit cards for their own portfolio. Cards are available to residents
of New  Jersey  only,  and  are  approved  according  to  strict  debt-to-income
standards. The overall credit card portfolio is considered modest in relation to
other consumer loans.

   
        Credit  Risk,  Credit   Administration  and  Loan  Review.  Credit  risk
represents the possibility  that a customer or  counterparty  may not perform in
accordance  with  contractual  terms.  The Bank  Subsidiaries  incur credit risk
whenever they extend  credit to, or enter into other  transactions  with,  their
customers.  The risks associated with extensions of credit include general risk,
which is inherent  in the  lending  business,  and risk  specific to  individual
borrowers.  The senior lending officers of the Bank Subsidiaries are responsible
for the  overall  management  of the  Bank  Subsidiaries'  credit  risk  and the
development,   application  and  enforcement  of  uniform  credit  policies  and
procedures,  the  principal  purpose  of which is to  minimize  such  risk.  One
objective of credit  administration  is to identify and, to the extent feasible,
diversify  extensions of credit. Loan review and other loan monitoring practices
provide a means  for the Bank  Subsidiaries'  management  to  ascertain  whether
proper credit,  underwriting  and loan  documentation  policies,  procedures and
practices  are being  followed by the Bank  Subsidiaries'  loan officers and are
being applied uniformly.  Within the last year, the Bank Subsidiaries have taken
a  number  of steps to  enhance  their  credit  administration  and loan  review
functions  in an effort to  better  manage  their  credit  risk.  While the Bank
Subsidiaries  continue to review these and other related functional areas, there
can be no  assurance  that the steps the Bank  Subsidiaries'  have taken to date
will be sufficient to enable them to identify,  measure, monitor and control all
credit risk.
    

Investment Securities Activities

      General.  The  investment  policy  of each  of the  Bank  Subsidiaries  is
established by senior  management and approved by the Board of Directors.  It is
based on asset and  liability  management  goals and is  designed  to  provide a
portfolio of investments that optimize  interest income and provides  acceptable
limits of safety and liquidity.  The Bank Subsidiaries'  investment goals are to
invest  available  funds in instruments  that meet specific  requirements of the
Bank  Subsidiaries'  asset  and  liability   management  goals.  The  investment
activities of the Bank Subsidiaries  consist primarily of investments in federal
funds,  securities  issued or guaranteed by the United States  Government or its
agencies, states and political

                                       49

<PAGE>



subdivisions and corporate bonds. See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  for a description  of the Bank
Subsidiaries' investment portfolio.

Sources of Funds

        General.  Deposits are the major source of the Bank Subsidiaries'  funds
for lending and other  investment  purposes.  In addition to deposits,  the Bank
Subsidiaries  derive funds from the  amortization,  prepayment or sale of loans,
maturities or sale of  investment  securities  and  operations.  Scheduled  loan
principal  repayments  are a relatively  stable  source of funds,  while deposit
inflows and  outflows  and loan  prepayments  are  significantly  influenced  by
general interest rates and market conditions.  See "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations" for a description of
the Bank Subsidiaries' sources of funds.

        Deposits.  Consumer and  commercial  deposits are attracted  principally
from within the primary market area through the offering of a broad selection of
deposit instruments including checking,  regular savings, money market deposits,
term certificate accounts and individual  retirement  accounts.  Deposit account
terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time periods the funds
must remain on deposit and the  interest  rate,  among other  factors.  The Bank
Subsidiaries regularly evaluate the internal cost of funds, survey rates offered
by competing  institutions,  review their cash flow requirements for lending and
liquidity and execute rate changes when deemed  appropriate.  From time to time,
the Bank  Subsidiaries  have  offered  promotional  interest  rates  on  certain
certificates of deposit in response to interest rates offered by other financial
institutions  in the  Bank  Subsidiaries'  primary  market  area,  as well as in
response  to general  increases  in overall  market  rates for  certificates  of
deposit.  There can be no assurances that the Bank  Subsidiaries will be able to
retain such deposits at maturity at  non-promotional  interest  rates.  The Bank
Subsidiaries  do not obtain funds  through  brokers,  nor do they solicit  funds
outside the State of New Jersey.

Competition

        The  Company,  through the Bank  Subsidiaries,  competes  with other New
Jersey commercial banks, savings banks,  savings and loan associations,  finance
companies,  insurance  companies,  and credit  unions.  A substantial  number of
offices  of  competing  financial  institutions  are  located  within  the  Bank
Subsidiaries'  respective  market areas. The past trend toward  consolidation of
the banking industry has continued in New Jersey in recent years. This trend may
make it more  difficult  for  smaller  banks  such as the Bank  Subsidiaries  to
compete with large, national and regional banking  institutions.  Several of the
Bank  Subsidiaries'  competitors are affiliated with major banking and financial
institutions  which are  substantially  larger  and have far  greater  financial
resources than the Bank Subsidiaries.

        Competitive  factors between  financial  institutions  can be classified
into two categories: competitive rates and competitive service. Rate competition
is  intense,  especially  in the area of time  deposits.  The Bank  Subsidiaries
compete  with larger  institutions  with  respect to the rates of interest  they
offer. From a service standpoint, the Bank Subsidiaries' competitors,  by virtue
of their superior financial resources, have substantially greater lending limits
than the Bank  Subsidiaries  are able to provide.  Such competitors also perform
certain functions for their customers, such as trust and international services,
which the Bank Subsidiaries do not provide.

Properties

        The Company does not own or lease any land, buildings or equipment.  GFB
leases its main office  banking  facility  and certain  other office space at 55
Union Boulevard, Totowa, New Jersey. Such

                                       50

<PAGE>



main  office  leased  space is  owned  by a  general  partnership  of which  the
Company's  chairman and vice chairman are both  partners.  GFB also leases space
for its four other branches in Totowa, Little Falls and Clifton, New Jersey. BCB
leases its main office as well as its two branch offices.

Personnel

     At  December  31,  1996,  the  Company had 98  full-time  and 12  part-time
employees. The employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are not represented
by any collective  bargaining unit.  Relations between  management and employees
are considered good.

Legal Proceedings

        The  Company  and its  subsidiaries  are from  time to time  parties  to
various legal actions  arising out of the normal course of business.  Management
believes that there is no proceeding  threatened or pending against the Company,
which,  if determined  adversely,  would have a material effect on the business,
financial position or results of operations of the Company.


                                       51

<PAGE>



                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The Board of  Directors  of the  Company is  currently  composed  of ten
members,  each of whom serves for a term of three years.  Executive officers are
elected annually by the Board of Directors and serve at the Board's discretion.

        The following table sets forth information with respect to the directors
and executive officers of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Current
                                                                                              Term as
     Director/Executive                                                       Director       Director
           Officer             Age (1)   Position                               Since         Expires

<S>                              <C>     <C>                                    <C>            <C> 
John L. Soldoveri (2)(4)         73      Chairman, Chief Executive Officer      1985           1999

Anthony M. Bruno, Jr.(3)(4)      42      Vice-Chairman                          1995           1998

 George E. Irwin(2)              53      Director, President & Chief            1987           1998
                                         Operating Officer

C. Mark Campbell(3)(4)           46      Director & Executive Vice President    1995           1999

Naqi A. Naqvi                    40      Treasurer                              N/A            N/A

Alfred R. Urbano(2)              50      Director                               1986           1998

Joseph A. Lobosco(2)             62      Director                               1990           1999

 Charles J. Volpe(3)             59      Director                               1995           1999

M. A. Bramante(2)                64      Director                               1985           2000

Robert J. Conklin(2)             58      Director                               1985           2000

William T. Ferguson(2)           54      Director                               1985           2000

</TABLE>


- --------------------
(1) At March 1, 1997.
(2) Indicates membership on the Board of Directors of Great Falls Bank.
(3) Indicates membership on the Board of Directors of Bergen Commercial Bank.
(4) Mr. Bruno is a nephew of Mr. Soldoveri and is Mr. Campbell's brother-in-law.


Biographical Information

        Directors  and  Executive   Officers  of  the  Company.   The  principal
occupation of each  director and  executive  officer of the Company is set forth
below.

        John L.  Soldoveri is the  Chairman of the Board of Directors  and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company. He was appointed to the latter position at the
end of 1995, having acted as the Company's  President from 1985 until the end of
1995. Mr.  Soldoveri has been a founding  director of both the Company and Great
Falls Bank since 1985. Mr. Soldoveri was President of Soldoveri Agency and

                                       52

<PAGE>



Rhodes Agency Inc., real estate  brokerage and insurance  agency firms, for many
years until 1991. He has served as Vice President of both companies  since 1991.
Mr. Soldoveri has been the controlling  partner in Anjo Realty since 1980 and is
an active investor in real estate, directly and through various entities.

        Anthony M. Bruno,  Jr. was  appointed as a director and Vice Chairman of
the Board of Directors of the Company at the end of 1995 in connection  with the
Company's  acquisition of Bergen Commercial Bank. Mr. Bruno has been Chairman of
the Board of Bergen  Commercial Bank since 1987. Prior thereto,  Mr. Bruno was a
founding  director of the Company and Great Falls Bank in 1985,  positions  from
which he resigned in 1987 when Bergen Commercial Bank was formed. Mr. Bruno is a
senior partner of Bruno,  DiBello & Co., L.L.C.,  certified public  accountants.
Mr. Bruno is a minority partner in Anjo Realty, which invests in real estate.

        George E.  Irwin was  appointed  as the  President  and Chief  Operating
Officer of the Company at the end of 1995.  Prior thereto,  Mr. Irwin had served
since 1987 as the Company's Vice  President.  He has also been the President and
Chief Executive  Officer of Great Falls Bank since 1987.  During 1986, Mr. Irwin
was Great Falls Bank's  Executive  Vice  President,  Treasurer,  and Senior Loan
Officer.  He has been a director  of both the Company and Great Falls Bank since
1987.

        C.  Mark  Campbell  was  appointed  as a  director  and  Executive  Vice
President  of the Company at the end of 1995 in  connection  with the  Company's
acquisition  of  Bergen  Commercial  Bank.  He has  acted  as  President,  Chief
Executive Officer and director of Bergen Commercial Bank since 1987.

        Naqi A. Naqvi has been the  Company's  Treasurer  since  1988,  and Vice
President and Treasurer of Great Falls Bank since 1987.

        Alfred R. Urbano has been the President of Rubicon  Realty Corp., a real
estate  investment firm, since 1980. He is active in the real estate business as
an investor and a manager, directly and through various entities. Mr. Urbano has
served as a director of both the Company and Great Falls Bank since 1986.

        Joseph A.  Lobosco  retired at the end of 1994 as the Senior  Partner of
Joseph Lobosco & Sons, an insurance agency, of which he had been a partner since
1961. He has served as a director of both the Company and Great Falls Bank since
1990.

        Charles J. Volpe was  appointed  as a director of the Company at the end
of 1995 in connection with the Company's  acquisition of Bergen Commercial Bank.
Mr. Volpe is the chief  executive  officer and  principal of J. P. Patti Company
(roofing). He has been a director of Bergen Commercial Bank since 1987.

        Marino A.  Bramante,  an  orthodontist,  has been the President of M. A.
Bramante,  D.D.S., P.A. since 1960. He has served as a founding director of both
the Company and Great Falls Bank since 1985.

        Robert J.  Conklin has been the  President  of The Conklin  Corporation,
which is  engaged  in  construction  and  engineering,  since  1960.  He is also
President of an electronics firm, Crystal Accel. He has been a founding director
of both the Company and Great Falls Bank since 1985.

        William T. Ferguson has been the Vice President of Ted Car Inc., an auto
wholesaler, since 1977. He has served as a founding director of both the Company
and Great Falls Bank since 1985.

                                       53

<PAGE>



                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Introduction

        Bank holding  companies and banks are  extensively  regulated under both
federal and state law. The following  information  describes  certain aspects of
that regulation  applicable to the Company and the Bank  Subsidiaries,  and does
not purport to be  complete.  The  discussion  is  qualified  in its entirety by
reference to all particular statutory or regulatory provisions.

        The  Company  is a legal  entity  separate  and  distinct  from the Bank
Subsidiaries.  Accordingly, the right of the Company, and consequently the right
of creditors and shareholders of the Company, to participate in any distribution
of the assets or earnings of the Bank Subsidiaries is necessarily subject to the
prior claims of creditors  of the Bank  Subsidiaries,  except to the extent that
claims of the  Company  in its  capacity  as  creditor  may be  recognized.  The
principal  source of the Company's  revenue and cash flow is dividends  from the
Bank Subsidiaries.  There are, however, legal limitations on the extent to which
a subsidiary  bank can finance or otherwise  supply funds to its parent  holding
company.

The Company

        General. As a registered holding company, the Company is regulated under
the BHCA and is subject to  supervision  and regular  inspection  by the Federal
Reserve.  The BHCA  requires,  among  other  things,  the prior  approval of the
Federal  Reserve in any case where the  Company  proposes  to (i) acquire all or
substantially  all of the assets of any bank,  (ii)  acquire  direct or indirect
ownership or control of more than 5 percent of the voting shares of any bank, or
(iii) merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company.

        Acquisitions/Permissible Business Activities. The BHCA currently permits
bank  holding  companies  from  any  state to  acquire  banks  and bank  holding
companies located in any other state,  subject to certain conditions,  including
certain nationwide- and state-imposed  concentration  limits.  Effective June 1,
1997,  the  Bank  Subsidiaries  will  have  the  ability,   subject  to  certain
restrictions,  including state opt-out provisions,  to acquire by acquisition or
merger  branches  outside its home  state.  States may  affirmatively  opt-in to
permit these  transactions  earlier,  which New Jersey,  among other states, has
done.  The  establishment  of new  interstate  branches also will be possible in
those states with laws that  expressly  permit it.  Interstate  branches will be
subject to certain laws of the states in which they are located. Competition may
increase further as banks branch across state lines and enter new markets.

        Under the BHCA, the Company is prohibited, with certain exceptions, from
acquiring direct or indirect  ownership or control of more than 5 percent of any
class of voting shares of any nonbanking  corporation.  Further, the Company may
not  engage  in any  business  other  than  managing  and  controlling  banks or
furnishing  certain  specified  services  to  subsidiaries,  and may not acquire
voting control of nonbanking  corporations except those corporations  engaged in
businesses or furnishing  services that the Federal  Reserve deems to be closely
related to banking.

        Source of Strength Policy.  Under Federal Reserve policy, a bank holding
company is  expected to serve as a source of  financial  strength to each of its
subsidiary banks and to commit  resources to support each such bank.  Consistent
with its "source of strength"  policy for subsidiary  banks, the Federal Reserve
has  stated  that,  as a matter  of  prudent  banking,  a bank  holding  company
generally  should not  maintain a rate of cash  dividends  unless its net income
available to common shareholders has been

                                       54

<PAGE>



sufficient to fund fully the  dividends,  and the  prospective  rate of earnings
retention appears to be consistent with the corporation's  capital needs,  asset
quality and overall financial condition.

Bank Regulation

        As  state-chartered  banks which are not members of the Federal Reserve,
the Bank Subsidiaries are subject to the primary federal supervision of the FDIC
under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the "FDIA"). Prior approval of the FDIC
is required for the Bank  Subsidiaries  to establish or relocate a branch office
or to engage in any merger,  consolidation  or  significant  purchase or sale of
assets.  The Bank Subsidiaries are also subject to regulation and supervision by
the  Department.  In  addition,  the Bank  Subsidiaries  are subject to numerous
federal and state laws and regulations which set forth specific restrictions and
procedural   requirements   with  respect  to  the  establishment  of  branches,
investments, interest rates on loans, credit practices, the disclosure of credit
terms and discrimination in credit transactions.

        The FDIC and the  Department  regularly  examine the  operations  of the
respective Bank  Subsidiaries and their condition,  including but not limited to
capital adequacy,  reserves, loans, investments and management practices.  These
examinations are for the protection of the Bank Subsidiaries' depositors and the
BIF and the SAIF and not the Bank Subsidiaries'  stockholder.  In addition,  the
Bank  Subsidiaries  are required to furnish  quarterly and annual reports to the
FDIC. The FDIC's enforcement authority includes the power to remove officers and
directors  and the  authority to issue orders to prevent a bank from engaging in
unsafe or unsound  practices  or violating  laws or  regulations  governing  its
business.

        The FDIC has adopted regulations regarding the capital adequacy of banks
subject  to its  primary  supervision,  which  require  such  banks to  maintain
specified minimum ratios of capital to total assets and capital to risk-weighted
assets. See "--Regulatory Capital Requirements."

        Statewide  branching is permitted in New Jersey.  Branch  approvals  are
subject to statutory  standards  relating to safety and soundness,  competition,
public convenience and CRA performance.

        Bank Dividends.  New Jersey law permits the Bank Subsidiaries to declare
dividends only if, after payment thereof,  their capital would be unimpaired and
their remaining surplus would equal at least 50 percent of their capital.  Under
the  FDIA,  the Bank  Subsidiaries  are  prohibited  from  declaring  or  paying
dividends or making any other capital  distribution if, after that distribution,
they would  fail to meet their  regulatory  capital  requirements.  At March 31,
1997, the Bank Subsidiaries met their regulatory capital requirements.  The FDIC
also has  authority  to  prohibit  the  payment of  dividends  by a bank when it
determines such payment to be an unsafe and unsound banking  practice.  The FDIC
may  prohibit   bank  holding   companies  of  banks  which  are  deemed  to  be
"significantly undercapitalized" under the FDIA or which fail to properly submit
and implement  capital  restoration plans required thereby from paying dividends
or making other capital distributions without the permission of the FDIC.

        Restrictions Upon Intercompany  Transactions.  The Bank Subsidiaries are
subject to  restrictions  imposed by federal law on extensions of credit to, and
certain  other  transactions  with,  the  Company  and  other  affiliates.  Such
restrictions  prevent the Company and such other  affiliates from borrowing from
the Bank Subsidiaries unless the loans are secured by specified collateral,  and
require  such  transactions  to have terms  comparable  to terms of  arms-length
transactions  with third persons.  Such secured loans and other  transactions by
each of the Bank Subsidiaries' are generally limited in amount as to the Company
and as to any  other  affiliate  to 10% of the Bank  Subsidiaries'  capital  and
surplus and

                                       55

<PAGE>



as to the Company and all other  affiliates  to an  aggregate of 20% of the Bank
Subsidiaries' capital and surplus.  These regulations and restrictions may limit
the Company's  ability to obtain funds from the Bank  Subsidiaries  for its cash
needs,  including funds for acquisitions and for payment of dividends,  interest
and operating expenses.

        Deposit   Insurance.   Since  the  Bank  Subsidiaries  are  FDIC  member
institutions,  their respective  deposits are currently  insured to a maximum of
$100,000 per depositor  through the BIF,  administered by the FDIC, and the Bank
Subsidiaries  are  required  to  pay  semi-annual   deposit   insurance  premium
assessments to the FDIC.

        The amount of FDIC  assessments  paid by individual  insured  depository
institutions  is based on their relative risk as measured by regulatory  capital
ratios and certain other factors.

        During 1996,  the  President of the United  States  enacted  legislation
which contains the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 to recapitalize the SAIF.
Under  this   legislation,   the  FDIC  has  levied  a  special   assessment  on
SAIF-assessable deposits held as of March 31, 1995. In its acquisition of Family
First in 1995, the Company acquired  SAIF-assessable deposits which were subject
to this special assessment.

        In addition,  the Deposit  Insurance  Funds Act of 1996  authorized  the
Financing  Corporation  ("FICO") to levy assessments on BIF-assessable  deposits
and stipulated  that the rate must equal one-fifth the FICO assessment rate that
is applied to deposits assessable by the SAIF. The rates established for GFB and
BCB for 1997 through 1999 are 0.065% and 0.013%, respectively.

        Enforcement  Powers. The bank regulatory  agencies have broad discretion
to issue cease and desist orders if they  determine that the Company or its Bank
Subsidiaries are engaging in "unsafe or unsound banking practices." In addition,
the federal bank  regulatory  authorities  are  empowered to impose  substantial
civil money  penalties for violations of certain  federal  banking  statutes and
regulations, violation of a fiduciary duty, or violation of a final or temporary
cease  and  desist  order,  among  other  things.  Financial  institutions,  and
directors, officers, employees,  controlling shareholders,  agents, consultants,
attorneys,  accountants,  appraisers  and others  associated  with a  depository
institution  are  subject  to the  imposition  of  fines,  penalties,  and other
enforcement  actions  based  upon the  conduct of their  relationships  with the
institution.

        Under the FDIA,  the FDIC may be appointed as a conservator  or receiver
for a depository  institution  based upon a number of events and  circumstances,
including:  (i)  consent  by the board of  directors  of the  institution;  (ii)
cessation  of the  institution's  status as an insured  depository  institution;
(iii) the  institution  is  undercapitalized  and has no reasonable  prospect of
becoming  adequately  capitalized  when  required  to do so,  fails to submit an
acceptable  capital plan or materially fails to implement an acceptable  capital
plan;  (iv) the  institution  is  critically  undercapitalized  or otherwise has
substantially insufficient capital; (v) appointment of a conservator or receiver
by a state banking  authority,  such as the Department;  (vii) the institution's
assets  are less  than its  obligations  to its  creditors  and  others;  (viii)
substantial dissipation in the institution's assets or earnings due to violation
of any  statute  or  regulation  or unsafe or unsound  practice;  (ix) a willful
violation of a cease and desist order that has become final; (x) an inability of
the institution to pay its  obligations or meet its  depositors'  demands in the
normal course of business;  or (xi) any concealment of the institution's  books,
records or assets or refusal to submit to examination.

        Under the FDIA,  the FDIC as a  conservator  or receiver of a depository
institution has express  authority to repudiate  contracts with such institution
which it determines to be burdensome or if such

                                       56

<PAGE>



repudiation  will  promote  the  orderly  administration  of  the  institution's
affairs. Certain "qualified financial contracts",  defined to include securities
contracts,  commodity contracts,  forward contracts,  repurchase agreements, and
swap agreements, generally are excluded from the repudiation powers of the FDIC.
The FDIC is also given  authority  to  enforce  contracts  made by a  depository
institution notwithstanding any contractual provision providing for termination,
default,  acceleration,  or  exercise  of rights  upon,  or solely by reason of,
insolvency or the appointment of a conservator or receiver.  Insured  depository
institutions  also are  prohibited  from  entering  into  contracts  for  goods,
products or services  which would  adversely  affect the safety and soundness of
the institutions.

        Regulatory Capital  Requirements.  The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have
established  guidelines with respect to the maintenance of appropriate levels of
capital by bank holding companies and state-chartered banks that are not members
of the Federal  Reserve System ("state  non-member  banks"),  respectively.  The
regulations impose two sets of capital adequacy  requirements:  minimum leverage
rules,  which  require bank holding  companies and banks to maintain a specified
minimum ratio of capital to total assets,  and risk-based  capital rules,  which
require   the   maintenance   of   specified   minimum   ratios  of  capital  to
"risk-weighted" assets.

        The regulations of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC require bank holding
companies  and state  non-member  banks,  respectively,  to  maintain  a minimum
leverage  ratio  of "Tier 1  capital"  (as  defined  in the  risk-based  capital
guidelines  discussed  in the  following  paragraphs)  to total  assets of 3.0%.
Although  setting a minimum 3.0% leverage ratio, the capital  regulations  state
that only the  strongest  bank  holding  companies  and  banks,  with  composite
examination  ratings  of 1 under the  rating  system  used by the  federal  bank
regulators,  would be  permitted  to  operate at or near such  minimum  level of
capital.  All other bank holding  companies and banks are expected to maintain a
leverage  ratio of at least 1% to 2% above the minimum  ratio,  depending on the
assessment  of an  individual  organization's  capital  adequacy  by its primary
regulator.  Any  bank or  bank  holding  company  experiencing  or  anticipating
significant  growth would be expected to maintain capital well above the minimum
levels.   In  addition,   the  Federal   Reserve  has  indicated  that  whenever
appropriate,  and in  particular  when a bank  holding  company  is  undertaking
expansion,  seeking to engage in new  activities or otherwise  facing unusual or
abnormal  risks,  it will  consider,  on a case-by-case  basis,  the level of an
organization's   ratio  of  tangible  Tier  1  capital   (after   deducting  all
intangibles) to total assets in making an overall assessment of capital.

        The risk-based capital rules of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC require
bank holding companies and state non-member banks to maintain minimum regulatory
capital  levels  based upon a weighting of their  assets and  off-balance  sheet
obligations  according  to risk.  The  risk-based  capital  rules have two basic
components:  a Tier 1 or core capital  requirement and a Tier 2 or supplementary
capital  requirement.  Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common stockholders'
equity,  certain  perpetual  preferred stock (which must be  noncumulative  with
respect to banks), and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated
subsidiaries;  less most intangible assets,  primarily goodwill.  Tier 2 capital
elements include,  subject to certain  limitations,  the allowance for losses on
loans and leases; perpetual preferred stock that does not qualify for Tier 1 and
long-term  preferred  stock with an original  maturity of at least 20 years from
issuance;  hybrid capital  instruments,  including  perpetual debt and mandatory
convertible  securities;  and subordinated debt and intermediate-term  preferred
stock.

        The risk-based  capital  regulations  require all banks and bank holding
companies to maintain a minimum  ratio of total  capital to total  risk-weighted
assets of 8%, with at least 4% as core capital.  For the purpose of  calculating
these ratios, (i) supplementary  capital is limited to no more than 100% of core
capital, and (ii) the aggregate amount of certain types of supplementary capital
is limited. In addition,

                                       57

<PAGE>



the risk-based capital regulations limit the allowance for loan losses which may
be included as capital to 1.25% of total risk-weighted assets.

        FDICIA also required the federal banking  regulators to classify insured
depository  institutions by capital levels and to take various prompt corrective
actions to resolve  the  problems of any  institution  that fails to satisfy the
capital  standards.  The FDIC has issued final  regulations  establishing  these
capital levels and otherwise  implementing  FDICIA's  prompt  corrective  action
provisions. Under FDICIA and these regulations, all institutions,  regardless of
their capital  levels,  are restricted  from making any capital  distribution or
paying any management  fees that would cause the  institution to fail to satisfy
the minimum levels for any of its capital requirements.

        Under   the   FDIC's   prompt    corrective   action    regulation,    a
"well-capitalized"  bank is one that is not subject to any  regulatory  order or
directive  to meet any  specific  capital  level  and that  has or  exceeds  the
following  capital  levels:  a total  risk-based  capital ratio of 10%, a Tier 1
risk-based  capital  ratio of 6%,  and a  leverage  ratio of 5%. An  "adequately
capitalized" bank is one that does not qualify as "well-  capitalized" but meets
or exceeds the following capital requirements:  a total risk-based capital ratio
of 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio of 4%, and a leverage  ratio of either
(i) 4% or (ii) 3% if the bank has the highest  composite  examination  rating. A
bank  not  meeting  these  criteria  will  be  treated  as   "undercapitalized,"
"significantly  undercapitalized," or "critically undercapitalized" depending on
the  extent  to which  to which  the  bank's  capital  levels  are  below  these
standards.  A  bank  that  falls  within  any of  the  three  "undercapitalized"
categories  established by the prompt  corrective action regulation will be: (i)
subject to increased  monitoring by the appropriate  federal banking  regulator;
(ii) required to submit an acceptable  capital  restoration plan within 45 days;
(iii)  subject  to asset  growth  limits;  and (iv)  required  to  obtain  prior
regulatory approval for acquisitions, branching and new lines of businesses. The
capital  restoration plan must include a guarantee by the institution's  holding
company  that the  institution  will  comply  with  the  plan  until it has been
adequately capitalized on average for four consecutive quarters, under which the
holding  company  would be  liable up to the  lesser of 5% of the  institution's
total  assets or the amount  necessary  to bring the  institution  into  capital
compliance as of the date it failed to comply with its capital restoration plan.
A significantly  undercapitalized  institution,  as well as any undercapitalized
institution that did not submit an acceptable capital  restoration plan, will be
subject to  regulatory  demands for  recapitalization,  broader  application  of
restrictions on transactions with affiliates, limitations on interest rates paid
on  deposits,  asset  growth  and  other  activities,  possible  replacement  of
directors and officers,  and  restrictions on capital  distributions by any bank
holding  company  controlling  the  institution.  Any  company  controlling  the
institution  may be required  to divest its  interest  in the  institution.  The
senior executive  officers of a significantly  undercapitalized  institution may
not receive  bonuses or increases in  compensation  without  prior  approval.  A
critically  undercapitalized  institution is prohibited  from making payments of
principal or interest on its subordinated  debt,  except with respect to debt as
approved by the FDIC or, until July 15, 1996, with respect to subordinated  debt
outstanding  on July 15, 1991 and not extended or otherwise  renegotiated  after
July 15, 1991.  If an  institution's  ratio of tangible  capital to total assets
falls below a level  established by the appropriate  federal banking  regulator,
which may not be less than 2%, nor more than 65% of the minimum tangible capital
level otherwise required (the "critical capital level"), the institution will be
subject  to  conservatorship  or  receivership  within 90 days  unless  periodic
determinations  are made that  forbearance from such action would better protect
the deposit insurance fund. Unless  appropriate  findings and certifications are
made  by  the  appropriate  federal  bank  regulatory   agencies,  a  critically
undercapitalized  institution  must be  placed  in  receivership  if it  remains
critically undercapitalized on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270
days after the date it became critically undercapitalized.


                                       58

<PAGE>



Effect of Government Monetary Policies; Possible Further Legislation

        The earnings of the Company, through the Bank Subsidiaries, are and will
be affected by domestic and international  economic  conditions and the monetary
and fiscal  policies  of the United  States and  foreign  governments  and their
agencies.

        The Federal  Reserve's  monetary  policies  have had, and will  probably
continue to have,  an important  impact on the  operating  results of commercial
banks through its power to implement  national  monetary policy in order,  among
other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The Federal Reserve has a
major effect upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its
open market  operations in United States  Government  securities and through its
regulation of, among other things,  the discount rate on borrowings of banks and
the imposition of non-earning reserve requirements against member bank deposits.
It is not  possible  to  predict  the  nature  and  impact of future  changes in
monetary and fiscal policies.

        From time to time, proposals are made in the United States Congress, the
New Jersey  Legislature,  and various bank  regulatory  authorities  which would
alter the powers  of,  and place  restrictions  on,  different  types of banking
organizations.  It is impossible to predict  whether any of these proposals will
be adopted and any impact of such  adoption  on the  business of the Company the
Bank Subsidiaries.

        The Bank Subsidiaries are also subject to various Federal and State laws
such as usury laws and consumer protection laws.


                       DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED SECURITIES

        Pursuant to the terms of the Trust  Agreement for the Issuer Trust,  the
Issuer  Trustees  on  behalf  of the  Issuer  Trust  will  issue  the  Preferred
Securities and the Common  Securities.  The Preferred  Securities will represent
preferred undivided  beneficial  interests in the assets of the Issuer Trust and
the holders  thereof will be entitled to a preference  in certain  circumstances
with respect to  Distributions  and amounts payable on redemption or liquidation
over the Common Securities,  as well as other benefits as described in the Trust
Agreement.  This summary of certain  provisions of the Preferred  Securities and
the Trust  Agreement  does not  purport to be  complete  and is subject  to, and
qualified  in its  entirety by  reference  to, all the  provisions  of the Trust
Agreement,   including  the  definitions  therein  of  certain  terms.  Wherever
particular  defined terms of the Trust  Agreement  are referred to herein,  such
defined terms are  incorporated  herein by reference.  A copy of the form of the
Trust Agreement is available upon request from the Issuer Trustees.

General

          The  Preferred  Securities  will be limited to  $20,000,000  aggregate
Liquidation  Amount  outstanding  (which  amount  may  be  increased  by  up  to
$3,000,000  aggregate  liquidation amount of referred Securities for exercise of
the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option).  See  "Underwriting."  The Preferred
Securities  will rank pari passu,  and  payments  will be made thereon pro rata,
with the Common Securities except as described under "-- Subordination of Common
Securities." The Junior  Subordinated  Debentures will be registered in the name
of the Issuer Trust and held by the Property Trustee in trust for the benefit of
the holders of the Preferred  Securities  and Common  Securities.  The Guarantee
will be a  guarantee  on a  subordinated  basis with  respect  to the  Preferred
Securities but will not guarantee

                                       59

<PAGE>



payment of Distributions or amounts payable on redemption or liquidation of such
Preferred Securities when the Issuer Trust does not have funds on hand available
to make such payments. See "Description of Guarantee."

Distributions

   
        The  Preferred   Securities  represent  preferred  undivided  beneficial
interests in the assets of the Issuer Trust, and Distributions on each Preferred
Security  will be  payable at the  annual  rate of ^% of the stated  Liquidation
Amount of $25,  payable  quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30
and December 31 of each year (each a "Distribution Date"), to the holders of the
Preferred  Securities  at the  close of  business  on 15th day of  March,  June,
September and December  (whether or not a Business Day (as defined  below)) next
preceding  the  relevant  Distribution  Date.  Distributions  on  the  Preferred
Securities will be cumulative.  Distributions  will accumulate from ^, 1997. The
first Distribution Date for the Preferred Securities will be ^, 1997. The amount
of  Distributions  payable for any period less than a full  Distribution  period
will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve  30-day months and the
actual days elapsed in a partial month in such period. Distributions payable for
each full Distribution period will be computed by dividing the rate per annum by
four. If any date on which Distributions are payable on the Preferred Securities
is not a Business  Day, then payment of the  Distributions  payable on such date
will be made on the next  succeeding  day that is a Business  Day  (without  any
additional  Distributions  or other payment in respect of any such delay),  with
the same force and  effect as if made on the date such  payment  was  originally
payable.

        So long as no Debenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Company has the right under the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture to defer the
payment of interest on the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  at any time or from
time to time for a period not exceeding 20  consecutive  quarterly  periods with
respect to each Extension  Period,  provided that no Extension Period may extend
beyond  the  Stated  Maturity  of  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.  As  a
consequence  of any such  deferral,  quarterly  Distributions  on the  Preferred
Securities  by the Issuer  Trust  will be  deferred  during  any such  Extension
Period.  Distributions to which holders of the Preferred Securities are entitled
will accumulate  additional  Distributions  thereon at the rate of ^% per annum,
compounded  quarterly  from the relevant  payment  date for such  Distributions,
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve  30-day  months and the actual
days elapsed in a partial month in such period. Additional Distributions payable
for each full  Distribution  period will be  computed  by dividing  the rate per
annum by four.  The term  "Distributions"  as used herein shall include any such
additional Distributions.  During any such Extension Period, the Company may not
(i)  declare or pay any  dividends  or  distributions  on, or redeem,  purchase,
acquire or make a  liquidation  payment  with  respect to, any of the  Company's
capital  stock or (ii) make any payment of  principal of or interest or premium,
if any, on or repay,  repurchase  or redeem any debt  securities  of the Company
that rank pari passu in all  respects  with or junior in  interest to the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  (other  than  (a)  repurchases,  redemptions  or other
acquisitions  of shares of capital stock of the Company in  connection  with any
employment  contract,  benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the
benefit of any one or more employees,  officers,  directors or  consultants,  in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in
connection  with the  issuance of capital  stock of the  Company (or  securities
convertible  into or exercisable for such capital stock) as  consideration in an
acquisition  transaction entered into prior to the applicable  Extension Period,
(b) as a result  of an  exchange  or  conversion  of any  class or series of the
Company's  capital  stock (or any capital  stock of a subsidiary of the Company)
for any class or series of the Company's capital stock or of any class or series
of the Company's  indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's  capital
stock,  (c) the  purchase of  fractional  interests  in shares of the  Company's
capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange  provisions of such capital
stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any
    

                                       60

<PAGE>



declaration of a dividend in connection with any  stockholder's  rights plan, or
the issuance of rights,  stock or other property under any stockholder's  rights
plan, or the  redemption or repurchase of rights  pursuant  thereto,  or (e) any
dividend  in the form of stock,  warrants,  options  or other  rights  where the
dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants,  options or
other  rights is the same stock as that on which the  dividend  is being paid or
ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).  Prior to the termination of any
such  Extension  Period,  the Company may further defer the payment of interest,
provided that no Extension Period may exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods or
extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.  Upon
the termination of any such Extension Period and the payment of all amounts then
due, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period. No interest shall be
due and payable  during an  Extension  Period,  except at the end  thereof.  The
Company must give the Issuer  Trustees  notice of its election of such Extension
Period  at least  one  Business  Day  prior to the  earlier  of (i) the date the
Distributions  on the Preferred  Securities  would have been payable but for the
election to begin such Extension  Period and (ii) the date the Property  Trustee
is required to give notice to holders of the Preferred  Securities of the record
date or the date such Distributions are payable,  but in any event not less than
one  Business  Day prior to such record  date.  The  Property  Trustee will give
notice of the Company's  election to begin a new Extension Period to the holders
of the Preferred Securities. Subject to the foregoing, there is no limitation on
the number of times that the Company may elect to begin an Extension Period. See
"Description  of Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  -- Option To Extend  Interest
Payment Period" and "Certain  Federal Income Tax Consequences -- Interest Income
and Original Issue Discount."

        The Company has no current  intention of  exercising  its right to defer
payments of interest by  extending  the  interest  payment  period on the Junior
Subordinated Debentures.

        The revenue of the Issuer Trust available for distribution to holders of
the  Preferred   Securities  will  be  limited  to  payments  under  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debentures in which the Issuer Trust will invest the proceeds from
the issuance and sale of the Preferred  Securities.  See  "Description of Junior
Subordinated  Debentures."  If the Company does not make  payments on the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures,  the Issuer Trust may not have funds  available to pay
Distributions or other amounts payable on the Preferred Securities.  The payment
of Distributions  and other amounts payable on the Preferred  Securities (if and
to the  extent  the  Issuer  Trust  has  funds  legally  available  for and cash
sufficient  to make such  payments)  is  guaranteed  by the Company on a limited
basis as set forth herein under "Description of Guarantee."

Redemption

        Upon the  repayment or  redemption,  in whole or in part,  of the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures,  whether at maturity  or upon  earlier  redemption  as
provided in the Junior Subordinated Indenture,  the proceeds from such repayment
or redemption  shall be applied by the Property  Trustee to redeem a Like Amount
(as defined below) of the Preferred  Securities,  upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days' notice,  at a redemption price (the  "Redemption  Price") equal to
the aggregate  Liquidation Amount of such Preferred  Securities plus accumulated
but unpaid  Distributions  thereon to the date of  redemption  (the  "Redemption
Date") and the related  amount of the premium,  if any, paid by the Company upon
the  concurrent   redemption  of  such  Junior  Subordinated   Debentures.   See
"Description of Junior Subordinated  Debentures -- Redemption." If less than all
the Junior Subordinated  Debentures are to be repaid or redeemed on a Redemption
Date, then the proceeds from such repayment or redemption  shall be allocated to
the redemption pro rata of the Preferred  Securities and the Common  Securities.
The amount of premium, if any, paid by the Company upon the redemption of all or
any part of the Junior Subordinated

                                       61

<PAGE>



Debentures  to be repaid or redeemed on a Redemption  Date shall be allocated to
the redemption pro rata of the Preferred Securities and the Common Securities.

   
     The Company has the right to redeem the Junior Subordinated  Debentures (i)
on or after ^, 2002,  in whole at any time or in part from time to time, or (ii)
in whole,  but not in part, at any time within 90 days  following the occurrence
and during the continuation of a Tax Event,  Investment Company Event or Capital
Treatment  Event  (each as defined  below),  in each case  subject  to  possible
regulatory  approval.  See "--  Liquidation  Distribution  Upon  Dissolution." A
redemption  of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  would  cause  a  mandatory
redemption of a Like Amount of the Preferred Securities and Common Securities at
the Redemption Price.
    
        "25% Capital  Limitation"  means the  limitation  imposed by the Federal
Reserve  that the  proceeds  of  certain  qualifying  securities  like the Trust
Securities  will  qualify as Tier 1 capital of the issuer up to an amount not to
exceed 25% of the Issuer's Tier 1 capital, or any subsequent  limitation adopted
by the Federal Reserve.

        "Business  Day" means a day other than (a) a Saturday  or Sunday,  (b) a
day on which banking  institutions in the State of New Jersey or the City of New
York are authorized or required by law or executive  order to remain closed,  or
(c) a day  on  which  the  Property  Trustee's  Corporate  Trust  Office  or the
Corporate Trust Office of the Debenture Trustee is closed for business.

        "Like   Amount"  means  (i)  with  respect  to  a  redemption  of  Trust
Securities,  Trust  Securities  having a Liquidation  Amount (as defined  below)
equal to that portion of the principal amount of Junior Subordinated  Debentures
to be  contemporaneously  redeemed in  accordance  with the Junior  Subordinated
Indenture,  allocated to the Common  Securities and to the Preferred  Securities
based  upon the  relative  Liquidation  Amounts  of such  classes  and (ii) with
respect to a distribution of Junior Subordinated  Debentures to holders of Trust
Securities in connection  with a dissolution or liquidation of the Issuer Trust,
Junior   Subordinated   Debentures  having  a  principal  amount  equal  to  the
Liquidation  Amount of the Trust  Securities  of the holder to whom such  Junior
Subordinated Debentures are distributed.

        "Liquidation Amount" means the stated amount of $25 per Trust Security.

        "Tax  Event"  means the  receipt  by the  Issuer  Trust of an opinion of
counsel to the Company  experienced  in such  matters to the effect  that,  as a
result of any  amendment  to, or change  (including  any  announced  prospective
change) in, the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United States or any
political  subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of
any  official or  administrative  pronouncement  or action or judicial  decision
interpreting or applying such laws or regulations,  which amendment or change is
effective or which  pronouncement  or decision is announced on or after the date
of issuance of the  Preferred  Securities,  there is more than an  insubstantial
risk that (i) the Issuer  Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the delivery of
such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income
received or accrued on the Junior Subordinated Debentures, (ii) interest payable
by the Company on the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures is not, or within 90 days
of the delivery of such  opinion,  will not be,  deductible  by the Company,  in
whole or in part,  for United  States  federal  income tax purposes or (iii) the
Issuer  Trust is, or will be within  90 days of the  delivery  of such  opinion,
subject  to more  than a de  minimis  amount  of other  taxes,  duties  or other
governmental charges.

        "Investment  Company  Event" means the receipt by the Issuer Trust of an
opinion of  counsel to the  Company  experienced  in such  matters to the effect
that,  as a result  of the  occurrence  of a change  in law or  regulation  or a
written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or

                                       62

<PAGE>



application of law or regulation by any legislative  body,  court,  governmental
agency or regulatory  authority,  there is more than an insubstantial  risk that
the  Issuer  Trust is or will be  considered  an  "investment  company"  that is
required to be  registered  under the  Investment  Company Act,  which change or
prospective change becomes effective or would become effective,  as the case may
be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Preferred Securities.

        "Capital  Treatment  Event" means the  reasonable  determination  by the
Company  that,  as a result of the  occurrence  of any  amendment  to, or change
(including  any  announced  prospective  change)  in,  the laws (or any rules or
regulations  thereunder)  of the  United  States  or any  political  subdivision
thereof  or  therein,   or  as  a  result  of  any  official  or  administrative
pronouncement or action or judicial decision  interpreting or applying such laws
or regulations,  which  amendment or change is effective or such  pronouncement,
action  or  decision  is  announced  on or  after  the date of  issuance  of the
Preferred Securities,  there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company
will not be entitled to treat an amount equal to the  Liquidation  Amount of the
Preferred  Securities  as "Tier 1  Capital"  (or the then  equivalent  thereof),
except as otherwise restricted under the 25% Capital Limitation, for purposes of
the risk-based  capital adequacy  guidelines of the Federal Reserve,  as then in
effect and applicable to the Company.

        If a Tax Event described in clause (i) or (iii) of the definition of Tax
Event above has occurred and is continuing and the Issuer Trust is the holder of
all the Junior Subordinated Debentures, the Company will pay Additional Sums (as
defined below), if any, on the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

        "Additional  Sums" means the  additional  amounts as may be necessary in
order that the amount of Distributions  then due and payable by the Issuer Trust
on the  outstanding  Preferred  Securities  and Common  Securities of the Issuer
Trust will not be reduced as a result of any additional taxes,  duties and other
governmental charges to which the Issuer Trust has become subject as a result of
a Tax Event.

Redemption Procedures

        Preferred  Securities redeemed on each Redemption Date shall be redeemed
at the Redemption  Price with the applicable  proceeds from the  contemporaneous
redemption of the Junior Subordinated  Debentures.  Redemptions of the Preferred
Securities  shall be made and the  Redemption  Price  shall be  payable  on each
Redemption  Date  only to the  extent  that the  Issuer  Trust has funds on hand
available for the payment of such Redemption  Price. See also "--  Subordination
of Common Securities."

        If the  Issuer  Trust  gives a notice of  redemption  in  respect of the
Preferred Securities, then, by 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Redemption
Date,  to the extent funds are  available,  in the case of Preferred  Securities
held in book-entry form, the Property Trustee will deposit  irrevocably with DTC
funds  sufficient  to pay the  applicable  Redemption  Price  and will  give DTC
irrevocable  instructions  and  authority  to pay the  Redemption  Price  to the
holders of the Preferred  Securities.  With respect to Preferred  Securities not
held  in  book-entry  form,  the  Property  Trustee,  to the  extent  funds  are
available,  will  irrevocably  deposit with the paying  agent for the  Preferred
Securities funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give
such paying agent  irrevocable  instructions and authority to pay the Redemption
Price to the holders thereof upon surrender of their certificates evidencing the
Preferred Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Distributions payable on or
prior to the Redemption Date for any Preferred  Securities called for redemption
shall be payable to the  holders of the  Preferred  Securities  on the  relevant
record dates for the related  Distribution  Dates. If notice of redemption shall
have been  given and funds  deposited  as  required,  then upon the date of such
deposit all rights of the  holders of such  Preferred  Securities  so called for
redemption will cease, except the right of the holders of such Preferred

                                       63

<PAGE>



Securities  to receive  the  Redemption  Price,  but  without  interest  on such
Redemption Price, and such Preferred Securities will cease to be outstanding. If
any date fixed for  redemption  of Preferred  Securities  is not a Business Day,
then payment of the  Redemption  Price  payable on such date will be made on the
next  succeeding  day which is a Business  Day  (without  any  interest or other
payment in respect of any such delay),  except that,  if such Business Day falls
in the  next  calendar  year,  such  payment  will be  made  on the  immediately
preceding  Business  Day. In the event that payment of the  Redemption  Price in
respect of Preferred  Securities called for redemption is improperly withheld or
refused  and not paid either by the Issuer  Trust or by the Company  pursuant to
the Guarantee as described under  "Description of Guarantee,"  Distributions  on
such  Preferred  Securities  will continue to accumulate at the then  applicable
rate, from the Redemption  Date  originally  established by the Issuer Trust for
such Preferred Securities to the date such Redemption Price is actually paid, in
which case the actual  payment  date will be the date fixed for  redemption  for
purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.

        Subject to applicable law (including,  without limitation, United States
federal securities laws), the Company or its affiliates may at any time and from
time to time purchase  outstanding  Preferred  Securities by tender, in the open
market or by private agreement, and may resell such securities.

        If less than all the Preferred  Securities and Common  Securities are to
be redeemed on a Redemption Date, then the aggregate  Liquidation Amount of such
Preferred Securities and Common Securities to be redeemed shall be allocated pro
rata to the  Preferred  Securities  and the  Common  Securities  based  upon the
relative   Liquidation  Amounts  of  such  classes.   The  particular  Preferred
Securities to be redeemed shall be selected on a pro rata basis not more than 60
days prior to the Redemption  Date by the Property  Trustee from the outstanding
Preferred  Securities not previously called for redemption,  or if the Preferred
Securities are then held in the form of a Global Preferred  Security (as defined
below),  in accordance with DTC's  customary  procedures.  The Property  Trustee
shall  promptly  notify the  securities  registrar  for the Trust  Securities in
writing of the Preferred  Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of
any Preferred Securities selected for partial redemption, the Liquidation Amount
thereof to be  redeemed.  For all  purposes of the Trust  Agreement,  unless the
context  otherwise  requires,  all  provisions  relating  to the  redemption  of
Preferred  Securities  shall  relate,  in the case of any  Preferred  Securities
redeemed  or to be  redeemed  only in  part,  to the  portion  of the  aggregate
Liquidation Amount of Preferred Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

        Notice  of any  redemption  will be mailed at least 30 days but not more
than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each  registered  holder of Preferred
Securities to be redeemed at its address  appearing on the  securities  register
for the  Trust  Securities.  Unless  the  Company  defaults  in  payment  of the
Redemption  Price  on the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  on and  after  the
Redemption  Date  interest  will  cease to  accrue  on the  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures or portions  thereof (and,  unless payment of the Redemption Price in
respect of the  Preferred  Securities is withheld or refused and not paid either
by the Issuer Trust or the Company pursuant to the Guarantee, Distributions will
cease to accumulate on the Preferred  Securities or portions thereof) called for
redemption.

Subordination of Common Securities

        Payment  of  Distributions  on,  and the  Redemption  Price of,  and the
Liquidation  Distribution  in respect of, the  Preferred  Securities  and Common
Securities,  as  applicable,  shall be made pro  rata  based on the  Liquidation
Amount of such Preferred  Securities and Common Securities.  However,  if on any
Distribution  Date or Redemption  Date a Debenture Event of Default has occurred
and is  continuing  as a result of any failure by the Company to pay any amounts
in respect of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  when due,  no payment of any
Distribution on, or Redemption Price of, or Liquidation

                                       64

<PAGE>



Distribution in respect of, any of the Common  Securities,  and no other payment
on account of the  redemption,  liquidation or other  acquisition of such Common
Securities,  shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and
unpaid  Distributions  on all  the  outstanding  Preferred  Securities  for  all
Distribution  periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment
of the  Redemption  Price the full  amount of such  Redemption  Price on all the
outstanding  Preferred  Securities then called for  redemption,  shall have been
made or provided  for, and all funds  available to the  Property  Trustee  shall
first be applied  to the  payment  in full in cash of all  Distributions  on, or
Redemption Price of, the Preferred Securities then due and payable.

        In the case of any Event of Default (as defined below)  resulting from a
Debenture Event of Default,  the holders of the Common Securities will be deemed
to have waived any right to act with respect to any such Event of Default  under
the Trust Agreement until the effects of all such Events of Default with respect
to such Preferred  Securities have been cured,  waived or otherwise  eliminated.
See "-- Events of  Default;  Notice"  and  "Description  of Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  -- Debenture  Events of  Default."  Until all such Events of Default
under the Trust Agreement with respect to the Preferred  Securities have been so
cured, waived or otherwise  eliminated,  the Property Trustee will act solely on
behalf  of the  holders  of the  Preferred  Securities  and not on behalf of the
holders  of the  Common  Securities,  and  only  the  holders  of the  Preferred
Securities  will have the right to direct the  Property  Trustee to act on their
behalf.

Liquidation Distribution Upon Dissolution

        The  amount  payable  on the  Preferred  Securities  in the event of any
liquidation of the Issuer Trust is $25 per Preferred  Security plus  accumulated
and unpaid  Distributions,  subject to certain  exceptions,  which may be in the
form of a distribution of such amount in Junior Subordinated Debentures.

        The holders of all the outstanding  Common  Securities have the right at
any time to dissolve the Issuer Trust and, after  satisfaction of liabilities to
creditors of the Issuer Trust as provided by  applicable  law,  cause the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  to be  distributed  to the  holders  of the  Preferred
Securities and Common Securities in liquidation of the Issuer Trust.

        The Federal Reserve's  risk-based capital  guidelines  currently provide
that redemptions of permanent equity or other capital  instruments before stated
maturity  could have a significant  impact on a bank holding  company's  overall
capital structure and that any organization considering such a redemption should
consult  with the  Federal  Reserve  before  redeeming  any  equity  or  capital
instrument  prior to maturity if such redemption could have a material effect on
the level or composition of the  organization's  capital base (unless the equity
or capital instrument were redeemed with the proceeds of, or replaced by, a like
amount of a similar or higher quality capital instrument and the Federal Reserve
considers the  organization's  capital  position to be fully  adequate after the
redemption).

        In the event the Company, while a holder of Common Securities, dissolves
the Issuer Trust prior to the stated  maturity of the Preferred  Securities  and
the  dissolution  of the Issuer Trust is deemed to constitute  the redemption of
capital  instruments  by  the  Federal  Reserve  under  its  risk-based  capital
guidelines or policies,  the  dissolution of the Issuer Trust by the Company may
be subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.  Moreover,  any changes
in  applicable  law or  changes  in the  Federal  Reserve's  risk-based  capital
guidelines or policies  could impose a requirement on the Company that it obtain
the prior approval of the Federal Reserve to dissolve the Issuer Trust.


                                       65

<PAGE>



        Pursuant to the Trust  Agreement,  the Issuer  Trust will  automatically
dissolve upon expiration of its term or, if earlier,  will dissolve on the first
to occur of: (i) certain events of bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation of the
Company or the holder of the Common Securities,  (ii) the distribution of a Like
Amount  of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  to the  holders  of the  Trust
Securities,  if the holders of Common Securities have given written direction to
the Property Trustee to dissolve the Issuer Trust (which  direction,  subject to
the foregoing restrictions,  is optional and wholly within the discretion of the
holders  of  Common  Securities),  (iii)  the  repayment  of all  the  Preferred
Securities in  connection  with the  redemption  of all the Trust  Securities as
described  under  "--  Redemption"  and  (iv)  the  entry  of an  order  for the
dissolution of the Issuer Trust by a court of competent jurisdiction.

        If  dissolution  of the Issuer  Trust occurs as described in clause (i),
(ii) or (iv) above,  the Issuer Trust will be liquidated by the Property Trustee
as  expeditiously  as  the  Property  Trustee   determines  to  be  possible  by
distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Issuer Trust
as provided by  applicable  law, to the holders of such Trust  Securities a Like
Amount of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  unless such distribution is not
practical,  in which event such  holders  will be entitled to receive out of the
assets  of the  Issuer  Trust  available  for  distribution  to  holders,  after
satisfaction  of  liabilities  to  creditors  of the Issuer Trust as provided by
applicable  law,  an  amount  equal  to,  in the case of  holders  of  Preferred
Securities,  the aggregate of the Liquidation Amount plus accumulated and unpaid
Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the "Liquidation
Distribution").  If  such  Liquidation  Distribution  can be  paid  only in part
because the Issuer Trust has  insufficient  assets  available to pay in full the
aggregate  Liquidation  Distribution,  then the amounts payable  directly by the
Issuer Trust on its Preferred  Securities shall be paid on a pro rata basis. The
holders of the Common Securities will be entitled to receive  distributions upon
any such  liquidation  pro rata with the  holders of the  Preferred  Securities,
except that if a Debenture  Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a
result of any failure by the Company to pay any amounts in respect of the Junior
Subordinated Debentures when due, the Preferred Securities shall have a priority
over the Common Securities. See "-- Subordination of Common Securities."

        After  the  liquidation  date  fixed  for  any  distribution  of  Junior
Subordinated Debentures (i) the Preferred Securities will no longer be deemed to
be outstanding,  (ii) DTC or its nominee,  as the registered holder of Preferred
Securities,  will  receive  a  registered  global  certificate  or  certificates
representing  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  to be  delivered  upon such
distribution with respect to Preferred Securities held by DTC or its nominee and
(iii) any certificates  representing the Preferred Securities not held by DTC or
its  nominee  will be deemed to  represent  the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
having  a  principal  amount  equal  to the  stated  Liquidation  Amount  of the
Preferred  Securities and bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal
to the accumulated and unpaid  Distributions  on the Preferred  Securities until
such  certificates  are  presented  to the  security  registrar  for  the  Trust
Securities for transfer or reissuance.

        If the Company does not redeem the Junior Subordinated  Debentures prior
to maturity and the Issuer Trust is not liquidated  and the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  are not  distributed  to holders of the  Preferred  Securities,  the
Preferred  Securities will remain  outstanding until the repayment of the Junior
Subordinated Debentures and the distribution of the Liquidation  Distribution to
the holders of the Preferred Securities.

        There can be no  assurance  as to the market  prices  for the  Preferred
Securities or the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  that may be  distributed  in
exchange for Preferred Securities if a dissolution and liquidation of the Issuer
Trust were to occur. Accordingly,  the Preferred Securities that an investor may
purchase, or the Junior Subordinated Debentures that the investor may receive on
dissolution and

                                       66

<PAGE>



liquidation  of the Issuer Trust,  may trade at a discount to the price that the
investor paid to purchase the Preferred Securities offered hereby.

Events of Default; Notice

        Any one of the following events  constitutes an "Event of Default" under
the Trust  Agreement  (an "Event of  Default")  with  respect  to the  Preferred
Securities  (whatever  the reason for such  Event of Default  and  whether it is
voluntary or  involuntary  or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any
judgment,  decree or order of any court or any order,  rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body):

        (i) the occurrence of a Debenture Event of Default (see  "Description of
Junior Subordinated Debentures -- Debenture Events of Default"); or

        (ii) default by the Issuer Trust in the payment of any Distribution when
it becomes due and payable,  and continuation of such default for a period of 30
days; or

        (iii) default by the Issuer Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price
of any Trust Security when it becomes due and payable; or

        (iv) default in the performance,  or breach, in any material respect, of
any covenant or warranty of the Issuer  Trustees in the Trust  Agreement  (other
than a covenant or warranty a default in the  performance of which or the breach
of which is dealt with in clause (ii) or (iii) above),  and continuation of such
default  or  breach  for a period of 60 days  after  there  has been  given,  by
registered  or  certified  mail,  to the Issuer  Trustees and the Company by the
holders  of at least 25% in  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount  of the  outstanding
Preferred  Securities,  a written notice  specifying  such default or breach and
requiring  it to be  remedied  and  stating  that such  notice  is a "Notice  of
Default" under the Trust Agreement; or

        (v) the  occurrence of certain  events of bankruptcy or insolvency  with
respect to the  Property  Trustee if a successor  Property  Trustee has not been
appointed within 90 days thereof.

        Within five Business  Days after the  occurrence of any Event of Default
actually  known to the  Property  Trustee,  the Property  Trustee will  transmit
notice of such  Event of  Default to the  holders  of Trust  Securities  and the
Administrators,  unless  such  Event of Default  has been  cured or waived.  The
Company, as Depositor, and the Administrators are required to file annually with
the Property  Trustee a certificate  as to whether or not they are in compliance
with all the  conditions  and  covenants  applicable  to them  under  the  Trust
Agreement.

        If a Debenture  Event of Default has  occurred  and is  continuing  as a
result of any failure by the Company to pay any amounts in respect of the Junior
Subordinated   Debentures  when  due,  the  Preferred  Securities  will  have  a
preference over the Common Securities with respect to payments of any amounts in
respect of the Preferred Securities as described above. See "-- Subordination of
Common   Securities,"  "--  Liquidation   Distribution   Upon  Dissolution"  and
"Description of Junior Subordinated Debentures --Debenture Events of Default."


                                       67

<PAGE>



Removal of Issuer Trustees; Appointment of Successors

        The holders of at least a majority in  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of
the outstanding  Preferred Securities may remove an Issuer Trustee for cause or,
if a Debenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,  with or without
cause.  If an Issuer  Trustee  is  removed  by the  holders  of the  outstanding
Preferred Securities,  the successor may be appointed by the holders of at least
25% in Liquidation Amount of Preferred Securities. If an Issuer Trustee resigns,
such Trustee will appoint its successor. If an Issuer Trustee fails to appoint a
successor,  the holders of at least 25% in Liquidation Amount of the outstanding
Preferred  Securities  may  appoint a  successor.  If a  successor  has not been
appointed  by  the  holders,  any  holder  of  Preferred  Securities  or  Common
Securities  or the other  Issuer  Trustee  may  petition a court in the State of
Delaware to appoint a successor.  Any Delaware  Trustee must meet the applicable
requirements  of  Delaware  law.  Any  Property  Trustee  must be a national  or
state-chartered  bank, and at the time of appointment  have securities  rated in
one  of  the  three  highest  rating  categories  by  a  nationally   recognized
statistical  rating  organization  and  have  capital  and  surplus  of at least
$50,000,000.  No  resignation or removal of an Issuer Trustee and no appointment
of a successor trustee shall be effective until the acceptance of appointment by
the successor trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

Merger or Consolidation of Issuer Trustees

        Any entity into which the Property  Trustee or the Delaware  Trustee may
be merged or  converted  or with  which it may be  consolidated,  or any  entity
resulting  from any merger,  conversion  or  consolidation  to which such Issuer
Trustee is a party,  or any entity  succeeding to all or  substantially  all the
corporate trust business of such Issuer  Trustee,  will be the successor of such
Issuer  Trustee  under the Trust  Agreement,  provided  such entity is otherwise
qualified and eligible.

Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of the Issuer Trust

        The Issuer Trust may not merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or
be  replaced  by,  or  convey,  transfer  or lease  its  properties  and  assets
substantially  as an entirety to, any entity,  except as  described  below or as
otherwise set forth in the Trust Agreement. The Issuer Trust may, at the request
of the holders of the Common  Securities  and with the consent of the holders of
at least a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the outstanding Preferred
Securities,  merge with or into, consolidate,  amalgamate,  or be replaced by or
convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety
to a trust  organized  as such under the laws of any State,  so long as (i) such
successor entity either (a) expressly  assumes all the obligations of the Issuer
Trust with  respect  to the  Preferred  Securities  or (b)  substitutes  for the
Preferred Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the
Preferred  Securities  (the  "Successor  Securities")  so long as the  Successor
Securities  have the same priority as the Preferred  Securities  with respect to
distributions  and payments upon liquidation,  redemption and otherwise,  (ii) a
trustee of such successor  entity,  possessing the same powers and duties as the
Property Trustee, is appointed to hold the Junior Subordinated Debentures, (iii)
such merger, consolidation,  amalgamation,  replacement, conveyance, transfer or
lease  does  not  cause  the  Preferred  Securities   (including  any  Successor
Securities) to be downgraded by any  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating
organization,  if then rated,  (iv) such  merger,  consolidation,  amalgamation,
replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights,
preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Securities (including
any Successor Securities) in any material respect, (v) such successor entity has
a purpose  substantially  identical to that of the Issuer  Trust,  (vi) prior to
such merger, consolidation,  amalgamation,  replacement, conveyance, transfer or
lease,  the Issuer  Trust has  received  an  opinion  from  independent  counsel
experienced in such matters to the effect that (a) such merger, consolidation,

                                       68

<PAGE>



amalgamation,  replacement,  conveyance,  transfer  or lease does not  adversely
affect the rights,  preferences  and  privileges of the holders of the Preferred
Securities  (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect and (b)
following such merger,  consolidation,  amalgamation,  replacement,  conveyance,
transfer or lease,  neither the Issuer Trust nor such  successor  entity will be
required to register as an investment  company under the Investment Company Act,
and (vii) the Company or any permitted successor or assignee owns all the common
securities of such  successor  entity and  guarantees  the  obligations  of such
successor entity under the Successor  Securities at least to the extent provided
by the  Guarantee.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Issuer  Trust may not,
except with the consent of holders of 100% in  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of
the Preferred  Securities,  consolidate,  amalgamate,  merge with or into, or be
replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially
as an entirety to, any other  entity or permit any other entity to  consolidate,
amalgamate,   merge  with  or  into,  or  replace  it  if  such   consolidation,
amalgamation, merger, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease would cause the
Issuer Trust or the successor  entity to be taxable as a corporation  for United
States federal income tax purposes.

Voting Rights; Amendment of Trust Agreement

        Except as  provided  above and under  "--  Removal  of Issuer  Trustees;
Appointment  of  Successors"  and  "Description  of Guarantee -- Amendments  and
Assignment"  and as  otherwise  required  by law and the  Trust  Agreement,  the
holders of the Preferred Securities will have no voting rights.

        The Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time by the holders of a
majority of the Common Securities and the Property Trustee,  without the consent
of the holders of the Preferred Securities,  (i) to cure any ambiguity,  correct
or supplement  any provisions in the Trust  Agreement  that may be  inconsistent
with any  other  provision,  or to make any other  provisions  with  respect  to
matters or questions  arising under the Trust Agreement,  provided that any such
amendment does not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any
holder  of  Trust  Securities,  or  (ii)  to  modify,  eliminate  or  add to any
provisions  of the Trust  Agreement to such extent as may be necessary to ensure
that the Issuer  Trust will not be taxable as a  corporation  for United  States
federal  income  tax  purposes  at  any  time  that  any  Trust  Securities  are
outstanding  or to ensure that the Issuer Trust will not be required to register
as an "investment  company" under the Investment Company Act, and any amendments
of the Trust  Agreement  will become  effective when notice of such amendment is
given to the holders of Trust Securities.  The Trust Agreement may be amended by
the holders of a majority of the Common Securities and the Property Trustee with
(i) the consent of holders  representing  not less than a majority in  aggregate
Liquidation Amount of the outstanding  Preferred  Securities and (ii) receipt by
the Issuer  Trustees of an opinion of counsel to the effect that such  amendment
or the exercise of any power granted to the Issuer  Trustees in accordance  with
such  amendment  will not  affect  the  Issuer  Trust's  not being  taxable as a
corporation  for United States federal income tax purposes or the Issuer Trust's
exemption  from status as an "investment  company" under the Investment  Company
Act,  except  that,  without  the  consent  of each  holder of Trust  Securities
affected  thereby,  the Trust  Agreement  may not be  amended  to (i) change the
amount or timing  of any  Distribution  on the  Trust  Securities  or  otherwise
adversely affect the amount of any  Distribution  required to be made in respect
of the Trust  Securities as of a specified  date or (ii) restrict the right of a
holder of Trust  Securities to institute  suit for the  enforcement  of any such
payment on or after such date.

        So long as any  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  are held by the Issuer
Trust,  the Property  Trustee will not (i) direct the time,  method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee,  or
execute any trust or power conferred on the Property Trustee with respect to the
Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  (ii) waive any past  default that is waivable
under Section 5.13 of

                                       69

<PAGE>



the Junior Subordinated Indenture,  (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul
a declaration that the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures shall be due and payable
or (iv) consent to any  amendment,  modification  or  termination  of the Junior
Subordinated Indenture or the Junior Subordinated Debentures, where such consent
shall be required,  without,  in each case,  obtaining the prior approval of the
holders  of  at  least  a  majority  in  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount  of  the
outstanding  Preferred  Securities,  except that,  if a consent under the Junior
Subordinated  Indenture  would  require  the  consent  of each  holder of Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  affected thereby, no such consent will be given by the
Property  Trustee  without  the prior  consent of each  holder of the  Preferred
Securities. The Property Trustee may not revoke any action previously authorized
or  approved  by a vote of the  holders of the  Preferred  Securities  except by
subsequent vote of the holders of the Preferred Securities. The Property Trustee
will notify each holder of  Preferred  Securities  of any notice of default with
respect to the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.  In addition to  obtaining  the
foregoing  approvals of the holders of the Preferred  Securities,  before taking
any of the  foregoing  actions,  the Property  Trustee will obtain an opinion of
counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that the Issuer Trust will not
be taxable as a  corporation  for United States  federal  income tax purposes on
account of such action.

        Any required approval of holders of Preferred Securities may be given at
a meeting  of holders  of  Preferred  Securities  convened  for such  purpose or
pursuant to written  consent.  The  Property  Trustee will cause a notice of any
meeting at which holders of Preferred Securities are entitled to vote, or of any
matter upon which action by written  consent of such holders is to be taken,  to
be given to each  registered  holder of Preferred  Securities  in the manner set
forth in the Trust Agreement.

        No vote or  consent  of the  holders  of  Preferred  Securities  will be
required to redeem and cancel Preferred  Securities in accordance with the Trust
Agreement.

        Notwithstanding  that  holders of Preferred  Securities  are entitled to
vote or  consent  under any of the  circumstances  described  above,  any of the
Preferred  Securities that are owned by the Company,  the Issuer Trustees or any
affiliate of the Company or any Issuer Trustees, will, for purposes of such vote
or consent, be treated as if they were not outstanding.

Expenses and Taxes

        In the Indenture,  the Company, as borrower, has agreed to pay all debts
and other obligations (other than with respect to the Preferred  Securities) and
all costs  and  expenses  of the  Issuer  Trust  (including  costs and  expenses
relating to the  organization of the Issuer Trust,  the fees and expenses of the
Issuer  Trustees  and the costs and  expenses  relating to the  operation of the
Issuer  Trust)  and to pay any and all taxes and all  costs  and  expenses  with
respect thereto (other than United States withholding taxes) to which the Issuer
Trust might become subject.  The foregoing  obligations of the Company under the
Indenture  are for the  benefit of, and shall be  enforceable  by, any person to
whom  any  such  debts,  obligations,  costs,  expenses  and  taxes  are owed (a
"Creditor")  whether or not such Creditor has received notice thereof.  Any such
Creditor  may  enforce  such  obligations  of the Company  directly  against the
Company,  and the Company has irrevocably  waived any right or remedy to require
that any such  Creditor  take any action  against the Issuer  Trust or any other
person before proceeding against the Company. The Company has also agreed in the
Indenture to execute such additional agreements as may be necessary or desirable
to give full effect to the foregoing. Book Entry, Delivery and Form

        The Preferred Securities will be issued in the form of one or more fully
registered  global securities which will be deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC
and registered in the name of DTC's

                                       70

<PAGE>



nominee.  Unless  and  until  it is  exchangeable  in  whole  or in part for the
Preferred   Securities  in  definitive  form,  a  global  security  may  not  be
transferred  except as a whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC or by a nominee of DTC
to DTC or another nominee of DTC or by DTC or any such nominee to a successor of
such Depository or a nominee of such successor.

        Ownership of beneficial  interests in a global  security will be limited
to  persons  that have  accounts  with DTC or its  nominee  ("Participants")  or
persons that may hold interests through Participants.  The Company expects that,
upon the  issuance of a global  security,  DTC will  credit,  on its  book-entry
registration  and  transfer  system,  the  Participants'   accounts  with  their
respective  principal  amounts of the Preferred  Securities  represented by such
global security.  Ownership of beneficial interests in such global security will
be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership  interests will be effected only
through,  records  maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of Participants)
and on the records of  Participants  (with  respect to interests of Persons held
through  Participants).  Beneficial owners will not receive written confirmation
from DTC of their purchase,  but are expected to receive  written  confirmations
from the  Participants  through  which the  beneficial  owner  entered  into the
transaction. Transfers of ownership interests will be accomplished by entries on
the books of Participants acting on behalf of the beneficial owners.

        So long as DTC,  or its  nominee,  is the  registered  owner of a global
security,  DTC or such nominee,  as the case may be, will be considered the sole
owner or holder of the Preferred Securities  represented by such global security
for all purposes  under the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture.  Except as provided
below, owners of beneficial  interests in a global security will not be entitled
to receive physical delivery of the Preferred  Securities in definitive form and
will  not  be  considered  the  owners  or  holders  thereof  under  the  Junior
Subordinated Indenture. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in
such a global security must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if such person is
not a  Participant,  on the  procedures  of the  Participant  through which such
person  owns its  interest,  to  exercise  any  rights of a holder of  Preferred
Securities  under the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture.  The Company  understands
that, under DTC's existing practices, in the event that the Company requests any
action  of  holders,  or an  owner  of a  beneficial  interest  in such a global
security desires to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under the
Junior Subordinated Indenture,  DTC would authorize the Participants holding the
relevant  beneficial  interests to take such action, and such Participants would
authorize beneficial owners owning through such Participants to take such action
or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through
them.  Redemption  notices  will  also be sent to DTC.  If less  than all of the
Preferred  Securities are being  redeemed,  the Company  understands  that it is
DTC's  existing  practice to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each
Participant to be redeemed.

        Distributions on the Preferred Securities  registered in the name of DTC
or its nominee  will be made to DTC or its  nominee,  as the case may be, as the
registered owner of the global security  representing such Preferred Securities.
None of the Company, the Issuer Trustees,  the Administrators,  any Paying Agent
or any  other  agent  of the  Company  or the  Issuer  Trustees  will  have  any
responsibility  or  liability  for any  aspect  of the  records  relating  to or
payments  made on  account  of  beneficial  ownership  interests  in the  global
security  for such  Preferred  Securities  or for  maintaining,  supervising  or
reviewing  any  records  relating  to  such  beneficial   ownership   interests.
Disbursements of Distributions to Participants  shall be the  responsibility  of
DTC.  DTC's  practice is to credit  Participants'  accounts on a payable date in
accordance with their respective  holdings shown on DTC's records unless DTC has
reason to believe that it will not receive payment on the payable date. Payments
by Participants to beneficial  owners will be governed by standing  instructions
and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of
customers  in  bearer  form or  registered  in  "street  name,"  and will be the
responsibility of such

                                       71

<PAGE>



Participant and not of DTC, the Company,  the Issuer Trustees,  the Paying Agent
or any other  agent of the  Company,  subject  to any  statutory  or  regulatory
requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

        DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with
respect to the Preferred  Securities at any time by giving  reasonable notice to
the Company or the Issuer  Trustees.  If DTC  notifies  the  Company  that it is
unwilling to continue as such,  or if it is unable to continue or ceases to be a
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and a successor  depository is
not appointed by the Company  within ninety days after  receiving such notice or
becoming aware that DTC is no longer so  registered,  the Company will issue the
Preferred  Securities in definitive form upon registration of transfer of, or in
exchange for, such global security. In addition, the Company may at any time and
in  its  sole  discretion   determine  not  to  have  the  Preferred  Securities
represented  by one or more global  securities  and,  in such event,  will issue
Preferred  Securities  in  definitive  form in  exchange  for all of the  global
securities representing such Preferred Securities.

        DTC has advised the  Company and the Issuer  Trust as follows:  DTC is a
limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York,
a member of the Federal  Reserve  System,  a "clearing  corporation"  within the
meaning  of the  Uniform  Commercial  Code and a  "clearing  agency"  registered
pursuant to the  provisions  of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created
to hold  securities  for its  Participants  and to facilitate  the clearance and
settlement of securities  transactions  between  Participants through electronic
book entry changes to accounts of its Participants, thereby eliminating the need
for physical movement of certificates.  Participants  include securities brokers
and dealers  (such as the  Underwriter),  banks,  trust  companies  and clearing
corporations  and may  include  certain  other  organizations.  Certain  of such
Participants (or their representatives),  together with other entities, own DTC.
Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers,
dealers  and trust  companies  that  clear  through,  or  maintain  a  custodial
relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly.

Same-Day Settlement and Payment

        Settlement for the Preferred Securities will be made by the Underwriters
in immediately available funds.

        Secondary  trading  in  Preferred  Securities  of  corporate  issuers is
generally settled in clearinghouse or next-day funds. In contrast, the Preferred
Securities will trade in DTC's Same-Day Funds Settlement  System,  and secondary
market trading  activity in the Preferred  Securities will therefore be required
by DTC to settle in immediately available funds. No assurance can be given as to
the effect,  if any, of settlement  in  immediately  available  funds on trading
activity in the Preferred Securities.

Payment and Paying Agency

        Payments  in respect of the  Preferred  Securities  will be made to DTC,
which will credit the relevant  accounts at DTC on the  applicable  Distribution
Dates or, if the Preferred Securities are not held by DTC, such payments will be
made by check  mailed to the  address  of the  holder  entitled  thereto as such
address appears on the securities register for the Trust Securities.  The paying
agent (the  "Paying  Agent")  will  initially  be the  Property  Trustee and any
co-paying   agent  chosen  by  the  Property   Trustee  and  acceptable  to  the
Administrators.  The Paying  Agent will be  permitted  to resign as Paying Agent
upon 30 days' written notice to the Property Trustee and the Administrators.  If
the Property  Trustee is no longer the Paying Agent,  the Property  Trustee will
appoint a successor (which must be a bank or trust company reasonably acceptable
to the Administrators) to act as Paying Agent.

                                       72

<PAGE>




Registrar and Transfer Agent

        The Property  Trustee will act as registrar  and transfer  agent for the
Preferred Securities.

        Registration  of  transfers  of  Preferred  Securities  will be effected
without charge by or on behalf of the Issuer Trust,  but upon payment of any tax
or  other  governmental  charges  that may be  imposed  in  connection  with any
transfer or exchange. The Issuer Trust will not be required to register or cause
to be registered  the transfer of the Preferred  Securities  after the Preferred
Securities have been called for redemption.

Information Concerning the Property Trustee

        The Property  Trustee,  other than during the occurrence and continuance
of an  Event  of  Default,  undertakes  to  perform  only  such  duties  as  are
specifically  set forth in the Trust Agreement and, after such Event of Default,
must  exercise  the same  degree  of care and skill as a  prudent  person  would
exercise  or use in the  conduct  of his or her  own  affairs.  Subject  to this
provision,  the Property  Trustee is under no  obligation to exercise any of the
powers  vested in it by the Trust  Agreement  at the  request  of any  holder of
Preferred  Securities  unless it is offered  reasonable  indemnity  against  the
costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred thereby.

        For  information  concerning  the  relationships  between  Bankers Trust
Company,  the Property  Trustee,  and the Company,  see  "Description  of Junior
Subordinated Debentures -- Information Concerning the Debenture Trustee."

Miscellaneous

        The  Administrators and the Property Trustee are authorized and directed
to conduct the affairs of and to operate the Issuer Trust in such a way that the
Issuer  Trust will not be deemed to be an  "investment  company"  required to be
registered  under the  Investment  Company Act or taxable as a  corporation  for
United States  federal  income tax purposes and so that the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  will be treated as  indebtedness  of the Company  for United  States
federal income tax purposes.  In this  connection,  the Property Trustee and the
holders of Common Securities are authorized to take any action, not inconsistent
with  applicable  law, the certificate of trust of the Issuer Trust or the Trust
Agreement,  that the  Property  Trustee  and the  holders  of Common  Securities
determine in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes, as
long as such action does not  materially  adversely  affect the interests of the
holders of the Preferred Securities.

        Holders  of the  Preferred  Securities  have no  preemptive  or  similar
rights.

        The Issuer Trust may not borrow money,  issue debt or mortgage or pledge
any of its assets.

Governing Law

        The Trust Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Delaware.


                                       73

<PAGE>



                  DESCRIPTION OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

        The Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  are to be issued  under the Junior
Subordinated Indenture, under which Bankers Trust Company is acting as Debenture
Trustee. This summary of certain terms and provisions of the Junior Subordinated
Debentures and the Junior Subordinated Indenture does not purport to be complete
and is subject to, and is qualified  in its  entirety by  reference  to, all the
provisions  of the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture,  including  the  definitions
therein  of  certain  terms.  Whenever  particular  defined  terms of the Junior
Subordinated  Indenture  (as  amended  or  supplemented  from  time to time) are
referred to herein, such defined terms are incorporated  herein by reference.  A
copy of the  form  of  Junior  Subordinated  Indenture  is  available  from  the
Debenture Trustee upon request.

General

   
        Concurrently with the issuance of the Preferred  Securities,  the Issuer
Trust will invest the proceeds thereof,  together with the consideration paid by
the Company for the Common  Securities,  in the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
issued by the Company.  The Junior  Subordinated  Debentures will bear interest,
accruing from ^, 1997, at the annual rate of ^% of the principal amount thereof,
payable  quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31
of each yearnt (each, an "Interest  Payment  Date"),  commencing ^, 1997, to the
person in whose name each Junior  Subordinated  Debenture is  registered  at the
close of business on the 15th day of March, June, September or December (whether
or not a  Business  Day)  next  preceding  such  Interest  Payment  Date.  It is
anticipated  that,  until the  liquidation,  if any, of the Issuer  Trust,  each
Junior Subordinated Debenture will be registered in the name of the Issuer Trust
and held by the Property  Trustee in trust for the benefit of the holders of the
Trust Securities. The amount of interest payable for any period less than a full
interest period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months and the actual days elapsed in a partial month in such period. The amount
of interest  payable for any full  interest  period will be computed by dividing
the rate per annum by four.  If any date on which  interest  is  payable  on the
Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  is not a  Business  Day,  then  payment of the
interest  payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a
Business  Day  (without  any  interest  or other  payment in respect of any such
delay),  with the same force and effect as if made on the date such  payment was
originally payable. Accrued interest that is not paid on the applicable Interest
Payment Date will bear additional  interest on the amount thereof (to the extent
permitted by law) at the rate per annum of ^%, compounded quarterly and computed
on the basis of a 360-day  year of twelve  30-day  months  and the  actual  days
elapsed in a partial  month in such period.  The amount of  additional  interest
payable for any full  interest  period will be computed by dividing the rate per
annum by four. The term  "interest" as used herein includes  quarterly  interest
payments,  interest on quarterly  interest  payments not paid on the  applicable
Interest Payment Date and Additional Sums (as defined below), as applicable.

        The Junior Subordinated Debentures will mature on ^ , 2027.
    

        The  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  will be  unsecured  and will rank
junior and be subordinate in right of payment to all Senior  Indebtedness of the
Company.  The Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  will not be subject to a sinking
fund.  The  Junior  Subordinated  Indenture  does not  limit the  incurrence  or
issuance of other  secured or unsecured  debt by the Company,  including  Senior
Indebtedness, whether under the Junior Subordinated Indenture or any existing or
other indenture that the Company may enter into in the future or otherwise.  See
"-- Subordination."


                                       74

<PAGE>



Option to Extend Interest Payment Period

   
        So long as no Debenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Company has the right at any time during the term of the Junior Subordinated
Debentures to defer the payment of interest at any time or from time to time for
a period not  exceeding 20  consecutive  quarterly  periods with respect to each
Extension Period, provided that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Stated
Maturity of the Junior Subordinated Debentures. During any such Extension Period
the  Company  shall have the right to make  partial  payments of interest on any
interest payment date. At the end of such Extension Period, the Company must pay
all interest  then accrued and unpaid  (together  with  interest  thereon at the
annual rate of ^%,  compounded  quarterly and computed on the basis of a 360-day
year of twelve  30-day  months and the actual days elapsed in a partial month in
such  period,  to the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law).  The  amount  of
additional  interest  payable for any full  interest  period will be computed by
dividing the rate per annum by four. During an Extension  Period,  interest will
continue to accrue and holders of Junior Subordinated  Debentures (or holders of
Preferred  Securities  while  outstanding)  will be required to accrue  interest
income for United  States  federal  income tax  purposes.  See "Certain  Federal
Income Tax Consequences -- Interest Income and Original Issue Discount."
    

        During any such Extension Period, the Company may not (i) declare or pay
any  dividends  or  distributions  on, or  redeem,  purchase,  acquire or make a
liquidation  payment with respect to, any of the Company's capital stock or (ii)
make any payment of  principal  of or interest or premium,  if any, on or repay,
repurchase or redeem any debt  securities of the Company that rank pari passu in
all respects  with or junior in interest to the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
(other than (a)  repurchases,  redemptions  or other  acquisitions  of shares of
capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit
plan or other  similar  arrangement  with or for the  benefit of any one or more
employees,  officers,  directors or  consultants,  in connection with a dividend
reinvestment  or  stockholder  stock  purchase  plan or in  connection  with the
issuance  of capital  stock of the Company (or  securities  convertible  into or
exercisable  for  such  capital  stock)  as   consideration  in  an  acquisition
transaction  entered into prior to the  applicable  Extension  Period,  (b) as a
result of an  exchange  or  conversion  of any class or series of the  Company's
capital  stock (or any capital  stock of a  subsidiary  of the  Company) for any
class or series of the Company's  capital stock or of any class or series of the
Company's  indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's  capital stock,
(c) the  purchase of  fractional  interests in shares of the  Company's  capital
stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or
the security being converted or exchanged,  (d) any declaration of a dividend in
connection with any stockholder's  rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock
or other  property  under any  stockholders  rights plan,  or the  redemption or
repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock,
warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable
upon  exercise of such  warrants,  options or other  rights is the same stock as
that on which the  dividend  is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to
such stock).  Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company
may further defer the payment of interest, provided that no Extension Period may
exceed 20 consecutive  quarterly periods or extend beyond the Stated Maturity of
the Junior Subordinated  Debentures.  Upon the termination of any such Extension
Period and the payment of all amounts then due, the Company may elect to begin a
new Extension Period subject to the above  conditions.  No interest shall be due
and payable during an Extension Period,  except at the end thereof.  The Company
must give the Issuer Trustees notice of its election of such Extension Period at
least one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i) the date the Distributions on
the Preferred  Securities  would have been payable but for the election to begin
such Extension Period and (ii) the date the Property Trustee is required to give
notice to holders of the  Preferred  Securities  of the record  date or the date
such Distributions are payable,  but in any event not less than one Business Day
prior to such record date. The Property Trustee will give notice of the

                                       75

<PAGE>



Company's  election  to  begin a new  Extension  Period  to the  holders  of the
Preferred  Securities.  There is no  limitation  on the number of times that the
Company may elect to begin an Extension Period.

Redemption

   
        The Junior  Subordinated  Debentures are redeemable prior to maturity at
the option of the  Company  (i) on or after ^, 2002,  in whole at any time or in
part from time to time, or (ii) in whole, but not in part, at any time within 90
days  following  the  occurrence  and  during the  continuation  of a Tax Event,
Investment  Company  Event or Capital  Treatment  Event  (each as defined  under
"Description  of  Preferred  Securities  --  Redemption"),  in each  case at the
redemption  price described  below.  The proceeds of any such redemption will be
used by the Issuer Trust to redeem the Preferred Securities.
    

        The Federal Reserve's  risk-based capital guidelines,  which are subject
to change,  currently  provide that  redemptions  of  permanent  equity or other
capital  instruments before stated maturity could have a significant impact on a
bank holding  company's  overall  capital  structure  and that any  organization
considering  such a redemption  should  consult with the Federal  Reserve before
redeeming any equity or capital  instrument prior to maturity if such redemption
could have a material  effect on the level or composition of the  organization's
capital base (unless the equity or capital  instrument  were  redeemed  with the
proceeds  of, or  replaced  by, a like  amount of a  similar  or higher  quality
capital instrument and the Federal Reserve considers the organization's  capital
position to be fully adequate after the redemption).

        The  redemption  of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  by the Company
prior to their  Stated  Maturity  would  constitute  the  redemption  of capital
instruments under the Federal Reserve's current  risk-based  capital  guidelines
and may be subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.  The redemption
of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  also could be subject to the additional
prior  approval of the Federal  Reserve  under its  current  risk-based  capital
guidelines.

        The  redemption  price  for  Junior   Subordinated   Debentures  is  the
outstanding principal amount of the Junior Subordinated  Debentures plus accrued
interest  (including any Additional  Interest or any Additional Sums) thereon to
but excluding the date fixed for redemption.

Additional Sums

        The Company has covenanted in the Junior Subordinated Indenture that, if
and for so long as (i) the Issuer Trust is the holder of all Junior Subordinated
Debentures  and (ii) the Issuer Trust is required to pay any  additional  taxes,
duties or other  governmental  charges as a result of a Tax Event,  the  Company
will pay as additional sums on the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures such amounts
as may be required so that the  Distributions  payable by the Issuer  Trust will
not be  reduced  as a  result  of any such  additional  taxes,  duties  or other
governmental charges. See "Description of Preferred Securities --Redemption."

Registration, Denomination and Transfer

        The Junior  Subordinated  Debentures will initially be registered in the
name of the Issuer Trust. If the Junior Subordinated  Debentures are distributed
to  holders of  Preferred  Securities,  it is  anticipated  that the  depositary
arrangements  for the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  will  be  substantially
identical to those in effect for the Preferred  Securities.  See "Description of
Preferred Securities -- Book Entry, Delivery and Form."

                                       76

<PAGE>




        Although DTC has agreed to the procedures  described  above, it is under
no  obligation  to perform or  continue  to perform  such  procedures,  and such
procedures may be  discontinued  at any time. If DTC is at any time unwilling or
unable to continue as depositary and a successor  depositary is not appointed by
the  Company  within 90 days of receipt of notice from DTC to such  effect,  the
Company will cause the Junior Subordinated Debentures to be issued in definitive
form.

        Payments  on  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  represented  by a global
security  will be made to Cede & Co.,  the nominee  for DTC,  as the  registered
holder of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, as described under "Description of
Preferred  Securities -- Book Entry,  Delivery and Form." If Junior Subordinated
Debentures  are issued in  certificated  form,  principal  and interest  will be
payable, the transfer of the Junior Subordinated Debentures will be registrable,
and Junior Subordinated  Debentures will be exchangeable for Junior Subordinated
Debentures  of other  authorized  denominations  of a like  aggregate  principal
amount,  at the corporate trust office of the Debenture Trustee in New York, New
York or at the offices of any Paying  Agent or transfer  agent  appointed by the
Company,  provided  that  payment of  interest  may be made at the option of the
Company by check mailed to the address of the persons entitled thereto. However,
a  holder  of $1  million  or more  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Junior
Subordinated  Debentures may receive  payments of interest  (other than interest
payable at the Stated Maturity) by wire transfer of immediately  available funds
upon written  request to the  Debenture  Trustee not later than 15 calendar days
prior to the date on which the interest is payable.

        Junior  Subordinated  Debentures will be  exchangeable  for other Junior
Subordinated Debentures of like tenor, of any authorized denominations, and of a
like aggregate principal amount.

        Junior Subordinated Debentures may be presented for exchange as provided
above,  and may be  presented  for  registration  of transfer  (with the form of
transfer endorsed  thereon,  or a satisfactory  written  instrument of transfer,
duly executed),  at the office of the securities  registrar  appointed under the
Junior Subordinated  Debenture or at the office of any transfer agent designated
by the Company for such purpose  without  service charge and upon payment of any
taxes and other  governmental  charges as described  in the Junior  Subordinated
Indenture.  The  Company  will  appoint  the  Debenture  Trustee  as  securities
registrar under the Junior Subordinated  Indenture.  The Company may at any time
designate  additional  transfer  agents with respect to the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures.

        In the event of any  redemption,  neither the Company nor the  Debenture
Trustee  shall be required to (i) issue,  register  the  transfer of or exchange
Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  during a period  beginning  at the  opening of
business  15 days  before  the day of  selection  for  redemption  of the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  to be redeemed  and ending at the close of business on
the day of mailing of the  relevant  notice of  redemption  or (ii)  transfer or
exchange any Junior Subordinated Debentures so selected for redemption,  except,
in the case of any Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  being redeemed in part, any
portion thereof not to be redeemed.

        Any monies deposited with the Debenture  Trustee or any paying agent, or
then held by the  Company in trust,  for the  payment of the  principal  of (and
premium, if any) or interest on any Junior Subordinated  Debenture and remaining
unclaimed for two years after such principal  (and premium,  if any) or interest
has become due and payable  shall,  at the request of the Company,  be repaid to
the  Company  and  the  holder  of  such  Junior  Subordinated  Debenture  shall
thereafter  look,  as a general  unsecured  creditor,  only to the  Company  for
payment thereof.


                                       77

<PAGE>



Restrictions on Certain Payments; Certain Covenants of the Company

        The  Company  has  covenanted  that it will not (i)  declare  or pay any
dividends  or  distributions  on,  or  redeem,  purchase,  acquire,  or  make  a
liquidation  payment with respect to, any of the Company's capital stock or (ii)
make any payment of  principal  of or interest or premium,  if any, on or repay,
repurchase or redeem any debt  securities of the Company that rank pari passu in
all respects  with or junior in interest to the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
(other than (a)  repurchases,  redemptions  or other  acquisitions  of shares of
capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit
plan or other  similar  arrangement  with or for the  benefit of any one or more
employees,  officers,  directors or  consultants,  in connection with a dividend
reinvestment  or  stockholder  stock  purchase  plan or in  connection  with the
issuance  of capital  stock of the Company (or  securities  convertible  into or
exercisable  for  such  capital  stock)  as   consideration  in  an  acquisition
transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period or other event
referred to below,  (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or
series of the  Company's  capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of
the Company) for any class or series of the  Company's  capital  stock or of any
class or series  of the  Company's  indebtedness  for any class or series of the
Company's  capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional  interests in shares of
the Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of
such  capital  stock or the  security  being  converted  or  exchanged,  (d) any
declaration of a dividend in connection with any  stockholder's  rights plan, or
the issuance of rights,  stock or other property under any stockholder's  rights
plan, or the  redemption or repurchase of rights  pursuant  thereto,  or (e) any
dividend  in the form of stock,  warrants,  options  or other  rights  where the
dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants,  options or
other  rights is the same stock as that on which the  dividend  is being paid or
ranks pari passu  with or junior to such  stock),  if at such time (i) there has
occurred any event (a) of which the Company has actual  knowledge  that with the
giving of notice or the lapse of time,  or both,  would  constitute  a Debenture
Event of Default  and (b) that the  Company  has not taken  reasonable  steps to
cure, (ii) if the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures are held by the Issuer Trust,
the Company is in default with respect to its payment of any  obligations  under
the  Guarantee  or (iii) the  Company  has given  notice of its  election  of an
Extension  Period as provided in the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture and has not
rescinded such notice, or such Extension Period,  or any extension  thereof,  is
continuing.

        The Company has covenanted in the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture (i) to
continue  to  hold,  directly  or  indirectly,  100% of the  Common  Securities,
provided  that  certain  successors  that are  permitted  pursuant to the Junior
Subordinated  Indenture  may succeed to the  Company's  ownership  of the Common
Securities,  (ii)  as  holder  of the  Common  Securities,  not  to  voluntarily
terminate,  windup or liquidate the Issuer  Trust,  other than (a) in connection
with a  distribution  of Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  to the holders of the
Preferred  Securities  in  liquidation  of the Issuer Trust or (b) in connection
with certain mergers,  consolidations  or  amalgamations  permitted by the Trust
Agreement and (iii) to use its reasonable efforts, consistent with the terms and
provisions of the Trust Agreement,  to cause the Issuer Trust to continue not to
be taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

Modification of Junior Subordinated Indenture

        From time to time,  the Company and the Debenture  Trustee may,  without
the  consent  of any of the  holders  of  the  outstanding  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures, amend, waive or supplement the provisions of the Junior Subordinated
Indenture to: (1) evidence  succession of another  corporation or association to
the Company and the assumption by such person of the  obligations of the Company
under  the  Junior   Subordinated   Debentures,   (2)  add  further   covenants,
restrictions  or  conditions  for  the  protection  of  holders  of  the  Junior
Subordinated Debentures, (3) cure ambiguities or correct the Junior

                                       78

<PAGE>



Subordinated  Debentures  in the  case  of  defects  or  inconsistencies  in the
provisions  thereof,  so long as any such cure or correction  does not adversely
affect the interest of the holders of the Junior Subordinated  Debentures in any
material respect, (4) change the terms of the Junior Subordinated  Debentures to
facilitate the issuance of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in certificated or
other  definitive  form,  (5)  evidence  or  provide  for the  appointment  of a
successor  Debenture Trustee,  or (6) qualify, or maintain the qualification of,
the Junior  Subordinated  Indentures  under the Trust  Indenture Act. The Junior
Subordinated  Indenture  contains  provisions  permitting  the  Company  and the
Debenture  Trustee,  with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority
in principal amount of the Junior Subordinated Debentures,  to modify the Junior
Subordinated  Indenture in a manner  affecting  the rights of the holders of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  except that no such modification may, without
the consent of the holder of each outstanding Junior  Subordinated  Debenture so
affected, (i) change the Stated Maturity of the Junior Subordinated  Debentures,
or reduce the  principal  amount  thereof,  the rate of interest  thereon or any
premium  payable  upon the  redemption  thereof,  or change the place of payment
where, or the currency in which,  any such amount is payable or impair the right
to institute suit for the  enforcement of any Junior  Subordinated  Debenture or
(ii)  reduce  the  percentage  of  principal   amount  of  Junior   Subordinated
Debentures,   the  holders  of  which  are  required  to  consent  to  any  such
modification of the Junior Subordinated Indenture.  Furthermore,  so long as any
of the Preferred Securities remain outstanding, no such modification may be made
that adversely affects the holders of such Preferred  Securities in any material
respect, and no termination of the Junior Subordinated  Indenture may occur, and
no waiver of any  Debenture  Event of Default or  compliance  with any  covenant
under the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture  may be  effective,  without the prior
consent  of the  holders  of at least a majority  of the  aggregate  Liquidation
Amount of the outstanding Preferred Securities unless and until the principal of
(and premium, if any, on) the Junior Subordinated Debentures and all accrued and
unpaid interest  thereon have been paid in full and certain other conditions are
satisfied.

Debenture Events of Default

        The Junior  Subordinated  Indenture provides that any one or more of the
following  described events with respect to the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
that has  occurred  and is  continuing  constitutes  an "Event of Default"  with
respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures:


          (i)  failure to pay any interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures
               when due  (subject to the deferral of any due date in the case of
               an Extension Period); or

          (ii) failure to pay any principal of or premium, if any, on the Junior
               Subordinated  Debentures  when  due  whether  at  maturity,  upon
               redemption, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise; or

          (iii)failure to observe or  perform in any  material  respect  certain
               other covenants  contained in the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture
               for 90  days  after  written  notice  to  the  Company  from  the
               Debenture  Trustee or the  holders  of at least 25% in  aggregate
               outstanding   principal   amount   of  the   outstanding   Junior
               Subordinated Debentures; or

          (iv) the Company  consents to the  appointment  of a receiver or other
               similar  official  in  any  liquidation,  insolvency  or  similar
               proceeding  with  respect to the Company or all or  substantially
               all its property.


                                       79

<PAGE>



        For purposes of the Trust Agreement and this Prospectus, each such Event
of  Default  under  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debenture  is  referred  to  as a
"Debenture  Event  of  Default."  As  described  in  "Description  of  Preferred
Securities -- Events of Default; Notice," the occurrence of a Debenture Event of
Default  will  also  constitute  an Event of  Default  in  respect  of the Trust
Securities.

        The  holders of at least a majority  in  aggregate  principal  amount of
outstanding  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures have the right to direct the time,
method and place of conducting any  proceeding  for any remedy  available to the
Debenture Trustee.  The Debenture Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in
aggregate  principal amount of outstanding  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures may
declare the  principal  due and payable  immediately  upon a Debenture  Event of
Default,   and,  should  the  Debenture   Trustee  or  such  holders  of  Junior
Subordinated  Debentures fail to make such declaration,  the holders of at least
25% in aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the  outstanding  Preferred  Securities
shall have such right.  The holders of a majority in aggregate  principal amount
of outstanding  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures may annul such  declaration and
waive the default if all defaults  (other than the  non-payment of the principal
of  Junior  Subordinated   Debentures  which  has  become  due  solely  by  such
acceleration)  have  been  cured  and  a  sum  sufficient  to  pay  all  matured
installments  of interest and principal due otherwise than by  acceleration  has
been  deposited  with the  Debenture  Trustee.  Should  the  holders  of  Junior
Subordinated  Debentures fail to annul such  declaration and waive such default,
the holders of a majority in  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the  outstanding
Preferred Securities shall have such right.

        The holders of at least a majority in aggregate  principal amount of the
outstanding Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  affected thereby may, on behalf of
the holders of all the Junior Subordinated  Debentures,  waive any past default,
except a default in the payment of principal  (or  premium,  if any) or interest
(unless  such  default  has been cured and a sum  sufficient  to pay all matured
installments  of interest and principal due otherwise than by  acceleration  has
been deposited with the Debenture Trustee) or a default in respect of a covenant
or provision which under the Junior Subordinated Indenture cannot be modified or
amended  without  the  consent  of  the  holder  of  each   outstanding   Junior
Subordinated   Debenture  affected  thereby.  See  "--  Modification  of  Junior
Subordinated  Indenture."  The  Company is required  to file  annually  with the
Debenture  Trustee  a  certificate  as to  whether  or  not  the  Company  is in
compliance  with all the  conditions  and  covenants  applicable to it under the
Junior Subordinated Indenture.

        If a Debenture  Event of Default occurs and is continuing,  the Property
Trustee will have the right to declare the  principal of and the interest on the
Junior Subordinated  Debentures,  and any other amounts payable under the Junior
Subordinated Indenture, to be forthwith due and payable and to enforce its other
rights as a creditor with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

Enforcement of Certain Rights by Holders of Preferred Securities

        If a Debenture  Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such
event is  attributable  to the failure of the Company to pay any amounts payable
in respect of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  on the date such amounts are
otherwise payable,  a registered holder of Preferred  Securities may institute a
Direct Action  against the Company for  enforcement of payment to such holder of
an  amount  equal to the  amount  payable  in  respect  of  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures having a principal amount equal to the aggregate  Liquidation  Amount
of the Preferred  Securities held by such holder.  The Company may not amend the
Junior  Subordinated  Indenture to remove the foregoing  right to bring a Direct
Action  without the prior  written  consent of the holders of all the  Preferred
Securities.  The  Company  will have the right  under  the  Junior  Subordinated
Indenture to set-off any payment made to such holder of Preferred  Securities by
the Company in connection with a Direct Action.


                                       80

<PAGE>



        The  holders  of the  Preferred  Securities  are not  able  to  exercise
directly  any  remedies  available  to the  holders of the  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures except under the circumstances  described in the preceding paragraph.
See "Description of Preferred Securities -- Events of Default; Notice."

Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets and Other Transactions

        The Junior  Subordinated  Indenture  provides  that the  Company may not
consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its
properties and assets  substantially as an entirety to any Person, and no Person
may consolidate with or merge into the Company or convey,  transfer or lease its
properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless (i) if
the  Company  consolidates  with or merges  into  another  Person or  conveys or
transfers its properties and assets  substantially as an entirety to any Person,
the  successor  Person is organized  under the laws of the United  States or any
state or the District of Columbia,  and such successor Person expressly  assumes
the Company's obligations in respect of the Junior Subordinated Debentures; (ii)
immediately after giving effect thereto,  no Debenture Event of Default,  and no
event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a Debenture
Event of Default,  has  occurred  and is  continuing;  and (iii)  certain  other
conditions as prescribed in the Junior Subordinated Indenture are satisfied.

        The  provisions  of the  Junior  Subordinated  Indenture  do not  afford
holders  of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  protection  in the event of a
highly leveraged or other  transaction  involving the Company that may adversely
affect holders of the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

Satisfaction and Discharge

        The  Junior  Subordinated  Indenture  provides  that when,  among  other
things,  all Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  not  previously  delivered to the
Debenture  Trustee for cancellation  (i) have become due and payable,  (ii) will
become due and payable at the Stated  Maturity  within one year, and the Company
deposits or causes to be deposited with the Debenture  Trustee funds,  in trust,
for the  purpose and in an amount  sufficient  to pay and  discharge  the entire
indebtedness on the Junior Subordinated  Debentures not previously  delivered to
the Debenture Trustee for cancellation,  for the principal (and premium, if any)
and interest to the date of the deposit or to the Stated  Maturity,  as the case
may be,  then the  Junior  Subordinated  Indenture  will  cease to be of further
effect  (except  as to the  Company's  obligations  to pay all  other  sums  due
pursuant  to the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture  and to provide  the  officers'
certificates and opinions of counsel described therein), and the Company will be
deemed to have satisfied and discharged the Junior Subordinated Indenture.

Subordination

        The Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  will be subordinate  and junior in
right of payment, to the extent set forth in the Junior Subordinated  Indenture,
to all Senior  Indebtedness  (as defined  below) of the Company.  If the Company
defaults in the payment of any principal,  premium, if any, or interest, if any,
or any other amount payable on any Senior Indebtedness when the same becomes due
and  payable,  whether  at  maturity  or at a date  fixed for  redemption  or by
declaration of  acceleration or otherwise,  then,  unless and until such default
has been cured or waived or has ceased to exist or all Senior  Indebtedness  has
been paid,  no direct or indirect  payment (in cash,  property,  securities,  by
setoff or otherwise) may be made or agreed to be made on the Junior Subordinated
Debentures, or in respect of any redemption,  repayment, retirement, purchase or
other acquisition of any of the Junior Subordinated Debentures.


                                       81

<PAGE>



        As used herein,  "Senior Indebtedness" means, whether recourse is to all
or a portion of the assets of the  Company and  whether or not  contingent,  (i)
every obligation of the Company for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of the
Company  evidenced by bonds,  debentures,  notes or other  similar  instruments,
including  obligations  incurred in connection with the acquisition of property,
assets or businesses;  (iii) every reimbursement  obligation of the Company with
respect to letters of credit,  bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued
for the account of the Company;  (iv) every  obligation of the Company issued or
assumed as the deferred  purchase  price of property or services (but  excluding
trade accounts payable or accrued  liabilities arising in the ordinary course of
business);  (v) every  capital  lease  obligation  of the  Company;  (vi)  every
obligation of the Company for claims (as defined in Section 101(4) of the United
States  Bankruptcy  Code of 1978, as amended) in respect of derivative  products
such as interest and foreign  exchange rate contracts,  commodity  contracts and
similar  arrangements;  and (vii) every  obligation  of the type  referred to in
clauses (i) through (vi) of another  person and all dividends of another  person
the  payment  of  which,  in either  case,  the  Company  has  guaranteed  or is
responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise;  without
limiting the generality of the foregoing,  Senior Indebtedness shall include the
Debentures. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Subordinated  Debentures and Equity  Contracts." Senior
Indebtedness  shall not include (i) any obligations  which, by their terms,  are
expressly  stated  to rank pari  passu in right of  payment  with,  or to not be
superior in right of payment to, the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  (ii) any
Senior  Indebtedness  of the Company which when incurred and without  respect to
any election under Section 1111(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978,
as amended,  was without recourse to the Company,  (iii) any indebtedness of the
Company to any of its  subsidiaries,  (iv) indebtedness to any executive officer
or  director  of the  Company,  or (v)  any  indebtedness  in  respect  of  debt
securities issued to any trust, or a trustee of such trust, partnership or other
entity  affiliated with the Company that is a financing entity of the Company in
connection  with the issuance of such  financing  entity of securities  that are
similar to the Preferred Securities.

        In the  event  of (i)  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  dissolution  or
liquidation  of the  Company or the holder of the  Common  Securities,  (ii) any
proceeding for the liquidation,  dissolution or other winding up of the Company,
voluntary or  involuntary,  whether or not  involving  insolvency  or bankruptcy
proceedings, (iii) any assignment by the Company for the benefit of creditors or
(iv) any other marshalling of the assets of the Company, all Senior Indebtedness
(including  any interest  thereon  accruing after the  commencement  of any such
proceedings)  shall first be paid in full  before any  payment or  distribution,
whether in cash,  securities or other property,  shall be made on account of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.  In such event, any payment or distribution on
account of the Junior Subordinated  Debentures,  whether in cash,  securities or
other property,  that would otherwise (but for the subordination  provisions) be
payable or deliverable in respect of the Junior Subordinated  Debentures will be
paid or delivered  directly to the holders of Senior  Indebtedness in accordance
with  the  priorities   then  existing  among  such  holders  until  all  Senior
Indebtedness  (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of
any such proceedings) has been paid in full.

        In the event of any such  proceeding,  after payment in full of all sums
owing with respect to Senior  Indebtedness,  the holders of Junior  Subordinated
Debentures,  together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking
on a parity with the Junior Subordinated Debentures, will be entitled to be paid
from the  remaining  assets of the Company the amounts at the time due and owing
on the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  and such other  obligations  before any
payment or other distribution,  whether in cash, property or otherwise,  will be
made on account of any  capital  stock or  obligations  of the  Company  ranking
junior to the Junior Subordinated Debentures and such other obligations.  If any
payment or distribution on account of the Junior Subordinated  Debentures of any
character or any  security,  whether in cash,  securities  or other  property is
received by any holder of any Junior

                                       82

<PAGE>



Subordinated  Debentures in  contravention of any of the terms hereof and before
all the Senior  Indebtedness has been paid in full, such payment or distribution
or security  will be received in trust for the benefit of, and must be paid over
or delivered and transferred  to, the holders of the Senior  Indebtedness at the
time  outstanding  in accordance  with the  priorities  then existing among such
holders  for  application  to the payment of all Senior  Indebtedness  remaining
unpaid to the extent  necessary to pay all such Senior  Indebtedness in full. By
reason of such  subordination,  in the event of the  insolvency  of the Company,
holders of Senior  Indebtedness  may receive more,  ratably,  and holders of the
Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  may  receive  less,  ratably,  than the  other
creditors of the Company.  Such subordination will not prevent the occurrence of
any Event of Default in respect of the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

        The Junior Subordinated  Indenture places no limitation on the amount of
additional Senior Indebtedness that may be incurred by the Company.  The Company
expects from time to time to incur additional  indebtedness  constituting Senior
Indebtedness.

Information Concerning the Debenture Trustee

        The Debenture Trustee,  other than during the occurrence and continuance
of a default by the Company in performance of its  obligations  under the Junior
Subordinated  Debenture,  is under no  obligation  to exercise any of the powers
vested in it by the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture at the request of any holder
of Junior Subordinated  Debentures,  unless offered reasonable indemnity by such
holder  against  the costs,  expenses  and  liabilities  that might be  incurred
thereby.  The Debenture  Trustee is not required to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of its duties
if  the  Debenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes  that  repayment  or  adequate
indemnity is not reasonably assured to it.

        Bankers Trust  Company,  the Debenture  Trustee,  may serve from time to
time as trustee under other  indentures or trust  agreements with the Company or
its subsidiaries relating to other issues of their securities.  In addition, the
Company and certain of its affiliates may have other banking  relationships with
Bankers Trust Company and its affiliates.

Governing Law

     The Junior Subordinated  Indenture and the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
will be governed by and  construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of
New York.


                            DESCRIPTION OF GUARANTEE

        The Guarantee will be executed and delivered by the Company concurrently
with the issuance of Preferred Securities by the Issuer Trust for the benefit of
the holders from time to time of the Preferred Securities. Bankers Trust Company
will act as  Guarantee  Trustee  under the  Guarantee.  This  summary of certain
provisions of the  Guarantee  does not purport to be complete and is subject to,
and  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to, all the  provisions  of the
Guarantee,  including the  definitions  therein of certain  terms. A copy of the
form of Guarantee is available  upon  request from the  Guarantee  Trustee.  The
Guarantee  Trustee will hold the Guarantee for the benefit of the holders of the
Preferred Securities.


                                       83

<PAGE>



General

        The  Company  will  irrevocably  agree to pay in full on a  subordinated
basis,  to the extent  set forth in the  Guarantee  and  described  herein,  the
Guarantee   Payments  (as  defined  below)  to  the  holders  of  the  Preferred
Securities,  as and when due,  regardless  of any  defense,  right of set-off or
counterclaim  that the Issuer Trust may have or assert other than the defense of
payment. The following payments with respect to the Preferred Securities, to the
extent not paid by or on behalf of the Issuer Trust (the "Guarantee  Payments"),
will be subject to the Guarantee:  (i) any accumulated and unpaid  Distributions
required to be paid on such Preferred Securities,  to the extent that the Issuer
Trust has funds on hand  available  therefor at such time,  (ii) the  Redemption
Price with respect to any Preferred  Securities  called for  redemption,  to the
extent that the Issuer Trust has funds on hand available  therefor at such time,
and (iii) upon a  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution,  of the Issuer  Trust
(unless the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  are  distributed to holders of the
Preferred Securities), the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the Liquidation Amount
and all  accumulated  and unpaid  Distributions  to the date of payment,  to the
extent that the Issuer Trust has funds on hand available  therefor at such time,
and (b) the  amount  of assets  of the  Issuer  Trust  remaining  available  for
distribution to holders of the Preferred Securities on liquidation of the Issuer
Trust. The Company's  obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by
direct  payment of the  required  amounts by the  Company to the  holders of the
Preferred  Securities or by causing the Issuer Trust to pay such amounts to such
holders.

        The Guarantee will be an irrevocable  guarantee on a subordinated  basis
of the Issuer Trust's obligations under the Preferred Securities, but will apply
only to the  extent  that the  Issuer  Trust has funds  sufficient  to make such
payments, and is not a guarantee of collection.

        If the  Company  does  not  make  payments  on the  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  held by the Issuer  Trust,  the Issuer Trust will not be able to pay
any amounts  payable in respect of the  Preferred  Securities  and will not have
funds legally available therefor. The Guarantee will rank subordinate and junior
in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness of the Company. See "-- Status of
the Guarantee." The Guarantee does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other
secured or unsecured debt of the Company, including Senior Indebtedness, whether
under the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture,  any other indenture that the Company
may enter into in the future or otherwise.

        The Company has, through the Guarantee,  the Trust Agreement, the Junior
Subordinated Debentures and the Junior Subordinated  Indenture,  taken together,
fully,  irrevocably  and  unconditionally  guaranteed  all  the  Issuer  Trust's
obligations  under the Preferred  Securities on a subordinated  basis. No single
document  standing  alone or  operating in  conjunction  with fewer than all the
other documents constitutes such guarantee. It is only the combined operation of
these  documents  that has the  effect  of  providing  a full,  irrevocable  and
unconditional  guarantee  of the Issuer  Trust's  obligations  in respect of the
Preferred  Securities.  See "Relationship  Among the Preferred  Securities,  the
Junior Subordinated Debentures and the Guarantee."

Status of the Guarantee

        The Guarantee will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Company and
will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all Senior  Indebtedness
of the Company in the same manner as the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

        The  Guarantee  will  constitute  a  guarantee  of  payment  and  not of
collection (i.e., the guaranteed party may institute a legal proceeding directly
against the Guarantor to enforce its rights under the

                                       84

<PAGE>



Guarantee without first instituting a legal proceeding  against any other person
or entity).  The Guarantee will be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit
of the holders of the Preferred Securities. The Guarantee will not be discharged
except by payment of the  Guarantee  Payments  in full to the extent not paid by
the Issuer Trust or distribution  to the holders of the Preferred  Securities of
the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

Amendments and Assignment

        Except with  respect to any changes  which do not  materially  adversely
affect the rights of holders of the Preferred  Securities (in which case no vote
will be required),  the Guarantee may not be amended  without the prior approval
of the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate  Liquidation  Amount
of the  outstanding  Preferred  Securities.  The  manner of  obtaining  any such
approval  will be as set forth under  "Description  of Preferred  Securities  --
Voting  Rights;  Amendment of Trust  Agreement."  All  guarantees and agreements
contained  in the  Guarantee  shall  bind the  successors,  assigns,  receivers,
trustees  and  representatives  of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of
the holders of the Preferred Securities then outstanding.

Events of Default

        An event of default under the  Guarantee  will occur upon the failure of
the Company to perform any of its payment or other obligations thereunder, or to
perform  any  non-payment   obligation  if  such  non-payment   default  remains
unremedied  for 30 days.  The holders of not less than a majority  in  aggregate
Liquidation  Amount of the  outstanding  Preferred  Securities have the right to
direct the time,  method and place of conducting  any  proceeding for any remedy
available to the Guarantee  Trustee in respect of the Guarantee or to direct the
exercise of any trust or power  conferred  upon the Guarantee  Trustee under the
Guarantee.

        Any  registered  holder of Preferred  Securities  may  institute a legal
proceeding  directly  against  the  Company  to  enforce  its  rights  under the
Guarantee without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Issuer Trust,
the Guarantee Trustee or any other person or entity.

        The  Company,  as  guarantor,  is  required  to file  annually  with the
Guarantee  Trustee  a  certificate  as to  whether  or  not  the  Company  is in
compliance  with all the  conditions  and  covenants  applicable to it under the
Guarantee.

Information Concerning the Guarantee Trustee

        The Guarantee Trustee,  other than during the occurrence and continuance
of a default by the  Company in  performance  of the  Guarantee,  undertakes  to
perform only such duties as are  specifically  set forth in the  Guarantee  and,
after the occurrence of an event of default with respect to the Guarantee,  must
exercise the same degree of care and skill as a prudent person would exercise or
use in the conduct of his or her own  affairs.  Subject to this  provision,  the
Guarantee Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the powers vested in
it by the  Guarantee  at the request of any holder of the  Preferred  Securities
unless it is  offered  reasonable  indemnity  against  the costs,  expenses  and
liabilities that might be incurred thereby.

        For  information  concerning  the  relationship  between  Bankers  Trust
Company,  as Guarantee  Trustee,  and the Company,  see  "Description  of Junior
Subordinated Debentures -- Information Concerning the Debenture Trustee."

                                       85

<PAGE>



Termination of the Guarantee

        The Guarantee  will terminate and be of no further force and effect upon
full payment of the  Redemption  Price of the  Preferred  Securities,  upon full
payment of the amounts  payable with respect to the  Preferred  Securities  upon
liquidation  of the Issuer  Trust or upon  distribution  of Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  to the  holders of the  Preferred  Securities.  The  Guarantee  will
continue to be  effective or will be  reinstated,  as the case may be, if at any
time any holder of the  Preferred  Securities  must restore  payment of any sums
paid under the Preferred Securities or the Guarantee.

Governing Law

        The Guarantee  will be governed by and construed in accordance  with the
laws of the State of New York.


             RELATIONSHIP AMONG THE PREFERRED SECURITIES, THE JUNIOR
                    SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AND THE GUARANTEE

Full and Unconditional Guarantee

        Payments  of  Distributions  and  other  amounts  due on  the  Preferred
Securities (to the extent the Issuer Trust has funds available for such payment)
are irrevocably  guaranteed,  on a subordinated  basis, by the Company as and to
the extent set forth under  "Description  of  Guarantee."  Taken  together,  the
Company's  obligations  under the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  the Junior
Subordinated  Indenture,  the Trust Agreement and the Guarantee provide,  in the
aggregate,  a full,  irrevocable  and  unconditional  guarantee  of  payments of
Distributions  and other  amounts  due on the  Preferred  Securities.  No single
document  standing  alone or  operating in  conjunction  with fewer than all the
other documents constitutes such guarantee. It is only the combined operation of
these  documents  that has the  effect  of  providing  a full,  irrevocable  and
unconditional  guarantee  of the Issuer  Trust's  obligations  in respect of the
Preferred  Securities.  If and to the  extent  that  the  Company  does not make
payments on the Junior Subordinated  Debentures,  the Issuer Trust will not have
sufficient  funds to pay  Distributions  or other  amounts due on the  Preferred
Securities. The Guarantee does not cover payment of amounts payable with respect
to the Preferred Securities when the Issuer Trust does not have sufficient funds
to pay such  amounts.  In such  event,  the remedy of a holder of the  Preferred
Securities is to institute a legal  proceeding  directly against the Company for
enforcement of payment of the Company's  obligations  under Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  having a principal  amount  equal to the  Liquidation  Amount of the
Preferred Securities held by such holder.

        The obligations of the Company under the Junior Subordinated  Debentures
and the Guarantee are  subordinate  and junior in right of payment to all Senior
Indebtedness.

Sufficiency of Payments

        As long  as  payments  are  made  when  due on the  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures,  such payments will be sufficient to cover  Distributions  and other
payments  distributable on the Preferred  Securities,  primarily because (i) the
aggregate principal amount of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures will be equal
to  the  sum  of the  aggregate  stated  Liquidation  Amount  of  the  Preferred
Securities and Common Securities;  (ii) the interest rate and interest and other
payment dates on the Junior Subordinated  Debentures will match the Distribution
rate, Distribution Dates and other payment dates for the Preferred

                                       86

<PAGE>



Securities;  (iii) the  Company  will pay for any and all  costs,  expenses  and
liabilities of the Issuer Trust except the Issuer Trust's obligations to holders
of the Trust Securities;  and (iv) the Trust Agreement further provides that the
Issuer Trust will not engage in any  activity  that is not  consistent  with the
limited purposes of the Issuer Trust.

        Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  in the Junior  Subordinated
Indenture,  the Company  has the right to set-off  any  payment it is  otherwise
required  to  make  thereunder  against  and  to  the  extent  the  Company  has
theretofore  made,  or is  concurrently  on the date of such payment  making,  a
payment under the Guarantee.

Enforcement Rights of Holders of Preferred Securities

         A holder of any  Preferred  Security may  institute a legal  proceeding
directly  against the Company to enforce its rights under the Guarantee  without
first instituting a legal proceeding against the Guarantee  Trustee,  the Issuer
Trust or any other person or entity. See "Description of Guarantee."

        A default  or event of  default  under any  Senior  Indebtedness  of the
Company  would not  constitute  a default  or Event of Default in respect of the
Preferred  Securities.  However,  in the event of  payment  defaults  under,  or
acceleration  of,  Senior   Indebtedness  of  the  Company,   the  subordination
provisions of the Junior Subordinated  Indenture provide that no payments may be
made  in  respect  of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  until  such  Senior
Indebtedness  has been paid in full or any payment  default  thereunder has been
cured  or  waived.   See   "Description   of  Junior   Subordinated   Debentures
- --Subordination."

Limited Purpose of Issuer Trust

        The  Preferred   Securities  represent  preferred  undivided  beneficial
interests in the assets of the Issuer Trust, and the Issuer Trust exists for the
sole  purpose of issuing its  Preferred  Securities  and Common  Securities  and
investing the proceeds thereof in Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.  A principal
difference  between the rights of a holder of a Preferred  Security and a holder
of a Junior  Subordinated  Debenture  is that a holder of a Junior  Subordinated
Debenture  is  entitled  to  receive   from  the  Company   payments  on  Junior
Subordinated Debentures held, while a holder of Preferred Securities is entitled
to receive  Distributions  or other  amounts  distributable  with respect to the
Preferred  Securities  from the  Issuer  Trust  (or from the  Company  under the
Guarantee)  only if and to the extent the Issuer Trust has funds  available  for
the payment of such Distributions.

Rights Upon Dissolution

        Upon any voluntary or involuntary dissolution of the Issuer Trust, other
than any such dissolution  involving the distribution of the Junior Subordinated
Debentures,  after  satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Issuer Trust
as required by applicable  law, the holders of the Preferred  Securities will be
entitled to receive,  out of assets held by the Issuer  Trust,  the  Liquidation
Distribution in cash. See  "Description  of Preferred  Securities -- Liquidation
Distribution Upon Dissolution." Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or
bankruptcy of the Company,  the Issuer Trust, as registered holder of the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures,  would  be a  subordinated  creditor  of the  Company,
subordinated  and junior in right of payment to all Senior  Indebtedness  as set
forth in the Junior Subordinated  Indenture,  but entitled to receive payment in
full of all amounts payable with respect to the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
before any stockholders of the Company receive payments or distributions.  Since
the Company is the guarantor under the Guarantee and has agreed under the Junior
Subordinated Indenture

                                       87

<PAGE>



to pay for all costs,  expenses and  liabilities of the Issuer Trust (other than
the Issuer  Trust's  obligations  to the holders of the Trust  Securities),  the
positions of a holder of the  Preferred  Securities  and a holder of such Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  relative to other creditors and to stockholders of the
Company in the event of liquidation or bankruptcy of the Company are expected to
be substantially the same.


                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

General

        In the  opinion of Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch,  P.C.,  Washington,
D.C., in its capacity as special tax counsel to the Company ("Tax Counsel"), the
following  discussion  summarizes the material  United States federal income tax
consequences  of the  purchase,  ownership  and  disposition  of  the  Preferred
Securities.

        This summary is based on the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended
(the "Code"),  Treasury regulations thereunder,  and administrative and judicial
interpretations thereof, each as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to
change,  possibly on a retroactive  basis. The authorities on which this summary
is based are subject to various interpretations, and the opinions of Tax Counsel
are not  binding on the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "IRS") or the courts,
either of which could take a contrary position.  Moreover,  no rulings have been
or will be  sought  from  the IRS with  respect  to the  transactions  described
herein.  Accordingly,  there can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge
the  opinions  expressed  herein  or  that a  court  would  not  sustain  such a
challenge.

        Except as otherwise  stated,  this summary deals only with the Preferred
Securities  held as a capital  asset by a holder who or which (i)  purchased the
Preferred  Securities  upon  original  issuance (an  "Initial  Holder") at their
original offering price and (ii) is a US Holder (as defined below). This summary
does not address all the tax  consequences  that may be relevant to a US Holder,
nor does it address the tax  consequences,  except as stated  below,  to holders
that are not US Holders ("Non-US  Holders") or to holders that may be subject to
special  tax  treatment  (such  as  banks,  thrift  institutions,   real  estate
investment trusts, regulated investment companies,  insurance companies, brokers
and  dealers  in  securities  or  currencies,   other  financial   institutions,
tax-exempt organizations, persons holding the Preferred Securities as a position
in a "straddle," or as part of a "synthetic  security,"  "hedging," as part of a
"conversion"  or  other  integrated  investment,  persons  having  a  functional
currency  other than the U.S.  Dollar and certain  United  States  expatriates).
Further,  this  summary  does not  address  (a) the income tax  consequences  to
shareholders  in, or partners  or  beneficiaries  of, a holder of the  Preferred
Securities,  (b) the United States federal  alternative minimum tax consequences
of the purchase,  ownership or disposition of the Preferred  Securities,  or (c)
any state,  local or foreign tax  consequences  of the  purchase,  ownership and
disposition of Preferred Securities.

        A "US Holder" is a holder of the  Preferred  Securities  who or which is
(i) a citizen or  individual  resident (or is treated as a citizen or individual
resident) of the United  States for income tax purposes,  (ii) a corporation  or
partnership  created or organized (or treated as created or organized for income
tax  purposes)  in or  under  the laws of the  United  States  or any  political
subdivision  thereof,  (iii) an estate the income of which is  includible in its
gross income for United States federal income tax purposes without regard to its
source,  or (iv) a trust if (a) a court  within  the  United  States  is able to
exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and (b) one or
more United  States  trustees  have the  authority  to control  all  substantial
decisions of the trust.


                                       88

<PAGE>



        HOLDERS  SHOULD  CONSULT  THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE PREFERRED
SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER
TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE  EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN UNITED STATES  FEDERAL OR OTHER
TAX LAWS.

US Holders

        Characterization of the Issuer Trust. In connection with the issuance of
the  Preferred  Securities,  Tax Counsel  will render its opinion  generally  to
effect that, under then current law and based on the representations,  facts and
assumptions set forth in this Prospectus,  and assuming full compliance with the
terms of the  Trust  Agreement  (and  other  relevant  documents),  and based on
certain  assumptions and  qualifications  referenced in the opinion,  the Issuer
Trust will be  characterized  for United States federal income tax purposes as a
grantor  trust and will not be  characterized  as an  association  taxable  as a
corporation.  Accordingly,  for United States federal income tax purposes,  each
holder of the Preferred  Securities generally will be considered the owner of an
undivided  interest in the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  owned by the Issuer
Trust,  and each US  Holder  will be  required  to  include  all  income or gain
recognized  for United  States  federal  income tax purposes with respect to its
allocable  share of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  on its own income tax
return.

        Characterization of the Junior Subordinated Debentures.  The Company and
the  Issuer  Trust will agree to treat the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  as
indebtedness  for all United States federal  income tax purposes.  In connection
with the issuance of the Junior Subordinated Debentures, Tax Counsel will render
its opinion  generally to the effect  that,  under then current law and based on
the  representations,  facts and assumptions set forth in this  Prospectus,  and
assuming full  compliance  with the terms of the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture
(and  other   relevant   documents)  and  based  on  certain   assumptions   and
qualifications  referenced in the opinion,  the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
will be  characterized  for United States federal income tax purposes as debt of
the Company.

        Interest  Income and  Original  Issue  Discount.  Under the terms of the
Junior Subordinated Debentures, the Company has the ability to defer payments of
interest from time to time by extending the interest payment period for a period
not exceeding 10 consecutive semi-annual periods, but not beyond the maturity of
the Junior Subordinated  Debentures.  Treasury regulations under Section 1273 of
the Code provide that debt instruments like the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
will not be considered  issued with original issue discount ("OID") by reason of
the Company's  ability to defer  payments of interest if the  likelihood of such
deferral is "remote."

        The Company has concluded,  and this discussion assumes, that, as of the
date of this Prospectus,  the likelihood of deferring payments of interest under
the terms of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures is "remote" within the meaning
of the applicable Treasury  regulations,  in part because exercising that option
would  prevent  the  Company  from  declaring  dividends  on its stock and would
prevent the Company  from making any payments  with  respect to debt  securities
that rank pari  passu  with or junior  to the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.
Therefore,  the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures should not be treated as issued
with OID by reason of the Company's deferral option.  Rather, stated interest on
the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures will generally be taxable to a US Holder as
ordinary  income when paid or accrued in accordance with that holder's method of
accounting  for income tax  purposes.  It should be noted,  however,  that these
Treasury  regulations  have not yet been interpreted in any rulings or any other
published authorities of the IRS. Accordingly, it is possible that the IRS could
take a position contrary to the interpretation described herein.

                                       89

<PAGE>




        In the event the  Company  exercises  its  option to defer  payments  of
interest,  the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures would be treated as redeemed and
reissued for OID purposes and the sum of the  remaining  interest  payments (and
any de minimis OID) on the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  would thereafter be
treated as OID, which would accrue,  and be includible in a US Holder's  taxable
income,  on an economic  accrual basis  (regardless of the US Holder's method of
accounting  for  income  tax  purposes)  over the  remaining  term of the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  (including any period of interest  deferral),  without
regard to the  timing of  payments  under the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.
(Subsequent  distributions  of  interest on the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
generally  would not be  taxable.)  The amount of OID that  would  accrue in any
period would  generally  equal the amount of interest that accrued on the Junior
Subordinated   Debentures   in  that  period  at  the  stated   interest   rate.
Consequently,  during any period of interest  deferral,  US Holders will include
OID in gross  income in advance of the  receipt of cash,  and a US Holder  which
disposes  of a  Preferred  Security  prior to the  record  date for  payment  of
distributions on the Junior Subordinated  Debentures  following that period will
be subject to income tax on OID accrued through the date of disposition (and not
previously included in income),  but will not receive cash from the Issuer Trust
with respect to the OID.

        If the  possibility  of the  Company's  exercise  of its option to defer
payments of interest is not remote, the Junior Subordinated  Debentures would be
treated as initially  issued with OID in an amount equal to the aggregate stated
interest  (plus any de  minimum  OID) over the term of the  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures.  That OID would  generally be  includible  in a US Holder's  taxable
income,  over the term of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  on an  economic
accrual basis.

        Characterization of Income.  Because the income underlying the Preferred
Securities  will not be  characterized  as  dividends  for income tax  purposes,
corporate  holders  of  the  Preferred  Securities  will  not be  entitled  to a
dividends-received  deduction  for any  income  recognized  with  respect to the
Preferred Securities.

        Market  Discount and Bond Premium.  Holders of the Preferred  Securities
other than Initial  Holders may be considered to have acquired  their  undivided
interests  in  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  with  market  discount  or
acquisition  premium (as each phrase is defined for United States federal income
tax purposes).

        Receipt of Junior  Subordinated  Debentures or Cash Upon  Liquidation of
the Issuer Trust. Under certain circumstances described herein (See "Description
of the Preferred  Securities--Liquidation  Distribution Upon Dissolution"),  the
Issuer Trust may  distribute  the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures to holders in
exchange for the Preferred  Securities  and in  liquidation of the Issuer Trust.
Except as discussed below, such a distribution  would not be a taxable event for
United  States  federal  income tax  purposes,  and each US Holder would have an
aggregate adjusted basis in its Junior Subordinated Debentures for United States
federal income tax purposes equal to such holder's  aggregate  adjusted basis in
its Preferred  Securities.  For United States federal income tax purposes,  a US
Holder's holding period in the Junior Subordinated Debentures received in such a
liquidation  of the Issuer  Trust  would  include  the period  during  which the
Preferred Securities were held by the holder. If, however, the relevant event is
a Tax Event which  results in the Issuer Trust being  treated as an  association
taxable as a corporation,  the  distribution  would likely  constitute a taxable
event to US Holders of the Preferred Securities for United States federal income
tax purposes.

        Under certain  circumstances  described herein (see  "Description of the
Preferred  Securities"),  the Junior Subordinated Debentures may be redeemed for
cash and the proceeds of such redemption distributed to holders in redemption of
their Preferred Securities. Such a redemption would be taxable for United States
federal income tax purposes,  and a US Holder would recognize gain or loss as if
it had sold the  Preferred  Securities  for  cash.  See  "--Sales  of  Preferred
Securities" below.


                                       90

<PAGE>



        Sales  of  Preferred  Securities.  A  US  Holder  that  sells  Preferred
Securities  will  recognize  gain or loss equal to the  difference  between  its
adjusted basis in the Preferred  Securities and the amount  realized on the sale
of such  Preferred  Securities.  A US Holder's  adjusted  basis in the Preferred
Securities  generally  will be its  initial  purchase  price,  increased  by OID
previously  included (or currently  includible) in such holder's gross income to
the date of  disposition,  and  decreased by payments  received on the Preferred
Securities (other than any interest received with respect to the period prior to
the  effective  date of the  Company's  first  exercise  of its  option to defer
payments of interest).  Any such gain or loss  generally will be capital gain or
loss,  and generally  will be a long-term  capital gain or loss if the Preferred
Securities  have  been  held  for  more  than  one  year  prior  to the  date of
disposition.

        A holder who disposes of his Preferred  Securities  between record dates
for payments of  distributions  thereon will be required to include  accrued but
unpaid interest (or OID) on the Junior Subordinated  Debentures through the date
of  disposition  in its  taxable  income for United  States  federal  income tax
purposes  (notwithstanding  that the holder may receive a separate  payment from
the purchaser with respect to accrued interest),  and to deduct that amount from
the sales  proceeds  received  (including  the separate  payment,  if any,  with
respect to accrued interest) for the Preferred Securities (or as to OID only, to
add  such  amount  to  such  holder's   adjusted  tax  basis  in  its  Preferred
Securities).  To the extent the selling price is less than the holder's adjusted
tax basis  (which will  include  accrued but unpaid OID, if any),  a holder will
recognize a capital loss. Subject to certain limited exceptions,  capital losses
cannot be applied to offset ordinary income for United States federal income tax
purposes.

Proposed Tax Law Changes

        On February 6, 1997, President Clinton released his budget proposals for
fiscal year 1998. One of the tax proposals  therein (the "Tax  Proposal")  would
generally  deny  corporate  issuers a deduction for interest  related to certain
debt  obligations  that  have a  maximum  term in excess of 15 years and are not
shown as indebtedness on the separate  balance sheet of the issuer or, where the
instrument  is issued to a related party (other than a  corporation),  where the
holder of some other related party issues a related instrument that is not shown
as  indebtedness  on the  issuer's  consolidated  balance  sheet.  As  currently
drafted, the Tax Proposal would be effective generally for instruments issued on
or after the date of first  Congressional  committee action.  Although it is not
clear  from  the  President's  proposals  as to what  constitutes  Congressional
"committee  action"  with  respect  to the Tax  Proposal,  it appears  that,  as
drafted,   the  Tax  Proposal  would  not  apply  retroactively  to  the  Junior
Subordinated  Debentures.  However,  the Company and the Issuer  Trust have been
advised by Tax Counsel  that,  if the Tax Proposal (or similar  legislation)  is
enacted into law with retroactive effect with respect to the Junior Subordinated
Debentures, the Company would not be entitled to a deduction with respect to the
interest  payable  on  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.  There  can  be no
assurance that the Tax Proposal, if enacted, will not apply retroactively to the
Junior Subordinated  Debentures or that other legislation enacted after the date
hereof will not otherwise  adversely affect the ability of the Company to deduct
the interest payable on the Junior Subordinated Debentures.  Accordingly,  there
can be no  assurance  that a Tax  Event  will not  occur.  See  "Description  of
Preferred Securities -- Redemption."

Non-US Holders

        The following discussion applies to a Non-US Holder.

        Payments to a holder of a Preferred  Security  which is a Non-US  Holder
will generally not be subject to  withholding  of income tax,  provided that (a)
the beneficial owner of the Preferred Security does not (directly or indirectly,
actually or constructively) own 10% or more of the total combined voting

                                       91

<PAGE>



power  of all  classes  of  stock  of the  Company  entitled  to  vote,  (b) the
beneficial  owner  of  the  Preferred  Security  is  not  a  controlled  foreign
corporation  that is related to the Company  through  stock  ownership,  and (c)
either (i) the  beneficial  owner of the Preferred  Securities  certifies to the
Issuer  Trust or its agent,  under  penalties  of  perjury,  that it is a Non-US
Holder  and  provides  its  name  and  address,  or (ii) a  securities  clearing
organization,   bank  or  other  financial  institution  that  holds  customers'
securities  in the  ordinary  course  of its  trade or  business  (a  "Financial
Institution"),  and holds the Preferred Security in such capacity,  certifies to
the Issuer Trust or its agent, under penalties of perjury, that such a statement
has been  received  from the  beneficial  owner  by it or by  another  Financial
Institution  between it and the beneficial owner in the chain of ownership,  and
furnishes the Issuer Trust or its agent with a copy thereof.

        As  discussed  above  (see  "--Proposed  Tax Law  Changes"),  changes in
legislation  affecting the income tax  consequences  of the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures are possible,  and could adversely  affect the ability of the Company
to deduct the interest payable on the Junior Subordinated Debentures.  Moreover,
any such  legislation  could adversely  affect Non-US Holders by  characterizing
income derived from the Junior Subordinated  Debentures as dividends,  generally
subject  to a 30%  income  tax (on a  withholding  basis)  when paid to a Non-US
Holder,  rather than as interest which, as discussed  above, is generally exempt
from income tax in the hands of a Non-US Holder.

        A Non-US Holder of a Preferred Security will generally not be subject to
withholding  of  income  tax on  any  gain  realized  upon  the  sale  or  other
disposition of a Preferred Security.

        A Non-US Holder which holds the Preferred  Securities in connection with
the  active  conduct of a United  States  trade or  business  will be subject to
income tax on all income and gains recognized with respect to its  proportionate
share of the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

Information Reporting

        In general,  information  reporting  requirements will apply to payments
made on, and  proceeds  from the sale of,  the  Preferred  Securities  held by a
noncorporate US Holder within the United States. In addition,  payments made on,
and payments of the proceeds  from the sale of, the  Preferred  Securities to or
through  the  United  States  office  of a broker  are  subject  to  information
reporting unless the holder thereof certifies as to its Non-United States status
or otherwise  establishes  an exemption  from  information  reporting and backup
withholding.  See  "--Backup  Withholding."  Taxable  income  on  the  Preferred
Securities for a calendar year should be reported to US Holders on Forms 1099 by
the following January 31st.

Backup Withholding

        Payments  made  on,  and  proceeds  from  the  sale  of,  the  Preferred
Securities may be subject to a "backup" withholding tax of 31% unless the holder
complies with certain identification or exemption  requirements.  Any amounts so
withheld will be allowed as a credit against the holder's  income tax liability,
or refunded, provided the required information is provided to the IRS.

        The  preceding  discussion  is only a summary  and does not  address the
consequences to a particular  holder of the purchase,  ownership and disposition
of the Preferred  Securities.  Potential holders of the Preferred Securities are
urged to contact  their own tax  advisors  to  determine  their  particular  tax
consequences.


                                       92

<PAGE>



                          CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

        The Company and certain affiliates of the Company may each be considered
a "party in  interest"  within the  meaning of the  Employee  Retirement  Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") or a "disqualified person" within the
meaning of Section 4975 of the Code with respect to many employee  benefit plans
("Plans") that are subject to ERISA. The purchase of the Preferred Securities by
a Plan that is subject to the  fiduciary  responsibility  provisions of ERISA or
the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code and with
respect  to which the  Company,  or any  affiliate  of the  Company is a service
provider  (or  otherwise  is a party in interest or a  disqualified  person) may
constitute or result in a prohibited  transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of
the Code,  unless the  Preferred  Securities  are  acquired  pursuant  to and in
accordance with an applicable  exemption.  Any pension or other employee benefit
plan  proposing  to acquire any  Preferred  Securities  should  consult with its
counsel.

                                  UNDERWRITING

   
        Subject to the terms and conditions of the  Underwriting  Agreement (the
"Underwriting Agreement") dated ^, 1997, among the Company, the Issuer Trust and
the underwriters named therein (the "Underwriters"), the Issuer Trust has agreed
to sell to the  Underwriters,  and the  Underwriters  have  severally  agreed to
purchase from the Issuer Trust, the following respective  aggregate  Liquidation
Amount  of  Preferred   Securities  at  the  public   offering  price  less  the
underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  set forth on the  cover  page of this
Prospectus:
    

                                                    Liquidation Amount of
                                                    ---------------------
Underwriter:                                        Preferred Securities:
- ------------                                        ---------------------

Advest, Inc....................................
                                                         -----------
   
Total..........................................          $20,000,000
                                                          ==========


        The  Underwriting   Agreement  provides  that  the  obligations  of  the
Underwriters  are  subject  to  certain   conditions   precedent  and  that  the
Underwriters will purchase all of the Preferred Securities offered hereby if any
of such Preferred Securities are purchased.

   
        The Company has been advised by the  Underwriters  that the Underwriters
propose to offer the Preferred  Securities to the public at the public  offering
price set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus and to certain  dealers at
such price less a concession  not in excess of ^ $ per Preferred  Security.  The
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess
of ^ $ per  Preferred  Security  to  certain  other  dealers.  After the  public
offering,  the  offering  price and other  selling  terms may be  changed by the
Underwriters.

        The Company has granted to the  Underwriters an option,  exercisable not
later  than 30 days  after the date of this  Prospectus,  to  purchase  up to an
additional  $3,000,000 aggregate  Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities
at the public offering price plus accrued Distributions, if any, from         ^,
1997. To the extent that the Underwriter exercises such option, the Company will
be obligated,  pursuant to the option, to sell such Preferred  Securities to the
Underwriters.   The   Underwriters  may  exercise  such  option  only  to  cover
over-allotments  made in connection  with the sale of the  Preferred  Securities
offered  hereby.  If  purchased,  the  Underwriters  will offer such  additional
Preferred Securities
    

                                       93

<PAGE>



on the same terms as those on which the $20,000,000 aggregate Liquidation Amount
of the Preferred Securities are being offered.

        In  connection  with  the  offering  of the  Preferred  Securities,  the
Underwriters and any selling group members and their  respective  affiliates may
engage in  transactions  effected in accordance  with Rule 104 of the Securities
and Exchange Commission's Regulation M that are intended to stabilize,  maintain
or  otherwise  affect  the  market  price  of  the  Preferred  Securities.  Such
transactions may include  over-allotment  transactions in which the Underwriters
create a short  position  for  their  own  account  by  selling  more  Preferred
Securities  than they are committed to purchase from the Issuer Trust. In such a
case, to cover all or part of the short position,  the Underwriters may exercise
the over-allotment  option described above or may purchase Preferred  Securities
in the open market following completion of the initial offering of the Preferred
Securities.  The  Underwriters  also may engage in stabilizing  transactions  in
which they bid for, and purchase,  shares of the Preferred Securities at a level
above that which might  otherwise  prevail in the open market for the purpose of
preventing  or  retarding  a  decline  in the  market  price  of  the  Preferred
Securities. The Underwriters also may reclaim any selling concessions allowed to
an Underwriter or dealer if the Underwriters  repurchase  shares  distributed by
that Underwriter or dealer. Any of the foregoing  transactions may result in the
maintenance of a price for the Preferred  Securities at a level above that which
might otherwise  prevail in the open market.  Neither the Company nor any of the
Underwriters  makes any  representation  or  prediction  as to the  direction or
magnitude of any effect that the  transactions  described  above may have on the
price of the Preferred  Securities.  The Underwriters are not required to engage
in any of the foregoing transactions and, if commenced, such transactions may be
discontinued at any time without notice.

   
        In view of the fact  that the  proceeds  from the sale of the  Preferred
Securities will be used to purchase the Junior Subordinated Debentures issued by
the Company,  the Underwriting  Agreement  provides that the Company will pay as
compensation  for the  Underwriter's  arranging the  investment  therein of such
proceeds an amount of ^ $ per Preferred  Security (or ^ $ million ^($ million if
the  over-allotment  option  is  exercised  in  full) in the  aggregate)  and an
advisory fee equal to ^ $25,000 for the account of the Underwriters.
    

        Because the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") is
expected to view the Preferred Securities as interests in a direct participation
program,  the offering of the  Preferred  Securities is being made in compliance
with the applicable provisions of Rule 2810 of the NASD's Conduct Rules.

        The  Preferred  Securities  are  a  new  issue  of  securities  with  no
established  trading market.  The Company and the Issuer Trust have been advised
by the  Underwriters  that  they  intend  to  make  a  market  in the  Preferred
Securities. However, the Underwriters are not obligated to do so and such market
making may be interrupted or discontinued at any time without notice at the sole
discretion of each of the Underwriters. Application has been made by the Company
to list the Preferred  Securities in the Nasdaq National Market,  but one of the
requirements  for listing and  continuing  listing is the presence of two market
makers for the Preferred  Securities,  and the presence of a second market maker
cannot be assured.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the development
or liquidity of any market for the Preferred Securities.

        The  Company  and  the  Issuer  Trust  have  agreed  to  indemnify   the
Underwriters  against  certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under  the
Securities Act.

        The  Underwriters  may in the future  perform  various  services  to the
Company,  including investment banking services, for which it has or may receive
customary fees for such services.

                                       94

<PAGE>




                             VALIDITY OF SECURITIES

        The validity of the Guarantee and the Junior Subordinated Debentures and
certain  tax matters  will be passed  upon for the  Company by  Malizia,  Spidi,
Sloane & Fisch, P.C.,  Washington,  D.C., counsel to the Company.  Certain legal
matters  will be  passed  upon and for the  Underwriters  by  Arnold  &  Porter,
Washington,  D.C.,  and New York,  New York.  Certain  matters of  Delaware  law
relating to the validity of the Preferred Securities,  the enforceability of the
Trust  Agreement  and the  creation  of the Issuer  Trust will be passed upon by
Richards,  Layton & Finger,  special  Delaware  counsel to the  Company  and the
Issuer Trust. Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. and Arnold & Porter will rely
as to certain  matters of  Delaware  law on the  opinion of  Richards,  Layton &
Finger.

                                     EXPERTS

        The consolidated  financial statements of the Company as of December 31,
1996, and for the year ended December 31, 1996, included in this Prospectus have
been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent certified public accountants, as
stated in their report  appearing  in this  Prospectus,  or in the  Registration
Statement  of which this  Prospectus  forms a part,  and have been  included  in
reliance upon such report of Grant  Thornton,  LLP given upon their authority as
experts in accounting and auditing.

   
        The consolidated  financial statements of the Company as of December 31,
1995 and for the  years  ended  December  31,  1995 and 1994,  included  in this
Prospectus  have  been  audited  by  Arthur  Andersen  LLP,  independent  public
accountants,  as indicated  in their  report with respect  thereto and have been
included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving
said report.
    

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

        The  Company  is  subject  to  the  informational  requirements  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and in
accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other information with
the  Commission.  Such reports,  proxy  statements and other  information can be
inspected and copied at the public  reference  facilities  of the  Commission at
Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549 and at the regional
offices of the  Commission  located at 7 World Trade Center,  13th Floor,  Suite
1300, New York, New York 10048 and Suite 1400,  Citicorp Center, 14th Floor, 500
West Madison Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661. Copies of such material can also
be obtained at prescribed  rates by writing to the Public  Reference  Section of
the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549. Such material
also may be accessed  electronically  by means of the Commission's  home page on
the Internet at  http://www.sec.gov.  This  Prospectus  does not contain all the
information set forth in the Registration  Statement and exhibits thereto, which
the Company has filed with the Commission  under the Securities Act and to which
reference is hereby made.

        No separate financial  statements of the Issuer Trust have been included
or  incorporated  by reference  herein.  The Company and the Issuer Trust do not
consider  that such  financial  statements  would be  material to holders of the
Preferred  Securities because the Issuer Trust is a newly formed special purpose
entity, has no operating history or independent operations and is not engaged in
and does not  propose  to engage in any  activity  other  than  holding as trust
assets the Junior Subordinated Debentures and issuing the Trust Securities.  See
"GCB Capital  Trust,"  "Description  of Preferred  Securities,"  "Description of
Junior Subordinated Debentures" and "Description of Guarantee." In addition, the
Company does not expect that the Issuer Trust will be filing  reports  under the
Exchange Act with the Commission.

                                       95

<PAGE>




                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

   
        The Company  hereby  incorporates  by reference in this  Prospectus  the
Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended  December 31,
1996, and the Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1997, previously filed by
the Company with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act.
    

        Any statement  contained  herein, or in any document all or a portion of
which is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated  herein by reference shall be
deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of the  Registration  Statement
and this Prospectus to the extent that a statement  contained herein modifies or
supersedes  such statement.  Any such statement so modified or superseded  shall
not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded,  to constitute a part of the
Registration Statement or this Prospectus.

        The Company will provide  without  charge to each person,  including any
beneficial  owner, to whom this Prospectus is delivered,  on the written or oral
request  of any such  person,  a copy of any or all of the  foregoing  documents
incorporated   herein  by  reference   (other  than  certain  exhibits  to  such
documents).  Written requests should be directed to the Office of the Secretary,
Greater  Community  Bancorp,  55 Union  Boulevard,  Totowa,  New  Jersey  07512.
Telephone requests may be directed to (201) 942-1111.



                                       96

<PAGE>



                   GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Page
                                                                                               ----

   
<S>                                                                                            <C>
Consolidated Balance as of March 31, 1997 (unaudited), and as of December 31, 1996 and 1995..  F-1

Consolidated  Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and
1996  (unaudited)  and for each of the  years in the  three  year  period  ended
December 31, 1996............................................................................  F-2

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the three months
ended March 31, 1997 (unaudited) and each of the years in the three year period ended
December 31, 1996............................................................................  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 1997
and 1996 (unaudited) and for each of the years in the three year period
ended December 31, 1996......................................................................  F-4

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...................................................  F-5

Reports ^ of Independent Certified Public Accountants........................................  F-29
    
</TABLE>



<PAGE>



GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(In thousands, except share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                           March 31,        December 31,
                                                                                          ----------    -----------------------
ASSETS                                                                                        1997         1996         1995
                                                                                          ----------    --------    -----------
                                                                                          (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>      
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS - Non-interest-bearing .........................................   $  14,554    $  11,994    $  11,471
FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD .....................................................................       3,050        6,300       17,575
                                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
                    Total cash and cash equivalents ....................................      17,604       18,294       29,046
DUE FROM BANKS - Interest-bearing ......................................................       4,459        4,481        1,148
INVESTMENT SECURITIES - Available-for-sale .............................................      56,747       52,251       47,835
INVESTMENT SECURITIES - Held-to-maturity (aggregate fair values of $37,426 at
    March 31, 1997, and $36,970 and $36,061 at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
    respectively) ......................................................................      38,144       37,428       36,151
                                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                                              94,891       89,679       83,986

LOANS ..................................................................................     143,992      137,410      131,742
  Allowance for possible loan losses ...................................................      (2,650)      (2,540)      (2,332)
  Unearned income ......................................................................        (306)        (283)        (303)
                                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
                    Net loans ..........................................................     141,036      134,587      129,107

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, net ............................................................       3,050        3,203        3,082
OTHER REAL ESTATE ......................................................................       1,650        1,834        2,070
ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE ............................................................       1,879        1,906        1,977
INTANGIBLE AND OTHER ASSETS ............................................................       2,528        2,522        2,629
                                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
                    TOTAL ASSETS .......................................................   $ 267,097    $ 256,506    $ 253,045
                                                                                           =========    =========    =========




LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

DEPOSITS:
   Non-interest-bearing ................................................................   $  58,625    $  59,588    $  46,332
   Interest-bearing ....................................................................      56,922       55,882       59,141
   Savings .............................................................................      27,077       25,918       26,030
   Time (includes deposits $100 and over of $25,410 at March 31, 1997, and $25,184 and
      $26,096 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively) .............................      80,605       81,854       91,263
                                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
                    Total deposits .....................................................     223,229      223,242      222,766


ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE ...............................................................       1,720        1,466        1,626
OTHER LIABILITIES ......................................................................       1,815        1,590        1,326
SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE .........................................       4,623        4,159        2,756
FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED ................................................................       9,000         --           --
REDEEMABLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES .....................................................       4,891        4,988        4,976
                                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
                    Total liabilities ..................................................     245,278      235,445      233,450
                                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, without par value: 1,000,000 shares authorized, none outstanding.....          --           --           --
  Common stock, par value $1 per share: 10,000,000 shares authorized, 1,886,198 at 
    March 31, 1997, 1,891,733 and 1,709,451 shares outstanding at December 31, 1996
    and 1995, respectively .............................................................       1,886        1,892        1,709
  Additional paid-in capital ...........................................................      17,653       17,841       15,231
  Retained earnings ....................................................................       1,722        1,209        2,102
  Net unrealized holding gains on investment securities available-for-sale .............         558          307          553
  Treasury stock (-0- at March 31, 1997, and 12,596 and -0- shares at December 31, 
    1996 and 1995, respectively, at cost) ..............................................         --          (188)         --
                                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
             Total shareholders' equity ................................................      21,819       21,061       19,595
                                                                                           ---------    ---------    ---------

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY .............................................   $ 267,097    $ 256,506    $ 253,045
                                                                                           =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these statements.
                                       F-1
<PAGE>
GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 For the Three Months Ended      For the Years Ended
                                                            March 31,                 December 31,
                                                      --------------------   -----------------------------
                                                          1997      1996       1996       1995       1994
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                           (Unaudited)
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
INTEREST INCOME:
    Loans, including fees ..........................   $  3,200   $  3,028   $ 12,621   $ 11,931   $  8,408
    Investment securities ..........................      1,435      1,354      5,569      4,790      2,693
    Federal funds sold and deposits with banks .....        129        141        503        712        301
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                    Total interest income ..........      4,764      4,523     18,693     17,433     11,402
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

INTEREST EXPENSE:
     Deposits ......................................      1,549      1,616      6,404      5,927      3,143
     Short-term borrowings .........................        148        153        312        185         53
     Long-term borrowings ..........................        109       --          438        438        438
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                    Total interest expense .........      1,806      1,769      7,154      6,550      3,634
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
NET INTEREST INCOME ................................      2,958      2,754     11,539     10,883      7,768
PROVISION FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES .................        115         90        440        414        172
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
          Net interest income after provision
            for losses .............................      2,843      2,664     11,099     10,469      7,596
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
OTHER INCOME
     Service charges on deposit accounts ...........        337        271      1,174        867        515
     Credit card fee income ........................          7       --          182        567         65
     Other commission and fees .....................         13         10         48        190        136
     Gain (loss) on sale of securities .............         10       --           51        209        (84)
     All other income ..............................         82        465        474        344        223
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                    Total other income .............        449        746      1,929      2,177        855

OTHER EXPENSES:
     Salaries and employee benefits ................      1,120      1,100      4,144      3,700      2,745
     Occupancy and equipment .......................        487        530      1,958      1,418        919
     Regulatory, professional and other fees .......        184        204        696        781        611
     FDIC insurance assessment .....................         13         41        340        262        360
     Computer services .............................         34         27        249        390        252
     Office expenses ...............................        144        117        510        494        371
     Other real estate operating and loan expenses40         42        304        314         55
     Merchant credit card expenses .................          2         94        184        616         54
     All other operating expenses ..................        299        495      1,078      1,425        758
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                    Total other expenses ...........      2,323      2,650      9,463      9,400      6,125
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                    Income before income taxes
                      and minority interest ........        969        760      3,565      3,246      2,326


PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES .........................        370        278      1,312      1,174        840
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------


        Income before minority interest ............        599        482      2,253      2,072      1,486
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

MINORITY INTEREST ..................................         66       --           84       --         --
                                                       --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

NET INCOME .........................................   $    665   $    482   $  2,337   $  2,072   $  1,486
                                                       ========   ========   ========   ========   ========

   
   Weighted average shares outstanding .............    ^ 2,299    ^ 2,095    ^ 2,111    ^ 2,065    ^ 1,664
                                                       ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
    

   Net income per share ............................   $   0.28   $   0.23   $   0.97   $   1.04   $   0.89
                                                       ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these statements.

                                       F-2
<PAGE>



GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
For the Three  Months Ended March 31, 1997  (Unaudited)  and For the Years Ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 (In thousands, except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Net Unrealized
                                                    Common                                        Holding
                                                -------------------                              Gain(Loss)
                                                                      Additional               on Securities              Total
                                                                       Paid-in     Retained     Available-   Treasury  Shareholders'
                                                Shares   Par Value     Capital     Earnings      -for-Sale    Stock      Equity
                                                ------   ---------     -------     --------      ---------    -----      ------


                                                
<S>                                            <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>     
BALANCE, January 1, 1994 .....................  $1,359    $  1,359    $ 11,354    $  1,443    $     --      $   --      $ 14,156
  Net income for the year ended ..............      --          --          --       1,486          --          --         1,486
  10% stock dividend .........................      72          72         766        (841)         --          --            (3)
  Cash dividend ..............................      --          --          --        (245)         --          --          (245)
  Exercise of stock options ..................      12          12          89          --          --          --           101
  Change in net unrealized holding loss on
    securities available-for-sale ............      --          --          --          --        (534)         --          (534)
                                                ------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------      --------

BALANCE, December 31, 1994 ...................   1,443       1,443      12,209       1,843        (534)         --        14,961
  Net income for the year ended ..............      --          --          --       2,072          --          --         2,072
  Stock issued in connection with acquisition
     of  Family First Federal Savings Bank....     157         157       1,645          --          --          --         1,802
  10% stock dividend .........................     100         100       1,293      (1,398)         --          --            (5)
  Exercise of stock options ..................       9           9          84          --          --          --            93
  Cash dividend ..............................      --          --          --        (415)         --          --          (415)
  Change in net unrealized holding gains on
       securities available-for-sale .........      --          --          --          --       1,087          --         1,087
                                                ------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------      --------

BALANCE, December 31, 1995 ...................   1,709       1,709      15,231       2,102         553          --        19,595
  Net income for the year ended ..............      --          --          --       2,337          --          --         2,337
  10% stock dividend .........................     171         171       2,520      (2,697)         --          --            (6)
  Exercise of stock options ..................      12          12          90          --          --          --           102
  Cash dividend ..............................      --          --          --        (533)         --          --          (533)
  Change in net unrealized holding loss on
       securities available-for-sale .........      --          --          --          --        (246)         --          (246)
  Purchase of treasury stock .................      --          --          --          --          --        (188)         (188)
                                                ------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------      --------

BALANCE, December 31, 1996 ...................  $1,892    $  1,892    $ 17,841    $  1,209    $    307    ($   188)     $ 21,061

  Net income for the three months ended
    March 31, 1997 (unaudited) ...............      --          --          --         665          --          --           665
  Exercise of stock options ..................       6           6          45          --          --          --            51
  Exercise of equity contracts ...............      10          10          89          --          --          --            99
  Cash dividends .............................      --          --          --        (152)         --          --          (152)
  Change in net unrealized holding gain
    on securities available-for-sale .........      --          --          --          --         251          --           251
  Purchase of treasury stock .................      --          --          --          --          --        (156)         (156)
  Retirement of treasury stock ...............     (22)        (22)       (322)         --          --         344            --
                                                ------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------      --------

BALANCE, March 31, 1997 (unaudited) ..........  $1,886    $  1,886    $ 17,653    $  1,722    $    558    $     --      $ 21,819
                                                ======    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========      ========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these statements.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>
GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   For the Three Months Ended       For the Years Ended
                                                            March 31,                   December 31,
                                                   --------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                         1997       1996        1996        1995        1994
                                                         ----       ----        ----        ----        ----
                                                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>      
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income........................................ $     665   $    482      $2,337     $ 2,072   $   1,486
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities:
   
   Depreciation and amortization...................       251        302       1,056         626         449
   Accretion of discount on securities, net........       (37)       (77)       (241)        (69)        (19)
   Accretion of discount on debentures.............         3          -          12          13          13
   Realization of discount on securities sold......         -          -           3          21          22
   Loss (gain) on sale of securities, net..........       (10)          -        (51)       (209)         84
   Provision for possible loan losses..............       115         90         440         375         172
   Deferred income tax provision (benefit).........       (82)       (57)       (267)        135         (65)
   (Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable      27       (135)         71        (481)       (533)
   (Increase) decrease in other assets.............        44        (41)        107      (1,998)       (170)
   Increase (decrease) in accrued interest and 
     other liabilities.............................      ^561       ^(83)        104       1,560         466
                                                        -----     ------      ------   -----------  --------
    
                     Net cash provided by operating 
                       acctivities.................       537        481       3,571       2,045       1,905
                                                        -----     ------       -----   -----------  --------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Available-for-sale securities -
   
     Purchases.....................................    (8,985)    (1,903)    (18,962)    (18,670)    (24,694)
     Sales.........................................   ^ 1,963      2,278       5,472      16,619      13,061
     Maturities....................................   ^ 4,154          -       9,004       2,550           -
    
   Held-to-maturity securities -
     Purchases.....................................    (2,058)    (6,718)    (23,089)    (10,225)    (13,367)
     Maturities....................................         -      2,689      21,812       1,415       8,569
  Net decrease in interest-bearing deposits with banks     22       (737)     (3,333)      1,220       5,710
  Net (increase) decrease in loans.................    (6,564)     3,378      (5,920)     (4,668)    (10,062)
   Capital expenditures............................       (71)      (110)       (824)     (1,994)       (779)
   Decrease in other real estate...................       184          -         236         280         453
                                                     --------   --------   ---------  ----------  ----------
                    Net cash used in investing
                      activities...................   (11,355)    (1,123)    (15,604)    (13,473)    (21,109)
                                                     -------     -------    --------    --------  ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   
   Net increase in deposit accounts................       (13)   (12,706)        476      28,668      14,437
   Increase in securities sold under agreement to 
     repurchases...................................       464        899       1,403          57       1,950
   Increase in federal funds purchased.............     9,000          -           -           -           -
   Dividends paid..................................      (152)      (119)       (533)       (415)       (245)
   Proceeds from exercise of stock options.........        51          -         102          93         101
   Purchases of treasury stock.....................     ^(155)         -        (188)          -           -
   Conversion of redeemable subordinated debentures      ^(97)         -           -           -           -
   Cash acquired from purchase business combination         -          -           -       4,045           -
   Other, net......................................      ^ 30         33          21         (26)         (3)
                                                     ---------   -------  ----------   ---------   ----------
                       Net cash provided by 
                         financing activities......   ^ 9,128    (11,893)      1,281      32,422      16,240
                                                    ---------    -------  ----------   -----------    -------
                       Net increase (decrease) 
                         in cash and cash
                         equivalents...............      (690)  ^(12,535)    (10,752)     20,994      (2,964)
    


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period ....    18,294     29,046      29,046       8,052      11,016
                                                       ------     ------      ------    --------      ------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period...........  $ 17,604    $16,511     $18,294     $29,046   $   8,052
                                                     ========     ======     =======     =======   =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these statements

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 1  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BUSINESS

        The Company,  through its subsidiary  banks,  Great Falls Bank (GFB) and
Bergen Commercial Bank (BCB)  (collectively the "Bank  Subsidiaries"),  offers a
broad range of lending,  depository and related financial services to individual
consumers,  business and governmental units primarily through eight full service
offices  located  in Bergen  and  Passaic  counties,  New  Jersey.  Great  Falls
Investment Company, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GFB, and BCB Investment
Company, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BCB. The primary business of these
subsidiaries is to own and manage the investment  portfolios of their respective
parent banks. In 1996, the Company changed its name to Greater Community Bancorp
from Great Falls  Bancorp to reflect the expanded  embraced  range of businesses
under its umbrella.

        In October 1996, the Company formed Greater Community Financial,  L.L.C.
("Greater Community Financial"),  a New Jersey limited liability company located
in Clifton, New Jersey. The Company is a registered  broker-dealer.  At December
31, 1996, Greater Community  Financial had assets of $313,000 and member capital
of $311,000.

        The  Bank   Subsidiaries   compete  with  other  banking  and  financial
institutions   in  their  primary  market   communities,   including   financial
institutions  with resources  substantially  greater than their own.  Commercial
banks,  savings banks,  savings and loan associations,  credit unions, and money
market  funds  actively  compete  for  deposits  and for  types of  loans.  Such
institutions,  as well as  consumer  finance  and  insurance  companies,  may be
considered competitors with respect to one or more of the services they render.

        The Company and the Bank  Subsidiaries  are  subject to  regulations  of
certain  state and federal  agencies  and,  accordingly,  they are  periodically
examined by those  regulatory  authorities.  As a  consequence  of the extensive
regulation of commercial banking activities,  the Bank Subsidiaries'  businesses
are particularly  susceptible to being affected by state and federal legislation
and regulations.

Basis of financial presentation
- -------------------------------

        The   accounting   and  reporting   policies  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries   conform  with  generally  accepted   accounting   principles  and
predominant practices within the banking industry. All significant  intercompany
accounts and  transactions  have been  eliminated.  The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and  liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at
the date of the  financial  statements.  These  estimates and  assumptions  also
affect reported  amounts of revenues and expenses  during the reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        The  consolidated  financial  statements  as of March 31, 1997,  and the
three months  ended March 31, 1997 and 1996,  are  unaudited.  In the opinion of
management, all adjustments (consisting only of

                                       F-5

<PAGE>



normal recurring  accruals)  necessary for a fair  presentation of the financial
position and results of operations have been included. The results of operations
for the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1997 and  1996,  are not  necessarily
indicative of the results that may be attained for an entire fiscal year.

Financial instruments
- ---------------------

        The Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB)  issued  Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 107,  "Disclosures about Fair Value of
Financial  Instruments,"  which  requires all entities to disclose the estimated
fair  value  of  their  assets  and  liabilities   considered  to  be  financial
instruments.  Financial  instruments  requiring  disclosure consist primarily of
investment securities, loans and deposits.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

        The Company adopted SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities," on January 1, 1994. Investment securities which the
Company  has the  ability  and  intent to hold to  maturity  are  classified  as
held-to-maturity  and are stated at cost, adjusted for premium  amortization and
discount  accretion.  Securities  which are held for indefinite  periods of time
which management intends to use as part of its asset/liability strategy, or that
may be sold in  response  to changes in interest  rates,  changes in  prepayment
risk, increased capital requirements or other similar factors, are classified as
available-for-sale  and are carried at fair market value.  Net unrealized  gains
and losses for such securities,  net of income tax effect, are  charged/credited
directly to  shareholders'  equity.  The Company  does not engage in  securities
trading.  Securities transactions are accounted for on a trade date basis. Gains
or losses on disposition of investment  securities are based on the net proceeds
and the  adjusted  carrying  amount of the  securities  sold using the  specific
identification method.

LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

        Loans are  stated  at the  amount  of  unpaid  principal  and are net of
unearned  discount,  unearned loan fees,  and an allowance for loan losses.  The
allowance for loan losses is  established  through a provision for possible loan
losses  charged to expense.  Loans are charged  against the  allowance  for loan
losses when  management  believes  that the  collectibility  of the principal is
unlikely.  The  allowance  for  possible  loan losses is  maintained  at a level
considered by  management  to be adequate to provide for  potential  loan losses
inherent in the loan portfolio at the reporting date. The level of the allowance
is based on  management's  evaluation of potential  losses in the loan portfolio
after consideration of prevailing and anticipated economic conditions, including
estimates  and  appraisals,  among other  items,  known or  anticipated  at each
reporting  date.  Credit  reviews of the loan  portfolio,  designed  to identify
potential charges to the allowance, are made on a periodic basis during the year
by management.

        Interest  income  on loans is  credited  to  operations  based  upon the
principal amount  outstanding.  The net amounts of loan origination fees, direct
loan origination costs and loan commitment fees are deferred and recognized over
the lives of the related loans as adjustments of yield. When management believes
there is sufficient doubt as to the ultimate  collectibility  of interest on any
loan, the accrual of applicable  interest is  discontinued.  A loan is generally
classified as non-accrual when principal and interest has  consistently  been in
default  for a period of 90 days or more or  because of a  deterioration  in the
financial  condition  of the  borrower,  and  payment  in full of  principal  or
interest  is not  expected.  Loans  past due 90 days or more and still  accruing
interest are loans that are generally  well-secured  and expected to be restored
to a current status in the near future.

                                       F-6

<PAGE>




        The  Company  adopted  SFAS  No.  114,   "Accounting  by  Creditors  for
Impairment of a Loan," as amended by SFAS No. 118,  "Accounting by Creditors for
Impairment of a Loan - Income  Recognition and Disclosures," on January 1, 1995.
This standard  requires  that certain  impaired  loans be measured  based on the
present value of expected future cash flows  discounted at the loan's  effective
interest  rates,  except that as a practical  expedient,  a creditor may measure
impairment based on a loan's  observable  market price, or the fair value of the
collateral if the loan is collateral  dependent.  Regardless of the  measurement
method,  a  creditor  must  measure  impairment  based on the fair  value of the
collateral  when the creditor  determines  that  foreclosure  is  probable.  The
Company had  previously  measured the  allowance for credit losses using methods
similar  to those  prescribed  in this  standard.  As a  result,  no  additional
allowance  for loan losses was required on January 1, 1995 when SFAS No. 114, as
amended by SFAS No. 118 was adopted.

        On January 1, 1996, the Company  adopted SFAS No. 122,  "Accounting  for
Mortgage  Servicing  Rights," which requires that a mortgage banking  enterprise
recognize  as a separate  asset  rights to service  mortgage  loans for  others,
however those servicing  rights are acquired.  In  circumstances  where mortgage
loans are originated,  separate asset rights to service  mortgage loans are only
recorded when the  enterprise  intends to sell such loans.  The adoption of SFAS
No. 122 did not have a material impact on the Company's  consolidated  financial
position or results of operations.

        The FASB issued SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of
Financial  Assets and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities," as amended by SFAS No.
127,  which  provides  accounting  guidance on transfers  of  financial  assets,
servicing of financial assets and extinguishment of liabilities.  This statement
is effective for transfers of financial  assets,  servicing of financial  assets
and  extinguishments of liabilities  occurring after December 31, 1996. Adoption
of this new statement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's
consolidated financial position or results of operations.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

        Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated  depreciation
and amortization. Depreciation is computed primarily on the straight-line method
over the  estimated  useful  lives of the  assets.  Leasehold  improvements  are
amortized  over the term of the lease or  estimated  useful  life,  whichever is
shorter.

        On January 1, 1996, the Company  adopted SFAS No. 121,  "Accounting  for
the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of"
which  provides  guidance  on when to  recognize  and how to measure  impairment
losses of  long-lived  assets and certain  identifiable  intangibles  and how to
value  long-lived  assets to be disposed of. The adoption of SFAS No. 121 had no
material effect on the Company's  consolidated  financial position or results of
operations.

OTHER REAL ESTATE

        Other  real  estate  owned,   representing   property  acquired  through
foreclosure,  is carried at the lower of the  principal  balance of the  secured
loan or the fair value less estimated disposal costs, of the acquired property.


                                       F-7

<PAGE>



INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        Intangible  assets  represent the excess of the cost over the fair value
of net assets of acquired businesses. Intangible assets at December 31, 1996 and
1995,  were  approximately  $566,000 and  $676,000,  respectively  and are being
charged to operations  on a straight  line basis over a seven-year  period which
coincides with the average life of the assets acquired. The amortization charged
to income was $111,000,  $191,000 and $110,000 for the years ended  December 31,
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

MORTGAGES HELD FOR SALE

        Mortgages held for sale are recorded at cost which  approximate  market.
Gains or losses on such  sales are  recognized  at the time of sale in an amount
equal to the present value of the difference between the effective interest rate
to the Bank  Subsidiaries  and the net yield to the investor,  excluding  normal
future loan  servicing  fees,  over the estimated  remaining  lives of the loans
sold,   adjusted  for  prepayments.   Included  in  loans  in  the  accompanying
consolidated  financial statements are $0 and $228,000 of loans held for sale at
December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

        The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method.  Under
the liability  method,  deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based
on the  difference  between the financial  statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities  as  measured  by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when
these  differences  reverse.  Deferred  tax  expense is the result of changes in
deferred tax assets and liabilities.  The principal types of accounts  resulting
in differences  between assets and liabilities  for financial  statement and tax
return  purposes are the  allowance  for possible  losses on loans,  interest on
non-accrual loans and acquired net operating loss carryforwards. The Company and
its subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal income tax return.

DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

   
        New Jersey  state law permits the payment of dividends  from  subsidiary
banks to their  parent  company(ies)  provided  there  is no  impairment  of the
subsidiary's  capital  accounts  and provided the  subsidiary  bank  maintains a
surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock,  or, provided  payment of the
dividend  will not reduce the  subsidiary's  surplus.  As of March 31,  1997 and
December 31, 1996 and 1995, GFB had $6.5 million,  $6.5 million and $5.9 million
and BCB had $1.5 million,  $1.6 million and $1.4 million of funds  available for
the payment of dividends to their parent Company, respectively.
    

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

        Cash   and   cash   equivalents   are   defined   as   cash   on   hand,
non-interest-bearing  amounts due from banks and Federal funds sold.  Generally,
Federal  funds are sold for a one-day  period.  Cash paid for  income  taxes was
$991,000, $1.0 million and $744,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995,
and 1994,  respectively.  Cash paid for interest was $7.3 million,  $5.6 million
and $3.3  million  for the  years  ended  December  31,  1996,  1995,  and 1994,
respectively.


                                       F-8

<PAGE>



Advertising Costs

        The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses
for the years  ended  December  31,  1996,  1995,  and 1994  were  approximately
$143,000, $106,000, and $188,000, respectively.

Stock Options

        The  Company   adopted  SFAS  No.  123,   "Accounting   for  Stock-Based
Compensation," on January 1, 1996, which contains a fair value-based  method for
valuing   stock-based   compensation  that  entities  may  use,  which  measures
compensation  cost at the  grant  date  based  on the fair  value of the  award.
Compensation is then  recognized  over the service period,  which is usually the
vesting  period.  Alternatively,  the  standard  permits  entities  to  continue
accounting  for employee  stock  options and similar  equity  instruments  under
Accounting  Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for Stock Issued
to  Employees."  Entities  that  continue to account for stock options using APB
Opinion  No. 25 are  required  to make pro forma  disclosures  of net income and
earnings per share, as if the fair value-based  method of accounting  defined in
SFAS No. 123 had been applied.  The  Company's  stock option plans are accounted
for under APB Opinion No. 25.

NET INCOME PER SHARE

        Net income per share is computed based on the weighted average number of
common and common equivalent shares  outstanding  during each year. All weighted
average actual share or per share  information  in the financial  statements has
been adjusted  retroactively  for the effect of stock  dividends.  The effect of
outstanding  dilutive  options  and  equity  contracts  was  considered  in  the
computation.

        The  previously  reported  net  income per share has been  corrected  to
reflect the dilutive  effect of certain common stock  equivalents.  As a result,
the previously reported net income per share of $1.11 has been changed to $.97.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

        Certain  reclassifications have been made in the 1995 and 1994 financial
statements to conform to the classifications used in 1996.

                                       F-9

<PAGE>



NOTE 2  ACQUISITIONS

        On December 31, 1995, the Company  acquired BCB by an exchange of stock.
Each share of BCB common stock  outstanding  was exchanged for 1.7 shares of the
Company's  common  stock,  resulting  in the  issuance  of 629,298  shares.  The
acquisition  was  accounted  for as a pooling  of  interest  basis and all prior
periods have been restated to reflect the combination as follows:

                                                    1995       1994
                                                    ----       ----

Net interest income...........................    $ 7,110    $ 4,554
BCB...........................................      3,773      3,214
                                                   ------      -----
                                                  $10,883    $ 7,768
                                                   ======     ======

Net income....................................    $ 1,533     $  966
BCB...........................................        539        520
                                                   ------     ------
                                                  $ 2,072     $1,486
                                                   ======      =====



        On April 7, 1995, the Company  completed the acquisition of Family First
Federal Savings Bank ("Family First") of Clifton, New Jersey. Under the terms of
the  agreement,  the Company issued 172,310 shares of its common stock at a cost
of $1.8 million in exchange for the common stock of Family First. The merger was
accounted  for using the  purchase  method of  accounting.  The  purchase  price
exceeded the fair market value of net assets acquired by approximately $734,000,
which is reflected as goodwill,  included in intangible  and other assets in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The unamortized balance at December 31,
1996 and 1995 was $566,000 and $675,000, respectively.

        The pro forma  results of  operations,  assuming  Family  First had been
acquired as of January 1, 1994, are as follows:

                                                 1995       1994
                                                 ----       ----

Net interest income........................    $11,372     $9,905
Net income.................................      2,079      1,102






                                      F-10

<PAGE>



NOTE 3 SECURITIES

        The amortized cost,  unrealized  gains and losses,  and estimated market
value   of  the   Company's   investment   securities   available-for-sale   and
held-to-maturity are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       For the Three Months Ended March 31,                                
                                  -----------------------------------------------  

                                                       1997                        
                                  -----------------------------------------------  
                                                 Gross        Gross       Fair     
                                   Amortized  Unrealized   Unrealized    Market    
                                     Cost        Gain        Losses       Value    
                                  ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------  
<S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>      
Available-for-sale                
                                     
U.S. Treasury securities and
   U.S. Government agencies.....    ^ $38,794   $     83^   $    (109)^   $38,768  
                                  
                                  
                                  
State and political               
   subdivisions.................          906           -           -         906  
                                  
                                  
Other debt and equity             
   securities...................        6,323         927           -       7,250  
                                  
                                  
                                  
Mortgage-backed securities......        9,797        ^ 52         (26)      9,823 
                                      -------   ---------   ---------      ------ 
                                  
                                  
                                      $55,820   $ ^ 1,062   $  ^ (135)    $56,747 
                                       ======   =========    =========     ====== 
                                  
</TABLE>                          
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 
                                  
Held-to-maturity                  
<S>                                  <C>        <C>    <C>      <C>        <C>     
                                  
U.S. Treasury securities and                              
   U.S. Government agencies.....     $18,253    $     ^58     ^ $(562)     $17,749 
                                  
                                  
State and political               
   subdivisions.................         393            -          (5)         388 
                                  
                                  
Mortgage-backed securities......      19,498            -        (209)     ^ 9,289 
                                      ------     --------     -------     -------- 
                                  
                                     $38,144    $   ^  58   $   ^(776)     $37,426 
                                      ======    =========    ========       ====== 
                                  
                                  
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 For the Years Ended December 31,                        
                                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                      1996                                              1995
                                  ---------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------------------
                                                Gross        Gross       Fair                     Gross        Gross       Fair
                                  Amortized  Unrealized   Unrealized    Market      Amortized  Unrealized   Unrealized    Market
                                    Cost        Gain        Losses       Value        Cost        Gain        Losses       Value
                                  ---------  ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------  -----------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>    
                                 
Available-for-sale                
                                  
U.S. Treasury securities and
                                  
   U.S. Government agencies.....    $36,673       $ 213       $ (25)      $36,861      $36,812      $1,001       $ ( 8)      $37,805
                                  
                                  
                                  
State and political               
   subdivisions.................      1,006           -           -         1,006            -           -            -           -
                                  
                                  
Other debt and equity             
   securities...................      6,192         215           -         6,407        2,524           -          (17)       2,507
                                  
                                  
                                  
Mortgage-backed securities......      7,879          98           -         7,977        7,577          19          (73)       7,523
                                     ------       -----      ------        ------       ------      ------       -------      ------
                                  
                                  
                                    $51,750       $ 526      $  (25)      $52,251      $46,913      $1,020        $ (98)     $47,835
                                     ======        ====      ======        ======       ======       =====         ====       ======
                                  
                              
                                  
Held-to-maturity                  
                                  
                                  
U.S. Treasury securities and      
   U.S. Government agencies.....     $18,996       $ 135     $  (529)     $18,602      $32,774      $  325        $(420)     $32,679
                                  
                                  
State and political               
   subdivisions.................         393           -          (3)         390          613           2            -          615
                                  
                                  
Mortgage-backed securities......      18,039          19         (80)      17,978        2,764           7           (4)       2,767
                                      ------       -----      ------       ------       ------       -----        -----       ------
                                  
                                     $37,428       $ 154     $  (612)     $36,970      $36,151      $  334        $(424)     $36,061
                                      ======        ====        ====       ======       ======       =====         ====       ======
                                  
                                  
</TABLE>
                                  
                                  
                                  
                         
                                      F-11

<PAGE>



        In the  fourth  quarter of 1995,  concurrent  with the  adoption  of its
implementation  guide on SFAS No. 115, the FASB allowed a one-time  reassessment
of the classifications of all securities  currently held. Any  reclassifications
would be  accounted  for at fair value in  accordance  with SFAS No. 115 and any
reclassifications  from the  held-to-maturity  portfolio that resulted from this
one-time  reassessment would not call into question the intent of the Company to
hold other debt  securities  to  maturity in the  future.  The Company  used the
opportunity under this one-time  reassessment to reclassify $6.2 million in U.S.
Treasury securities from held-to-maturity to  available-for-sale.  In connection
with  this  reclassification,  gross  unrealized  gains  of  $30,000  and  gross
unrealized losses of $12,000 were recorded on available-for-sale securities.

        The amortized cost and estimated market value of securities at March 31,
1997, and December 31, 1996, by contractual maturity,  are shown below. Expected
maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers and borrowers
may have  the  right  to call or  prepay  obligations  with or  without  call or
prepayment penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              March 31, 1997                   December 31, 1996
                                      -------------------------------   ------------------------

                                         Amortized       Fair Market       Amortized      Fair Market
                                           Cost            Value             Cost           Value
                                           ----            -----             ----           -----

<S>                                       <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>     
Available-for-sale

Due in one year or less.............      $14,143          $14,160         $ 11,602         $ 11,656

Due after one year through five years      23,824           23,810           24,360           24,487

Due after five years through ten years      1,408            1,394            1,393            1,403

Due after ten years.................          325              310              324              321

 Mortgage-backed and equity securities     16,120           17,073           14,071           14,384
                                           ------           ------         --------          -------

                                          $55,820          $56,747         $ 51,750         $ 52,251
                                           ======           ======          =======          =======

Held-to-maturity

Due in one year or less.............      $ 3,524          $ 3,531         $  3,198         $  3,198

Due after one year through five years      12,751           12,568           13,822           13,748

Due after five years through ten years      1,371            1,388            1,369            1,407

Due after ten years.................        1,000              650            1,000              640

Mortgage-backed securities..........       19,498           19,289           18,039           17,977
                                           ------           ------          -------          -------

                                          $38,144          $37,426         $ 37,428         $ 36,970
                                           ======           ======          =======          =======
</TABLE>




        Proceeds from sales of  available-for-sale  securities  during the three
months  ended  March  31,  1997 and 1996,  was $2.0  million  and $2.3  million,
respectively, and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 were $5.5
million,  and $16.6  million,  and $13.1 million,  respectively.  Gross gains of
$10,000 and $-0- were  realized  for the three  months  ended March 31, 1997 and
1996,  respectively,  and gross gains of $51,000 and $209,000  were  realized on
these sales for the years ended December 31, 1996

                                      F-12

<PAGE>



and 1995, respectively. Gross losses of $84,000 were realized on these sales for
the year ended December 31, 1994.

        Securities  with a carrying  value of $13.7 million and $17.6 million at
December  31,  1996,  and 1995,  respectively,  were  pledged  to secure  public
deposits and repurchase agreements and for other purposes required by law.


NOTE 4  LOANS

        Major classifications of Loans are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          March 31,    December 31,
                                                       --------------  -------------------------------
                                                            1997            1996            1995
                                                       --------------  ---------------  --------------
                                                         (Unaudited)

<S>                                                          <C>              <C>            <C>     
Loans secured by one-to four-family residential properties   $ 45,975         $ 43,100       $ 43,328

Loans secured by nonresidential properties..........           62,061           58,106         51,133

Loans to individuals................................           10,073            9,997          8,661

Loans to depository institutions....................                -                -          4,600

Commercial loans....................................           13,367           14,106         14,823

Construction loans..................................            5,557            5,534          4,292

Other loans.........................................            6,959            6,567          4,905
                                                              -------          -------        -------

                                                             $143,992         $137,410       $131,742
                                                              =======          =======        =======
</TABLE>



        The following table presents information related to loans which are on a
non-accrual  basis, loans which have been renegotiated to provide a reduction or
deferral of interest or principal for reasons related to the debtor's  financial
difficulties and loans contractually past due ninety days or more as to interest
or principal payments.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     March 31,              December 31,
                                                  ---------------  --------------------------------
                                                       1997             1996             1995
                                                  ---------------  --------------   ---------------
                                                    (Unaudited)

<S>                                                    <C>               <C>              <C>   
Nonaccrual loans................................           $1,536          $1,033           $1,422

   
Renegotiated loans..............................              825           ^ 726              517
                                                           ------         -------            -----

  Total non-performing loans....................       $    2,361        ^ $1,759           $1,939
                                                        =========           =====            =====
    

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing      $    1,009          $  876           $1,125
                                                        =========           =====            =====

Gross interest income which would have
   been recorded under original terms...........       $       31          $  286           $  135
                                                        =========           =====            =====
</TABLE>



                                      F-13

<PAGE>






   
     The balance of impaired loans was ^ $1.2 million at March 31, 1997, and was
$711,000 and $1.5 million at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  The Bank
Subsidiaries  have  identified  a loan  as  impaired  when it is  probable  that
interest and principal will not be collected  according to the contractual terms
of the loan  agreements.  The allowance for credit loss associated with impaired
loans was ^ $346,000 at March 31,  1997,  and  $316,000 and $588,000 at December
31, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The average  recorded  investment in impaired
loans was $1.7 million at March 31,  1997,  and $1.1 million and $1.5 million at
December  31, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The income  recognized  on impaired
loans  during the three  months  ended March 31, 1997 and 1996,  was $11,000 and
$56,000,  respectively,  and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, was
$0 and $59,000,  respectively. The Bank Subsidiaries' policy for interest income
recognition on impaired loans is to recognize income on restructured loans under
the accrual method. The Bank Subsidiaries  recognize income on non-accrual loans
under the cash basis when the loans are both current and the  collateral  on the
loan is sufficient to cover the outstanding obligation to the Bank Subsidiaries.
If these factors do not exist the Banks, will not recognize income.
    
        The Bank Subsidiaries  extended credit to various  directors,  executive
officers and their associates.  These extensions are made in the ordinary course
of business and on substantially  the same terms,  including  interest rates and
collateral,  as those  prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions  with
others.  At December  31,  1996,  loans  outstanding  to these  related  parties
amounted to $6.6 million. An analysis of activity in loans to related parties at
December 31, 1996,  resulted in new loans of $3.2 million and repayments of $1.5
million.  All such loans are current as to principal  and  interest  payments at
December 31, 1996.

NOTE 5  ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

        An analysis of the allowance for possible loan losses is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Three Months Ended
                                           March 31,                       Year ended December 31,
                                   ------------------------   -------------------------------------------------
                                      1997          1996           1996             1995            1994
                                   -----------   ----------   --------------   --------------  ----------------
                                         (Unaudited)

<S>                                   <C>          <C>             <C>              <C>               <C>   
Balance at beginning of year.....       $2,540       $2,332          $ 2,332          $ 1,824           $1,771

Acquired businesses..............            _            _              (9)            1,039                -

Provision charged to operations..          115           90              440              414              172

   
 Charge-offs.....................        ^(26)         (76)            (365)          (1,035)            (264)

Recoveries.......................         ^ 21           15              142               90              145
                                     ---------        -----           ------          -------           ------
    

Balance at end of year...........     $  2,650       $2,361          $ 2,540          $ 2,332           $1,824
                                       =======        =====           ======           ======            =====
</TABLE>






                                      F-14

<PAGE>



NOTE 6  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

        Premises and equipment consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      March 31,              December 31,
                                                   --------------   --------------------------------
                                  Estimated
                                  Useful Lives          1997             1996             1995
                                  ------------     --------------   --------------   ---------------
                                                     (Unaudited)

<S>                               <C>                 <C>                  <C>              <C>    
Land............................                      $       124          $   124          $   124

Buildings and improvements......  5 to 20 years               481              481            1,489

Furniture, fixtures and equipment 3 to 10 years             3,394            3,327            2,937

Leasehold improvements..........  3 to 40 years             1,987            1,982              403
                                                       ----------           ------            -----

                                                            5,986            5,914            4,953

Less accumulated depreciation and                        
amortization....................                            2,936            2,711            1,871 
                                                           ------           ------           ------ 
                                                           $3,050          $ 3,203          $ 3,082
                                                            =====           ======           ======
</TABLE>




NOTE 7  DEPOSITS

        At December 31, 1996,  the schedule of  maturities  of  Certificates  of
Deposit is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<C>                                                                               <C>    
1997....................................................................          $72,666

1998....................................................................            5,582

1999....................................................................            2,230

2000....................................................................              988

2001 and thereafter.....................................................              388
                                                                                  -------

                                                                                  $81,854
                                                                                  =======

</TABLE>



NOTE 8  DEBT

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

        The Company has a line of credit for $15.9 million with the Federal Home
Loan Bank (FHLB) which is  collateralized  by FHLB stock.  Borrowings under this
arrangement have an interest rate that fluctuates based on market conditions and
customer  demand.  As of December 31, 1996 and 1995,  there were no  outstanding
balances.

                                      F-15

<PAGE>



Redeemable  Subordinated  Debentures And  Cancellable  Mandatory  Stock Purchase
Contracts

        The  Company  issued  $5.0  million  of  8.5%  Redeemable   Subordinated
Debentures  ("Debentures") due November 1, 1998, interest payable quarterly.  In
addition to the  Debentures,  the Company  issued  Cancellable  Mandatory  Stock
Purchase Contracts ("Equity  Contracts")  requiring the purchase of $5.0 million
in common stock at a price of $9.77 (as adjusted for stock  dividends) per share
no later than November 1, 1997,  and  permitting the purchase of common stock in
that amount prior to that date.  The purchase  price under the Equity  Contracts
can be paid by the surrender of the Debentures with a principal  amount equal to
the amount of the common stock to be purchased.  The  Debentures  are redeemable
and the Equity  Contracts are cancellable at the election of the Company upon 60
days written notice.  At December 31, 1996,  511,770 shares of common stock were
reserved for future issuance pursuant to the outstanding Equity Contracts.

NOTE 9 INCOME TAXES

        The provision for income taxes was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Three Months Ended
                                        March 31,                      Year Ended December 31,
                                ------------------------  -------------------------------------------------
                                   1997         1996           1996             1995             1994
                                ----------   -----------  --------------   --------------   ---------------

                                       (Unaudited)
<S>                              <C>           <C>                <C>              <C>                <C> 
Federal

   Current...................    $     394     $     308          $1,452           $  872             $796

   Deferred..................         (82)          (57)           (267)              135             (65)

State........................           58            27             127              167              109
                                     -----         -----           -----            -----              ---

                                    $  370         $ 278          $1,312           $1,174             $840
                                     =====          ====           =====            =====              ===
</TABLE>




                                      F-16

<PAGE>



        The reconciliation of the tax computed at the statutory federal rate was
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Three Months Ended
                                                  March 31,               Year Ended December 31,
                                           ----------------------   -------------------------------------
                                              1997        1996         1996        1995         1994
                                           ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------   ------------
                                                 (Unaudited)

<S>                                              <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>            <C> 
Tax at statutory rate...................         $329        $258       $1,241      $1,104         $791

Increase (reduction) in tax resulting from:

   Tax-exempt income....................          (10)        (11)         (22)        (24)          (8)

   Amortization of intangible assets....            9          10           37          51           24

 State income tax, net of federal benefit          38          30           84         110           72

   Acquisition expenses.................            -           -            -          58            -

   Utilization of capital loss carryforward         -           -            -         (99)           -

Other...................................            4          (9)         (28)        (26)         (39)
                                                -----      ------       ------     -------        -----

   Provision for income taxes...........         $370        $278       $1,312      $1,174         $840
                                                  ===         ===        =====       =====          ===
</TABLE>



        The net deferred tax asset consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              March 31,              December 31,
                                                            ---------------  ---------------------------------
                                                                 1997             1996             1995
                                                            ---------------  ---------------  ----------------
                                                              (Unaudited)

<S>                                                               <C>                <C>             <C>    
Allowance for possible losses on loans and other real estate      $     705          $   604         $   407

Interest income on non-accrual loans......................              251              237             181

Depreciation and amortization.............................               70               76             (10)

Acquired net operating loss carryforward..................              262              272             374

 Difference between book and tax basis of assets acquired.              348              370             346

 Unrealized holding gain loss on investment securities                 
  available-for-sale......................................             (395)            (194)           (194)

Other.....................................................              (92)             (97)           (103)
                                                                     ------           ------          ------

    Total net deferred tax asset (included in other assets)         $ 1,149           $1,268          $1,001
                                                                     ======            =====           =====
</TABLE>




        At March 31, 1997, the Company had a net operating loss carryforward for
federal income tax purposes of  approximately  $0.8 million.  This net operating
loss  carryforward  originated  from  pre-acquisition  losses at  Family  First.
Subject to certain yearly limitations, the Company can utilize the

                                      F-17

<PAGE>



pre-acquisition  net operating loss  carryforward to offset future  consolidated
taxable income. The net operating loss carryforwards, if unused, would expire in
the years 2008 to 2010.

NOTE 10  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

        On July 31, 1996,  the Company  paid a 10% stock  dividend on its common
stock to shareholders of record on July 15, 1996.

        In April 1996, the Company amended its articles of incorporation whereby
the number of authorized shares of its common stock was increased from 4,000,000
shares to 10,000,000 shares.

        On July 31, 1995,  the Company  paid a 10% stock  dividend on its common
stock to shareholders of record on July 15, 1995.

        On July 31, 1994,  the Company  paid a 10% stock  dividend on its common
stock to shareholders of record on July 15, 1994.


NOTE 11  STOCK OPTIONS

        The Company adopted a non-statutory stock option plan in 1988 (the "1988
Plan") that also allows for the  granting to  employees of options to acquire up
to a maximum of 111,304 shares (after  adjustments  for stock  dividends) of the
Company's common stock. The exercise price of any options granted under the 1988
Plan  will not be less  than  100% of the fair  market  value  per  share of the
Company's common stock on the date such options are granted. Options granted may
have  terms of not more  than 10 years  from the  respective  dates of grant and
outstanding   options  are  exercisable  over  various  periods   following  the
respective dates of grant.

        The Company adopted a non-statutory stock option plan in 1993 (the "1993
Plan")  authorizing  the granting of options to purchase shares of the Company's
common  stock to  individuals  who  were  then  directors  of GFB.  All  options
authorized by the 1993 Plan were granted during 1993 and no further  options are
available for grant under that plan. At December 31, 1996, options to purchase a
total of 3,663 shares were outstanding and expired on December 31, 1996.

        The Company adopted a non-statutory stock option plan in 1994 (the "1995
Plan")  allowing  for  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  to  grant,  to  the
individuals who were directors of GFB at that time,  options to purchase a total
of 32,670 shares of the Company's common stock. At December 31, 1996, options to
purchase  a total of  30,250  shares  were  outstanding  and will  expire if not
exercised by December 31, 1997.

        The Company adopted two additional  stock option plans in 1996. The 1996
Employee Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Employee  Plan") provides for the granting
of incentive stock options,  nonqualified  stock options and stock  appreciation
rights to  employees  of the Company and its  subsidiaries.  Effective  with the
approval of the 1996 Employee  Plan,  the 1988 Plan was  terminated.  A total of
220,000 shares are authorized to be granted under the 1996 Employee Plan. During
1996,  options to acquire  112,200 shares were granted under this plan. The 1996
Stock  Option  Plan for  Non-employee  Directors  (the  "1996  Directors  Plan")
provides  for  the  granting  of  nonqualified  stock  options  to  non-employee
directors of the

                                      F-18

<PAGE>



corporation's bank subsidiaries.  A total of 104,500 shares are authorized to be
granted under the 1996 Directors Plan.  During 1996,  options to acquire 104,500
shares were granted under this plan.

        Had  compensation  cost for the plan been  determined  based on the fair
value of the  options  at the grant  dates  consistent  with the method of (SFAS
123), the Company's net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to
the pro forma amounts indicated below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1996             1995
                                                               --------------   -------------



<S>                                           <C>                 <C>              <C>   
Net income..................................  As reported          $2,337           $2,072

                                              Pro forma            $2,300           $2,068

 Primary earnings per share.................  As reported          $  .97            $1.04

                                              Proforma             $  .95            $1.04

</TABLE>



        These pro forma amounts may not be representative of future  disclosures
because they do not take into effect pro forma  compensation  expense related to
grants before 1995.

        The fair value of each option  grant is  estimated  on the date of grant
using   the   Black-Scholes    options-pricing    model   with   the   following
weighted-average  assumptions  used for  grants in 1996 and 1995,  respectively:
dividend  yield of 2.2 % for both  years;  expected  volatility  of 35% and 34%;
risk-free  interest rates of 6.35% and 7.89%  percent;  and expected lives of 10
years for both years.


                                      F-19

<PAGE>



        A summary of the status of the Company's option plans as of December 31,
1996,  1995,  and 1994 and the changes during the years ending on those dates is
represented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1996                       1995               1994
                                  ------------------------    -------------------------  ----------

                                                Weighted                   Weighted
                                                 Average                    Average
                                                Exercise                   Exercise
                                    Shares        Price        Shares        Price       Shares
                                    ------        -----        ------        -----       ------

<S>                                  <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>   
Outstanding, beginning of year..       97,071      $  8.95       77,878        $ 8.39       75,237

Granted.........................      216,700        16.90       32,670         10.33       24,079

Exercised.......................     (10,632)         8.86     (12,355)          8.76     (15,717)

Terminated......................        (924)        10.33      (1,122)          7.06      (5,721)
                                    --------         -----      ------          -----      ------

Outstanding, end of year........      302,215       $13.71       97,071        $ 8.95       77,878
                                      =======        =====       ======         =====       ======

Options exercisable at year-end.       32,954                    36,866
                                     ========                    ======

Weighted average fair value of
   options granted during the year                  $ 7.53                     $ 5.18
                                                     =====                      =====
</TABLE>





        The following information applies to options outstanding at December 31,
1996:


Number outstanding....................................           302,215

Range of exercise prices..............................   $6.83 - $17.125

 Weighted average exercise price......................            $13.71

Weighted average remaining contractual life...........        8.63 years




NOTE 12  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

        The  Company  has a  401(k)  savings  plan  covering  substantially  all
employees. Under the plan, the Company matches 50% of employee contributions for
all participants with less than five years employment, not to exceed 2% of their
salary, and 75% of employee contributions for all participants with five or more
years of employment, not to exceed 3% of their salary. Contributions made by the
Company were  approximately  $139,000,  $142,000 and $91,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.



                                      F-20

<PAGE>



NOTE 13  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEASE OBLIGATIONS

        The Company and its  subsidiaries  lease  banking  facilities  and other
office space under operating  leases which expire at various dates through 2007,
containing  certain  renewal  options.   Rent  expenses  charged  to  operations
approximated  $621,000,  $530,000 and $195,000, for the years ended December 31,
1996,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  Included in these  amounts is $146,000 per
year which is paid to a general  partnership  that includes two directors of the
Company.

        As of December 31, 1996,  future  minimum  annual rental  payments under
these leases are as follows:


1997........................................................        $   578

1998........................................................            579

1999........................................................            579

2000........................................................            560

2001........................................................            571

Thereafter..................................................          2,539
                                                                    -------

     Total...................................................       $ 5,406
                                                                    -------






                                      F-21

<PAGE>



LITIGATION

        The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  may,  in the  ordinary  course  of
business,  become a party to litigation involving  collection matters,  contract
claims and other legal proceedings relating to the conduct of their business. In
management's  judgment,  the consolidated financial position of the Company will
not be affected materially by the final outcome of any present legal proceedings
or other contingent liabilities and commitments.


NOTE 14 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

        The  Bank  Subsidiaries  are  parties  to  financial   instruments  with
off-balance-sheet  risk in the normal  course of business to meet the  financing
needs of their  customers  and to reduce their own exposure to  fluctuations  in
interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit
and standby  letters of credit.  Such financial  instruments are recorded in the
financial  statements when they become payable.  Those instruments  involve,  to
varying  degrees,  elements of credit and  interest  rate risks in excess of the
amount recognized in the consolidated  balance sheets.  The contract or notional
amounts  of  those  instruments  reflect  the  extent  of  involvement  the Bank
Subsidiaries have in particular classes of financial instruments.

        The  Bank  Subsidiaries'  exposure  to  credit  loss  in  the  event  of
non-performance  by the other party to the financial  instrument for commitments
to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual
or notional  amount of those  instruments.  The Bank  Subsidiaries  use the same
credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as they do for
on-balance-sheet instruments.

        Unless noted otherwise,  the Bank Subsidiaries do not require collateral
or other  security  to support  financial  instruments  with  credit  risk.  The
approximate contract amounts are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           December 31,
                                                                          ---------------

                                                                          1996      1995
                                                                          ----      ----



Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk
   
<S>                                                                     <C>       <C>    
     Commitments to extend credit..................................  ^  $22,100   $22,652
    

     Standby letters of credit and  financial guarantees written...       1,144     1,908

</TABLE>

        Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements  to lend to a customer as
long as there is no  violation of any  condition  established  in the  contract.
Commitments  generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination  clauses
and may require  payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to
expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent  future  cash  requirements.   The  Bank  Subsidiaries  evaluate  each
customer's  creditworthiness  on a case-by-case  basis. The amount of collateral
obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank Subsidiaries upon extension of credit,
is based on management's credit evaluation.

                                      F-22

<PAGE>




        Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank
Subsidiaries to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Those
guarantees  are  primarily  issued  to  support  public  and  private  borrowing
arrangements.  The  credit  risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is
essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.
The Bank  Subsidiaries  hold  residential  or commercial  real estate,  accounts
receivable,  inventory and equipment as collateral  supporting those commitments
for which  collateral is deemed  necessary.  The extent of  collateral  held for
those commitments at December 31, 1996 varies up to 100%.

        The Bank  Subsidiaries  grant  various  commercial  and consumer  loans,
primarily within the State of New Jersey.  Although the Bank  Subsidiaries  have
diversified  loan  portfolios,  a  substantial  portion of the  ability of their
borrowers  to honor  their  loan  payment  obligations  in a timely  fashion  is
dependent  on the  success of the real  estate  industry.  The  distribution  of
commitments to extend credit approximates the distribution of loans outstanding.
Commercial  and standby  letters of credit were granted  primarily to commercial
borrowers.

NOTE 15  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        SFAS No.  107  requires  disclosure  of the  estimated  fair value of an
entity's assets and liabilities considered to be financial instruments.  For the
Company,  as for most  financial  institutions,  the  majority of its assets and
liabilities  are  considered  financial  instruments as defined in SFAS No. 107.
However,   many  such   instruments  lack  an  available   trading  market,   as
characterized by a willing buyer and seller engaging in an exchange transaction.
Also,  it is the  Company's  general  practice and intent to hold its  financial
instruments to maturity and not to engage in trading or sales activities, except
for certain loans. Therefore, the Company had to use significant estimations and
present value calculations to prepare this disclosure.

        Changes in the assumptions or methodologies used to estimate fair values
may materially affect the estimated amounts.  Also, management is concerned that
there may not be reasonable  comparability  between institutions due to the wide
range of  permitted  assumptions  and  methodologies  in the  absence  of active
markets.  This lack of uniformity gives rise to a high degree of subjectivity in
estimating financial instrument fair values.

        Estimated fair values have been determined by the Company using the best
available  data and an  estimation  methodology  suitable  for each  category of
financial  instruments.  The estimation  methodologies  used, the estimated fair
values,  and recorded  book  balances at December 31, 1996 and 1995 are outlined
below.

        For cash and due from banks,  the recorded  book values of $18.3 million
and $29.0 million at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively,  approximate fair
values.  For  interest-bearing  deposits with banks, the recorded book values of
$4.5  million  and $1.1  million at December  31,  1996 and 1995,  respectively,
approximate fair values. The estimated fair values of investment  securities are
based on quoted market prices, if available.  Estimated fair values are based on
quoted market prices of comparable  instruments  if quoted market prices are not
available.

        The net loan  portfolio at December  31, 1996 and 1995,  has been valued
using a  present  value  discounted  cash  flow  where  market  prices  were not
available. The discount rate used in these calculations is the estimated current
market rate  adjusted for credit risk.  The carrying  value of accrued  interest
approximates fair value.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1996                1995
                                             --------------------    --------------------
                                             Carrying  Estimated     Carrying  Estimated
                                              amount   fair value     amount   fair value
                                              ------   ----------    -------   -----------

<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>      
Investment securities available-for-sale.... $  52,251   $52,251     $ 47,835  $  47,835

Investment securities  held-to-maturity.....    37,428    36,970       36,151     36,061

Loans.......................................   137,127   137,257      132,440    132,563
</TABLE>




        The estimated fair values of demand deposits  (i.e.,  interest (NOW) and
non-interest bearing demand accounts,  savings and certain types of money market
accounts)  are,  by  definition,  equal to the  amount  payable on demand at the
reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts).  The carrying amounts of variable
rate accounts and certificates of deposit  approximate  their fair values at the
reporting date. The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its
fair value.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Carrying   Estimated   Carrying   Estimated
                                                         Amount    Fair Value   Amount    Fair Value
                                                         ------    ----------   ------    ----------

<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
Time deposits...................................         $81,854    $82,540    $ 91,263   $ 91,648

 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase..          4,159      4,159       2,756      2,759

</TABLE>




        The fair values of the redeemable  subordinated debentures totaling $5.0
million and $5.0  million are  estimated  to  approximate  their  recorded  book
balances at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

        There was no material  difference  between the  notional  amount and the
estimated  fair value of  off-balance-sheet  items which  totaled  approximately
$12.6 million and $24.6 million at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, and
primarily  comprise  unfunded loan  commitments  which are  generally  priced at
market at the time of funding.

NOTE 16 REGULATORY MATTERS AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

        The Company and the Bank Subsidiaries are subject to various  regulatory
capital requirements  administered by the federal banking agencies including the
Federal  Reserve.  Failure to meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can initiate
certain mandatory and possible  additional  discretionary  actions by regulators
that, if  undertaken,  could have a material  effect on the Company's  financial
statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory  framework for
prompt  corrective  action,  the  Company  and the Bank  Subsidiaries  must meet
specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative  measures of their assets,
liabilities,  and certain  off-balance-sheet  items as calculated  under regular
accounting practices.

                                      F-24

<PAGE>



The  capital  amounts  and  classifications  are  also  subject  to  qualitative
judgements  by the  regulators  about  components,  risk  weightings  and  other
factors.

        Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulations  to ensure  capital
adequacy  require the Bank  Subsidiaries  and the  Company to  maintain  minimum
amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk  weighted  assets.  As of
December  31,  1996,   management   believes  that  the  Company  and  the  Bank
Subsidiaries meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

        As of December 31, 1996, the Company and the Bank  Subsidiaries  met all
regulatory  requirements for classification as "well-capitalized"  institutions.
To be categorized as well  capitalized,  the Company and Bank  Subsidiaries must
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios
as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events which have occurred
that management believes have changed the institution's category.



                                      F-25

<PAGE>



        The Bank Subsidiaries and the Company had the following capital ratios:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Bergen               Greater               Well Capitalized
                                    Great Falls Bank              Commercial Bank      Community Bancorp         FDIC requirements)
                                    ----------------              ---------------    --------------------------- -------------------
                           March 31,   December 31,    March 31,    December 31,       March 31,    December 31,
                         -----------   -------------- ----------  ----------------   -----------  --------------
                               1997    1996    1995     1997       1996    1995        1997       1996   1995
                          -----------  ------ ------- ----------  ----------------    --------    --------------
                          (Unaudited)                (Unaudited)                     (Unaudited)

   
<S>                          <C>       <C>     <C>    <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>         <C>     <C>           <C>   
Tier 1 and Tier 2.....       ^ 12.27%  13.21%  14.71% ^ 14.55%     14.17%  13.68%    ^ 16.71%     16.89% 16.77%         10.00%
Tier 1 Core Capital Ratio    ^ 11.01%   6.83%   6.79%   13.30%      9.04%  12.66%      12.51%      7.97%  7.27%          6.00%
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio..       ^ 6.63%   6.78%   7.90%    8.81%      9.32%   9.11%     ^ 7.93%      8.12%  8.28%          5.00%
    
</TABLE>






                                      F-26

<PAGE>
NOTE 17  CONDENSED FINANCIAL
INFORMATION - PARENT  COMPANY ONLY

        The condensed  financial  information of Greater Community Bancorp is as
follows:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      December 31,
                                                                  --------------------------
                                                                     1996          1995
                                                                  ----------   -------------
ASSETS:
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>      
   Cash and due from banks - non-interest-bearing..............   $     627    $     632

   Investment securities available-for-sale....................       5,766        4,800

   Accrued interest receivable.................................          29           63

   Investment in subsidiaries..................................      19,844       19,168

   Other assets................................................          92          178
                                                                  ---------    ---------

            Total assets.......................................    $ 26,358      $24,841
                                                                    =======       ======

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

   Redeemable subordinated debentures..........................   $   4,988    $   4,976

   Other liabilities...........................................         309          270

   Shareholders' equity........................................      21,061       19,595
                                                                  ---------    --------- 

            Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.........   $  26,358      $24,841
                                                                 ==========    =========
</TABLE>


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                                                 --------------------------------------
                                                                    1996         1995         1994
                                                                 ----------    ---------    -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>         <C>   
Income

Equity in undistributed  income of Bank Subsidiaries...........      $   712       $2,069      $1,646

 Dividends from Bank Subsidiaries..............................        1,858            -           -

Interest income................................................          234          342         244

Non-interest income............................................           (9)         291           -
                                                                     ------        ------      ------

                                                                       2,795        2,702       1,890

Other expenses.................................................          656          735         528
                                                                      ------       ------      ------

     Income before income taxes................................        2,139        1,967       1,362

Income tax benefit.............................................          198          105         124
                                                                     -------      -------      ------

       Net income..............................................      $ 2,337       $2,072     $ 1,486
                                                                       =====        =====      ======
</TABLE>
                                      F-27

<PAGE>



CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             December 31,
                                                                                     ------------------------------
                                                                                      1996       1995       1994
                                                                                      ----       ----       ----
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>    
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ......................................................................   $ 2,337    $ 2,072    $ 1,486
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash
 (used in)  provided by operating activities:
   Discount accretion ............................................................        25         22         22
   (Gain) loss on sale of investment securities available-for-sale................        (9)      (291)        13
   (Increase) decrease  in other assets ..........................................        87        169       (252)
   (Increase) decrease in accrued interest payable ...............................        34          3        (56)
   (Decrease) increase in other liabilities ......................................        39        156        (27)
   Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries ................................      (712)    (2,069)    (1,646)
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------

   
              Net cash provided by (used in)  operating activities ...............    ^1,801         62       (460)
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
    
   Proceeds from sales of investment securities, available-for-sale ..............     2,193        509        680
   Proceeds from maturities of investment securities, available-for-sale..........    (3,301)         -     (4,345)
                                                                                    --------    -------     ------ 
              Net cash used in investing activities ..............................    (1,108)       509     (3,665)
                                                                                    --------    -------     ------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from exercise of stock options .......................................       102         93         87
   Dividends paid ................................................................      (533)      (269)      (134)
   Purchase of treasury stock ....................................................      (188)         -          -
   Other, net ....................................................................       (79)       (30)       (23)
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
                       Net cash provided by financing activities..................      (698)      (206)       (70)
                       Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.......        (5)       365     (4,195)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year .....................................       632        267      4,462
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year ...........................................   $   627    $   632    $   267
                                                                                     =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>







                                      F-28

<PAGE>



NOTE 18 - QUARTERLY
FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

        The following  represents  summarized  quarterly  financial  data of the
Company  which,  in  the  opinion  of  management,   reflects  all  adjustments,
consisting  only  of  normal  recurring   adjustments,   necessary  for  a  fair
presentation of the Company's results of operations.

                                              Three Months Ended
                                              ------------------
                                                    March 31,
                                                    ---------
1997
- ----
Interest income.............................        $ 4,764
Interest expense............................          1,806
Net interest income.........................          2,958
Provisions for possible loan losses.........            115
Other income................................            449
Other expenses..............................          2,323
Income before income taxes..................            969
Net income..................................            665

Per share data
- --------------
Average common shares outstanding...........          2,299
Net income per common share - primary.......            .28


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Three months ended
                                                          ------------------
                                            December 31  September 30  June 30    March 31
                                            -----------  ------------ ---------   --------
 1996
 ----
   
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>     
  Interest income...........................    $ 4,789    $  4,771   $  4,610    $  4,523
  Interest expense..........................      1,794       1,844      1,748       1,769
  Net interest income.......................      2,995       2,927    ^ 2,862       2,754
  Provision for credit losses...............        150         110         90          90
  Other operating income....................        470         465      ^ 248         746
  Other operating expenses..................      2,049       2,560   ^  2,204       2,650
  Income before income taxes................      1,267         722     ^  816         760
  Net income................................        856         477      ^ 522         482

  Per share data
  --------------
  Average common shares outstanding.........      2,337     ^ 2,337      2,200       2,095
  Net income per common share - primary.....       ^.28         .18        .28         .23

1995
- ----
  Interest income...........................    $ 4,895    $  4,739 $ ^  4,497     $ 3,302
  Interest expense..........................      1,931       1,735    ^ 1,738       1,146
  Net interest income.......................      2,964       3,004    ^ 2,759       2,156
  Provision for credit losses...............        119         134       ^ 96          65
  Other operating income....................      1,034         264      ^ 597         282
  Other operating expenses..................      3,010       2,296    ^ 2,334       1,760
  Income before income taxes................        869         838      ^ 926         613
  Net income................................        733         317      ^ 633         389

  Per share data
  --------------
  Average common shares outstanding.........      2,065       2,054    ^ 2,038       1,679
  Net income per common share - primary.....        .35        ^.25        .23         .23
    
</TABLE>



                                      F-29

<PAGE>




Report Of Independent
Certified Public Accountants



To the Board of Directors
and Shareholders of
Greater Community Bancorp

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Greater Community
Bancorp (formally Great Falls Bancorp) and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996,
and the related  consolidated  statements of income,  shareholders'  equity, and
cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these  financial  statements  based on our audit. We also audited the
adjustments  to share and  earnings  per share data for 1995 and 1994 due to the
10% stock dividend  declared in 1996 as discussed in Note 10 and the restatement
of the stock option information in 1995, as discussed in Note 11. In our opinion
such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the 1996 financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Greater Community Bancorp
and  Subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1996, and the results of their  operations
and their cash  flows for the year then  ended,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.



/s/Grant Thornton, LLP
GRANT THORNTON, LLP


Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
January 15, 1997 (except for Note 1, as to which the date is April 29, 1997)

                                      F-30

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS





To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

              Greater Community Bancorp:


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Greater Community
Bancorp (a New Jersey corporation) (formerly Great Falls Bancorp) and subsidiary
as of December  31, 1995,  and the related  consolidated  statements  of income,
changes in shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the
period  ended   December  31,  1995.   These   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial position of Greater Community Bancorp and
subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1995,  and the results of their  operations and
their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1995
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

As  discussed  in Note 1 to the  consolidated  financial  statements,  effective
January 1, 1994,  the  Company  changed  its method of  accounting  for debt and
equity securities.



/s/Arthur Anderson LLP
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Roseland, New Jersey
January 16, 1996




                                      F-31

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

==========================================      ==========================================

<S>                                                 <C>
No person has been  authorized  in  connection
with the offering made hereby to give any
information  or to make  any  representation
not  contained  in this prospectus and, if given
or made, such information or representation
must not be relied upon as having been
authorized   by   the   company   or   any                        [Logo]
underwriter.   This  prospectus  does  not
constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of                $20,000,000
any offer to buy any of the securities offered
hereby  to any  person or by anyone in any
jurisdiction in which it is unlawful to make                 GCB CAPITAL TRUST
such offer or  solicitation.  Neither  the
delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made
hereunder shall,  under any circumstances,                % Preferred Securities
create any implication that the information             (Liquidation Amount $25 per
contained herein is correct as of any date                  Preferred Security)
subsequent to the date hereof.                      guaranteed, as described herein, by

             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                      PAGE                   GREATER COMMUNITY
                                      ----                        BANCORP
Summary.................................
Selected Consolidated Financial Data....
Risk Factors............................
GCB Capital Trust.......................
Use of Proceeds.........................                    -------------------
Capitalization..........................                        PROSPECTUS
Accounting Treatment....................                    -------------------
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.........................
Business of the Company.................
Management..............................                       Advest, Inc.
Supervision and Regulation..............
Description of Preferred Securities.....
Description of Junior Subordinated
  Debentures............................                                 , 1997
                                                            -------------      
Description of Guarantee................
Relationship Among the Preferred
  Securities, the Junior Subordinated
  Debentures and the Guarantee..........
Certain Federal Income Tax
  Consequences..........................
Certain ERISA Considerations............
Underwriting............................
Validity of Securities..................
Experts.................................
Available Information...................
Financial Statements....................    F-


==========================================      ==========================================
</TABLE>

<PAGE>



                 PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14.       Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

*       Registration Fees...............................     $   6,970
*       Legal Services..................................       110,000
*       Printing and Engraving..........................        25,000
*       Nasdaq Listing Fees.............................         9,600
*       Accounting Fees.................................        40,000
*       Trustee Fees and Expenses.......................        20,000
*       Blue Sky Fees and Expenses......................         5,000
*       Miscellaneous...................................         3,430
                                                            ----------
*       TOTAL...........................................   $   220,000
                                                            ==========


Item 16.       Exhibits:

               The exhibits filed as part of this Registration  Statement are as
follows:

               1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
               3.1    Restated Articles of Incorporation of Greater Community
                        Bancorp. **
               3.2    Bylaws of Greater Community Bancorp. ***
               4.1    Form of Junior Subordinated Indenture.
               4.2    Form of Junior Subordinated Debenture Certificate.
               4.3    Form of Trust Agreement.*
               4.4    Form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement.
               4.5    Form of Preferred Security.
               4.6    Form of Guarantee.
               5.1    Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger.
               5.2    Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane, & Fisch, P.C.
               8.1    Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane, & Fisch, P.C.
              10.1    Employment Agreement with George E. Irwin.
              23.1    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.
              23.2    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
              23.3    Consent of Richards, Layton & Finger (included in
                        Exhibit 5.1).
              23.4    Consent of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. (included
                        in Exhibit 5.2).
              24.1    Power of Attorney*
              25.1    Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 
                        1939, as amended, of Bankers Trust Company, as trustee
                        under the Junior Subordinated Indenture, the Amended and
                        Restated Trust Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement 
                        relating to GCB Capital Trust.
              27.1    Financial Data Schedule. *

- --------------------------
*       Previously filed.
**      Incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  Form 8-K filed with the
        Securities and Exchange Commission on July 8, 1996.
***     Incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  Form 8-K filed with the
        Securities and Exchange Commission on December 19, 1995.


<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the  requirements  for  filing  on  Form  S-2 and has  duly  caused  this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly authorized, in Totowa, New Jersey, as of May 8, 1997.

                             GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP


                             By:    /s/John L. Soldoveri*
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    John L. Soldoveri
                                    Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
                                    (Duly Authorized Representative)


        Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
registration  statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities indicated as of May 8, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                    <C>
/s/John L. Soldoveri*                                  /s/George E. Irwin*
- -----------------------------------------              -------------------------------------------
John L. Soldoveri                                      George E. Irwin
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman                   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)


/s/Anthony M. Bruno, Jr.*                              /s/Charles J. Volpe*
- -----------------------------------------              -------------------------------------------
Anthony M. Bruno, Jr.                                  Charles J. Volpe
Vice Chairman and Director                             Director


                                                       /s/M.A. Bramante*
- -----------------------------------------              -------------------------------------------
Alfred R. Urbano                                       M.A. Bramante
Director                                               Director


/s/C. Mark Campbell*                                   /s/Robert J. Conklin*
- -----------------------------------------              -------------------------------------------
C. Mark Campbell                                       Robert J. Conklin
Executive Vice President and Director                  Director


- -----------------------------------------              -------------------------------------------
Joseph A. Lobosco                                      William T. Ferguson
Director                                               Director


/s/Naqi A. Naqvi*
- -----------------------------------------          
Naqi A. Naqvi
Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)



*By: /s/George E. Irwin
    -------------------------------------         
    George E. Irwin
      As Attorney-in-Fact for each of the
      persons indicated

</TABLE>

<PAGE>



                                    SIGNATURE


            Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended,  the Issuer Trust  certifies that it has reasonable  grounds to believe
that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-2 and has duly caused
this  Registration  Statement  to be  signed on its  behalf by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in Totowa, New Jersey, as of May 8, 1997.


                                    GCB CAPITAL TRUST

                                    By:  GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP
                                           as Depositor



                                    By:   /s/George E. Irwin
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          George E. Irwin
                                          President and Chief Operating Officer




<PAGE>



       As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 9, 1997

                                          Registration Nos.   333-26453-01
                                                              333-26453

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                               -----------------

                                   EXHIBITS TO
                          PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                               -----------------

                                GCB CAPITAL TRUST
                            GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP
           ----------------------------------------------------------
           (Exact Name of Registrants as Specified in their Charters)

   Delaware                                                     Requested
  New Jersey                             6035                   22-2545165
- ------------------------------ --------------------------   --------------------
(States or Other Jurisdictions (Primary Standard Industry     (I.R.S. Employer
of Incorporation               Classification Code Number)  Identification Nos.)
 or Organization)

                  55 Union Boulevard, Totowa, New Jersey 07512
                                 (201) 942-1111
           ---------------------------------------------------------
    (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                  of Registrants' Principal Executive Offices)

                              Mr. John L. Soldoveri
                             Chief Executive Officer
                            Greater Community Bancorp
                  55 Union Boulevard, Totowa, New Jersey 07512
                                 (201) 942-1111
           ---------------------------------------------------------
           (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
                   Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

                  Please send copies of all communications to:

    John J. Spidi, Esq.                         Steven L. Kaplan, Esq.
    MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.        ARNOLD & PORTER
    1301 K Street, N.W, Suite 700 East          555 Twelfth Street, N.W.
    Washington, D.C.  20005                     Washington, D.C. 20004



        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:

   As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.



<PAGE>



                          INDEX TO EXHIBITS TO FORM S-2


               The exhibits filed as part of this Registration  Statement are as
follows:

               1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
               3.1    Restated Articles of Incorporation of Greater Community 
                        Bancorp. **
               3.2    Bylaws of Greater Community Bancorp. ***
               4.1    Form of Junior Subordinated Indenture.
               4.2    Form of Junior Subordinated Debenture Certificate.
               4.3    Form of Trust Agreement.*
               4.4    Form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement.
               4.5    Form of Preferred Security.
               4.6    Form of Guarantee.
               5.1    Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger.
               5.2    Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane, & Fisch, P.C.
               8.1    Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane, & Fisch, P.C.
              10.1    Employment Agreement with George E. Irwin.
              23.1    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.
              23.2    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
              23.3    Consent of Richards, Layton & Finger (included in
                        Exhibit 5.1).
              23.4    Consent of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
                        (included in Exhibit 5.2).
              24.1    Power of Attorney*
              25.1    Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of
                        1939, as amended, of Bankers Trust Company, as trustee 
                        under the Junior Subordinated Indenture, the Amended and
                        Restated Trust Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement
                        relating to GCB Capital Trust.
              27.1    Financial Data Schedule. *

- --------------------
*       Previously filed.
**      Incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  Form 8-K filed with the
        Securities and Exchange Commission on July 8, 1996.
***     Incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  Form 8-K filed with the
        Securities and Exchange Commission on December 19, 1995.


                                  Exhibit 1.1
<PAGE>



                                  $20,000,0000(1)

                                GCB CAPITAL TRUST

                            GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP


                           _____% Preferred Securities
                 (Liquidation Amount $25 per Preferred Security)


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------


                                                                 May ____, 1997

ADVEST, INC.
As Representative of the Several
  Underwriters
One Rockefeller Plaza, 20th Floor
New York, New York  10020

Ladies and Gentlemen:

           GCB Capital Trust (the "Trust"), a statutory business trust organized
under the  Business  Trust  Act (the  "Delaware  Act") of the State of  Delaware
(Chapter 38, Title 12, of the Delaware Business Code, 12 Del. C. Section 3801 et
seq.), and Greater Community  Bancorp, a New Jersey corporation (the "Company"),
as depositor of the Trust and as guarantor,  hereby  confirms its agreement with
you and the several underwriters,  on whose behalf you have been duly authorized
to act as their representative (the "Representative"), as follows:

           SECTION  1.  Introduction.  The  Company  agrees,  upon the terms and
conditions set forth in this Underwriting Agreement (this "Agreement"), to issue
and sell to the several  underwriters  identified  in Schedule A annexed  hereto
(the  "Underwriters"),  who are acting  severally and not jointly,  an aggregate
liquidation  amount of $20,000,000 (the "Firm  Securities") of the Trust's ____%
preferred  securities  (the "Preferred  Securities").  The Trust and the Company
also propose to issue and sell to the Underwriters, at the Underwriters' option,
up to  an  additional  $3,000,000  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount  of  Preferred
Securities (the "Option  Securities")  as set forth herein.  The term "Preferred
Securities"  as used herein,  unless  indicated  otherwise,  shall mean the Firm
Securities and the Option Securities.

           The  Preferred  Securities  and the  Common  Securities  (as  defined
herein) are to be issued  pursuant to the terms of an Amended and Restated Trust
Agreement dated as of May ____, 1997 (the "Trust Agreement"), among the Company,
as depositor,  and,  together with the Trust,  the "Offerors," and Bankers Trust
Company ("Trust Company"),  a New York banking corporation,  as property trustee
("Property Trustee") and Bankers Trust (Delaware) ("Trust Delaware"), a Delaware
banking  corporation,  as Delaware trustee ("Delaware  Trustee") and the holders
from  time to time of  undivided  interests  in the  assets  of the  Trust.  The
Preferred  Securities will be guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated  basis
and subject to certain  limitations with respect to  distributions  and payments
upon  liquidation,  redemption or otherwise  (the  "Guarantee")  pursuant to the
Preferred  Securities  Guarantee  Agreement  dated  as of May  ____,  1997  (the
"Guarantee  Agreement"),  between the Company and the Trust Company,  as Trustee
(the "Guarantee Trustee").  The assets of the Trust will consist of ____% junior
subordinated   deferrable  

- -------------------------
           1    Plus  an  option  to  acquire  up to  an  additional  $3,000,000
     aggregate liquidation  amount  of  Preferred  Securities  from  the  Trust
     to cover over-allotments.


<PAGE>


interest debentures,  due May ____, 2027 (the "Subordinated  Debentures") of the
Company which will be issued under an indenture  dated as of May ____, 1997 (the
"Indenture"),  between  the  Company  and the Trust  Company,  as  Trustee  (the
"Indenture Trustee").  Under certain circumstances,  the Subordinated Debentures
will be  distributable to the holders of undivided  beneficial  interests in the
assets  of the  Trust.  The  entire  proceeds  from  the  sale of the  Preferred
Securities  will be combined with the entire proceeds from the sale by the Trust
to the Company of the Trust's common securities (the "Common  Securities"),  and
will be used by the Trust to purchase an equivalent  amount of the  Subordinated
Debentures.

           The Offerors have filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
(the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-2 (Nos.  333-_________ and
333-_________-01)  and a related preliminary  prospectus for the registration of
the Preferred  Securities,  the Guarantee and the Subordinated  Debentures under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and the rules and
regulations  thereunder (the  "Securities Act  Regulations").  The Offerors have
prepared and filed such amendments thereto, if any, and such amended preliminary
prospectuses,  if any, as may have been  required to the date  hereof,  and will
file such  additional  amendments  thereto and such amended  prospectuses as may
hereafter be required.  The registration  statement has been declared  effective
under the  Securities  Act by the  Commission.  The  registration  statement  as
amended  at the time it  became  effective  (including  the  prospectus  and all
information  deemed to be a part of the  registration  statement  at the time it
became effective  pursuant to Rule 430A(b) of the Securities Act Regulations) is
hereinafter  called the  "Registration  Statement,"  except that, if the Company
files a post-effective  amendment to such  registration  statement which becomes
effective prior to the Closing Date (as defined below), "Registration Statement"
shall  refer to such  registration  statement  as so  amended.  Each  prospectus
included in the registration  statement, or amendments thereof, before it became
effective under the Securities Act and any prospectus  filed with the Commission
by the Company with the consent of the  Underwriters  pursuant to Rule 424(a) of
the  Securities  Act  Regulations   (including  the  documents  incorporated  by
reference therein) is hereinafter called the "Preliminary  Prospectus." The term
"Prospectus" means the final prospectus (including the documents incorporated by
reference  therein,  if any),  as first  filed with the  Commission  pursuant to
paragraph  (1) or (4) of Rule  424(b) of the  Securities  Act  Regulations.  The
Commission  has not issued any order  preventing  or  suspending  the use of any
Preliminary Prospectus.

           SECTION  2.  Representations  and  Warranties.  Each of the  Offerors
represents  and  warrants  to,  and agrees  with,  each of the  Underwriters  as
follows:

                  (a) The Company is duly incorporated and validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of New Jersey with full
power and  authority  (corporate  and  other) to own,  lease,  and  operate  its
properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus,  the Company
is duly  registered  under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the
"BHCA");  the  Company  has  no  subsidiaries  except  those  described  in  the
Registration  Statement  (each a  "Subsidiary");  the Company owns,  directly or
indirectly,  beneficially and of record all of the outstanding  capital stock of
each  Subsidiary  free and clear of any claim,  lien,  encumbrance  or  security
interest,  except as  described in the  Prospectus.  The Company and each of its
Subsidiaries  is duly  qualified  to do  business  and is in good  standing as a
foreign  corporation  in each  jurisdiction  in  which  any of them own or lease
properties,  has an office,  or in which the  business  conducted by any of them
make such qualification necessary,  except where the failure to so qualify would
not have a material  adverse  effect on the condition  (financial or otherwise),
business, prospects, assets, properties,  results of operations, or net worth of
the Company and its Subsidiaries  taken as a whole ("Material  Adverse Effect");
and no proceeding has been instituted

                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

in any  jurisdiction  revoking,  limiting or  curtailing,  or seeking to revoke,
limit or curtail, such power and authority or qualification.

                  (b) The  Preferred  Securities  have  been  duly  and  validly
authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters  pursuant to this Agreement
and, when executed and  authenticated  in accordance with the terms of the Trust
Agreement and delivered to the Underwriters against payment of the consideration
set forth herein,  will constitute valid and legally binding  obligations of the
Trust  enforceable  in accordance  with their terms and entitled to the benefits
provided by the Trust Agreement (except as such enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of
debt, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws relating to or affecting
creditors' rights generally or general equity principles  (whether considered in
a proceeding in equity or at law)). The Trust Agreement has been duly authorized
and,  when  executed by the proper  officers of the Trust and  delivered  by the
Trust,  will  have  been  duly  executed  and  delivered  by the  Trust and will
constitute the valid and legally binding instrument of the Trust, enforceable in
accordance  with its  terms,  (except as such  enforceability  may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of
debt, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws relating to or affecting
creditors' rights generally or general equity principles  (whether considered in
a proceeding in equity or at law)). The  Subordinated  Debentures have been duly
and validly  authorized for delivery by the Company and, when duly authenticated
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and delivered to the Trust against
payment of the consideration set forth herein, will constitute valid and legally
binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance
with their terms  (except as such  enforceability  may be limited by  applicable
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  receivership,  readjustment  of debt,
moratorium,  fraudulent  conveyance  or similar  laws  relating to or  affecting
creditors' rights generally or general equity principles  (whether considered in
a proceeding in equity or at law)) and entitled to the benefits  provided by the
Indenture.  The  Indenture  has been duly  authorized  and, when executed by the
proper officers of the Company and delivered by the Company, will have been duly
executed and delivered by the Company and will  constitute the valid and legally
binding  instrument of the Company,  enforceable  in accordance  with its terms,
(except  as  such  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  receivership,  readjustment  of debt,  moratorium,
fraudulent conveyance or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally or general equity  principles  (whether  considered in a proceeding in
equity or at law)).  The  Trust  Agreement,  the  Guarantee  Agreement,  and the
Indenture  have been duly  qualified  under the  Trust  Indenture  Act;  and the
Preferred Securities,  the Common Securities, the Trust Agreement, the Guarantee
Agreement, the Subordinated Debentures and the Indenture conform in all material
respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus.

                  (c) Neither the Trust nor the Company or any  Subsidiary,  is,
or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both will be, in  violation  or
breach of, or in default  under,  nor will the  execution or delivery of, or the
performance and consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement
(including the offer, sale, or delivery of the Preferred  Securities),  conflict
with, or result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default under,  any
provision  of the  organization  documents  of the  Trust  or  the  Articles  of
Incorporation,  Bylaws  (as  amended  or  restated)  of the  Company,  or  other
governing  documents  of the Trust,  the  Company or any  Subsidiary,  or of any
provision of any  agreement,  contract,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  lease,  loan
agreement,  indenture,  note, bond, or other evidence of indebtedness,  or other
material  agreement  or  instrument  to which  the  Trust,  the  Company  or any
Subsidiary  is a party or by which any of them is bound or to which any of their
properties  is  subject,  nor  will the  performance  by the  Offerors  of their
obligations hereunder violate any rule, regulation, order, or decree, applicable
to the Trust, the Company or any Subsidiary of any court

                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>

or any regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental body having
jurisdiction  over the  Trust,  the  Company or any  Subsidiary  or any of their
respective  properties,  or any  order of any  court or  governmental  agency or
authority  entered  in any  proceeding  to which the Trust,  the  Company or any
Subsidiary was or is now a party or by which it is bound,  except those, if any,
described  in the  Prospectus  or which are not  material to the Company and the
Trust  taken  as  a  whole.  No  consent,   approval,   filing,   authorization,
registration,  qualification, or order, including with or by any bank regulatory
agency,  is  required  for the  execution,  delivery,  and  performance  of this
Agreement  or  the  consummation  of  the  transactions   contemplated  by  this
Agreement,  other  than  such  that  have  been  obtained  or made,  except  for
compliance  with the  Securities  Act, the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and the Blue Sky Laws  applicable to the public
offering of the Preferred Securities by the Underwriters,  the clearance of such
offering and the  underwriting  arrangements  evidenced hereby with the National
Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD"),  and the  listing  of the
Preferred  Securities on the Nasdaq Stock Market.  This  Agreement has been duly
authorized,  executed and delivered by the Company and the Trust and constitutes
a valid and binding  obligation of the Company and the Trust and is  enforceable
against the Company and the Trust in accordance with its terms.

                  (d) The  Commission  has not  issued any order  preventing  or
suspending  the  use  of  any  Preliminary  Prospectus,   and  each  Preliminary
Prospectus  complies  in all  material  respects  with the  requirements  of the
Securities Act and the Securities Act  Regulations.  As of the effective date of
the  Registration  Statement,  and at all  times  subsequent  thereto  up to the
Closing Date or any Option  Closing Date (as defined  below),  the  Registration
Statement  and  the  Prospectus,  and any  amendments  or  supplements  thereto,
contained or will contain all material statements that are required to be stated
therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations
and conformed or will conform in all material  respects to the  requirements  of
the  Securities  Act  and  the  Securities  Act  Regulations,  and  neither  the
Registration  Statement  nor the  Prospectus,  nor any  amendment or  supplement
thereto  included or will  include any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or
omitted or will omit to state a material fact  required to be stated  therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that
no representation or warranty is made as to information  contained in or omitted
from the Registration  Statement,  the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
in reliance upon and in  conformity  with written  information  furnished to the
Company and the Trust by or on behalf of the Underwriters.

                  (e) Grant  Thornton LLP and Arthur  Andersen LLP each of which
has audited,  reviewed, and expressed its opinion with respect to certain of the
financial  statements  and schedules  filed with the Commission as a part of the
Registration  Statement  and included or to be included,  as the case may be, in
the Prospectus and in the  Registration  Statement,  and each of whose report is
included  in the  Prospectus  and the  Registration  Statement  are  independent
accountants   as  required  by  the   Securities  Act  and  the  Securities  Act
Regulations.

                  (f) The  financial  statements  and  schedules and the related
notes  thereto  included  or  to be  included,  as  the  case  may  be,  in  the
Registration Statement,  the Preliminary Prospectus,  and the Prospectus present
fairly the financial  position of the entities  purported to be shown thereby as
of the  respective  dates of such financial  statements  and schedules,  and the
results  of  operations,  changes  in  equity  and cash  flows  of the  entities
purported to be shown thereby for the respective periods covered thereby, all in
conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently  applied
throughout the periods  involved,  except as may be disclosed in the Prospectus.
All adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of such periods
have been made. The Company had an outstanding capitalization as set forth under
"Capitalization"  in the Prospectus as of the date  indicated  therein and there
has been no material  change  therein since such date except

                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>

as  disclosed in the  Prospectus.  The  financial,  operating,  and  statistical
information  set forth in the  Prospectus  under captions  "Summary,"  "Selected
Consolidated Financial Data," "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization," "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations,"
"Business of the Company" and  "Management" are fairly presented and prepared on
a basis consistent with the audited financial statements of the Company.

                  (g) There is no litigation or governmental proceeding, action,
or  investigation  pending  or, to the  knowledge  of the Trust or the  Company,
threatened,  to which the Trust,  the Company or any  Subsidiary  is or may be a
party or to which  property  owned or leased by the Company or any Subsidiary is
or may be subject, or related to environmental or discrimination  matters, which
is required to be disclosed in the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus by
the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations and is not so disclosed, or
which  questions  the  validity of this  Agreement  or any action taken or to be
taken pursuant hereto.

                  (h) Either the  Company or a  Subsidiary,  as the case may be,
has good and  marketable  title in fee simple to all items of real  property and
good and marketable title to all the personal properties and assets reflected as
owned by the Company or a  Subsidiary  in the  Prospectus  (or  elsewhere in the
Registration  Statement),  in each case clear of all liens, mortgages,  pledges,
charges,  or encumbrances of any kind or nature except those, if any,  reflected
in the financial  statements  described above (or elsewhere in the  Registration
Statement) or which are not material to the Company and its  Subsidiaries  taken
as a whole;  all  properties  held or used by the Company or a Subsidiary  under
leases,  licenses,  franchises or other agreements are held by them under valid,
existing,  binding,  and  enforceable  leases,  franchises,  licenses,  or other
agreements with respect to which it is not in default.

                  (i) Neither the Trust nor the  Company or any  Subsidiary  has
taken or will take,  directly  or  indirectly,  any action  designed to cause or
result in, or which has  constituted  or which might  reasonably  be expected to
constitute,  stabilization or manipulation, under the Exchange Act or otherwise,
of the price of the Preferred Securities.

                  (j) Except as reflected in or contemplated by the Registration
Statement,  since the respective  dates as of which  information is given in the
Registration Statement and prior to the Closing Date and Option Closing Date (as
such terms are hereinafter defined):

                        (i) neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary  has or will
have incurred any material liabilities or obligations,  direct or contingent, or
entered into any  material  transaction  not in the ordinary  course of business
without the prior consent of the Representative;

                        (ii) neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary has or will
have paid or declared  any  dividend or other  distribution  with respect to its
capital  stock  and  neither  the  Company  nor  any  Subsidiary  has or will be
delinquent  in the payment of  principal  or interest  on any  outstanding  debt
obligations; and

                        (iii)  there has not been and will not be any  change in
the capital stock or any material  change in the  indebtedness of the Company or
any  Subsidiary  (except as may  result  from the  closing  of the  transactions
contemplated  by  this  Agreement),  or any  adverse  change  in  the  condition
(financial or otherwise),  or any  development  involving a prospective  adverse
change in their respective  businesses (resulting from litigation or otherwise),
prospects, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), net worth, or results
of operations which is material to the Company and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a
whole.

                                     - 5 -

<PAGE>

                  (k) There is no contract or other  document,  transaction,  or
relationship  required to be described in the Registration  Statement,  or to be
filed as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement,  by the Securities Act or by
the Securities Act Regulations that has not been described or filed as required.

                  (l) All documents delivered or to be delivered by the Offerors
or any of their  representatives in connection with the issuance and sale of the
Preferred Securities were on the dates on which they were delivered,  or will be
on the dates on which they are to be delivered,  true, complete,  and correct in
all material respects.

                  (m) The Company and each  Subsidiary  have filed all necessary
federal and all state and foreign  income and franchise tax returns and paid all
taxes  shown  as due  thereon;  and no  tax  deficiency  has  been  asserted  or
threatened  against  the  Company or any  Subsidiary  that would have a Material
Adverse Effect, except as described in the Prospectus.

                  (n) Neither the Trust nor the Company or any  Subsidiary  has,
directly or indirectly, at any time:

                        (i) made any unlawful  contribution to any candidate for
political office, or failed to disclose any contribution in violation of law; or

                        (ii) made any payment to any federal,  state,  local, or
foreign  government  officer or official,  or other person  charged with similar
public or quasi-public  duties, other than payments required or permitted by the
laws of the United  States or any  jurisdiction  thereof or  applicable  foreign
jurisdictions.

                  (o) The Company or a  Subsidiary  owns or  possesses  adequate
rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade
names,  trademark  registrations,  servicemark  registrations,  copyrights,  and
licenses  necessary  for the  conduct of the  business  of the  Company  and the
Subsidiaries  or  ownership  of their  respective  properties,  and  neither the
Company nor any  Subsidiary  has received  notice of conflict  with the asserted
rights of others in respect thereof which has not been resolved.

                  (p)  The  Company  and  each  Subsidiary  have  in  place  and
effective such policies of insurance,  with limits of liability in such amounts,
as are normal and prudent in the ordinary  scope of business  similar to that of
the Company and such  Subsidiary in the  respective  jurisdiction  in which they
conduct business.

                  (q) The Company and each  Subsidiary have and hold, and at the
Closing  Date or Option  Closing Date will have and hold,  and are  operating in
compliance  with,  and  have  fulfilled  and  performed  all of  their  material
obligations  with respect to, all  permits,  certificates,  franchises,  grants,
easements,    consents,   licenses,    approvals,    charters,    registrations,
authorizations,  and orders  (collectively,  "Permits") required under all laws,
rules, and regulations in connection with their respective  businesses,  and all
of  such  Permits  are in  full  force  and  effect;  and  there  is no  pending
proceeding,  and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary  has received  notice of
any threatened  proceeding,  relating to the revocation or  modification  of any
such  Permits.  Neither  the  Company  nor any  Subsidiary  is (by virtue of any
action,  omission  to act,  contract  to  which  it is a party or by which it is
bound,  or any  occurrence  or state of facts  whatsoever)  in  violation of any
applicable  federal,  state,  municipal,  or local statutes,  laws,  ordinances,
rules,  regulations  and/or orders issued pursuant to foreign,  federal,  state,
municipal, or local statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, or regulations (including
those relating to any aspect of banking,  bank holding companies,  environmental
protection,  occupational  safety and health,  and equal  employment  practices)
heretofore  or currently in effect,  except such  violation  that has

                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>

been fully cured or satisfied  without recourse or that is not reasonably likely
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (r)  The  provisions  of any  employee  pension  benefit  plan
("Pension  Plan") as defined in Section 3(2) of the Employee  Retirement  Income
Security  Act of 1974,  as  amended  ("ERISA"),  in  which  the  Company  or any
Subsidiary is a participating employer are in substantial compliance with ERISA,
and neither  the  Company  nor any  Subsidiary  is in  violation  of ERISA.  The
Company,  each Subsidiary,  or the plan sponsor thereof, as the case may be, has
duly and timely  filed the reports  required to be filed by ERISA in  connection
with the maintenance of any Pension Plans in which the Company or any Subsidiary
is a participating  employer,  and no facts, including any "reportable event" as
defined by ERISA and the  regulations  thereunder,  exist in connection with any
Pension Plan in which the Company or any Subsidiary is a participating  employer
which might  constitute  grounds for the termination of such plan by the Pension
Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation or for the  appointment by the  appropriate  U.S.
District  Court of a trustee to administer  any such plan. The provisions of any
employee benefit welfare plan, as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, in which the
Company  or any  Subsidiary  is a  participating  employer,  are in  substantial
compliance  with ERISA,  and the Company,  any  Subsidiary,  or the plan sponsor
thereof,  as the case may be, has duly and timely filed the reports  required to
be filed by ERISA in connection with the maintenance of any such plans.

                  (s)   Neither  the  Company  nor  the  Trust  is  an  open-end
investment  company,  unit investment trust or face-amount  certificate  company
that is, or is  required to be,  registered  under  Section 8 of the  Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended, or subject to regulation under such Act.

                  (t) The  deposits  of Great  Falls Bank and Bergen  Commercial
Bank are each insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC") up
to the legal limits.

                  (u) Neither this Agreement nor any  certificate,  statement or
other  document  delivered or to be delivered by the Offerors or any  Subsidiary
contains or will  contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omits or
will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading.

           Any  certificate  signed by any director or officer of the Company or
the Trust, as the case may be, and delivered to the Representative or to counsel
for the  Underwriters  shall be  deemed a  representation  and  warranty  of the
Company or the Trust, as the case may be, to the  Underwriters as to the matters
covered thereby.

           Any  certificate  delivered by the Company or the Trust,  as the case
may be, to their  respective  counsel for  purposes of enabling  such counsel to
render  an  opinion  pursuant  to  Section  8  will  also  be  furnished  to the
Representative  and  counsel  for the  Underwriters  and  shall be  deemed to be
additional representations and warranties to the Underwriters by the Company and
the Trust as to the matters covered thereby.

           SECTION 3. Purchase,  Sale and Delivery to Underwriters;  Closing. On
the basis of the  representations and warranties herein contained and subject to
the terms and  conditions  herein set forth,  the Trust and the Company,  as the
case may be, agree that the Trust will issue and sell to the  Underwriters,  and
each of the Underwriters agrees,  severally and not jointly to purchase from the
Trust,  the  number  of Firm  Securities  set  forth  opposite  the name of such
Underwriter in Schedule A at a purchase price of $25 per Firm Security.

           Payment  of the  purchase  price  for,  and  delivery  of,  the  Firm
Securities shall be made at the offices of Arnold & Porter,  555 Twelfth Street,
N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.,  or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the
Representative,  the Trust and the Company,  at 9:00 A.M. Eastern

                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

Standard Time, on the fourth  business day (unless  postponed in accordance with
the  provisions  of Section 14) following  the date of this  Agreement,  or such
other  time not later  than ten (10)  business  days after such date as shall be
agreed upon by the Representative, the Trust and the Company (such time and date
of payment and delivery being herein called the "Closing Date").

           As compensation (the  "Underwriting  Commission") for the commitments
of the  Underwriters  contained in this Section 3, the Company  hereby agrees to
pay to the Underwriters an amount equal to ____% of the public offering price of
the  Preferred  Securities.  Such payment will be made on the Closing Date or on
the  Option  Closing  Date  (as  defined  below)  with  respect  to  the  Option
Securities.

           Payment  for the Firm  Securities  shall be made to the Trust by wire
transfer of immediately  available funds, against delivery to the Underwriter of
the Firm Securities to be purchased by it. The Firm  Securities  shall be issued
in the form of one or more  fully  registered  global  securities  (the  "Global
Securities") in book-entry form in such denominations and registered in the name
of the nominee of The  Depository  Trust Company (the "DTC") or in such names as
the  Representative may request in writing at least two business days before the
Closing Date. The Global  Securities  representing  the Firm Securities shall be
made  available  for  examination  by  the  Representative  and  counsel  to the
Underwriters not later than 9:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time on the last business
day prior to the Closing Date.

           In addition,  on the basis of the  representations,  warranties,  and
agreements  contained herein,  but subject to the terms and conditions set forth
herein,  the Trust  hereby  grants to the  Underwriters  an option to  purchase,
severally  and not  jointly,  from the Trust the Option  Securities  in the same
proportion as the number of Preferred  Securities set forth opposite their names
on Schedule A bears to the total number of Firm Securities, at the same purchase
price per Preferred Security to be paid for the Firm Securities,  for use solely
in  covering  any  over-allotments  made by the  Underwriters  in the  sale  and
distribution  of the  Firm  Securities.  The  option  granted  hereunder  may be
exercised at any time (but not more than once) within thirty (30) days after the
date of this  Agreement,  upon notice by the  Representative  to the Trust which
sets forth the aggregate liquidation amount of Option Securities as to which the
Underwriters  are  exercising  the  option,  and the time and place at which the
certificate  representing the Option Securities will be delivered.  Such time of
delivery  may not be  earlier  than the  Closing  Date and  herein is called the
"Option  Closing  Date." The Option  Closing  Date  shall be  determined  by the
Representative,  but if at any time other than the  Closing  Date,  shall not be
earlier than three nor later than five full business days after delivery of such
notice  to  exercise.  Certificates  for  the  Option  Securities  will  be made
available for  inspection at least 24 hours prior to the Option  Closing Date at
the offices of the DTC, or its designated  custodian,  or at such other location
as specified by the Representative.  The manner of payment for a delivery of the
Option  Securities  shall be the same as for the Firm Securities as specified in
this Section 3.

           SECTION 4.  Representations  and Warranties of the Underwriters.  The
Representative,  on behalf of the  Underwriters,  represents and warrants to the
Company that the  information  set forth (a) in the last  paragraph of the cover
page of the  Prospectus,  (b) on the inside  front cover page of the  Prospectus
relating  to  stabilization,  and (c) in the third and sixth  paragraphs  of the
section  in  the  Prospectus  entitled   "Underwriting"  was  the  only  written
information  furnished  to  the  Company  by and on  behalf  of any  Underwriter
expressly  for  use in  connection  with  the  preparation  of the  Registration
Statement,  and is correct and  complete in all  material  respects and does not
include any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein
not misleading.

                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

           SECTION 5.  Offering by the  Underwriters.  The Trust and the Company
are advised by the Representative that the Underwriters propose to make a public
offering of the Preferred  Securities,  on the terms and conditions set forth in
the Registration  Statement from time to time as and when the Underwriters  deem
advisable after the Registration  Statement becomes effective.  Because the NASD
is  expected  to  view  the  Preferred  Securities  as  interests  in  a  direct
participation program, the offering of the Preferred Securities is being made in
compliance  with the  applicable  provisions of Rule 2810 of the NASD's  Conduct
Rules.

           SECTION 6.  Agreements  of  the  Offerors.  Each  of  the  Offerors 
covenants and agrees with the Underwriter that:

                  (a) If any  information  shall  have  been  omitted  from  the
Registration  Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A, the Company, at the earliest
possible time, will furnish the Representative  with a copy of the Prospectus to
be filed by the Offerors with the Commission to comply with Rule 424(b) and Rule
430A  under  the  Securities  Act,  and,  will  file  such  Prospectus  with the
Commission in compliance with such Rules.  Upon compliance with such Rules,  the
Company will so advise the Representative  promptly. The Company will advise the
Representative  and counsel to the Underwriters  promptly of the issuance by the
Commission of any stop order  suspending the  effectiveness  of the Registration
Statement or of the institution of any  proceedings for that purpose,  or of any
notification  received by the Company of the suspension of  qualification of the
Preferred  Securities  for  sale  in  any  jurisdiction  or  the  initiation  or
threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, or of any notification received
by the Company of the suspension of  qualification  of the Preferred  Securities
for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings
for that purpose. The Company also will advise the Representative and counsel to
the  Underwriters  promptly of any request of the  Commission  for  amendment or
supplement of the Registration Statement,  of any Preliminary Prospectus,  or of
the Prospectus,  or for additional  information,  and the Offerors will not file
any amendment or  supplement to the  Registration  Statement  (either  before or
after it becomes effective), to any Preliminary Prospectus, or to the Prospectus
(including a prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)) if the Representative has
not been  furnished  with a copy prior to such  filing or if the  Representative
reasonably objects to such filing.

                  (b) For the period  during which a Prospectus  relating to the
Preferred  Securities is required to be delivered  under the Securities Act, the
Offerors  shall comply with all  requirements  imposed on them by the Securities
Act, as now and hereafter  amended,  and by the Securities Act  Regulations,  as
from time to time in force,  so far as is necessary to permit the continuance of
sales or dealings in the Preferred  Securities as contemplated by the provisions
hereof  and the  Prospectus.  If any  event  occurs  as a result  of  which  the
Prospectus,  including any subsequent amendment or supplement,  would include an
untrue  statement of a material  fact,  or would omit to state any material fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if
it  becomes  necessary  at any  time to  amend  the  Prospectus,  including  any
amendment or supplement  thereto, to comply with the Securities Act, the Company
promptly will advise the Representative and counsel to the Underwriters  thereof
and the Offerors will promptly prepare and file with the Commission an amendment
or supplement  that will correct such statement or omission or an amendment that
will effect such  compliance;  and, if any  Underwriter is required to deliver a
prospectus nine (9) months or more after the effective date of the  Registration
Statement, the Company, upon request of the Representative but at the expense of
such  Underwriter,  will prepare promptly such prospectus or prospectuses as may
be necessary to permit  compliance with the  requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of
the Securities Act.

                  (c) The Offerors will not, prior to the Option Closing Date or
thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement, whichever occurs first,

                                     - 9 -

<PAGE>

without the prior consent of the Representative, incur any material liability or
obligation, direct or contingent, or enter into any material transaction,  other
than in the ordinary course of business, or any transaction with a related party
which is  required to be  disclosed  in the  Prospectus  pursuant to Item 404 of
Regulation  S-K  under  the  Securities  Act,  except  as  contemplated  by  the
Prospectus.

                  (d) The Company will make generally  available to its security
holders and the  Representative an earnings  statement of the Company as soon as
practicable, but in no event later than fifteen (15) months after the end of the
Company's  current fiscal quarter,  covering a period of twelve (12) consecutive
calendar  months   beginning  after  the  effective  date  of  the  Registration
Statement,  but  beginning  not later than four (4) months after such  effective
date,  which will satisfy the provisions of the last subsection of Section 11(a)
of the Securities Act and Rule 158 promulgated thereunder.

                  (e) During such period as a  prospectus  is required by law to
be delivered in connection  with sales by an underwriter or dealer,  the Company
will furnish to the Representative, at the expense of the Company, copies of the
Registration  Statement,  the Prospectus,  any Preliminary  Prospectus,  and all
amendments  and  supplements  to any  such  documents  in  each  case as soon as
available and in such quantities as the Representative  may reasonably  request,
for the purposes contemplated by the Securities Act.

                  (f) The Offerors  will use their best efforts to take or cause
to  be  taken  in  cooperation  with  the  Representative  and  counsel  to  the
Underwriters  all actions  required in qualifying or  registering  the Preferred
Securities  for  sale  under  the Blue  Sky  Laws of such  jurisdictions  as the
Representative  may  reasonably  designate,  provided the Offerors  shall not be
required  to  qualify  generally  as  foreign  corporations  or as a  dealer  in
securities  or to consent  generally to the service of process  under the law of
any such state  (except with  respect to the offering and sale of the  Preferred
Securities), and will continue such qualifications or registrations in effect so
long as reasonably requested by the Representative to effect the distribution of
the Preferred  Securities  (including,  without limitation,  compliance with all
undertakings given pursuant to such  qualifications or  registrations).  In each
jurisdiction where any of the Preferred  Securities shall have been qualified as
provided  above,  the Offerors  will file such reports and  statements as may be
required to continue  such  qualification  for a period of not less than one (1)
year from the date of this Agreement.

                  (g) The Company will furnish to its  security  holders  annual
reports   containing   financial   statements   audited  by  independent  public
accountants.  During the period  ending  three (3) years  after the date of this
Agreement,  (i) as soon as  practicable  after the end of the fiscal  year,  the
Company will furnish to the  Representative  two copies of the annual  report of
the Company containing the audited  consolidated balance sheet of the Company as
of the  close  of  such  fiscal  year  and  corresponding  audited  consolidated
statements  of earnings,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the year then
ended,  and (ii)  the  Company  will  file  promptly  and  will  furnish  to the
Representative  at or before the filing  thereof  copies of all  reports and any
definitive proxy or information  statements  required to be filed by the Company
with the  Commission  pursuant  to Section  13, 14, or 15 of the  Exchange  Act.
During  such   three-year   period  the  Company   also  will   furnish  to  the
Representative one copy of the following:

                        (i) as soon as  practicable  after the  filing  thereof,
each other report,  statement,  or other  document filed by the Company with the
Company with the Commission;

                        (ii) as soon as  practicable  after the filing  thereof,
all reports,  statements,  other documents and financial statements furnished by
the Company to Nasdaq pursuant to requirements of or agreements with Nasdaq; and

                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

                        (iii) as soon as  available,  each report,  statement or
other document of the Company mailed to its stockholders.

                  (h) The  Offerors  will use their  best  efforts to satisfy or
cause to be satisfied the conditions to the  obligations of the  Underwriters in
Section 8 hereof.

                  (i)  The  Offerors  shall  deliver  the  requisite  notice  of
issuance to the NASD and shall take all necessary or  appropriate  action within
its power to maintain the authorization for trading of the Preferred  Securities
on the Nasdaq Stock Market for a period of at least thirty-six (36) months after
the date of this Agreement.

                  (j)  The  Trust  shall  comply  in  all   respects   with  the
undertakings  given  by the  Trust  in  connection  with  the  qualification  or
registration  of the Preferred  Securities  for offering and sale under the Blue
Sky Laws.

                  (k) The Trust  shall apply the  proceeds  from its sale of the
Preferred  Securities,  combined  with the entire  proceeds from the sale by the
Trust to the Company of the Trust's Common Securities, to purchase an equivalent
amount of  Subordinated  Debentures.  All the  proceeds  to be  received  by the
Company from the sale of the Subordinated Debentures will be used in the manner
and for the  purposes  specified  under the  heading  "Use of  Proceeds"  in the
Prospectus.  The Offerors  shall file, and will furnish or cause to be furnished
to the Representative  and counsel to the Underwriters  copies of all reports as
may be required in accordance with Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

                  (l) Except for the sale of  Preferred  Securities  pursuant to
this  Agreement,  neither  the  Company nor any  Subsidiary  shall,  directly or
indirectly,  offer, sell, contract to sell, issue, distribute, grant any option,
right, or warrant to purchase or otherwise  dispose of any Preferred  Securities
or  substantially  similar  securities,  in the open market or otherwise,  for a
period of one hundred eighty (180) days after the later of the effective date of
the  Registration  Statement or the date of this Agreement,  without the express
prior written consent of the Representative.

           SECTION 7.  Payment of Expenses and Fees

                  (a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are
consummated, or if this Agreement is terminated for any reason, the Company will
pay or cause to be paid the costs,  fees,  and expenses  incurred in  connection
with the offering of the Preferred Securities as follows:

                        (i) All costs, fees, and expenses incurred in connection
with the  performance  of the  Company and the  Trust's  obligations  hereunder,
including all fees and expenses of the Company and the Trust's  accountants  and
counsel,  all costs and expenses  incurred in connection  with the  preparation,
printing,  filing, and distribution  (including  delivery and shipping costs) of
the  Registration  Statement,  each Preliminary  Prospectus,  and the Prospectus
(including  all  amendments  and exhibits  thereto and the financial  statements
therein), and agreements and supplements provided for herein, this Agreement and
other underwriting  documents,  including various Underwriters' letters, and the
Preliminary and Supplemental Blue Sky Memoranda;

                        (ii) All  filing  and  registration  fees and  expenses,
including the legal fees and  disbursements of counsel (up to $3,500),  incurred
in connection  with  qualifying or registering  all or any part of the Preferred
Securities,  the Guarantee and the  Subordinated  Debentures  for offer and sale
under the Blue Sky Laws;

                        (iii) All fees and expenses of the  Offerors'  registrar
and transfer agent; all transfer taxes, if any, and all other fees and

                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>

expenses  incurred in  connection  with the sale and  delivery of the  Preferred
Securities to the Underwriters;

                        (iv) The  filing  fees of the NASD and  applicable  fees
charged by Nasdaq for inclusion of the Preferred Securities for quotation on the
National Market System; and

                        (v)  All  other  costs  and  expenses  incident  to  the
performance of the Company's and the Trust's obligations hereunder which are not
otherwise provided for in this Section 7(a).

                  (b)  On the  consummation  of the  offering  of the  Preferred
Securities,  the Company shall pay Advest,  Inc.  twenty-five  thousand  dollars
($25,000) as a financial advisory fee.

           SECTION 8.  Conditions to the  Obligations of the  Underwriters.  The
obligations of the  Underwriters  under this  Agreement  shall be subject to the
accuracy of the  representations  and  warranties on the part of the Company and
the Trust set forth herein as of the Closing Date, and if applicable,  as of the
Option  Closing Date,  as the case may be, to the accuracy of the  statements of
the Offerors' directors and officers,  to the performance by the Company and the
Trust  of  their  obligations   hereunder,   and  to  the  following  additional
conditions,   except  to  the  extent   expressly   waived  in  writing  by  the
Representative:

                  (a)  The   Registration   Statement  and  all   post-effective
amendments thereto shall have been declared effective by the Commission no later
than 5:30 p.m., eastern time, on the date of this Agreement,  or such later time
as shall  have been  consented  to by the  Representative,  but in any event not
later than 5:30 p.m., eastern time, on the third full business day following the
date hereof; if the Offerors omitted information from the Registration Statement
at the time it became  effective  in reliance on Rule 430A under the  Securities
Act, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in compliance with
Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A under the Securities Act; no stop order suspending the
effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement or any  amendment  or  supplement
thereto shall have been issued;  no proceeding for the issuance of such an order
shall  have been  initiated  or shall be  pending  or, to the  knowledge  of the
Offerors or the  Representative,  threatened or  contemplated by the Commission;
and any request of the Commission for additional  information (to be included in
the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus  or  otherwise)  shall have been
disclosed  to the  Representative  and  complied  with  to the  Representative's
satisfaction.

                  (b)  The   Preferred   Securities,   the   Guarantee  and  the
Subordinated  Debentures  shall have been  qualified or registered  for sale, or
subject to an available exemption from such qualification or registration, under
the Blue Sky Laws of such jurisdictions as shall have been reasonably  specified
by the Representative and the offering contemplated by this Agreement shall have
been cleared by the NASD.

                  (a)  Since the dates as of which  information  is given in the
Registration Statement:

                        (i)  There  shall  not have  been any  material  adverse
change, or any development  involving a prospective  material adverse change, in
the  ability  of the  Company or any  Subsidiary  to  conduct  their  respective
business  (whether  by  reason of any  court,  legislative,  other  governmental
action,  order,  decree,  or otherwise),  or in the general  affairs,  condition
(financial and otherwise) business, prospects, properties, management, financial
position or earnings,  results of operations, or net worth of the Company or any
Subsidiary,  whether or not arising from  transactions in the ordinary course of
business; and

                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

                        (ii) Neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary  shall have
sustained any loss or interference from any labor dispute,  strike, fire, flood,
windstorm,  accident,  or other  calamity  (whether or not  insured) or from any
court or governmental action, order, or decree;

the effect of which on the Company or any Subsidiary, in any such case described
in  clause  (c)(i)  or  (ii)  above,  is  in  the  reasonable   opinion  of  the
Representative   so  material  and  adverse  as  to  make  it  impracticable  or
inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Preferred
Securities  on the  terms and in the  manner  contemplated  in the  Registration
Statement and the Prospectus.

                  (d) There shall have been furnished to the  Representative  on
the Closing Date, except as otherwise expressly provided below:

                        (i) An opinion of Malizia,  Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.,
counsel to the  Company,  dated as of the  Closing  Date and any Option  Closing
Date, in form and substance substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
A.

                        (ii) The favorable  opinion,  dated the Closing Date, of
White & Case, counsel to the Trust Company and Trust Delaware,  substantially in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

                        (iii) The favorable opinion,  dated the Closing Date, of
Richards,  Layton & Finger,  special  Delaware  counsel to the  Company  and the
Trust, substantially to the effect and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

                        (iv) The favorable  opinion,  dated the Closing Date, of
Arnold  &  Porter,  counsel  to  the  Underwriters  as to  such  matters  as the
Representative shall reasonably request.

                        In rendering such opinions  specified in clause (d)(ii),
(iii) or (iv) above,  counsel may rely upon an opinion or  opinions,  each dated
the Closing Date, of other counsel retained by them or the Company as to laws of
any jurisdiction other than the United States or the State of New York, provided
that (A) such  reliance is expressly  authorized  by each opinion so relied upon
and a copy of each such  opinion is  delivered  to the  Representative,  and (B)
counsel  shall  state in their  opinion  that  they  believe  that  they and the
Underwriters are justified in relying thereon.  Insofar as such opinions involve
factual matters, such counsel may rely, to the extent such counsel deems proper,
upon certificates of officers of the Company, its subsidiaries and the Trust and
certificates of public officials.

                  (e) At the time this  Agreement  is  executed  and also on the
Closing  Date and the Option  Closing  Date,  as the case may be, there shall be
delivered to the  Representative  letters addressed to the  Representative  from
Grant  Thornton  LLP  and  Arthur   Andersen  LLP,  the  Company's   independent
accountants, the first letter to be dated the date of this Agreement, the second
letter to be dated the Closing Date, and the third letter to be dated the Option
Closing  Date,  if  any,  which  shall  be  in  form  and  substance  reasonably
satisfactory to the  Representative  and shall contain  information as of a date
within  five  days of the date of such  letter.  There  shall  not have been any
change set forth in any letter  referred to in this subsection (e) that makes it
impracticable  or inadvisable in the judgment of the  Representative  to proceed
with the public offering or purchase of the Preferred Securities as contemplated
hereby.

                  (f) On the Closing Date, a certificate  signed by the Chairman
of the Board,  the  President,  a Vice Chairman of the Board or any Executive or
Senior Vice President and the principal  financial or accounting  officer of the
Company,  dated  the  Closing  Date,  to the  effect  that the  signers  of such

                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

certificate  have  carefully  examined  the  Registration   Statement  and  this
Agreement and that:

                        (i) The  representations  and warranties of the Offerors
in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
Closing  Date  with  the  same  effect  as if made on the  Closing  Date and the
Offerors have  complied in all material  respects  with all the  agreements  and
satisfied  in all  material  respects  all  the  conditions  on its  part  to be
performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date;

                        (ii) The Commission  has not issued an order  preventing
or suspending  the use of the  Prospectus or any  Preliminary  Prospectus or any
amendment   thereto;   no  stop  order  suspending  the   effectiveness  of  the
Registration  Statement has been issued; and, to the knowledge of the respective
signatories, no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or is pending or
contemplated under the Securities Act;

                        (iii)  Each  of  the   respective   signatories  of  the
certificate has carefully examined the Registration  Statement,  the Prospectus,
and any  amendments  or  supplements  thereto,  and such  documents  contain all
material statements and information required to be made therein, and neither the
Registration  Statement  nor any amendment or  supplement  thereto  includes any
untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading
and, since the date on which the Registration  Statement was initially filed, no
event  has  occurred  that  was  required  to be  set  forth  in an  amended  or
supplemented  prospectus or in an amendment to the  Registration  Statement that
has not been so set forth;  provided,  however,  that no representation  need be
made as to information  contained in or omitted from the Registration  Statement
or any amendment or  supplement in reliance upon and in conformity  with written
information  furnished  to the  Company  and the  Trust by or on  behalf  of any
Underwriter through the Representative; and

                        (iv) Since the date on which the Registration  Statement
was initially filed with the Commission, there has not been any material adverse
change or a development  involving a prospective  material adverse change in the
business,  properties,  financial condition,  or earnings of the Company and its
Subsidiaries  taken as a whole,  whether or not arising from transactions in the
ordinary course of business,  except as disclosed in the Registration  Statement
as  heretofore  amended or (but only if the  Representative  expressly  consents
thereto in writing) as disclosed in an amendment  or  supplement  thereto  filed
with the Commission and delivered to the  Representative  after the execution of
this  Agreement;  since such date and except as so  disclosed or in the ordinary
course of  business,  neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary  has  incurred any
liability or  obligation,  direct or indirect,  or entered into any  transaction
that is  material  to the  Company or such  Subsidiary,  as the case may be, not
contemplated in the Prospectus; since such date and except as so disclosed there
has not been any change in the outstanding  capital stock of the Company, or any
change that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries  taken as a whole in
the short-term  debt or long-term debt of the Company or any  Subsidiary;  since
such  date and  except  as so  disclosed,  neither  the  Company  nor any of its
Subsidiaries have incurred any material contingent obligations,  and no material
litigation is pending or, to their knowledge  threatened  against the Company or
any  Subsidiary;  and,  since such date and except as so disclosed,  neither the
Company  nor  any of its  Subsidiaries  have  sustained  any  material  loss  or
interference from any strike, fire, flood, windstorm, accident or other calamity
(whether or not insured) or from any court or  governmental  action,  order,  or
decree.

                  (g)  Prior  to  the  Closing  Date,  the  Company  shall  have
furnished to the  Representative  such  further  information,  certificates  and
documents as the  Representative  may reasonably  request in connection with the
offering of the Preferred Securities.

                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

           If any  condition  specified  in this  Section  shall  not have  been
fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated
by the Underwriters by notice from the Representative to the Company at any time
without liability on the part of any Underwriters, including the Representative,
or the  Company,  except for  expenses  to be paid by the  Company  pursuant  to
Section 7 hereof or reimbursed  by the Company  pursuant to Section 9 and except
to the extent provided in Section 11.

           SECTION 9.  Reimbursement of Underwriters'  Expenses.  If the sale of
the  Preferred  Securities  to the  Underwriters  on  the  Closing  Date  is not
consummated because the offering is terminated or indefinitely  suspended by the
Company or by the  Representative  for any reason  permitted by this  Agreement,
other than the  Underwriters'  inability  to legally  act as  Underwriters,  the
Company  will  reimburse  the  Underwriters  for  the  Underwriters'  reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses,  including fees and disbursements of their counsel, that
shall have been incurred by the  Underwriters  in  connection  with the proposed
purchase and sale of the  Preferred  Securities  in an  aggregate  amount not to
exceed  seventy-five  thousand  dollars  ($75,000).   Any  such  termination  or
suspension shall be without  liability of any party to the other except that the
provisions  of this Section 9, and Sections 7 and 11 shall remain  effective and
shall apply.

           SECTION 10. Maintain  Effectiveness  of Registration  Statement.  The
Representative and the Company will use their respective best efforts to prevent
the issuance of any stop order or other such order suspending the  effectiveness
of the Registration  Statement and, if such stop order is issued,  to obtain the
lifting thereof as soon as possible.

           SECTION 11.  Indemnification and Contribution.

                  (a) The Company  agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  each
Underwriter  and each person,  if any, who controls any  Underwriter  within the
meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act,  against any losses,  claims,
damages, expenses,  liabilities, or actions in respect thereof ("Claims"), joint
or several to which such Underwriter or each such controlling  person may become
subject  under  the  Securities  Act,  the  Exchange  Act,  the  Securities  Act
Regulations,  Blue  Sky  Laws  or  other  federal  or  state  statutory  laws or
regulations,  at common law or otherwise  (including payments made in settlement
of any  litigation,  if such  settlement is effected with the written consent of
the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld),  insofar as such
Claims  arise  out  of or  are  based  upon  the  inaccuracy  or  breach  of any
representation,  warranty,  or covenant of the Company or the Trust contained in
this Agreement, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material
fact contained in the Registration Statement,  any Preliminary  Prospectus,  the
Prospectus,  or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application filed
under  any Blue Sky Law or other  document  executed  by the  Offerors  for that
purpose or based upon written information furnished by the Offerors and filed in
any  state  or other  jurisdiction  to  qualify  or  register  any or all of the
Preferred  Securities  under the  securities  laws thereof  (any such  document,
application,  or information being hereinafter called a "Blue Sky Application"),
or arise out of or are based upon the  omission or alleged  omission to state in
any of the foregoing a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary
to make the statements  therein not misleading.  The Company agrees to reimburse
each Underwriter and each such controlling person promptly for any legal fees or
other expenses  incurred by such Underwriter or any such  controlling  person in
connection  with  investigating  or  defending  any such Claim or appearing as a
third-party witness in connection with any such Claim;  provided,  however, that
the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that:

                        (i) Any such  Claim  arises  out of or is based  upon an
untrue  statement or alleged  untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission
made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus,  the Prospectus,
or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Blue Sky

                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>

Application  in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with the written  information
furnished by or on behalf of the Underwriters to the Offerors  expressly for use
therein pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement; or

                        (ii) Such statement or omission was contained or made in
any  Preliminary  Prospectus  and corrected in the  Prospectus  and (1) any such
Claim suffered or incurred by any  Underwriter  (or any person who controls such
Underwriter) resulted from an action, claim, or suit by any person who purchased
Preferred  Securities that are the subject thereof from such  Underwriter in the
offering of the Preferred Securities, and (2) such Underwriter failed to deliver
a copy of the Prospectus (as then amended if the Offerors shall have amended the
Prospectus) to such person at or prior to the  confirmation  of the sale of such
Preferred  Securities  in any  case  where  such  delivery  is  required  by the
Securities Act, unless such failure was due to failure by the Company to provide
copies of the Prospectus (as so amended) to the  Underwriter as required by this
Agreement.

                  (b) Each  Underwriter  severally,  but not jointly,  agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Offerors, each of their directors, each of their
officers who sign the Registration  Statement,  and each person who controls the
Company or the Trust within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any Claim
to which the Offerors, or any such director,  officer, or controlling person may
become  subject under the  Securities  Act, the Exchange Act, the Securities Act
Regulations,  Blue  Sky  Laws,  or other  federal  or  state  statutory  laws or
regulations,  at  common  law  or  otherwise  (including  in  settlement  of any
litigation,  if such  settlement  is effected  with the written  consent of such
Underwriter  and the  Representative,  which consent  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld),  insofar as such  Claim  arises out of or is based upon any untrue or
alleged  untrue  statement of any material  fact  contained in the  Registration
Statement,  any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the  Prospectus,  or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or in any Blue Sky Application, or arises out of or is based
upon the omission or alleged  omission to state therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
in each case to the extent,  but only to the extent,  that such untrue statement
or alleged  untrue  statement  or omission or alleged  omission  was made in the
Registration  Statement,  any Preliminary  Prospectus,  the  Prospectus,  or any
amendment or supplement  thereto,  or in any Blue Sky  Application,  in reliance
upon and in conformity with the written information furnished by or on behalf of
such Underwriter to the Offerors  pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement.  Each
Underwriter will severally reimburse any legal fees or other expenses reasonably
incurred by the Offerors,  or any such director,  officer, or controlling person
in connection with  investigating  or defending any such Claim, and from any and
all Claims  resulting from failure of such  Underwriter to deliver a copy of the
Prospectus,  if the person asserting such Claim purchased  Preferred  Securities
from such  Underwriter  and a copy of the  Prospectus  (as then  amended  if the
Offerors  shall  have  amended  the  Prospectus)  was not sent or given by or on
behalf of such  Underwriter  to such person,  if required by law so to have been
delivered,  at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Preferred
Securities  to such person,  and if the  Prospectus  (as so amended)  would have
cured the defect  giving rise to such Claim  (unless  such  failure was due to a
failure  by the  Company  and the  Trust to  provide  sufficient  copies  of the
Prospectuses (as so amended) to each Underwriter).

                  (c)  Promptly  after  receipt by an  indemnified  party  under
subsection  (a) or (b) of this Section 11 of notice of the  commencement  of any
action in respect of a Claim, such indemnified party will, if a Claim in respect
thereof  is to be made  against an  indemnifying  party  under such  subsection,
notify the indemnifying  party in writing of the commencement  thereof.  In case
any such action is brought against any indemnified  party,  and such indemnified
party  notifies  an  indemnifying  party  of  the  commencement   thereof,   the
indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it
may wish,  jointly  with all other  indemnifying  parties,  similarly  notified,
assume  the  defense  thereof,  with  counsel  reasonably  

                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided,  however, if the defendants in
any such action include both the indemnified  party and the  indemnifying  party
and the  indemnified  party shall have  reasonably  concluded  that there may be
legal  defenses  available to the  indemnified  party  and/or other  indemnified
parties  that  are  different  from or  additional  to  those  available  to the
indemnifying  party,  the  indemnified  party or parties shall have the right to
select  separate  counsel  to  assume  such  legal  defenses  and  to  otherwise
participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or
parties.

                  (d) Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such
indemnified party of the indemnifying  party's election to assume the defense of
such action and upon approval by the  indemnified  party of counsel  selected by
the  indemnifying  party,  the  indemnifying  party  will not be  liable to such
indemnified  party under  subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 11 for any legal
fees or  other  expenses  subsequently  incurred  by such  indemnified  party in
connection with the defense thereof, unless:

                        (i) the indemnified  party shall have employed  separate
counsel in connection  with the assumption of legal defenses in accordance  with
the proviso to the last sentence of subsection  (c) of this Section 11 (it being
understood,  however,  that the  indemnified  party  shall not be liable for the
legal fees and expenses of more than one separate  counsel (plus local counsel),
approved  by the  Representative  if one or more of the  Underwriters  or  their
controlling persons are the indemnified parties); or

                        (ii) the  indemnifying  party  shall  not have  employed
counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  indemnified  party to  represent  the
indemnified party within a reasonable time after the indemnified  party's notice
to the indemnifying party of commencement of the action.

                  (e) If the indemnification  provided for in this Section 11 is
unavailable  to an  indemnified  party  or  insufficient  to  hold  harmless  an
indemnified  party under  subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 11 in respect of
any  Claim  referred  to  therein,  then  each  indemnifying  party,  in lieu of
indemnifying  such  indemnified  party,  shall,   subject,  to  the  limitations
hereinafter  set  forth,  contribute  to the  amount  paid  or  payable  by such
indemnified party as a result of such Claim:

                        (i) in such  proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
relative  benefits received by the Offerors on the one hand and the Underwriters
on the other hand from the offering of the Preferred Securities; or

                        (ii) if the  allocation  provided by clause (e)(i) above
is not permitted by applicable  law, in such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to
reflect not only the relative  benefits  referred to in clause (e)(i) above, but
also the relative fault of the Offerors on the one hand and the  Underwriters on
the other hand in connection  with the  statements or omissions that resulted in
such Claim, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

           The respective  relative benefits received by the Offerors on the one
hand and the  Underwriters  on the  other  hand  shall be  deemed  to be in such
proportion  that the  Underwriters  are  responsible for that portion of a Claim
represented by the  percentage  that the amount of the  Underwriting  Commission
bears to the public offering price of the Preferred Securities,  and the Company
(including  the  Company's  directors,  officers,  and  controlling  persons) is
responsible for the remaining portion of such Claim.

           The  relative  fault  of  the  Offerors  on  the  one  hand  and  the
Underwriters  on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged  omission to state a material  fact  relates to  information
supplied by the Offerors on the one hand or the  Underwriters  on

                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>

the  other  hand  and  the  parties'  relative  intent,  knowledge,   access  to
information,  and  opportunity  to correct or prevent  such untrue  statement or
omission.  The  amount  paid or  payable  by a party as a result  of the  Claims
referred  to above shall be deemed to include,  subject to the  limitations  set
forth in subsections  (c) and (d) of this Section 11, any legal or other fees or
expenses  reasonably  incurred by such party in connection with investigating or
defending any action or claim.

                  (f) The Offerors and the Underwriters  agree that it would not
be  just  and  equitable  if  contribution  pursuant  to  this  Section  11 were
determined  by pro rata or per  capita  allocation  or by any  other  method  or
allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred
to in subsection (e) of this Section 11. Notwithstanding the other provisions of
this Section 11, no  underwriter  shall be required to contribute  any amount in
excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Preferred  Securities
underwritten  by it and  distributed  to the  public  exceeds  the amount of any
damages which such  Underwriter  has otherwise been required to pay by reason of
such  untrue  or  alleged  untrue  omission.  No  person  guilty  of  fraudulent
misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the  Securities  Act)
shall be  entitled  to  contribution  from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent   misrepresentation.   The  Underwriters'  obligation  to  contribute
pursuant  to this  Section 11 are  several  in  proportion  to their  respective
underwriting commitments and not joint.

                  (g)  The  obligations  of  the  Company,  the  Trust  and  the
Underwriters  under this Section 11 shall be in addition to any  liability  that
the Company, the Trust or the Underwriters may otherwise have.

           SECTION 12. Default of Underwriters.  It shall be a condition to this
Agreement and to the  obligations of the Trust to sell and deliver the Preferred
Securities hereunder, and to the obligations of each Underwriter to purchase the
Preferred Securities in the manner described herein, that, except as hereinafter
provided  in this  Section  12, each of the  Underwriters  (except a  defaulting
Underwriter)  shall purchase and pay for all the Preferred  Securities agreed to
be purchased by such Underwriter  hereunder upon tender to the Representative of
all such  Preferred  Securities  in  accordance  with the terms  hereof.  If any
Underwriter  or  Underwriters  default in its or their  obligations  to purchase
Preferred  Securities hereunder on either the Closing Date or the Option Closing
Date and the  aggregate  liquidation  amount of Preferred  Securities  that such
defaulting  Underwriter or  Underwriters  agreed but failed to purchase does not
exceed ten percent (10%) of the liquidation  amount of Preferred  Securities the
Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, the  Representative
may make  arrangements  for the purchase of such  Preferred  Securities by other
persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made
by such Closing Date or Option Closing Date the nondefaulting Underwriters shall
be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder,
to purchase the Preferred  Securities  such defaulting  Underwriters  agreed but
failed  to  purchase  on  such  Closing  Date or  Option  Closing  Date.  If any
Underwriter or Underwriters  so default and the liquidation  amount of Preferred
Securities  with respect to which such default or defaults occur is greater than
the above percentage and arrangements satisfactory to the Representative for the
purchase  of such  Preferred  Securities  by other  person  are not made  within
thirty-six (36) hours after such default,  this Agreement will terminate without
liability on the part of any nondefaulting Underwriter or the Company, except to
the extent provided in Section 11.

           If  Preferred  Securities  to  which  a  default  relates  are  to be
purchased by the nondefaulting  Underwriters or by another party or parties, the
Representative  or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date
or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for not more than seven (7) business
days in order that the necessary changes, if any, in the Registration Statement,
Prospectus,  and any other documents, as well as any other arrangements,  may be
effected. As used in this Agreement,  the term

                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

"Underwriter"  includes any person  substituted  for an  Underwriter  under this
Section 12. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting  Underwriter from liability
for its default.

           SECTION 13.  Effective Date.  This Agreement  shall become  effective
immediately on the date hereof.

           SECTION 14. Termination. Without limiting the right to terminate this
Agreement  pursuant  to  any  other  provision  hereof,  this  Agreement  may be
terminated by the  Representative  prior to the Closing Date and the option from
the  Company  and the Trust  referred  to in  Section  3, if  exercised,  may be
canceled by the Representative at any time prior to the Option Closing Date, if:

                  (a) The Offerors shall have failed,  refused,  or been unable,
at or prior to the Closing Date or Option  Closing  Date,  as the case may be to
perform any agreement on its part to be performed hereunder;

                  (b) Any other condition to the obligations of the Underwriters
hereunder is not fulfilled; or

                  (c) In the Representative's  reasonable judgment,  payment for
and  delivery  of  the  Preferred   Securities  is  rendered   impracticable  or
inadvisable because:

                         (i) Additional governmental restrictions,  not in force
and  effect  on the date  hereof,  shall  have  been  imposed  upon  trading  in
securities  generally  or minimum or maximum  prices  shall have been  generally
established on any national securities  exchange or over-the-counter  market, or
trading in securities  generally shall have suspended on any national securities
exchange or on the Nasdaq Stock Market,  or a general banking  moratorium  shall
have been established by federal or state authorities;

                         (ii) Any event shall have  occurred or shall exist that
makes untrue or incorrect in any material  respect any statement or  information
contained  in  the  Registration  Statement  or  that  is not  reflected  in the
Registration Statement but should be reflected therein to make the statements or
information contained therein not misleading in any material respect; or

                         (iii) Any outbreak or escalation  of major  hostilities
or other  national  or  international  calamity  or any  substantial  change  in
political,  financial or economic  conditions  shall have occurred or shall have
accelerated to such extent, in the Representative's  reasonable judgment,  as to
have a  material  adverse  effect on the  general  securities  market or make it
impracticable  or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the sale and payment
for the Preferred Securities as provided in this Agreement.

           Any  termination  pursuant  to  this  Section  14  shall  be  without
liability  on the part of any  Underwriter  to the Company or on the part of the
Company  to any  Underwriter  (except  for  expenses  to be paid by the  Company
pursuant to Section 7 or  reimbursed  by the  Company  pursuant to Section 9 and
except as to indemnification  and contribution to the extent provided in Section
11).

           SECTION 15.  Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery. The
respective  indemnity  and  contribution  agreements  of  the  Company  and  the
Underwriters, and the representations,  warranties,  covenants, other statements
of the  Offerors  and of  their  directors  and  officers  set  forth in or made
pursuant to this Agreement  will remain in full force and effect,  regardless of
any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter,  the Offerors, or any
of its or their partners, officers, directors, or any controlling person, as the
case  may be,  and  will  survive  delivery  of and  payment  for the  Preferred
Securities  sold  hereunder.  The respective  indemnity and  contribution of the
Company and the  Underwriters,  the  provisions of Section 7(a) and Section 9 of

                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>

this  Agreement,  and the  representations  and  warranties of the Offerors will
survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

           SECTION 16. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing
and, if sent to the  Representative,  will be mailed,  delivered,  or telecopied
(with receipt confirmed) to Advest,  Inc., at One Rockefeller Plaza, 20th Floor,
New York, New York 10020,  Attention:  Michael T. Mayes,  Managing Director (Fax
No. (212) 584-4292) with a copy to Steven Kaplan,  Arnold & Porter,  555 Twelfth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20004, (Fax No. (202) 942-5999;  and if sent to
the Company or the Trust will be mailed,  delivered, or telecopied (with receipt
confirmed) to Greater Community Bancorp, 55 Union Boulevard,  Totowa, New Jersey
07512, Attention:  George E. Irwin,  President,  (Fax No. (201) 942-6830) with a
copy to John J.  Spidi,  Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch,  P.C.,  One  Franklin
Square,  1301 K Street,  N.W., Suite 700 East,  Washington,  D.C. 20005 (Fax No.
(202) 434-4661).

           SECTION 17.  Successors.  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of
and be binding  upon the  parties  hereto  and their  respective  successors  or
assigns,  and to the benefit of the directors  and officers (and their  personal
representatives) and controlling persons referred to in Section 11, and no other
person  shall  acquire  or have any  right or  obligation  hereunder.  The terms
"successors  or  assigns,"  as used in this  Agreement,  shall not  include  any
purchaser of the Preferred  Securities from any Underwriter  merely by reason of
such purchase.

           SECTION 18.  Partial  Unenforceability.  If any section,  subsection,
clause,  or  provision  of this  Agreement  is for any reason  determined  to be
invalid or unenforceable,  such  determination  shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other section, subsection, clause, or provision hereof.

           SECTION 19.  Applicable  Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

           SECTION 20.  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  embodies the entire
agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated
herein, and there have been and are no agreements among the parties with respect
to such transactions other than as set forth or provided for herein.

           SECTION 21.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original,  but all of which
taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                                     - 20 -

<PAGE>



           If the  foregoing is in  accordance  with your  understanding  of our
agreement,  kindly  sign and  return  to us the  enclosed  counterparts  hereof,
whereupon it will become a binding  agreement  among the Company,  the Trust and
the Underwriters, including the Representative, in accordance with its terms.

                            Very truly yours,                                  
                            
                            GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP
                            
                            
                            By:
                               -------------------------------------------------
                            Title:
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                            
                            
                            GCB CAPITAL TRUST
                            
                            By:  GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
                                 as Depositor
                            
                            
                            By:
                               -------------------------------------------------
                            
                            Title:
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                            
                            ADVEST, INC.
                            
                            As representative of the several Underwriters
                            listed in Schedule A.
                            
                            By:
                               -------------------------------------------------
                            
                            Title:
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                            
                       
                            
                            
                            
                                     - 21 -
                            
<PAGE>



                                GCB CAPITAL TRUST

                            GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                                           Liquidation Amount of
                                                           Firm Securities to be
Name of Underwriter                                                Purchased
- -------------------                                        ---------------------


Advest, Inc..................................................        $









Aggregate Liquidation Amount.................................        $20,000,000
                                                                      ==========





                                      - 1 -

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                       ---------


The  opinion of special  counsel to the  Company  to be  delivered  pursuant  to
Section  8(d)(i) of the  Underwriting  Agreement shall be  substantially  to the
effect that:

1. The Company is a corporation  existing and in good standing under the laws of
the State of New Jersey, with requisite corporate power and authority to own its
properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration  Statement,
except  for such  power and  authority  the  absence  of which  would not have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company,  and is  registered  as bank  holding
company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

2. The Company and each Subsidiary have been duly  incorporated or organized and
are validly  existing as corporations  or banking  associations in good standing
under the laws of the  jurisdiction of  organization,  with full corporate power
and authority to own, lease, and operate their respective properties and conduct
their  respective  businesses as described in the  Registration  Statement;  the
Company and each Subsidiary are qualified to do business as foreign corporations
under the  corporation  laws of each  jurisdiction  in which the Company or such
Subsidiary, as the case may be, owns or leases properties,  has an office, or in
which business is conducted and such qualification is required, except where the
failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect.

3. The  Company and the Trust each has full  corporate  power and  authority  to
execute, deliver, and perform the Underwriting Agreement and to issue, sell, and
deliver  the  Preferred  Securities  to be  sold  by it to the  Underwriters  as
provided herein; the Underwriting  Agreement has been duly authorized,  executed
and delivered by the Company and the Trust, and constitutes a legal,  valid, and
binding  obligation  of each of the  Company  and the Trust  and is  enforceable
against each of the Company and the Trust in accordance  with its terms,  except
as  enforceability  of this Agreement may be limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,   moratorium,   or  similar  laws  affecting  creditors'  rights
generally,   and  by  equitable   principles  limiting  the  right  to  specific
performance  or other  equitable  relief  and except as the  obligations  of the
Company under the indemnification  and contribution  provisions of Section 11 of
the Agreement may be limited by laws or  unenforceable as against public policy,
as to which no opinion is expressed,  and an implied  covenant of good faith and
fair dealing.

4. The Trust Agreement has been duly  authorized,  executed and delivered by the
Company,  and is a valid and  binding  obligation  of the  Company,  enforceable
against the Company in accordance with its terms,  except as such enforceability
may  be   limited  by   applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,
receivership, readjustment of debt, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or similar
laws  relating to or  affecting  creditors'  rights  generally,  general  equity
principles  (whether  considered  in a  proceeding  in  equity or at law) and an
implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

5. The Guarantee  Agreement has been duly authorized,  executed and delivered by
the  Company and is a valid and binding  obligation  of the Company  enforceable
against the Company in accordance with its terms,  except as such enforceability
may  be   limited  by   applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,
receivership, readjustment 

                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

of debt,  moratorium,  fraudulent  conveyance  or similar  laws  relating  to or
affecting  creditors'  rights  generally,  general  equity  principles  (whether
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied  covenant of good
faith and fair dealing.

6. The  Indenture  has been  duly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered  by the
Company,  has been duly qualified  under the Trust Indenture Act, and is a valid
and  binding  agreement  of the  Company,  enforceable  against  the  Company in
accordance  with its  terms,  except as such  enforceability  may be  limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of
debt, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws relating to or affecting
creditors' rights generally,  general equity principles (whether considered in a
proceeding  in equity or at law) and an implied  covenant of good faith and fair
dealing.

7. The Subordinated Debentures have been duly authorized, executed and delivered
by the Company and when duly  authenticated in accordance with the Indenture and
delivered and paid for in accordance with the  Underwriting  Agreement,  will be
valid and binding  obligations  of the Company,  entitled to the benefits of the
Indenture and  enforceable  against the Company in accordance  with their terms,
except  as  such  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  applicable   bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  receivership,  readjustment  of debt,  moratorium,
fraudulent conveyance or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally,  general  equity  principles  (whether  considered in a proceeding in
equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

8. The Trust is not an  "investment  company"  or an entity  "controlled"  by an
"investment  company,"  as such terms are defined in  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended.

9. The statements  set forth in the  Registration  Statement  under the captions
"Supervision   and   Regulation,"   "Description   of   Preferred   Securities,"
"Description of Junior Subordinated  Debentures," "Description of Guarantee" and
"Relationship Among the Preferred Securities, the Junior Subordinated Debentures
and the  Guarantee,"  insofar as they purport to describe the  provisions of the
laws referred to therein, fairly summarize the legal matters described therein.

10. The Preferred  Securities,  the  Subordinated  Debentures  and the Guarantee
conform in all material  respects to the  descriptions  thereof  included in the
Prospectus.

11. The  statements  of law or legal  conclusions  and opinions set forth in the
Registration   Statement   under  the  caption   "Certain   Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences,"  subject to the  assumptions  and conditions  described  therein,
constitute such counsel's opinion.

12. The Registration  Statement was declared  effective under the Securities Act
as of the  date  and time  specified  in such  opinion  and,  to such  counsel's
knowledge and  information,  no stop order  suspending the  effectiveness of the
Registration  Statement  has  been  issued  under  the  Securities  Act  and  no
proceedings therefor have been initiated or threatened by the Commission.

13.  The  Registration  Statement  and  the  Prospectus  and  any  amendment  or
supplement  thereto made by the Company  prior to the Closing Date or any Option
Closing Date (other than the financial  statements and financial and statistical
data included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered), when it or they
became  effective or were filed with the Commission,  as the case may be,

                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

and in each case at the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date,  complied as to
form in all material  respects with the  requirements of the Securities Act, the
Trust Indenture Act and the applicable  rules and  regulations  under said acts,
and such counsel has no reason to believe that the  Registration  Statement,  at
the time it became effective,  contained any untrue statement of a material fact
or omitted to state a material  fact  necessary in order to make the  statements
contained therein,  not misleading,  or that the Prospectus,  at the time it was
filed with the  Commission  or at the Closing Date or any Option  Closing  Date,
contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material
fact necessary in order to make the statements  contained therein,  in the light
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

14. Such counsel knows of no material legal or governmental  proceedings pending
to which the Company or any  Subsidiary  is a party or of which any  property of
the Company or any  Subsidiary is the subject which are required to be disclosed
in the  Registration  Statement  or which would affect the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  in this  Agreement,  the  Indenture or the Preferred
Securities;  and such counsel knows of no such proceedings  which are threatened
or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others.

15. Such counsel knows of no contracts, indentures,  mortgages, loan agreements,
notes, leases or other instruments  required to be described in the Registration
Statement or to be filed as exhibits thereto other than those described  therein
or filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits thereto,  and such instruments
as are  summarized in the  Registration  Statement are fairly  summarized in all
material respects.

16. No approval,  authorization,  consent, registration,  qualification or other
order of any public board or body is required in  connection  with the execution
and delivery of this Agreement,  the Trust Agreement,  the Guarantee  Agreement,
and the  Indenture or the issuance and sale of the  Preferred  Securities or the
consummation  by the  Company  of the other  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement,  the Trust  Agreement,  the Guarantee  Agreement,  or the  Indenture,
except such as have been obtained under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and
the  Trust  Indenture  Act or such as may be  required  under  the  blue  sky or
securities  laws of various  states in connection  with the offering and sale of
the Preferred Securities (as to which such counsel need express no opinion).

17. The  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement,  the Trust  Agreement,  the
Guarantee  Agreement,  and the  Indenture,  the issue and sale of the  Preferred
Securities and the Subordinated  Debentures,  the compliance by the Company with
the provisions of the Preferred  Securities,  the Subordinated  Debentures,  the
Indenture and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and
therein  contemplated  will not  conflict  with or  constitute  a breach  of, or
default  under,  the  articles of  incorporation  or by-laws of the Company or a
breach or default under any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note,
lease or other  instrument  known to such counsel to which either the Company or
any Subsidiary is a party or by which either of them or any of their  respective
properties  may be bound  except for such  breaches as would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise,
nor will such  action  result in a  violation  on the part of the Company

                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>

or any Subsidiary of any applicable law or regulation or of any  administrative,
regulatory or court decree known to such counsel.





                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                                                       ---------


The opinion of counsel to the Trust  Company and Trust  Delaware to be delivered
pursuant  to  Section   8(d)(ii)  of  the   Underwriting   Agreement   shall  be
substantially to the effect that:

1. The Trust  Company  is duly  incorporated  and is  validly  existing  in good
standing as a banking  corporation with trust powers under the laws of the State
of New York.

2. The  Indenture  Trustee has the  requisite  power and  authority  to execute,
deliver and  perform  its  obligations  under the  Indenture,  and has taken all
necessary corporate action to authorize the execution,  delivery and performance
by it of the Indenture.

3. The  Guarantee  Trustee has the  requisite  power and  authority  to execute,
deliver and perform its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement, and has taken
all  necessary  corporate  action  to  authorize  the  execution,  delivery  and
performance by it of the Guarantee Agreement.

4. The Property  Trustee has the  requisite  power and  authority to execute and
deliver the Trust  Agreement,  and has taken all necessary  corporate  action to
authorize the execution and delivery of the Trust Agreement.

5. Each of the Indenture and the Guarantee  Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by the Indenture Trustee and the Guarantee Trustee,  respectively, and
constitutes a legal,  valid and binding  obligation of the Indenture Trustee and
the Guarantee Trustee,  respectively,  enforceable against the Indenture Trustee
and the Guarantee Trustee, respectively in accordance with its respective terms,
except that certain payment  obligations  may be enforceable  solely against the
assets  of the  Trust  and  except  that  such  enforcement  may be  limited  by
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium,  liquidation,  fraudulent
conveyance  and transfer or other  similar laws  affecting  the  enforcement  of
creditors' rights  generally,  and by general  principles of equity,  including,
without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair
dealing (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding
in  equity or at law),  and by the  effect of  applicable  public  policy on the
enforceability of provisions relating to indemnification or contribution.

6. The  Subordinated  Debentures  delivered  on the date  hereof  have been duly
authenticated  by the  Indenture  Trustee  in  accordance  with the terms of the
Indenture.






                                      - 1 -

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT C
                                                                       ---------


The opinion of counsel, as special Delaware counsel to the Company and the Trust
to be  delivered  pursuant to Section  8(d)(iii) of the  Underwriting  Agreement
shall be substantially to the effect that:


1. The Trust has been duly created and is validly existing in good standing as a
business trust under the Delaware Business Trust Act, 12 Del. C. Section 3801 et
seq. (the "Delaware  Act"), and all filings required under the laws of the State
of Delaware  with respect to the creation and valid  existence of the Trust as a
business trust have been made.

2. Under the Delaware Act and the Trust  Agreement the Trust has the trust power
and  authority  to own its  property  and to its  conduct its  business,  all as
described in the Prospectus.

3. The Trust Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company
and the Property Trustee and the Delaware  Trustee,  and is enforceable  against
the Company and the Trustees, in accordance with its terms.

4. Under the Delaware Act and the Trust Agreement, the Trust has the trust power
and authority to execute and deliver,  and to perform its obligations under, the
Underwriting  Agreement  and to issue  and  perform  its  obligations  under the
Preferred Securities and the Common Securities.

5. Under the Delaware Act and the Trust Agreement, the execution and delivery by
the Trust of the Underwriting Agreement, and the performance by the Trust of its
obligations thereunder,  have been duly authorized by all necessary trust action
on the part of the Trust.

6. The Preferred Securities have been duly authorized by the Trust Agreement and
are duly and validly issued and, subject to the qualifications set forth herein,
fully paid and nonassessable undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the
Trust and are entitled to the benefits of the Trust Agreement.  The Holders,  as
beneficial  owners of the Trust,  will be  entitled to the same  limitations  of
personal liability  extended to stockholders of private  corporations for profit
organized under the General  Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware.  We note
that the  Holders  may be  obligated  pursuant  to the Trust  Agreement,  (i) to
provide   indemnity  and/or  security  in  connection  with  and  pay  taxes  or
governmental charges arising from transfers or exchanges of Preferred Securities
Certificates and the issuance of replacement Preferred Securities  Certificates,
and (ii) to provide  security or indemnity  in  connection  with  requests of or
directions  to the Property  Trustee to exercise its rights and powers under the
Trust Agreement.

7. Under the Delaware Act and the Trust Agreement, the issuance of the Preferred
Securities and Common Securities is not subject to preemptive rights.

8. The Common  Securities  have been duly  authorized by the Trust Agreement and
are duly and validly issued undivided  beneficial interests in the assets of the
Trust and are entitled to the benefits of the Trust Agreement.

                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>


9. The issuance  and sale by the Trust of the  Preferred  Securities  and Common
Securities,  the  purchase  by the  Trust of the  Subordinated  Debentures,  the
execution,  delivery and performance by the Trust of the Underwriting Agreement,
the  consummation  by  the  Trust  of  the  transactions   contemplated  by  the
Underwriting  Agreement  and the  compliance  by the Trust with its  obligations
thereunder  will not violate (i) any of the  provisions  of the  Certificate  of
Trust  or  the  Trust   Agreement  or  (ii)  any  applicable   Delaware  law  or
administrative regulation.

10. Trust Delaware is duly incorporated and is validly existing in good standing
as a  banking  corporation  with  trust  powers  under  the laws of the State of
Delaware.

11. The Delaware  Trustee has the  requisite  power and authority to execute and
deliver the Trust  Agreement,  and has taken all necessary  corporate  action to
authorize the execution and delivery of the Trust Agreement.





                                    - 2 -



                                  Exhibit 4.1
<PAGE>


================================================================================





                          JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE


                                     Between


                            GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP



                                       and


                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
                                  (as Trustee)


                                   dated as of


                               ____________, 1997







================================================================================









<PAGE>




                                GCB CAPITAL TRUST

         Certain Sections of this Junior Subordinated Indenture relating
                       to Sections 310 through 318 of the
                          Trust Indenture Act of 1939:

Trust Indenture                                              Junior Subordinated
  Act Section                                                  Indenture Section
- ---------------                                              -------------------

Section 310(a)(1)............................................     6.9
                (a)(2).......................................    6.9
                (a)(3).......................................    Not Applicable
                (a)(4).......................................    Not Applicable
                (a)(5).......................................    6.9
                (b)..........................................    6.8, 6.10
Section 311(a)...............................................    6.13
                (b)..........................................    6.13
                (b)(2).......................................    7.3(a)
Section 312(a)...............................................    7.1, 7.2(a)
                (b)..........................................    7.2(b)
                (c)..........................................    7.2(c)
Section 313(a)...............................................    7.3(a)
                (a)(4).......................................    7.3(a)
                (b)..........................................    7.3(b)
                (c)..........................................    7.3(a)
                (d)..........................................    7.3(c)
Section 314(a)...............................................    7.4
                (b)..........................................    7.4
                (c)(1).......................................    1.2
                (c)(2).......................................    1.2
                (c)(3).......................................    Not Applicable
                (e)..........................................    1.2
Section 315(a)...............................................    6.1(a)
                (b)..........................................    6.2, 7.3
                (c)..........................................    6.1(b)
                (d)..........................................    6.1(c)
                (e)..........................................    5.14
Section 316(a)...............................................    5.12
                (a)(1)(A)....................................    5.12
                (a)(1)(B)....................................    5.13
                (a)(2).......................................    Not Applicable
                (b)..........................................    5.8
                (c)..........................................    1.4(f)
Section 317(a)(1)............................................    5.3
                (a)(2).......................................    5.4
                (b)..........................................    10.3
Section 318(a)...............................................    1.7

Note:  This  reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose,  be deemed to be
       a part of the Indenture.



<PAGE>


                                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                       -----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                          Page
                                                                                          ----

<S>                          <C>                                                           <C>
ARTICLE I.                   DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF
                             GENERAL APPLICATION........................................     1
      SECTION 1.1.           Definitions................................................     1
      SECTION 1.2.           Compliance Certificate and Opinions........................    10
      SECTION 1.3.           Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee....................    10
      SECTION 1.4.           Acts of Holders............................................    11
      SECTION 1.5.           Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company.......................    12
      SECTION 1.6.           Notice to Holders; Waiver..................................    13
      SECTION 1.7.           Conflict with Trust Indenture Act..........................    13
      SECTION 1.8.           Effect of Headings and Table of Contents...................    13
      SECTION 1.9.           Successors and Assigns.....................................    13
      SECTION 1.10.          Separability Clause........................................    13
      SECTION 1.11.          Benefits of Indenture......................................    14
      SECTION 1.12.          Governing Law..............................................    14
      SECTION 1.13.          Non-Business Days..........................................    14

ARTICLE II.                  SECURITY FORMS.............................................    14
      SECTION 2.1.           Forms Generally............................................    14
      SECTION 2.2.           Form of Face of Security...................................    15
      SECTION 2.3.           Form of Reverse of Security................................    18
      SECTION 2.4.           Additional Provisions Required in Global
                             Security...................................................    21
      SECTION 2.5.           Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication                              21

ARTICLE III.                 THE SECURITIES.............................................    22
      SECTION 3.1.           Title and Terms............................................    22
      SECTION 3.2.           Denominations..............................................    22
      SECTION 3.3.           Execution, Authentication, Delivery
                             and Dating.................................................    22
      SECTION 3.4.           Temporary Securities.......................................    24
      SECTION 3.5.           Global Securities..........................................    24
      SECTION 3.6.           Registration, Transfer and Exchange
                             Generally; Certain Transfers and
                             Exchanges; Securities Act Legends..........................    25
      SECTION 3.7.           Mutilated, Lost and Stolen Securities......................    26
      SECTION 3.8.           Payment of Interest and Additional
                             Interest; Interest Rights Preserved........................    27
      SECTION 3.9.           Persons Deemed Owners......................................    28
      SECTION 3.10.          Cancellation...............................................    28
      SECTION 3.11.          Computation of Interest....................................    29
      SECTION 3.12.          Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates........................    29
      SECTION 3.13.          Right of Set-Off...........................................    30
      SECTION 3.14.          Agreed Tax Treatment.......................................    30
      SECTION 3.15.          CUSIP Numbers..............................................    30

</TABLE>


                                      - i -

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                          <C>                                                           <C>

ARTICLE IV.                  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE.................................    30
      SECTION 4.1.           Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture....................    30
      SECTION 4.2.           Application of Trust Money.................................    31

ARTICLE V.                   REMEDIES...................................................    32
      SECTION 5.1.           Events of Default..........................................    32
      SECTION 5.2.           Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission
                             and Annulment..............................................    32
      SECTION 5.3.           Collection of Indebtedness and Suits
                             for Enforcement by Trustee.................................    33
      SECTION 5.4.           Trustee May File Proofs of Claim...........................    34
      SECTION 5.5.           Trustee May Enforce Claim Without
                             Possession of Securities...................................    35
      SECTION 5.6.           Application of Money Collected.............................    35
      SECTION 5.7.           Limitation on Suits........................................    35
      SECTION 5.8.           Unconditional Right of Holders to
                             Receive Principal, Premium and
                             Interest; Direct Action by Holders
                             of Preferred Securities....................................    36
      SECTION 5.9.           Restoration of Rights and Remedies.........................    36
      SECTION 5.10.          Rights and Remedies Cumulative.............................    36
      SECTION 5.11.          Delay or Omission Not Waiver...............................    36
      SECTION 5.12.          Control by Holders.........................................    37
      SECTION 5.13.          Waiver of Past Defaults....................................    37
      SECTION 5.14.          Undertaking for Costs......................................    37
      SECTION 5.15.          Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws....................    38

ARTICLE VI.                  THE TRUSTEE................................................    38
      SECTION 6.1.           Certain Duties and Responsibilities........................    38
      SECTION 6.2.           Notice of Defaults.........................................    39
      SECTION 6.3.           Certain Rights of Trustee..................................    39
      SECTION 6.4.           Not Responsible for Recitals or
                             Issuance of Securities.....................................    40
      SECTION 6.5.           May Hold Securities........................................    40
      SECTION 6.6.           Money Held in Trust........................................    40
      SECTION 6.7.           Compensation and Reimbursements............................    41
      SECTION 6.8.           Disqualification; Conflicting
                             Interests..................................................    41
      SECTION 6.9.           Corporate Trustee Required;
                             Eligibility................................................    42

</TABLE>


                                     - ii -

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                          <C>                                                           <C>

      SECTION 6.10.          Resignation and Removal; Appointment
                             of Successor...............................................    42
      SECTION 6.11.          Acceptance of Appointment by
                             Successor..................................................    43
      SECTION 6.12.          Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or
                             Succession to Business.....................................    44
      SECTION 6.13.          Preferential Collection of Claims Against
                             Company....................................................    44
      SECTION 6.14.          Appointment of Authenticating Agent........................    44

ARTICLE VII.                 HOLDER'S LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE,
                             PAYING AGENT AND COMPANY...................................    46
      SECTION 7.1.           Company to Furnish Trustee Names and
                             Addresses of Holders.......................................    46
      SECTION 7.2.           Preservation of Information,
                             Communications to Holders .................................    46
      SECTION 7.3.           Reports by Trustee and Paying Agent........................    46
      SECTION 7.4.           Reports by Company.........................................    47

ARTICLE VIII.                CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE,
                             TRANSFER OR LEASE..........................................    47
      SECTION 8.1.           Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only
                             on Certain Terms...........................................    47
      SECTION 8.2.           Successor Company Substituted..............................    48

ARTICLE IX.                  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES....................................    48
      SECTION 9.1.           Supplemental Indentures Without Consent
                             of Holders.................................................    48
      SECTION 9.2.           Supplemental Indentures With Consent of
                             Holders....................................................    49
      SECTION 9.3.           Execution of Supplemental Indentures.......................    50
      SECTION 9.4.           Effect of Supplemental Indentures..........................    50
      SECTION 9.5.           Conformity with Trust Indenture Act........................    50
      SECTION 9.6.           Reference in Securities to Supplemental
                             Indentures.................................................    50

ARTICLE X.                   COVENANTS..................................................    51
      SECTION 10.1.          Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest                            51
      SECTION 10.2.          Maintenance of Office or Agency............................    51
      SECTION 10.3.          Money for Security Payments to be Held in
                             Trust......................................................    51
      SECTION 10.4.          Statement as to Compliance.................................    52
      SECTION 10.5.          Waiver of Certain Covenants................................    53

</TABLE>


                                     - iii -

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                          <C>                                                           <C>

      SECTION 10.6.          Additional Sums............................................    53
      SECTION 10.7.          Additional Covenants.......................................    53
      SECTION 10.8.          Original Issue Discount....................................    54

ARTICLE XI.                  REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES...................................    54
      SECTION 11.1.          Applicability of This Article..............................    54
      SECTION 11.2.          Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee......................    55
      SECTION 11.3.          Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.....................    55
      SECTION 11.4.          Notice of Redemption.......................................    55
      SECTION 11.5.          Deposit of Redemption Price................................    56
      SECTION 11.6.          Payment of Securities Called for
                             Redemption.................................................    56
      SECTION 11.7.          Right of Redemption of Securities
                             Initially Issued to the Issuer Trust.......................    57

ARTICLE XII.                 SINKING FUNDS..............................................    57

ARTICLE XIII.                SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES................................    57
      SECTION 13.1.          Securities Subordinate to Senior
                             Indebtedness...............................................    57
      SECTION 13.2.          No Payment When Senior Indebtedness
                             in Default; Payment Over of Proceeds
                             Upon Dissolution, Etc......................................    57
      SECTION 13.3           Payment Permitted If No Default............................    59
      SECTION 13.4.          Subrogation to Rights of Holders of
                             Senior Indebtedness........................................    59
      SECTION 13.5.          Provisions Solely to Define Relative
                             Rights.....................................................    59
      SECTION 13.6.          Trustee to Effectuate Subordination........................    60
      SECTION 13.7.          No Waiver of Subordination Provisions......................    60
      SECTION 13.8.          Notice to Trustee..........................................    60
      SECTION 13.9.          Reliance on Judicial Order or
                             Certificate of Liquidating Agent...........................    61
      SECTION 13.10.         Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of
                             Senior Indebtedness........................................    61
      SECTION 13.11.         Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior
                             Indebtedness; Preservation of Trustee's
                             Rights.....................................................    61
      SECTION 13.12.         Article Applicable to Paying Agents........................    61
      SECTION 13.13.         Certain Conversions or Exchanges
                             Deemed Payment.............................................    61

</TABLE>

                                     - iv -


<PAGE>






                          JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE
                          -----------------------------


      THIS JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE, dated as of ________, 1997, between
GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP, a New Jersey Corporation (the "Company"), having its
principal office at 55 Union Boulevard, Totowa, New Jersey 07512, and BANKERS
TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee, having its principal office at Four Albany Street,
4th Floor, New York, New York 10006 (the "Trustee").


                             RECITALS OF THE COMPANY
                             -----------------------

      WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of
this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its unsecured junior subordinated
debentures due ___________, 2027 (hereinafter called the "Securities") of
substantially the tenor hereinafter provided, including Securities issued to
evidence loans made to the Company from the proceeds from the issuance from time
to time by GCB Capital Trust, a Delaware business trust (the "Issuer Trust") of
undivided preferred beneficial interests in the assets of such Issuer Trust (the
"Preferred Securities") and common undivided interests in the assets of such
Issuer Trust (the "Common Securities" and, collectively with the Preferred
Securities, the "Trust Securities"), and to provide the terms and conditions
upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered; and

      WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of
the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

      NOW THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

      For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the
Securities by the Holders (as such term is defined in Section 1.1 hereof)
thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate
benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of any series thereof, and intending
to be legally bound hereby, as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I
                        DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
                             OF GENERAL APPLICATION

      SECTION 1.1.     Definitions.

      For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided
or unless the context otherwise requires:

      (1) The terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them
in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;

      (2) All other terms used herein that are defined in the Trust Indenture
Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them
therein;

      (3)  The words "include", "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be
followed by the phrase "without limitation";



<PAGE>


                                      - 2 -



      (4) All accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings
assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as
in effect at the time of computation;

      (5)  Whenever the context may require, any gender shall be deemed to
include the other;

      (6) Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an "Article"
or a "Section" refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be, of this
Indenture; and

      (7) The words "hereby", "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words
of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
Article, Section or other subdivision.

      "25% Capital Limitation" means the limitation imposed by the Federal
Reserve that the proceeds of certain qualifying securities like the Trust
Securities will qualify as Tier 1 capital of the issuer up to an amount not to
exceed 25% of the Issuer's Tier 1 capital, or any subsequent limitation adopted
by the Federal Reserve.

      "Act" when used with  respect to any Holder has the  meaning  specified in
Section 1.4.

      "Additional Interest" means the interest, if any, that shall accrue on any
interest on the Securities of any series the payment of which has not been made
on the applicable Interest Payment Date and which shall accrue at the rate per
annum specified or determined as specified in such Security.

      "Additional Sums" has the meaning specified in Section 10.6.

      "Additional Taxes" means any additional taxes, duties and other
governmental charges to which the Issuer Trust has become subject from time to
time as a result of a Tax Event.

      "Administrator" means, in respect of the Issuer Trust, each Person
appointed in accordance with the Trust Agreement, solely in such Person's
capacity as Administrator of the Issuer Trust and not in such Person's
individual capacity, or any successor Administrator appointed as therein
provided.

      "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

      "Agent Member" means any member of, or participant in, the Depositary.




<PAGE>


                                      - 3 -

      "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or transaction
involving a Global Security or beneficial interest therein, the rules and
procedures of the Depositary for such Global Security, in each case to the
extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

      "Authenticating Agent" means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant
to Section 6.14 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities.

      "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company or the
Executive Committee of the board of directors of the Company (or any other
committee of the board of directors of the Company performing similar functions)
or, for purposes of this Indenture, a committee designated by the board of
directors of the Company (or such committee), comprised of two or more members
of the board of directors of the Company or officers of the Company, or both.

      "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary
or any Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board
of Directors, or such committee of the Board of Directors or officers of the
Company to which authority to act on behalf of the Board of Directors has been
delegated, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification,
and delivered to the Trustee.

      "Business Day" means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a
day on which banking institutions in the State of New Jersey or the City of New
York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed, or
(iii) day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, or, with respect
to the Securities initially issued to the Issuer Trust, the "Corporate Trust
Office" (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Property Trustee or the
Delaware Trustee under the Trust Agreement, is closed for business.

      "Capital Treatment Event" means, in respect of the Issuer Trust, the
reasonable determination by the Company that, as a result of the occurrence of
any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the
laws (or any rules or regulations thereunder) of the United States or any
political subdivision thereof or therein, or as a result of any official or
administrative pronouncement or action or judicial decision interpreting or
applying such laws or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or
such pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of the
issuance of the Preferred Securities of the Issuer Trust, there is more than an
insubstantial risk that the Company will not be entitled to treat an amount
equal to the Liquidation Amount (as such term is defined in the Trust Agreement)
of such Preferred Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" (or the then equivalent
thereof), except as otherwise restricted under the 25% Capital Limitation, for
purposes of the risk-based capital adequacy guidelines of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, as then in effect and applicable to the Company.

      "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to
time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the
execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the
duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body
performing such duties on such date.

      "Common Securities" has the meaning specified in the first recital of this
Indenture.



<PAGE>


                                      - 4 -


      "Common Stock" means the common stock,  par value $1.00 per share,  of the
Company.

      "Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph
of this instrument until a successor entity shall have become such pursuant to
the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean
such successor entity.

      "Company Request" and "Company Order" mean, respectively, the written
request or order signed in the name of the Company by any Chairman of the Board
of Directors, any Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, its President or a
Vice President, and by its Chief Financial Officer, its Treasurer, its Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

      "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at
which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered.

      "Creditor" has the meaning specified in Section 6.7.

      "Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 3.8.

      "Delaware Trustee" means, with respect to the Issuer Trust, the Person
identified as the "Delaware Trustee" in the Trust Agreement, solely in its
capacity as Delaware Trustee of the Issuer Trust under the Trust Agreement and
not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity,
or any successor Delaware trustee appointed as therein provided.

      "Depositary" means, with respect to the Securities issuable or issued in
whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, the Person
designated as Depositary by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 (or any
successor thereto).

      "Discount Security" means any security that provides for an amount less
than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of
acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.2.

      "Dollar" or "$" means the currency of the United States of America that,
as at the time of payment, is legal tender for the payment of public and private
debts.

      The term "entity" includes a bank, corporation, association, company,
limited liability company, joint-stock company or business trust.

      "Event of Default," has the meaning specified in Article V.

      "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any statute
successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

      "Expiration Date" has the meaning specified in Section 1.4.

      "Extension Period" has the meaning specified in Section 3.12.

      "Global Security" means a Security in the form prescribed in Section 2.4
evidencing all or part of the Securities, issued to the Depositary or its
nominee, and registered in the name of such Depositary or its nominee.




<PAGE>


                                      - 5 -

      "Guarantee" means, with respect to the Issuer Trust, the Guarantee
Agreement, dated ________, 1997, executed by the Company for the benefit of the
Holders of the Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer Trust as modified,
amended or supplemented from time to time.

      "Holder"  means a Person in whose name a  Security  is  registered  in the
Securities Register.

      "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from
time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental
hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

      "Institutional Accredited Investor" means an institutional accredited
investor within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D
under the Securities Act.

      "Interest Payment Date" means the Stated Maturity of an installment of
interest on such Securities.

      "Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any
statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

      "Investment Company Event" means the receipt by the Issuer Trust of an
Opinion of Counsel (as defined in the Trust Agreement) experienced in such
matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or
regulation or a written change (including any announced prospective change) in
interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body,
court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an
insubstantial risk that the Issuer Trust is or will be considered an "investment
company" that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act,
which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective,
as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Preferred
Securities of the Issuer Trust.

      "Issuer  Trust" has the  meaning  specified  in the first  recital of this
Indenture.

      "Maturity" when used with respect to any Security means the date on which
the principal of such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein
provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call
for redemption or otherwise.

      "Notice  of  Default"  means a  written  notice of the kind  specified  in
Section 5.1(3).

      "Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate
signed by the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President,
and by the Treasurer, an Associate Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, and delivered to the
Trustee. Any Officers' Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include;

                             (a)  a  statement  by  each  officer   signing  the
Officers'  Certificate  that such officer has read the covenant or condition and
the definitions relating thereto;

                             (b) a brief  statement  of the  nature and scope of
the  examination  or  investigation  undertaken by such officer in rendering the
Officers' Certificate;




<PAGE>


                                            - 6 -

                             (c) a  statement  that such  officer  has made such
examination  or  investigation  as, in such officer's  opinion,  is necessary to
enable  such  officer to express an  informed  opinion as to whether or not such
covenant or condition has been complied with; and

                             (d) a statement  as to  whether,  in the opinion of
such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with;

provided, however, that the Officers' Certificate delivered pursuant to the
provisions of Section 10.4 hereof shall comply with the provisions of Section
314 of the Trust Indenture Act.

      "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be
counsel for or an employee of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

      "Original Issue Date" means the date of issuance specified as such in each
Security.

      "Outstanding" means, when used in reference to any Securities, as of the
date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered
under this Indenture, except:

                             (i) Securities  theretofore canceled by the Trustee
     or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

                             (ii)  Securities  for  whose  payment  money in the
     necessary amount has been  theretofore  deposited with the Trustee or  any
     Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Securities; and

                             (iii)  Securities in substitution for or in lieu of
      which other Securities have been  authenticated and delivered or that have
      been paid  pursuant  to Section  3.6,  unless  proof  satisfactory  to the
      Trustee is presented  that any such  Securities  are held by  Holders  in
      whose  hands such Securities are valid, binding and legal obligations of
      the Company;

      provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the
      requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any
      request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver
      hereunder, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the
      Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor (other
      than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer Trust to which Securities of
      the applicable series were initially issued) shall be disregarded and
      deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the
      Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
      authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities that
      the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so
      owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding
      if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
      pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the
      pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any
      Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor (other than, for the
      avoidance of doubt, the Issuer Trust). Upon the written request of the
      Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officers'
      Certificate listing and identifying all Securities, if any, known by the
      Company to be owned or held by or for the account of the Company, or any
      other obligor on the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such
      obligor (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer Trust), and,
      subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall be entitled to
      accept such Officers' Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts
      therein set forth and of the fact that all Securities not listed therein
      are Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.




<PAGE>


                                      - 7 -

      "Paying Agent" means the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Company
to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on, or other amounts in
respect of any Securities on behalf of the Company.

      "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

      "Place of Payment" means, with respect to the Securities, the place or
places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the
Securities are payable pursuant to Section 3.1.

      "Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous
Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular Security. For the purposes of this definition, any security
authenticated and delivered under Section 3.7 in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed,
lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

      "Preferred Securities" has the meaning specified in the first recital of
this Indenture.

      "Proceeding" has the meaning specified in Section 13.2.

      "Property Trustee" means, with respect to the Issuer Trust, the Person
identified as the "Property Trustee" in the Trust Agreement, solely in its
capacity as Property Trustee of the Issuer Trust under the Trust Agreement and
not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity,
or any successor property trustee appointed as therein provided.

      "Redemption Date", when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed,
means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture or the
terms of such Security.

      "Redemption Price", when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed,
means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

      "Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment
Date with respect to the Securities means, unless otherwise provided pursuant to
Section 3.1 with respect to the Securities, the close of business on March 15,
June 15, September 15 or December 15 next preceding such Interest Payment Date
(whether or not a Business Day).

      "Responsible Officer", when used with respect to the Property Trustee
means any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office, including any managing
director, vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer,
assistant secretary or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing
functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and
having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also,
with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is
referred because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject.

      "Restricted Security" means each Security required pursuant to Section
3.6(b) to bear a Restricted Securities Legend.

      "Restricted Securities Certificate" means a certificate substantially in
the form set forth in Annex A.




<PAGE>


                                      - 8 -

      "Restricted Securities Legend" means a legend substantially in the form of
the legend required in the form of Security set forth in Section 2.2 to be
placed upon a Restricted Security.

      "Rights Plan" means any plan of the Company providing for the issuance by
the Company to all holders of its Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of
rights entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of any
class or series of capital stock of the Company which rights (i) are deemed to
be transferred with such shares of such Common Stock, (ii) are not exercisable,
and (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of such Common Stock,
in each case until the occurrence of a specified event or events.

      "Securities" or "Security" means any debt securities or debt security, as
the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

      "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as modified, amended or
supplemented from time to time.

      "Securities Register" and "Securities Registrar" have the respective
meanings specified in Section 3.6.

      "Senior Indebtedness" means, whether recourse is to all or a portion of
the assets of the Company and whether or not contingent, (i) every obligation of
the Company for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of the Company evidenced
by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations
incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses;
(iii) every reimbursement obligation of the Company with respect to letters of
credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of the
Company; (iv) every obligation of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred
purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable or
accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) every
capital lease obligation of the Company; (vi) every obligation of the Company
for claims (as defined in Section 101(4) of the United States Bankruptcy Code of
1978, as amended) in respect of derivative products such as interest and foreign
exchange rate contracts, commodity contracts and similar arrangements; and (vii)
every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of another
person and all dividends of another person the payment of which, in either case,
the Company has guaranteed or is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly,
as obligor or otherwise; without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
Senior Indebtedness shall include the 8.5% Redeemable Subordinated Debentures
due November 1, 1998. Senior Indebtedness shall not include (i) any obligations
which, by their terms, are expressly stated to rank pari passu in right of
payment with, or to not be superior in right of payment to, the Junior
Subordinated Debentures, (ii) any Senior Indebtedness of the Company which when
incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of the United
States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, was without recourse to the Company,
(iii) any Senior Indebtedness of the Company to any of its subsidiaries, (iv)
Senior Indebtedness to any executive officer or director of the Company, or (v)
any indebtedness in respect of debt securities issued to any trust, or a trustee
of such trust, partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is a
financing entity of the Company in connection with the issuance of such
financing entity of securities that are similar to the Preferred Securities.

      "Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a
date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.8.

      "Stated Maturity", when used with respect to any Security or any
installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified
pursuant to the terms of such Security as the fixed date on which the principal
of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due



<PAGE>


                                      - 9 -

and payable, as such date may, in the case of such principal, be shortened or
extended as provided pursuant to the terms of such Security and this Indenture.

      "Subsidiary" means an entity more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock
of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more
other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For
purposes of this definition, "voting stock" means stock that ordinarily has
voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long
as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

      "Successor Security" of any particular Security means every Security
issued after, and evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced
by, such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any
Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.7 in exchange for or in
lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to
evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

      "Tax Event" means the receipt by the Issuer Trust of an Opinion of Counsel
(as defined in the Trust Agreement) experienced in such matters to the effect
that, as a result of any amendment to, or change (including any announced
prospective change) in, the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United
States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or
as a result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or
judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, which
amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement or decision is announced
on or after the date of issuance of the Preferred Securities of the Issuer
Trust, there is more than an insubstantial risk that (i) the Issuer Trust is, or
will be within 90 days of the delivery of such Opinion of Counsel, subject to
United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on
the corresponding series of Securities issued by the Company to the Issuer
Trust, (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Securities is not, or within
90 days of the delivery of such Opinion of Counsel will not be, deductible by
the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes,
or (iii) the Issuer Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the delivery of such
Opinion of Counsel, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes,
duties or other governmental charges.

      "Trust Agreement" means, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated
as of ___________, 1997, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time,
among the trustees of the Issuer Trust named therein, the Company, as depositor,
and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial ownership interests in
the assets of the Issuer Trust.

      "Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph
of this Indenture, solely in its capacity as such and not in its individual
capacity, until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean or
include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder and, if at any time there is
more than one such Person, "Trustee" as used with respect to the Securities
shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities.

      "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as modified,
amended or supplemented from time to time, except as provided in Section 9.5.

      "Trust Securities" has the meaning specified in the first recital of this
Indenture.

      "Vice President," when used with respect to the Company, means any duly
appointed vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or
words added before or after the title "vice president."



<PAGE>


                                     - 10 -


      SECTION 1.2.     Compliance Certificate and Opinions.

      Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any
action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent
(including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent),
if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been
complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with
which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, have been complied with,
except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the
furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this
Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional
certificate or opinion need be furnished.

      Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition
or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than the certificates provided
pursuant to Section 10.4) shall include:

                             (1)  a statement by each individual signing such 
      certificate or opinion that such individual has read such covenant or 
      condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

                             (2)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope
      of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
      of such individual contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                             (3)  a statement that, in the opinion of such
      individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is
      necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to
      whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

                             (4)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of 
      such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

      SECTION 1.3.     Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

      In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all
such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such
Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one
or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify
or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

      Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based
are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar
as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the
information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the
Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should
know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such
matters are erroneous.




<PAGE>


                                     - 11 -

      Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions, or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.

      SECTION 1.4.     Acts of Holders.

      (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other action provided by this Indenture to be given to or taken by Holders
may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially
similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in
writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall
become effective when such instrument or instruments is or are delivered to the
Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such
instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced
thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing
such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of
a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this
Indenture and (subject to Section 6.1) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and
the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

      (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such
instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such
execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized
by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing
such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof.
Where such execution is by a Person acting in other than his or her individual
capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof
of his or her authority.

      (c) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such
instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may
also be provided in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient and in
accordance with such reasonable rules as the Trustee may determine.

      (d)The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.

      (e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of
the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the transfer
thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done
or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon,
whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

      (f) The Company may set any day as a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to give, make or take
any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by
Holders of Securities, provided that the Company may not set a record date for,
and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving
or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in the
next succeeding paragraph. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph,
the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders,
shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Holders
remain Holders after such record date, provided that no such action shall be
effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date
(as defined below) by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding
Securities on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to
prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a
record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the
record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person
be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this



<PAGE>


                                     - 12 -

paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders
of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on the date such
action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this
paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record
date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be
given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner
set forth in Section 1.6.

      The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to join in the giving
or making of (i) any Notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of acceleration
referred to in Section 5.2, (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred
to in Section 5.7(2), or (iv) any direction referred to in Section 5.12, in each
case with respect to Securities. If any record date is set pursuant to this
paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no
other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or
direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date,
provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or
prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal
amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph
shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any
action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this
paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with
no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect) and nothing in this
paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders
of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on the date such
action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this
paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company's expense, shall cause notice of such
record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date
to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the
manner set forth in Section 1.6.

      With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party
hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the "Expiration Date"
and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later
day, provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the
proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and
to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6 on or prior
to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with
respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto that
set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day
after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to
its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th
day after the applicable record date.

      (g) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take
any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with
regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or
more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment
with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

      SECTION 1.5.     Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company.

      Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be
made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

                             (1)  the Trustee by any Holder, any holder of 
      Preferred Securities or the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose
      hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the
      Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or




<PAGE>


                                     - 13 -

                             (2)  the Company by the Trustee, any Holder or any
      holder of Preferred Securities shall be sufficient for every purpose
      (except as otherwise provided in Section 5.1) hereunder if in writing and 
      mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at 
      the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of
      this instrument or at any other address previously furnished in writing to
      the Trustee by the Company.

      SECTION 1.6.     Notice to Holders; Waiver.

      Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such
notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided)
if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected
by such event, at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities
Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest
date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. If, by reason of the suspension
of or irregularities in regular mail services or for any other reason, it shall
be impossible or impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when said
notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture or of
the Securities, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory
to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice. In any
case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such
notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall
affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this
Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in
writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after
the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of
notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be
a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such
waiver.

      SECTION 1.7.     Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

      If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of
the Trust Indenture Act that is required thereunder to be a part of and govern
this Indenture, the provision of the Trust Indenture Act shall control. If any
provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust
Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be
deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case
may be.

      SECTION 1.8.     Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

      The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

      SECTION 1.9.     Successors and Assigns.

      All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind
its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

      SECTION 1.10.     Separability Clause.

      If any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.




<PAGE>


                                     - 14 -

      SECTION 1.11.     Benefits of Indenture.

      Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall
give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and
assigns, the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Holders of the Securities and,
to the extent expressly provided in Sections 5.2, 5.8, 5.9, 5.11, 5.13, 9.1 and
9.2, the holders of Preferred Securities, any benefit or any legal or equitable
right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

      SECTION 1.12.     Governing Law.

      THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

      SECTION 1.13.     Non-Business Days.

      If any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any
Security shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision
of this Indenture or the Securities) payment of interest or principal (and
premium, if any) or other amounts in respect of such Security need not be made
on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no
interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for
the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated
Maturity, as the case may be, until such next succeeding Business Day) except
that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment
shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day (in each case with the
same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date
or at the Stated Maturity).


                                   ARTICLE II
                                 SECURITY FORMS

      SECTION 2.1.     Forms Generally.

      The Securities and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in
substantially the forms set forth in this Article, or in such other form or
forms as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or
more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate
insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or
permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of
identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be
required to comply with applicable tax laws or the rules of any securities
exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers
executing such securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities. If
the form of Securities is established by action taken pursuant to a Board
Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by
the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the
Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section
3.3 with respect to the authentication and delivery of such Securities.

      The Trustee's certificates of authentication shall be substantially in the
form set forth in this Article.

      The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or
produced by any combination of these methods, if required by any securities
exchange on which the Securities may be listed, on a steel engraved border or
steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner



<PAGE>


                                     - 15 -

permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be
listed, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as
evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

      Securities distributed to holders of Global Preferred Securities (as
defined in the Trust Agreement) upon the dissolution of the Issuer Trust shall
be distributed in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the
name of a Depositary or its nominee, and deposited with the Securities
Registrar, as custodian for such Depositary, or with such Depositary, for credit
by the Depositary to the respective accounts of the beneficial owners of the
Securities represented thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct).
Securities distributed to holders of Preferred Securities other than Global
Preferred Securities upon the dissolution of the Issuer Trust shall not be
issued in the form of a Global Security or any other form intended to facilitate
book-entry trading in beneficial interests in such Securities.

      SECTION 2.2.     Form of Face of Security.

                            GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP
           ____ % Junior Subordinated Debentures due __________, 2027

      [If the Security is a Restricted Security, insert -- THE SECURITIES
EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) BY ANY INITIAL INVESTOR THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(I) TO A PERSON WHO THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE
144A, (II) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF RULE 903
OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144
THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), OR (B) BY AN INITIAL INVESTOR THAT IS A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR BY ANY SUBSEQUENT INVESTOR, AS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE
AND, IN ADDITION, TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION
EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AND, IN EACH
CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES AND OTHER
JURISDICTIONS OF THE UNITED STATES. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT
WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. SECURITIES OWNED BY AN INITIAL
INVESTOR THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER MAY NOT BE HELD IN GLOBAL
FORM AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT CERTIFICATION THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES
WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS, AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.
NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED
BY RULE 144 FOR RESALES OF THE SECURITIES.]


No.                                                               $

      GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP, a New Jersey corporation (hereinafter called
the "Company", which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture
hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
______________________, or registered assigns, the



<PAGE>


                                     - 16 -

principal sum of _________ Dollars on ________, [if the Security is a Global
Security, then insert, if applicable--, or such other principal amount
represented hereby as may be set forth in the records of the Securities
Registrar hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Indenture,] [; provided
that the Company may (i) shorten the Stated Maturity of the principal of this
Security to a date not earlier than ___________, and (ii) extend the Stated
Maturity of the principal of this Security at any time on one or more occasions,
subject to certain conditions specified in Section 3.15 of the Indenture, but in
no event to a date later than _________]. The Company further promises to pay
interest on said principal from ______________, or from the most recent Interest
Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly
(subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 31, June 30,
September 30 and December 31 of each year, commencing ________________, 1997 at
the rate of __% per annum, together with Additional Sums, if any, as provided in
Section 10.6 of the Indenture, until the principal hereof is paid or duly
provided for or made available for payment; provided that any overdue principal,
premium or Additional Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall bear
Additional Interest at the rate of __% per annum (to the extent that the payment
of such interest shall be legally enforceable), compounded quarterly from the
dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment,
and such interest shall be payable on demand. The amount of interest payable for
any period less than a full interest period shall be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months and the actual days elapsed in a partial
month in such period. The amount of interest payable for any full interest
period shall be computed by dividing the applicable rate per annum by four. The
interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest
Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose
name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the
close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest installment,
which shall be the 15th day of March, June, September and December (whether or
not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment
Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall
forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may
either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more
Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special
Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the
Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series
not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time
in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any
securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice
as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said
Indenture.

      So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company
shall have the right, at any time during the term of this Security, from time to
time to defer the payment of interest on this Security for up to 20 consecutive
quarterly interest payment periods with respect to each deferral period (each an
"Extension Period"), during which Extension Periods the Company shall have the
right to make partial payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date, and at
the end of which the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid
including Additional Interest, as provided below; provided, however, that no
Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of
this Security, as then in effect, and no such Extension Period may end on a date
other than an Interest Payment Date; and provided, further, however, that during
any such Extension Period, the Company shall not (i) declare or pay any
dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a
liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's capital stock, or (ii)
make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay,
repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in
all respects with or junior in interest to this Security (other than (a)
repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the
Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other
similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees,
officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment
or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital
stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or



<PAGE>


                                     - 17 -

exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition
transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a
result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company's
capital stock (or any capital stock of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any
class or series of the Company's capital stock or of any class or series of the
Company's indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's capital stock,
(c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company's capital
stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or
the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in
connection with any Rights Plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other
property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights
pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or
other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of
such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the
dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock). Prior
to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may further defer
the payment of interest, provided that no Extension Period shall exceed 20
consecutive quarterly interest payment periods, extend beyond the Stated
Maturity of the principal of this Security or end on a date other than an
Interest Payment Date. Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and
upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest
then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new
Extension Period, subject to the above conditions. No interest shall be due and
payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each
installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during
such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent that the
payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at the rate of __% per
annum, compounded quarterly and calculated as set forth in the first paragraph
of this Security, from the date on which such amounts would otherwise have been
due and payable until paid or made available for payment. The Company shall give
the Holder of this Security and the Trustee notice of its election to begin any
Extension Period at least one Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest
Payment Date on which interest on this Security would be payable but for such
deferral or so long as such securities are held by GCB Capital Trust, at least
one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i) the next succeeding date on which
Distributions on the Preferred Securities of the Issuer Trust would be payable
but for such deferral, and (ii) the date on which the Property Trustee of the
Issuer Trust is required to give notice to holders of such Preferred Securities
of the record date or the date such Distributions are payable, but in any event
not less than one Business Day prior to such record date.

      Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this
Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that
purpose in the United States, in such coin or currency of the United States of
America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and
private debts; provided, however that at the option of the Company payment of
interest may be made (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled
thereto as such address shall appear in the Securities Register, or (ii) if to a
Holder of $1,000,000 or more in aggregate principal amount of this Security, by
wire transfer in immediately available funds upon written request to the Trustee
not later than 15 calendar days prior to the date on which the interest is
payable.

      The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in
the Indenture, subordinate and subject in right of payments to the prior payment
in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Security is issued subject to the
provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security,
by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b)
authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such actions as
may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided, and
(c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such
purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, waives all notice
of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the
Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or
hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said
provisions.



<PAGE>


                                     - 18 -


      Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set
forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the
Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security
shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly
executed under its corporate seal.

GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP



By:
    -----------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:



Attest:


- ---------------------------------------
Secretary or Assistant Secretary


      SECTION 2.3.     Form of Reverse of Security.

      This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the
Company (herein called the "Securities"), issued and to be issued under the
Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of ____________, 1997 (herein called the
"Indenture"), between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee (herein
called the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee under the
Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference
is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights,
duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of
Senior Indebtedness and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon
which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

      All terms used in this Security that are defined in the Indenture dated as
of _________ (as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time the "Trust
Agreement"), relating to GCB Capital Trust the ("Issuer Trust") among the
Company, as Depositor, the Trustees named therein and the Holders from time to
time of the Trust Securities issued pursuant thereto shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as the case may be.

      The Company has the right to redeem this Security (i) on or after
_________, 2002 in whole at any time or in part from time to time, or (ii) in
whole (but not in part), at any time within 90 days following the occurrence and
during the continuation of a Tax Event, Investment Company Event, or Capital
Treatment Event, in each case at the Redemption Price described below, and
subject to



<PAGE>


                                     - 19 -

possible regulatory approval. The Redemption Price shall equal 100% of the
principal amount hereof being redeemed, together with accrued interest to but
excluding the date fixed for redemption.

      In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security
or Securities for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of
the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

      [If applicable, insert--The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance
at any time [of the entire indebtedness of this Security] [or] [certain
restrictive covenants and Events of Default with respect to this Security] [, in
each case] upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth in
the Indenture.]

      The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
Company and the Trustee at any time to enter into a supplemental indenture or
indentures for the purpose of modifying in any manner the rights and obligations
of the Company and of the Holders of the Securities, with the consent of the
Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding
Securities to be affected by such supplemental indenture. The Indenture also
contains provisions permitting Holders of specified percentages in principal
amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of
all Securities, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of
the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their
consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be
conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this
Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or
in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent
or waiver is made upon this Security.

      [If the Security is not a Discount Security, insert--As provided in and
subject to the provisions of the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect
to the Securities at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in
every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may declare the principal amount
of all the Securities to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing
to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), provided that, if upon
an Event of Default, the Trustee or such Holders fail to declare the principal
of all the Outstanding Securities to be immediately due and payable, the holders
of at least 25% in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities then
outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing
to the Company and the Trustee; and upon any such declaration the principal
amount of and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on all
the Securities shall become immediately due and payable, provided that the
payment of principal and interest (including any Additional Interest) on such
Securities shall remain subordinated to the extent provided in Article XIII of
the Indenture.]

      [If the Security is a Discount Security, insert--As provided in and
subject to the provisions of the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect
to the Securities at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in
every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may declare an amount of
principal of the Securities to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in
writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), provided that,
if upon an Event of Default, the Trustee or such Holders fail to declare such
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities to be immediately due and
payable, the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the
Preferred Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such
declaration by a notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee. The principal
amount payable upon such acceleration shall be equal to [insert formula for
determining the amount]. Upon any such declaration, such amount of the principal
of and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the
Securities shall become immediately due



<PAGE>


                                     - 20 -

and payable, provided that the payment of such principal and interest (including
any Additional Interest) on all the Securities shall remain subordinated to the
extent provided in Article XIII of the Indenture. Upon payment (i) of the amount
of principal so declared due and payable and (ii) of interest on any overdue
principal, premium and interest (in each case to the extent that the payment of
such interest shall be legally enforceable), all of the Company's obligations in
respect of the payment of the principal of and premium and interest, if any, on
this Security shall terminate.]

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest (including Additional Interest) on this Security at the times, place
and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Securities
Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the
office or agency of the Company maintained under Section 10.2 of the Indenture
for such purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar duly
executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in
writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities, of like tenor, of authorized
denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the
designated transferee or transferees.

      The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set
forth, Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of
Securities and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as
requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

      No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

      Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer,
the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all
purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

      The Company and, by its acceptance of this Security or a beneficial
interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial
interest in, this Security agrees that for United States federal, state and
local tax purposes it is intended that this Security constitute indebtedness.

      THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

      THIS SECURITY IS A DIRECT AND UNSECURED OBLIGATION OF THE COMPANY, DOES
NOT EVIDENCE DEPOSITS AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER INSURER OR GOVERNMENT AGENCY.




<PAGE>


                                     - 21 -

      SECTION 2.4.    Additional Provisions Required in Global Security.

      Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, any Global
Security issued hereunder shall, in addition to the provisions contained in
Sections 2.2 and 2.3, bear a legend in substantially the following form:

                  THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE
      MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE
      NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY. THIS SECURITY IS
      EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN
      THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED
      IN THE INDENTURE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE
      DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE
      DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, EXCEPT
      IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

      SECTION 2.5.     Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.

      The Trustee's certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the
following form:

      This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.


      Dated:                           BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
             ------------------        as Trustee




                                       By: 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Authorized Signatory








<PAGE>


                                     - 22 -

                                   ARTICLE III
                                 THE SECURITIES

      SECTION 3.1.     Title and Terms.

      The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture is $___________.

      The Securities' Stated Maturity shall be _________, 2027.

      The Securities, established pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall bear
interest at a per annum rate equal to ________% from ________, 1997 or from the
most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly
provided for, as the case may be, payable quarterly (subject to deferral as set
forth in Section 3.12), in arrears, on March 31, June 30, September 30 and
December 31 of each year, commencing _______________, 1997, until the principal
thereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest will compound quarterly
and will accrue at a per annum rate equal to ________% to the extent permitted
by applicable law, on any interest installment in arrears for more than one
quarterly period or during an extension of an interest payment period as set
forth below in Section 3.12.

      The principal of and interest on the Securities shall be payable at the
office or agency of the Paying Agent in the United States maintained for such
purpose and at any other office or agency maintained by the Company for such
purpose in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided,
however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made (i)
by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address
shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer in immediately
available funds at such place and to such account as may be designated by the
Person entitled thereto as specified in the Security Register.

      Securities shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or
more Global Securities and, in such case, the Depositary for such Global
Securities shall be The Depository Trust Company.

      The securities shall be subordinated in right of payment to Senior
Indebtedness as provided in Article XIII.

      SECTION 3.2.     Denominations.

      The Securities shall be in registered form without coupons and shall be
issuable in denominations of $25 and any integral multiple thereof.

      SECTION 3.3.    Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

      The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman
of the Board, its Vice Chairman of the Board, its President or one of its Vice
Presidents, under its corporate seal reproduced or impressed thereon and
attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of
any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.

      Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who
were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not
hold such offices at the date of such Securities. At any time and from time to
time after the



<PAGE>


                                     - 23 -

execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities
executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a
Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the
Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such
Securities. If the form or terms of the Securities have been established by or
pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted by Sections 2.1 and 3.1,
in authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities
under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be
entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.1) shall be fully protected in
relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating,

      (1) if the form of such Securities has been established by or pursuant to
      Board Resolution as permitted by Section 2.1, that such form has been
      established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

      (2) if the terms of such Securities have been established by or pursuant
      to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 3.1, that such terms have been
      established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

      (3) that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee
      and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions
      specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally
      binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their
      terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer,
      reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability
      relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity
      principles.

If such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not be
required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities
pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee's own rights, duties or
immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner that
is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

      Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1 and the preceding paragraph,
if all Securities are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be
necessary to deliver the Officers' Certificate otherwise required pursuant to
Section 3.1 or the Company Order and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required
pursuant to such preceding paragraph at or prior to the authentication of each
Security if such documents are delivered at or prior to the authentication upon
original issuance of the first Security to be issued.

      Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

      No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Security a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein
executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized
officers, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence,
and the only evidence, that such security has been duly authenticated and
delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have
been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the
Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for
cancellation as provided in Section 3.10, for all purposes of this Indenture
such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered
hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.




<PAGE>


                                     - 24 -

      SECTION 3.4.     Temporary Securities.

      Pending the preparation of definitive Securities, the Company may execute,
and upon receipt of a Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed
or otherwise produced, in any denomination, substantially of the tenor of the
definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate
insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers
executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such
Securities.

      If temporary Securities are issued, the Company will cause definitive
Securities to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of
definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for
definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at the office
or agency of the Company designated for that purpose without charge to the
Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities,
the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in
exchange therefor one or more definitive securities, of any authorized
denominations having the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and having
the same terms as such temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, the temporary
Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this
Indenture as definitive Securities.

      SECTION 3.5.     Global Securities.

      (a) Each Global Security issued under this Indenture shall be registered
in the name of the Depositary designated by the Company for such Global Security
or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or
custodian therefor, and each such Global Security shall constitute a single
Security for all purposes of this Indenture.

      (b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global
Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Securities registered, and no
transfer of a Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name
of any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee
thereof unless (i) such Depositary advises the Trustee in writing that such
Depositary is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its
responsibilities as Depositary with respect to such Global Security, and the
Company is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Company executes and
delivers to the Trustee a Company Order stating that the Company elects to
terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary, or (iii) there shall
have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default.

      (c) If any Global Security is to be exchanged for other Securities or
cancelled in whole, it shall be surrendered by or on behalf of the Depositary or
its nominee to the Securities Registrar for exchange or cancellation as provided
in this Article III. If any Global Security is to be exchanged for other
Securities or cancelled in part, or if another Security is to be exchanged in
whole or in part for a beneficial interest in any Global Security, then either
(i) such Global Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as
provided in this Article III or (ii) the principal amount thereof shall be
reduced, subject to Section 3.6(b)(v), or increased by an amount equal to the
portion thereof to be so exchanged or cancelled, or equal to the principal
amount of such other Security to be so exchanged for a beneficial interest
therein, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the
records of the Securities Registrar, whereupon the Trustee, in accordance with
the Applicable Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized
representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records. Upon any such
surrender or adjustment of a Global Security by the Depositary, accompanied by
registration instructions, the Trustee shall, subject to Section 3.6(b) and as
otherwise provided in this Article III, authenticate and deliver any Securities
issuable in exchange for such Global Security (or any portion thereof) in
accordance with the



<PAGE>


                                     - 25 -

instructions of the Depositary. The Trustee shall not be liable for any delay in
delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully
protected in relying on, such instructions.

      (d) Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of
transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security or any portion
thereof, whether pursuant to this Article III, Section 9.6 or 11.6 or otherwise,
shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global
Security, unless such Security is registered in the name of a Person other than
the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof.

      (e) The Depositary or its nominee, as the registered owner of a Global
Security, shall be the Holder of such Global Security for all purposes under
this Indenture and the Securities, and owners of beneficial interests in a
Global Security shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.
Accordingly, any such owner's beneficial interest in a Global Security shall be
shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through,
records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or agent. Neither the
Trustee nor the Securities Registrar shall have any liability in respect of any
transfers effected by the Depositary.

      (f) The rights of owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security
shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those
established by law and agreements between such owners and the Depositary and/or
its Agent Members.

      SECTION 3.6.    Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally; Certain
Transfers and Exchanges; Securities Act Legends.

      (a) The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it
may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities and
transfers of Securities. Such register is herein sometimes referred to as the
"Securities Register." The Trustee is hereby appointed "Securities Registrar"
for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers of Securities as herein
provided.

      Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security at the offices
or agencies of the Company designated for that purpose, the Company shall
execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the
designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of any
authorized denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

      At the option of the Holder, Securities may be exchanged for other
Securities of any authorized denominations, of like tenor and aggregate
principal amount upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office
or agency. Whenever any securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company
shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities
that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

      All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be
the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to
the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such
transfer or exchange.

      Every Security presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if
so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied
by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the
Securities Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder's
attorney duly authorized in writing.




<PAGE>


                                     - 26 -

      No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any transfer or exchange
of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any
transfer or exchange of Securities.

      Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required, pursuant to the
provisions of this Section, (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange
any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before
the day of selection for redemption of Securities pursuant to Article XI and
ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the notice of
redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so
selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any such
Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

      (b) Certain Transfers and Exchanges.  Notwithstanding  any other provision
of  this  Indenture,  transfers  and  exchanges  of  Securities  and  beneficial
interests  in a Global  Security  shall be made  only in  accordance  with  this
Section 3.6(b).

      (i) Non-Global Security to Non-Global Security. A Security that is not a
      Global Security may be transferred, in whole or in part, to a Person who
      takes delivery in the form of another Security that is not a Global
      Security as provided in Section 3.6(a), provided that if the Security to
      be transferred in whole or in part is a Restricted Security, the
      Securities Registrar shall have received a Restricted Securities
      Certificate duly executed by the transferor Holder or such Holder's
      attorney duly authorized in writing.

      (ii)  Exchanges  Between  Global  Security  and  Non-Global   Security.  A
      beneficial interest in a Global Security may be exchanged for a Security
      that is not a Global Security as provided in Section 3.5.

      (iii) Certain Initial Transfers of Non-Global Securities. In the case of
      Securities initially issued other than in global form, an initial transfer
      or exchange of such Securities that does not involve any change in
      beneficial ownership may be made to an Institutional Accredited Investor
      or Investors as if such transfer or exchange were not an initial transfer
      or exchange; provided that written certification shall be provided by the
      transferee and transferor of such Securities to the Securities Registrar
      that such transfer or exchange does not involve a change in beneficial
      ownership.

      SECTION 3.7.     Mutilated, Lost and Stolen Securities.

      If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee together with such
security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save
each of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security, of like tenor and
aggregate principal amount, bearing the same legends, and bearing a number not
contemporaneously outstanding.

      If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence
to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and
(ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them
harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such
Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute
and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any
such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security, of like tenor and
aggregate principal amount and bearing the same legends as such destroyed, lost
or stolen Security, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.




<PAGE>


                                     - 27 -

      If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is
about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of
issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

      Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section 3.7, the Company
may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other
expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

      Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any
destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional
contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or
stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be
entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with
any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

      The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

      SECTION 3.8.     Payment of Interest and Additional Interest; Interest
Rights Preserved.

      Interest and Additional Interest on any Security that is payable, and is
punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, shall be
paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor
Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date
for such interest in respect of Securities, except that, unless otherwise
provided in the Securities, interest payable on the Stated Maturity of the
principal of a Security shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid.
The initial payment of interest on any Security that is issued between a Regular
Record Date and the related Interest Payment Date shall be payable as provided
in such Security or in the Board Resolution pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect
to the Securities.

      Any interest on any Security that is due and payable, but is not timely
paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities (herein
called "Defaulted Interest"), shall forthwith cease to be payable to the
registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been
such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its
election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

      (1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the
      Persons in whose names the Securities in respect of which interest is in
      default (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the
      close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such
      Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The
      Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted
      Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the proposed
      payment, and which shall be fixed at the same time the Company shall
      deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount
      proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make
      arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the
      date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in
      trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest
      as in this clause provided. Thereupon, the Trustee shall fix a Special
      Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not
      more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the
      proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the
      Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly
      notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the
      expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such
      Defaulted Interest and the



<PAGE>


                                     - 28 -

      Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class, postage prepaid,
      to each Holder of a Security at the address of such Holder as it appears
      in the Securities Register not less than 10 days prior to such Special
      Record Date. The Trustee may, in its discretion, in the name and at the
      expense of the Company, cause a similar notice to be published at least
      once in a newspaper, customarily published in the English language on each
      Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The
      City of New York, but such publication shall not be a condition precedent
      to the establishment of such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed
      payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor
      having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to
      the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor
      Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer
      be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

      (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other
      lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities
      exchange on which the Securities in respect of which interest is in
      default may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such
      exchange (or by the Trustee if the Securities are not listed), if, after
      notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment
      pursuant to this clause 2, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the
      Trustee.

      Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security
      delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in
      lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and
      unpaid, and to accrue interest, that were carried by such other Security.

      SECTION 3.9.     Persons Deemed Owners.

      The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall
treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such
Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and (subject to
Section 3.8) any interest on such Security and for all other purposes
whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company,
the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by
notice to the contrary.

      No holder of any beneficial interest in any Global Security held on its
behalf by a Depositary shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect
to such Global Security, and such Depositary may be treated by the Company, the
Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such Global
Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the
Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other
authorization furnished by a Depositary or impair, as between a Depositary and
such holders of beneficial interests, the operation of customary practices
governing the exercise of the rights of the Depositary (or its nominee) as
Holder of any Security.

      SECTION 3.10.     Cancellation.

      All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange
shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the
Trustee, and any such Securities and Securities surrendered directly to the
Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may
at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously
authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any
manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by
the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for
any Securities canceled as provided in this Section,



<PAGE>


                                     - 29 -

except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Securities shall
be destroyed by the Trustee and the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a
certificate of such destruction.

      SECTION 3.11.     Computation of Interest.

      Interest on the Securities for any period shall be computed on the basis
of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and the actual number of days elapsed
in any partial month in such period, and interest on the Securities for a full
period shall be computed by dividing the rate per annum by the number of
interest periods that together constitute a full twelve months.

      SECTION 3.12.     Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates.

      So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company
shall have the right, at any time during the term of the Securities, from time
to time to defer the payment of interest on such Securities for such period or
periods (each an "Extension Period") not to exceed the number of consecutive
quarterly periods that equal five years with respect to each Extension Period,
during which Extension Periods the Company shall have the right to make partial
payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date. No Extension Period shall end
on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension
Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the
Securities (together with Additional Interest thereon, if any, at the rate
specified for the Securities to the extent permitted by applicable law);
provided, however, that no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated
Maturity of the principal of the Securities; and provided further, however,
that, during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not (i) declare or pay
any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a
liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's capital stock, or (ii)
make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay,
repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in
all respects with or junior in interest to the Securities (other than (a)
repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the
Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other
similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees,
officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment
or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital
stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such
capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior
to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion
of any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or any capital stock of a
Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company's capital
stock or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or
series of the Company's capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests
in shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange
provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged,
(d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, or the
issuance of rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan, or the
redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the
form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the
stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the
same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with
or junior to such stock). Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period,
the Company may further defer the payment of interest, provided that no Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing and provided further, that no Extension
Period shall exceed the period or periods specified in such Securities, extend
beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of such Securities or end on a date
other than an Interest Payment Date. Upon the termination of any such Extension
Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any
Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect
to begin a new Extension Period, subject to the above conditions. No interest or
Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except
at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would



<PAGE>


                                     - 30 -

otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear
Additional Interest. The Company shall give the Holders of the Securities and
the Trustee notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period at least
one Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which
interest on Securities would be payable but for such deferral or, with respect
to any Securities issued to the Issuer Trust, so long as any such Securities are
held by the Issuer Trust, at least one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i)
the next succeeding date on which Distributions on the Preferred Securities of
the Issuer Trust would be payable but for such deferral, and (ii) the date on
which the Property Trustee of the Issuer Trust is required to give notice to
holders of such Preferred Securities of the record date or the date such
Distributions are payable, but in any event not less than one Business Day prior
to such record date.

      The Trustee shall promptly give notice of the Company's election to begin
any such Extension Period to the Holders of the Outstanding Securities.

      SECTION 3.13.     Right of Set-Off.

      With respect to the Securities initially issued to the Issuer Trust,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall have the
right to set off any payment it is otherwise required to make in respect of any
such Security to the extent the Company has theretofore made, or is concurrently
on the date of such payment making, a payment under the Guarantee relating to
such Security or to a holder of Preferred Securities pursuant to an action
undertaken under Section 5.8 of this Indenture.

      SECTION 3.14.     Agreed Tax Treatment.

      Each Security issued hereunder shall provide that the Company and, by its
acceptance of a Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and
any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, such Security agree that for
United States federal, state and local tax purposes it is intended that such
Security constitutes indebtedness.

      SECTION 3.15.    CUSIP Numbers.

      The Company, in issuing the Securities, may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then
generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notice
of redemption and other similar or related materials as a convenience to
Holders; provided that any such notice or other materials may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed
on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or other materials
and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed
on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect
in or omission of such numbers.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

      SECTION 4.1.     Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

      This Indenture shall, upon Company Request, cease to be of further effect
(except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of
Securities herein expressly provided for and as otherwise provided in this
Section 4.1) and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company,
shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture, when




<PAGE>


                                     - 31 -

      (1)   either

            (A) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other
      than (i) Securities that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have
      been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.7 and (ii) Securities for
      whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated
      and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or
      discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 10.3) have been
      delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

           (B)      all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee
      for cancellation

                    (i)   have become due and payable, or

                    (ii)   will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity
            within one year of the date of deposit, or

                    (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under
            arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of
            redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the
            Company,and the Company, in the case of subclause (B)(i), (ii) or
            (iii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the
            Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose an amount in the
            currency or currencies in which the Securities are payable
            sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such
            Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
            cancellation, for the principal (and premium, if any) and interest
            (including any Additional Interest) to the date of such deposit (in
            the case of Securities that have become due and payable) or to the
            Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

      (2)  the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
      hereunder by the Company; and

      (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and
      an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein
      provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
      have been complied with.

      Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
      obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 6.7, the
      obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.14
      and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
      subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the
      Trustee under Section 4.2 and the last paragraph of Section 10.3 shall
      survive.


      SECTION 4.2.     Application of Trust Money.

      Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.3, all money
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and
applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and
this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if
any) and interest and Additional Interest for the payment of which such money or
obligations have been deposited with or received by the Trustee.




<PAGE>


                                     - 32 -


                                    ARTICLE V
                                    REMEDIES

      SECTION 5.1.     Events of Default.

      "Event of Default", wherever used herein with respect to the Securities,
means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of
Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by
operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

            (1) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security,
      including any Additional Interest in respect thereof, when it becomes due
      and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days
      (subject to the deferral of any due date in the case of an Extension
      Period); or

            (2)   default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if
      any, on) any Security at its Stated Maturity; or

            (3) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform
      any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company in the
      Securities or in this Indenture for a period of 90 days after the date on
      which written notice of such failure, requiring the Company to remedy the
      same, shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee by registered or
      certified mail or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at
      least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities; or

            (4) the occurrence of the appointment of a receiver or other similar
      official in any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding with respect
      to the Company or all or substantially all of its property; or a court or
      other governmental agency shall enter a decree or order appointing a
      receiver or similar official and such decree or order shall remain
      unstayed and undischarged for a period of 60 days; or

            (5)   any other Event of Default provided with respect to the 
      Securities.

      SECTION 5.2.     Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

      If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
Section 5.1(4)) with respect to Securities at the time Outstanding occurs and is
continuing, then, and in every such case, the Trustee or the Holders of not less
than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may declare
the principal amount (or, if the Securities are Discount Securities, such
portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms) of all the
Securities to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the
Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), provided that, if, upon an
Event of Default, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal
amount of the Outstanding Securities fail to declare the principal of all the
Outstanding Securities to be immediately due and payable, the holders of at
least 25% in aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of
the Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer Trust then outstanding shall have
the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Company and the
Trustee; and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified
portion thereof) of and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest)
on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of
Default specified in Section 5.1(4) with respect to Securities at the time
Outstanding occurs, the principal amount of all the Securities (or, if the
Securities are Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such
Securities as may be



<PAGE>


                                     - 33 -

specified by the terms) shall automatically, and without any declaration or
other action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, become immediately due
and payable. Payment of principal and interest (including any Additional
Interest) on such Securities shall remain subordinated to the extent provided in
Article XIII notwithstanding that such amount shall become immediately due and
payable as herein provided.

      At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to the
Securities has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the
money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article
provided, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may
rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

      (1)   the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient
      to pay:

            (A)  all overdue installments of interest on all Securities;

            (B)  any accrued Additional Interest on all Securities;

            (C) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities that
      have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and
      interest and Additional Interest thereon at the rate borne by the
      Securities; and

            (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the
      reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
      Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

      (2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities, other than the
      non-payment of the principal of Securities that has become due solely by
      such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.

      If the Holders of Securities fail to annul such declaration and waive such
default, the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined
in the Trust Agreement) of Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer Trust then
outstanding shall also have the right to rescind and annul such declaration and
its consequences by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, subject to
the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above of
this section 5.2.

      No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right
consequent thereon.

      SECTION 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
Trustee.

      The Company covenants that if:

            (1) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest
      (including any Additional Interest) on any Security when such interest
      becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30
      days, or

            (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (and premium,
      if any, on) any Security at the Stated Maturity thereof, the Company will,
      upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the
      Holders of the Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on the
      Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including any
      Additional Interest), and, in addition thereto, all amounts owing the
      Trustee under Section 6.7.




<PAGE>


                                     - 34 -


      If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the
Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a
judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may
prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same
against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the
monies adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of
the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, wherever
situated.

      If an Event of Default with respect to Securities occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its
rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities by such appropriate judicial
proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any
such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement
in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to
enforce any other proper remedy.

      SECTION 5.4.     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

      In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial or
administrative proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the
Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their
creditors,

      (a) the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities
shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or
otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on
the Company for the payment of overdue principal (and premium, if any) or
interest (including any Additional Interest)) shall be entitled and empowered,
by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

            (i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and
      premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) owing
      and unpaid in respect to the Securities and to file such other papers or
      documents as may be necessary or advisable and to take any and all actions
      as are authorized under the Trust Indenture Act in order to have the
      claims of the Holders and any predecessor to the Trustee under Section 6.7
      allowed in any such judicial or administrative proceedings; and

            (ii) in particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and
      receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such
      claims and to distribute the same in accordance with Section 5.6; and

      (b) any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator,
conservator (or other similar official) in any such judicial or administrative
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the
Trustee for distribution in accordance with Section 5.6, and in the event that
the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it and any predecessor Trustee
under Section 6.7.

      Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities
or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided, however,
that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a
trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors' or
other similar committee.




<PAGE>


                                     - 35 -

      SECTION 5.5.   Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities.

      All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may
be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the
Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any
such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as
trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, subject to
Article XIII and after provision for the payment of all the amounts owing the
Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.7, its agents and counsel,
be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which
such judgment has been recovered.

      SECTION 5.6.   Application of Money Collected.

      Any money or property collected or to be applied by the Trustee with
respect to the Securities pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the
following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the
distribution of such money or property on account of principal (or premium, if
any) or interest (including any Additional Interest), upon presentation of the
Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and
upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

      FIRST:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and any predecessor
Trustee under Section 6.7;

      SECOND: Subject to Article XIII, to the payment of the amounts then due
and unpaid upon Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest
(including any Additional Interest) in respect of which or for the benefit of
which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of
any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for
principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional
Interest), respectively; and

      THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.

      SECTION 5.7.    Limitation on Suits.

      Subject to Section 5.8, no Holder of any Securities shall have any right
to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this
Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator,
sequestrator (or other similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder,
unless:

            (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee
      of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities;

            (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount
      of the Outstanding Securities shall have made written request to the
      Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in
      its own name as Trustee hereunder;

            (3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable
      indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in
      compliance with such request;

            (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice,
      request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such
      proceeding; and

            (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been
      given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a
      majority in aggregate principal amount of the



<PAGE>


                                     - 36 -

      Outstanding Securities; it being understood and intended that no one or
      more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue
      of, or by availing itself of, any provision of this Indenture to affect,
      disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities, or to
      obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such
      Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner
      herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

      SECTION 5.8.     Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, 
                       Premium and Interest; Direct Action by Holders of
                       Preferred Securities.

      Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any
Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 3.8
and 3.12) interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security on the
Stated Maturity (or in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to
institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not
be impaired without the consent of such Holder. Any registered holder of the
Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer Trust shall have the right, upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 5.1(1) or 5.1(2), to
institute a suit directly against the Company for enforcement of payment to such
holder of principal of (premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 3.8 and 3.12)
interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities having a
principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the
Trust Agreement) of such Preferred Securities held by such holder.

      SECTION 5.9.     Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

      If the Trustee, any Holder or any holder of Preferred Securities issued by
the Issuer Trust has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy
under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for
any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee, such Holder or such
holder of Preferred Securities, then, and in every such case, the Company, the
Trustee, such Holders and such holder of Preferred Securities shall, subject to
any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to
their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the
Trustee, such Holder and such holder of Preferred Securities shall continue as
though no such proceeding had been instituted.

      SECTION 5.10.     Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

      Except as otherwise provided in the last paragraph of Section 3.7, no
right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or the Holders
is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and
remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy
hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

      SECTION 5.11.     Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

      No delay or omission of the Trustee, any Holder of any Security with
respect to the Securities or any holder of any Preferred Security to exercise
any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default with respect to the
Securities shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any
such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.




<PAGE>


                                     - 37 -

      Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or
to the Holders and the right and remedy given to the holders of Preferred
Securities by Section 5.8 may be exercised from time to time, and as often as
may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Holders or the holders of Preferred
Securities, as the case may be.

      SECTION 5.12.     Control by Holders.

      The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Outstanding Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the
Securities, provided that:

            (1)     such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law
      or with this Indenture,

            (2)     the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
      Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and

            (3) subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall have
      the right to decline to follow such direction if a Responsible Officer or
      Officers of the Trustee shall, in good faith, determine that the
      proceeding so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not
      joining in any such direction or would involve the Trustee in personal
      liability.

      SECTION 5.13.     Waiver of Past Defaults.

      The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Outstanding Securities affected thereby and, the holders of a majority in
aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the
Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer Trust may waive any past default
hereunder and its consequences except a default:

            (1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or
      interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security (unless such
      default has been cured and the Company has paid to or deposited with the
      Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest
      (including Additional Interest) and all principal of (and premium, if any,
      on) all Securities due otherwise than by acceleration), or

            (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under Article
      IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of any
      Outstanding Security affected.

      Any such waiver shall be deemed to be on behalf of the Holders of all the
Securities, or in the case of waiver by holders of Preferred Securities issued
by the Issuer Trust, by all holders of Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer
Trust.

      Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose
of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
default or impair any right consequent thereon.

      SECTION 5.14.     Undertaking for Costs.

      All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by
his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in
its discretion, require, in any suit for the



<PAGE>


                                     - 38 -

enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against
the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any
party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and
that such court may, in its discretion, assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party
litigant, but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit
instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of
Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of
the Outstanding Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the
enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest
(including any Additional Interest) on any Security on or after the Stated
Maturity.

      SECTION 5.15.     Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws.

      The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it
will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever
enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants
or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such
law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   THE TRUSTEE

      SECTION 6.1.     Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

      (a)   Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

            (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such
      duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied
      covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
      Trustee; and

            (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
      conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
      of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished
      to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, but
      in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provisions
      hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the
      Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or
      not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.


      (b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a
prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
his or her own affairs.

      (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure
to act or its own willful misconduct except that




<PAGE>


                                     - 39 -

            (1)     this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect
      of subsection (a) of this Section;

            (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
      in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the
      Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

            (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken
      or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the
      direction of Holders pursuant to Section 5.12 relating to the time, method
      and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
      Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee,
      under this Indenture with respect to the Securities.

      (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance
of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or
powers, if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of
such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it.

      (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording
protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

      SECTION 6.2.     Notice of Defaults.

      Within 90 days after actual knowledge by a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee of the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to the
Securities, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities, as
their names and addresses appear in the Securities Register, notice of such
default, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however,
that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or
premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any
Security, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so
long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of
directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines
that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of
Securities; and provided further, that, in the case of any default of the
character specified in Section 5.1(3), no such notice to Holders of Securities
shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the
purpose of this Section, the term "default" means any event that is, or after
notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect
to the Securities.

      SECTION 6.3.     Certain Rights of Trustee.

      Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1:

      (a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining
from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion,
report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, Security or
other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties;

      (b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be
sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution
of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;



<PAGE>


                                     - 40 -


      (c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall
deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking,
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence
be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
rely upon an Officers' Certificate;

      (d) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its choice and the advice of
such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization
and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it
hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

      (e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of
the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered
to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and
liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or
direction;

      (f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, indenture,
Security or other paper or document, but the Trustee in its discretion may make
such inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and,
if the Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall
be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company,
personally or by agent or attorney; and

      (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it
hereunder.

      SECTION 6.4.     Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

      The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee's
certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company,
and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility
for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity
or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. Neither the Trustee nor
any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the
Company of the Securities or the proceeds thereof.

      SECTION 6.5.     May Hold Securities.

      The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Securities
Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other
capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections
6.8 and 6.13, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would
have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Securities
Registrar or such other agent.

      SECTION 6.6.     Money Held in Trust.

      Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no
liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise
agreed with the Company.




<PAGE>


                                     - 41 -

      SECTION 6.7.     Compensation and Reimbursement.

      (a) The Company agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in such amounts as the
Company and the Trustee shall agree from time to time (which compensation shall
not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a
trustee of an express trust).

      (b) The Company agrees to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all
reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee
in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable
compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel),
except any such expense disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its
negligence or bad faith.

      (c) Since the Issuer Trust is being formed solely to facilitate an
investment in the Preferred Securities, the Company, as Holder of the Common
Securities, hereby covenants to pay all debts and obligations (other than with
respect to the Preferred Securities and the Common Securities) and all
reasonable costs and expenses of the Issuer Trust (including without limitation
all costs and expenses relating to the organization of the Issuer Trust, the
fees and expenses of the trustees and all reasonable costs and expenses relating
to the operation of the Issuer Trust) and to pay any and all taxes, duties,
assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (other than withholding
taxes) imposed on the Issuer Trust by the United States, or any taxing
authority, so that the net amounts received and retained by the Issuer Trust and
the Property Trustee after paying such expenses will be equal to the amounts the
Issuer Trust and the Property Trustee would have received had no such costs or
expenses been incurred by or imposed on the Issuer Trust. The foregoing
obligations of the Company are for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by,
any person to whom any such debts, obligations, costs, expenses and taxes are
owed (each, a "Creditor") whether or not such Creditor has received notice
thereof. Any such Creditor may enforce such obligations directly against the
Company, and the Company irrevocably waives any right or remedy to require that
any such Creditor take any action against the Issuer Trust or any other person
before proceeding against the Company. The Company shall execute such additional
agreements as may be necessary or desirable to give full effect to the
foregoing.

      (d) The Company shall indemnify the Trustee, its directors, officers,
employees and agents for, and hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or
expense (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and
disbursements of its agents and counsel) incurred without negligence or bad
faith, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of
this trust or the performance of its duties hereunder, including the reasonable
costs and expenses of defending against any claim or liability in connection
with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. This
indemnification shall survive the termination of this Indenture or the
resignation or removal of the Trustee.

      When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 5.1(4) occurs, the expenses and the compensation
for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the
Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 or any successor statute.

      SECTION 6.8.     Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

      The Trustee for the Securities issued hereunder shall be subject to the
provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. Nothing herein shall
prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to
in the second to last paragraph of said Section 310(b).




<PAGE>


                                     - 42 -

      SECTION 6.9.     Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

      There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be:

      (a) an entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United
States of America or of any state or territory thereof or of the District of
Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and
subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or District
of Columbia authority, or

      (b) an entity or other Person organized and doing business under the laws
of a foreign government that is permitted to act as Trustee pursuant to a rule,
regulation or order of the Commission, authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trust powers, and subject to supervision or examination by authority
of such foreign government or a political subdivision thereof substantially
equivalent to supervision or examination applicable to United States
institutional trustees; in either case having a combined capital and surplus of
at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authority. If such entity publishes reports of condition at least annually,
pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining
authority, then, for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and
surplus of such entity shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as
set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time
the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this
Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect
hereinafter specified in this Article. Neither the Company nor any Person
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with
the Company shall serve as Trustee for the Securities issued hereunder.

      SECTION 6.10.     Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

      (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a
successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the
acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.11.

      (b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities by
giving written notice thereof to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by
a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days
after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee.

      (c) The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities
by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

      (d)   If at any time:

            (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 6.8 after written
      request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide
      Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

            (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.9 and
      shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by
      any such Holder, or

            (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be
      adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its
      property shall be appointed or any public officer



<PAGE>


                                            - 43 -

      shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs 
      for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;

then, in any such case, (i) the Company, acting pursuant to the authority of a
Board Resolution, may remove the Trustee with respect to the Securities issued
hereunder, or (ii) subject to Section 5.14, any Holder who has been a bona fide
Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and
all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for
the removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities issued hereunder and
the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

      (e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting,
or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause with respect
to the Securities, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee with respect to the Securities. If, within one year after such
resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a
successor Trustee with respect to the Securities shall be appointed by Act of
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Securities delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor
Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment,
become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities and supersede the
successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect
to the Securities shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and
accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been
a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, subject to Section
5.14, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with
respect to the Securities.

      (f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of
the Trustee with respect to the Securities and each appointment of a successor
Trustee with respect to the Securities by mailing written notice of such event
by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of Securities as their
names and addresses appear in the Securities Register. Each notice shall include
the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities and the address
of its Corporate Trust Office.

      SECTION 6.11.    Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

      (a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with
respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an
instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal
of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee,
without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the
rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request
of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon
payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such
successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and
shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property
and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

      (b) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute
any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming
to such successor Trustee all rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph
(a) of this Section.

      (c) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless, at the time
of such acceptance, such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under
this Article.




<PAGE>


                                     - 44 -

      SECTION 6.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

      Any entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which
it may be consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any entity succeeding to
all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall
be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such entity shall be
otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or
filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.
In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the
Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to
such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the
Securities so authenticated, and in case any Securities shall not have been
authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities
either in the name of any predecessor Trustee or in the name of such successor
Trustee, and in all cases the certificate of authentication shall have the full
force which it is provided anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture that
the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

      SECTION 6.13.    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

      If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or
any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against
the Company (or any such other obligor).

      SECTION 6.14.    Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

      The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to
the Securities, which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to
authenticate Securities issued upon original issue and upon exchange,
registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section
3.6, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this
Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated
by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the
authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee's
certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include
authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent.
Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all
times be an entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United
States of America, or of any state or territory thereof or of the District of
Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a
combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to
supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such Authenticating
Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to
the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the
purposes of this Section the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating
Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its
most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating
Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this
Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and
with the effect specified in this Section.

      Any entity into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted
or with which it may be consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party,
or any entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of an Authenticating Agent shall be the successor Authenticating Agent
hereunder, provided such entity shall be otherwise eligible under this Section,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.




<PAGE>


                                     - 45 -

      An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice
thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate
the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such
Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of
resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating
Agent, which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall give notice of such
appointment in the manner provided in Section 1.6 to all Holders of Securities.
Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance hereunder shall become vested
with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like
effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor
Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provision of
this Section.

      The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time
reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee
shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payment, subject to the provisions
of Section 6.7.

      If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities may
have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee's certificate of
authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following
form:

      This is one of the Securities referred to in the within mentioned
Indenture.


Dated:                                     BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
       ------------------                  as Trustee



                                           By: 
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               As Authenticating Agent
                                               Name:
                                               Title:



                                           By:    
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               As Authenticating Agent
                                               Name:
                                               Title:






<PAGE>


                                     - 46 -

                                   ARTICLE VII
                     HOLDER'S LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE,
                            PAYING AGENT AND COMPANY


      SECTION 7.1.    Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

      The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

      (a) quarterly, not more than 15 days after March 15, June 15, September
15, and December 15 in each year, a list, in such form as the Trustee may
reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such dates,
excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its
capacity as Securities Registrar, and

      (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30
days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar
form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list
is furnished, excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the
Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar.

      SECTION 7.2.    Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders.

      (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent
list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and
addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities
Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in
Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

      (b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect
to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the
corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided in the
Trust Indenture Act.

      (c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees
with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor
any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the
disclosure of information as to the names and addresses of the Holders made
pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

      SECTION 7.3.    Reports by Trustee and Paying Agent.

      (a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the
Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the
Trust Indenture Act, at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.

      (b) Reports so required to be transmitted at stated intervals of not more
than 12 months shall be transmitted within 60 days of January 31 in each
calendar year, commencing with the first January 31 after the issuance of
Securities under this Indenture.

      (c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to
Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each securities exchange upon which any
Securities are listed and also with the Commission. The Company will notify the
Trustee when any Securities are listed on any securities exchange.




<PAGE>


                                     - 47 -

      (d) The Paying Agent shall comply with all withholding, backup
withholding, tax and information reporting requirements under the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder
with respect to payments on, or with respect to, the Securities.

      SECTION 7.4.     Reports by Company.

      The Company shall file or cause to be filed with the Trustee and with the
Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other
reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust
Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided in the Trust Indenture
Act. In the case of information, documents or reports required to be filed with
the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
the Company shall file or cause the filing of such information documents or
reports with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is required to be filed
with the Commission.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
              CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

      SECTION 8.1.     Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

      The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or
convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety
to any Person, and no Person shall consolidate with or merge into the Company or
convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety
to the Company, unless:

            (1) If the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another
      Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets
      substantially as an entirety to any Person, the entity formed by such
      consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that
      acquires by conveyance or transfer, or that leases, the properties and
      assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be an entity
      organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or
      any state thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume,
      by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the
      Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment
      of the principal of (and premium, if any), and interest (including any
      Additional Interest) on all the Securities of every series and the
      performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company
      to be performed or observed;

            (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of
      Default, and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would
      constitute an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and

            (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
      Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
      consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and any such
      supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions
      precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been
      complied with and, in the case of a transaction subject to this Section
      8.1 but not requiring a supplemental indenture under paragraph (1) of this
      Section 8.1, an Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel to the effect
      that the surviving, resulting or successor entity is legally bound by the
      Indenture and the Securities; and the Trustee, subject to Section 6.1, may
      rely upon such Officers' Certificates and Opinions of Counsel as
      conclusive evidence that such transaction complies with this Section 8.1.



<PAGE>


                                     - 48 -


      SECTION 8.2.      Successor Company Substituted.

      Upon any consolidation or merger by the Company with or into any other
Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Company of its properties
and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section
8.1, the successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company
is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed
to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the
Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person
had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such conveyance,
transfer or lease the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and
covenants under the Indenture and the Securities.

      Such successor Person may cause to be executed, and may issue either in
its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities
issuable hereunder that theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company
and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person
instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations
in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver
any Securities that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the
officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication pursuant to such
provisions and any Securities that such successor Person thereafter shall cause
to be executed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf for the purpose
pursuant to such provisions. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects
have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities
theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

      In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, such
changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Securities thereafter to be
issued as may be appropriate.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES


      SECTION 9.1.     Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

      Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a
Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may amend
or waive any provision of this Indenture or enter into one or more indentures
supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the
following purposes:

      (1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and the
assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in
the Securities contained; or

      (2) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or
with the Trustee or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the
Company; or

       (3) to facilitate  the issuance of Securities  in  certificated  or other
definitive form; or

       (4) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders
of the  Securities or to surrender any right or power herein  conferred upon the
Company; or

       (5) to add any  additional  Events  of  Default  for the  benefit  of the
Holders of the Securities; or




<PAGE>


                                     - 49 -

      (6) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture,
provided that any such change or elimination shall not apply to any Outstanding
Securities; or

      (7) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein
that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to
make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under
this Indenture, provided that such action pursuant to this clause (7) shall not
adversely affect the interest of the Holders of Securities in any material
respect or, in the case of the Securities issued to the Issuer Trust and for so
long as any of the Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer Trust shall remain
outstanding, the holders of such Preferred Securities; or

      (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by
a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities and to add to or change any
of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or
facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee,
pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.11(b); or

      (9) to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect
or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

      SECTION 9.2.     Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

      With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities affected by such supplemental
indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the
Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into
an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of
Securities under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental
indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security
affected thereby,

            (1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any
      installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on, any
      Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest
      thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the
      amount of principal of a Discount Security that would be due and payable
      upon a declaration of acceleration of the Stated Maturity thereof pursuant
      to Section 5.2, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or
      currency in which, any Security or interest thereon is payable, or impair
      the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or
      after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or
      after the Redemption Date), or

            (2) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the
      Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any
      such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required
      for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or
      certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this
      Indenture, or

            (3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 5.13 or
      Section 10.5, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that
      certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived
      without the consent of the Holder of each Security affected thereby;

      provided, further, that, in the case of the Securities issued to the
      Issuer Trust, so long as any of the Preferred Securities issued by the
      Issuer Trust remains outstanding, (i) no such amendment



<PAGE>


                                     - 50 -

      shall be made that adversely affects the holders of such Preferred
      Securities in any material respect, and no termination of this Indenture
      shall occur, and no waiver of any Event of Default or compliance with any
      covenant under this Indenture shall be effective, without the prior
      consent of the holders of at least a majority of the aggregate Liquidation
      Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of such Preferred Securities
      then outstanding unless and until the principal of (and premium, if any,
      on) the Securities and all accrued and (subject to Section 3.8) unpaid
      interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon have been paid in
      full, and (ii) no amendment shall be made to Section 5.8 of this Indenture
      that would impair the rights of the holders of Preferred Securities issued
      by the Issuer Trust provided therein without the prior consent of the
      holders of each such Preferred Security then outstanding unless and until
      the principal of (and premium, if any, on) the Securities of such series
      and all accrued and (subject to Section 3.8) unpaid interest (including
      any Additional Interest) thereon have been paid in full.

      It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

      SECTION 9.3.     Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

      In executing or accepting the additional trusts created by any
supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of
the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive,
and (subject to Section 6.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of
such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and
that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such action have
been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into
any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

      SECTION 9.4.     Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

      Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this
Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder
of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder
shall be bound thereby.

      SECTION 9.5.     Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

      Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall
conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

      SECTION 9.6.     Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

      Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by
the Company, bear a notation in form approved by the Company as to any matter
provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine,
new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Company, to any
such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding
Securities.





<PAGE>


                                     - 51 -

                                    ARTICLE X
                                    COVENANTS

      SECTION 10.1.     Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

      The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Securities that it
will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
(including any Additional Interest) on the Securities in accordance with the
terms of such Securities and this Indenture.

      SECTION 10.2.      Maintenance of Office or Agency.

      The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment an office or agency
where Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities
may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices
and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this
Indenture may be served. The Company initially appoints the Trustee, acting
through its Corporate Trust Office, as its agent for said purposes. The Company
will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of
any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain
such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address
thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or
served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby
appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders,
notices and demands.

      The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices
or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all
of such purposes, and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided,
however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the
Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of
Payment for Securities for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of any such designation and any change in the location of
any such office or agency.

      SECTION 10.3.     Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust.

      If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect
to the Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and
premium, if any) or interest (including Additional Interest) on any of the
Securities, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest
(including Additional Interest) so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to
such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly
notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

      Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it will, prior
to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of (or
premium, if any) or interest, including Additional Interest on any Securities,
deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium,
if any) or interest, including Additional Interest so becoming due, such sum to
be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal (and
premium, if any) or interest, including Additional Interest, and (unless such
Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its
failure so to act.

      The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute
and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree
with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying
Agent will:




<PAGE>


                                     - 52 -

      (1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and
premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest) on the Securities
in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall
be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

      (2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other
obligor upon such Securities) in the making of any payment of principal (and
premium, if any) or interest (or Additional Interest) in respect of any
Security;

      (3) at any time during the continuance of any default with respect to the
Securities, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the
Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and

      (4)   comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to
it as a Paying Agent.

      The Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or
by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in
trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee
upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or
such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee,
such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to
such money.

      Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Company in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any)
or interest (including Additional Interest) on any Security and remaining
unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest
(including Additional Interest) has become due and payable shall (unless
otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or
unclaimed property law) be paid on Company Request to the Company, or (if then
held by the Company) shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of
applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be discharged from
such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured
general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money,
and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease;
provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required
to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily
published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and
that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from
the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining
will be repaid to the Company.

      SECTION 10.4.    Statement as to Compliance.

      The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers'
Certificate covering the preceding calendar year, stating whether or not to the
best knowledge of the signers thereof of the Company is in default in the
performance, observance or fulfillment of or compliance with any of the terms,
provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture, and if the Company shall
be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of
which they may have knowledge. For the purpose of this Section 10.4, compliance
shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice
provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.




<PAGE>


                                     - 53 -

      SECTION 10.5.     Waiver of Certain Covenants.

      Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Securities specified in
Section 9.2, if any, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply
with any covenant or condition provided pursuant to Section 3.1, 9.1(3) or
9.1(4) with respect to the Securities, if before or after the time for such
compliance the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Outstanding Securities shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such
compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or
condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or
condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall
become effective, the obligations of the Company in respect of any such covenant
or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

      SECTION 10.6.     Additional Sums.

      So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and except
as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, if (i) the
Issuer Trust is the Holder of all of the Outstanding Securities, and (ii) a Tax
Event described in clause (i) or (iii) of the definition of "Tax Event" in
Section 1.1 hereof has occurred and is continuing in respect of the Issuer
Trust, the Company shall pay the Issuer Trust (and its permitted successors or
assigns under the Trust Agreement) for so long as the Issuer Trust (or its
permitted successor or assignee) is the registered holder of the Outstanding
Securities, such additional sums as may be necessary in order that the amount of
Distributions (including any Additional Amounts (as defined in the Trust
Agreement)) then due and payable by the Issuer Trust on the Preferred Securities
and Common Securities that at any time remain outstanding in accordance with the
terms thereof shall not be reduced as a result of such Additional Taxes (the
"Additional Sums"). Whenever in this Indenture or the Securities there is a
reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the
Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payments of
the Additional Sums provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such
context, Additional Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof
pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment
of Additional Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be
construed as excluding Additional Sums in those provisions hereof where such
express mention is not made; provided, however, that the deferral of the payment
of interest pursuant to Section 3.12 or the Securities shall not defer the
payment of any Additional Sums that may be due and payable.

      SECTION 10.7.     Additional Covenants.

      The Company covenants and agrees with each Holder of Securities that it
shall not (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem
purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of
the Company's capital stock, or (y) make any payment of principal of or interest
or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the
Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the
Securities (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of
shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment
contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of
any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection
with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection
with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible
into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition
transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period or other event
referred to below, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or
series of the Company's capital stock (or any capital stock of a Subsidiary of
the Company) for any class or series of the Company's capital stock or of any
class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of the
Company's capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of
the



<PAGE>


                                     - 54 -

Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of
such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any
declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, or the issuance of
rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or
repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock,
warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable
upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as
that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to
such stock) if at such time (i) there shall have occurred any event (A) of which
the Company has actual knowledge that with the giving of notice or the lapse of
time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default with respect to the
Securities, and (B) which the Company shall not have taken reasonable steps to
cure, (ii) if the Securities are held by the Issuer Trust, the Company shall be
in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Guarantee
relating to the Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer Trust, or (iii) the
Company shall have given notice of its election to begin an Extension Period
with respect to the Securities as provided herein and shall not have rescinded
such notice, or such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be
continuing.

      The Company also covenants with each Holder of Securities issued to the
Issuer Trust (i) to hold, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Common Securities
of the Issuer Trust, provided that any permitted successor of the Company as
provided under Section 8.2 may succeed to the Company's ownership of such Common
Securities, (ii) as holder of such Common Securities, not to voluntarily
terminate, windup or liquidate the Issuer Trust, other than (a) in connection
with a distribution of the Securities to the holders of the Preferred Securities
in liquidation of the Issuer Trust, or (b) in connection with certain mergers,
consolidations or amalgamations permitted by the Trust Agreement, and (iii) to
use its reasonable efforts, consistent with the terms and provisions of the
Trust Agreement, to cause the Issuer Trust to continue not to be taxable as a
corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

      SECTION 10.8.     Original Issue Discount.

      On or before December 15 of each year during which any Securities are
outstanding, the Company shall furnish to each Paying Agent such information as
may be reasonably requested by each Paying Agent in order that each Paying Agent
may prepare the information which it is required to report for such year on
Internal Revenue Service Forms 1096 and 1099 pursuant to Section 6049 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Such information shall include the
amount of original issue discount includible in income for each authorized
minimum denomination of principal amount at Stated Maturity of outstanding
Securities during such year.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                            REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

      SECTION 11.1.     Applicability of This Article.

      Redemption of Securities as permitted or required by any form of Security
issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be made in accordance with such form of
Security and this Article; provided, however, that, if any provision of any such
form of Security shall conflict with any provision of this Article, the
provision of such form of Security shall govern.




<PAGE>


                                     - 55 -

      SECTION 11.2.     Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

      The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by
or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of
the Company, the Company shall, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to
the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee), notify the Trustee and, in the case of Securities held by the Issuer
Trust, the Property Trustee under the Trust Agreement, of such date and of the
principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and provide the additional
information required to be included in the notice or notices contemplated by
Section 11.4; provided that, for so long as such Securities are held by the
Issuer Trust, such notice shall be given not less than 45 nor more than 75 days
prior to such Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to
the Property Trustee under the Trust Agreement). In the case of any redemption
of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption
provided in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee
with an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel evidencing compliance
with such restriction.

      SECTION 11.3.      Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.

      If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular
Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the
Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities not previously
called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and
appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion
of the principal amount of any Security, provided that the unredeemed portion of
the principal amount of any Security shall be in an authorized denomination
(which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such
Security.

      The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities
selected for partial redemption and the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.
For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all
provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of
any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the
principal amount of such Security that has been or is to be redeemed.

      SECTION 11.4.      Notice of Redemption.

      Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
mailed not later than the thirtieth day, and not earlier than the sixtieth day,
prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at
the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register.

      With respect to Securities to be redeemed, each notice of redemption shall
state:

      (a)   the Redemption Date;

      (b) the Redemption Price or, if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated
prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the
Redemption Price provided pursuant to the Indenture together with a statement
that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated
on the third Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (if such an estimate of
the Redemption Price is given, a subsequent notice shall be given as set forth
above setting forth the Redemption Price promptly following the calculation
thereof);

      (c) if less than all Outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the
identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal
amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed;



<PAGE>


                                     - 56 -


      (d) that, on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and
payable upon each such Security or portion thereof, and that interest thereon,
if any, shall cease to accrue on and after said date;

      (e)   the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for 
payment of the Redemption Price;

      (f)   such other provisions as may be required in respect of the terms of
the Securities; and

      (g)   that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case.

      Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the
Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and shall be irrevocable.
The notice, if mailed in the manner provided above, shall be conclusively
presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such
notice. In any case, a failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the
notice to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in
part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any
other Security.

      SECTION 11.5.     Deposit of Redemption Price.

      Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date specified
in the notice of redemption given as provided in Section 11.4, the Company will
deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents (or if the Company is
acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company will segregate and hold in trust as
provided in Section 10.3) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption
Price of, and any accrued interest (including Additional Interest) on, all the
Securities (or portions thereof) that are to be redeemed on that date.

      SECTION 11.6.     Payment of Securities Called for Redemption.

      If any notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 11.4,
the Securities or portion of Securities with respect to which such notice has
been given shall become due and payable on the date and at the place or places
stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued
interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date. On
presentation and surrender of such Securities at a Place of Payment in said
notice specified, the said Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be
paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price, together
with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption
Date; provided, however, that, installments of interest (including Additional
Interest) whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date will be
payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor
Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant record
dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.8.

      Upon presentation of any Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at
the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities, of authorized
denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of
the Security so presented and having the same Original Issue Date, Stated
Maturity and terms.

      If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid under surrender
thereof for redemption, the principal of and premium, if any, on such Security
shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed
therefor in the Security.



<PAGE>


                                     - 57 -


      SECTION 11.7.     Right of Redemption of Securities Initially Issued to
the Issuer Trust.

      The Company, at its option, may redeem such Securities (i) on or after
___________, 2002, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, or (ii)
upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment
Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event, at any time within 90 days following
the occurrence and during the continuation of such Tax Event, Investment Company
Event or Capital Treatment Event, in whole (but not in part), in each case at a
Redemption Price specified in such Security, together with accrued interest
(including Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date.

      If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the aggregate
principal amount of such Securities remaining Outstanding after giving effect to
such redemption shall be sufficient to satisfy any provisions of the Trust
Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                                  SINKING FUNDS

      Except as may be provided in any supplemental or amended indenture, no
sinking fund shall be established or maintained for the retirement of
Securities.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                           SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

      SECTION 13.1.     Securities Subordinate to Senior Indebtedness.

      The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Security, by its
acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that, to the extent and in
the manner hereinafter set forth in this Article, the payment of the principal
of (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Interest) on
each and all of the Securities are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject
in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness.

      SECTION 13.2.     No Payment When Senior Indebtedness in Default; Payment
                        Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.

      If the Company shall default in the payment of any principal of (or
premium, if any) or interest on any Senior Indebtedness when the same becomes
due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by
declaration of acceleration or otherwise, then, upon written notice of such
default to the Company by the holders of Senior Indebtedness or any trustee
therefor, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall
have ceased to exist, no direct or indirect payment (in cash, property,
securities, by set-off or otherwise) shall be made or agreed to be made on
account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest (including
Additional Interest) on any of the Securities, or in respect of any redemption,
repayment, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of any of the Securities.

      In the event of (i) any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation,
reorganization, readjustment, composition or other similar proceeding relating
to the Company, its creditors or its property, (ii) any proceeding for the
liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Company, voluntary or
involuntary, whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings,
(iii) any assignment by the Company for the benefit of creditors or (iv) any
other marshalling of the assets of the Company (each such event, if any, herein
sometimes referred to as a "Proceeding"), all Senior Indebtedness (including any
interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any such



<PAGE>


                                     - 58 -

proceedings) shall first be paid in full before any payment or distribution,
whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any Holder on
account thereof. Any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or
other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity
provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which
is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination
provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the
payment of all Senior Indebtedness at the time outstanding and to any securities
issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or
readjustment), which would otherwise (but for these subordination provisions) be
payable or deliverable in respect of the Securities shall be paid or delivered
directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness in accordance with the priorities
then existing among such holders until all Senior Indebtedness (including any
interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) shall have
been paid in full.

      In the event of any Proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing
with respect to Senior Indebtedness, the Holders of the Securities, together
with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the
Securities, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the
Company the amounts at the time due and owing on account of unpaid principal of
(and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities and such other obligations
before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or
otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any obligations of
the Company ranking junior to the Securities, and such other obligations. If,
notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of any character or
any security, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than
securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of
reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to
the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the
indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior
Indebtedness at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect
thereof under any plan of reorganization or readjustment), shall be received by
the Trustee or any Holder in contravention of any of the terms hereof and before
all Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, such payment or
distribution or security shall be received in trust for the benefit of, and
shall be paid over or delivered and transferred to, the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness at the time outstanding in accordance with the priorities then
existing among such holders for application to the payment of all Senior
Indebtedness remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior
Indebtedness in full. In the event of the failure of the Trustee or any Holder
to endorse or assign any such payment, distribution or security, each holder of
Senior Indebtedness is hereby irrevocably authorized to endorse or assign the
same.

      The Trustee and the Holders shall take such action (including, without
limitation, the delivery of this Indenture to an agent for the holders of Senior
Indebtedness or consent to the filing of a financing statement with respect
hereto) as may, in the opinion of counsel designated by the holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Senior Indebtedness at the time outstanding,
be necessary or appropriate to assure the effectiveness of the subordination
effected by these provisions.

      The provisions of this Section 13.2 shall not impair any rights,
interests, remedies or powers of any secured creditor of the Company in respect
of any security interest the creation of which is not prohibited by the
provisions of this Indenture.

      The securing of any obligations of the Company, otherwise ranking on a
parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities shall not be
deemed to prevent such obligations from constituting, respectively, obligations
ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities.




<PAGE>


                                     - 59 -

      SECTION 13.3.     Payment Permitted If No Default.

      Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any
of the Securities shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time, except during the
pendency of the conditions described in the first paragraph of Section 13.2 or
of any Proceeding referred to in Section 13.2, from making payments at any time
of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest (including Additional
Interest) on the Securities, or (b) the application by the Trustee of any monies
deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of
(and premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the
Securities or the retention of such payment by the Holders, if, at the time of
such application by the Trustee, it did not have knowledge that such payment
would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article.

      SECTION 13.4.     Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

      Subject to the payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on all
Senior Indebtedness, or the provision for such payment in cash or cash
equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of
the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness
pursuant to the provisions of this Article (equally and ratably with the holders
of all indebtedness of the Company that by its express terms is subordinated to
Senior Indebtedness of the Company to substantially the same extent as the
Securities are subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness and is entitled to like
rights of subrogation by reason of any payments or distributions made to holders
of such Senior Indebtedness) to the rights of the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness to receive payments and distributions of cash, property and
securities applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and
premium if any) and interest (including Additional Interest) on the Securities
shall be paid in full. For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or
distributions to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or
securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be
entitled except for the provisions of this Article, and no payments over
pursuant to the provisions of this Article to the holders of Senior Indebtedness
by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its
creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the
Securities, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on
account of the Senior Indebtedness.

      SECTION 13.5.     Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.

      The provisions of this Article are and are intended solely for the purpose
of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities on the one hand
and the holders of Senior Indebtedness on the other hand. Nothing contained in
this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to
or shall (a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Securities,
the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to
the Holders of the Securities the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities as and when the
same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms; or (b) affect
the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the Securities and
creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to the holders of
Senior Indebtedness; or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security
(or to the extent expressly provided herein, the holder of any Preferred
Security) from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law
upon default under this Indenture, including filing and voting claims in any
Proceeding, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article of the holders of
Senior Indebtedness to receive cash, property and securities otherwise payable
or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.




<PAGE>


                                     - 60 -

      SECTION 13.6.     Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

      Each Holder of a Security by his or her acceptance thereof authorizes and
directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary
or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination provided in this
Article and appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all
such purposes.

      SECTION 13.7.     No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.

      No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to
enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be
prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company
or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any
noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this
Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or
be otherwise charged with.

      Without in any way limiting the generality of the immediately preceding
paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to
time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the
Securities, without incurring responsibility to such Holders of the Securities
and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article or
the obligations hereunder of such Holders of the Securities to the holders of
Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner,
place or terms of payment or extent the time of payment of, or renew or alter,
Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior
Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which
Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise
deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior
Indebtedness; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection
of Senior Indebtedness; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights
against the Company and any other Person.

      SECTION 13.8.     Notice to Trustee.

      The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of
any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities. Notwithstanding
the provisions of this Article or any other provision of this Indenture, the
Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that
would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the
Securities, unless and until the Trustee shall have received written notice
thereof from the Company or a holder of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee,
agent or representative therefor; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall
not have received the notice provided for in this Section at least two Business
Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any monies may become
payable for any purpose (including, the payment of the principal of (and
premium, if any, on) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any
Security), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply
the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected
by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business
Days prior to such date.

      Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall be entitled to
rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself
or herself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee or
attorney-in-fact therefor) to establish that such notice has been given by a
holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee or attorney-in-fact therefor). In
the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is
required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior
Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this
Article,



<PAGE>


                                     - 61 -

the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such
Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such
payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such
Person under this Article, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee
may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the
right of such Person to receive such payment.

      SECTION 13.9.     Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating
Agent.

      Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in
this Article, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, and the
Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree
entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such Proceeding is
pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, conservator,
liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or
other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to
the Holders of Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled
to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or
payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other
facts pertinent thereto or to this Article.

      SECTION 13.10.   Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

      The Trustee, in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture, shall not be
deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness and shall
not be liable to any such holders if it shall in good faith mistakenly pay over
or distribute to Holders of Securities or to the Company or to any other Person
cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness shall
be entitled by virtue of this Article or otherwise.

      SECTION 13.11.    Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness; 
Preservation of Trustee's Rights.

      The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights
set forth in this Article with respect to any Senior Indebtedness that may at
any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior
Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of
its rights as such holder.

      SECTION 13.12.     Article Applicable to Paying Agents.

      In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have
been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee"
as used in this Article shall in such case (unless the context otherwise
requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within
its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were
named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee.

      SECTION 13.13.     Certain Conversions or Exchanges Deemed Payment.

      For purposes of this Article only, (a) the issuance and delivery of junior
securities upon conversion or exchange of Securities shall not be deemed to
constitute a payment or distribution on account of the principal of (or premium,
if any, on) or interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Securities
or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of such Securities, and (b)
the payment, issuance or delivery of cash, property or securities (other than
junior securities) upon



<PAGE>


                                     - 62 -

conversion or exchange of a Security shall be deemed to constitute payment on
account of the principal of such security. For the purposes of this Section, the
term "junior securities" means (i) shares of any stock of any class of the
Company, and (ii) securities of the Company that are subordinated in right of
payment to all Senior Indebtedness that may be outstanding at the time of
issuance or delivery of such securities to substantially the same extent as, or
to a greater extent than, the Securities are so subordinated as provided in this
Article.

                                     * * * *

      This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank; signatures appear on following 
page.]




<PAGE>


                                     - 63 -

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and
attested, all as of the day and year first above written.


Attest:                             GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP
         -----------------

                                     By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:



Attest:                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, as
         -----------------          Trustee



                                    By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:







                                  Exhibit 4.2
<PAGE>




                            GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP
   _____% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due _______, 2027


No.  P-1                   CUSIP NO. _________                     $__________

        GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP, a New Jersey corporation  (hereinafter called
the  "Company",  which term  includes any  successor  Person under the Indenture
hereinafter  referred  to), for value  received,  hereby  promises to pay to GCB
Capital Trust, or registered assigns, the principal sum of _____________ Dollars
on ________,  2027, or such other principal amount  represented hereby as may be
set forth in the records of the Securities Registrar  hereinafter referred to in
accordance with the Indenture.  The Company further  promises to pay interest on
said principal from _______, 1997, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date
to which  interest has been paid or duly  provided  for,  quarterly  (subject to
deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 31, June 30,  September 30 and
December 31 of each year,  commencing  ____________,  1997 at the rate of _____%
per annum, together with Additional Sums, if any, as provided in Section 10.6 of
the Indenture,  until the principal  hereof is paid or duly provided for or made
available  for  payment;  provided  that  any  overdue  principal,   premium  or
Additional  Sums and any overdue  installment of interest shall bear  Additional
Interest at the rate of _____% per annum (to the extent that the payment of such
interest shall be legally enforceable), compounded quarterly from the dates such
amounts  are due until they are paid or made  available  for  payment,  and such
interest  shall be payable on demand.  The amount of  interest  payable  for any
period  less than a full  interest  period  shall be  computed on the basis of a
360-day  year of twelve  30-day  months and the actual days elapsed in a partial
month in such  period.  The amount of  interest  payable  for any full  interest
period shall be computed by dividing the applicable  rate per annum by four. The
interest so payable,  and punctually  paid or duly provided for, on any Interest
Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture,  be paid to the Person in whose
name this Security (or one or more Predecessor  Securities) is registered at the
close of  business on the Regular  Record  Date for such  interest  installment,
which shall be the 15th day of March,  June,  September and December (whether or
not a Business Day), as the case may be, next  preceding  such Interest  Payment
Date.  Any such  interest  not so  punctually  paid or duly  provided  for shall
forthwith  cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may
either  be paid to the  Person  in  whose  name  this  Security  (or one or more
Predecessor  Securities)  is  registered  at the close of  business on a Special
Record  Date  for the  payment  of such  Defaulted  Interest  to be fixed by the
Trustee,  notice  whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series
not less than 10 days prior to such Special  Record Date, or be paid at any time
in any  other  lawful  manner  not  inconsistent  with the  requirements  of any
securities  exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice
as may be  required  by  such  exchange,  all as  more  fully  provided  in said
Indenture.

        So long as no Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing,  the
Company shall have the right, at any time during the term of this Security, from
time to time to defer the  payment of  interest  on this  Security  for up to 20
consecutive  quarterly  interest  payment  periods with respect to each deferral
period (each an "Extension Period"),  during which Extension Periods the Company
shall  have the right to make  partial  payments  of  interest  on any  Interest
Payment  Date,  and at the end of which the Company  shall pay all interest then
accrued and unpaid including Additional Interest,  as provided below;  provided,
however, that no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the
principal of this Security,  as then in effect, and no such Extension Period may
end on a date  other than an  Interest  Payment  Date;  and  provided,  further,
however,  that  during any such  Extension  Period,  the  Company  shall not (i)
declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem,  purchase,  acquire
or make a  liquidation  payment  with respect to, any of the  Company's  capital
stock, or (ii) make any payment of


<PAGE>



principal of or interest or premium,  if any, on or repay,  repurchase or redeem
any debt  securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or
junior in interest to this Security (other than (a) repurchases,  redemptions or
other  acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with
any employment  contract,  benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for
the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in
connection  with the  issuance of capital  stock of the  Company (or  securities
convertible  into or exercisable for such capital stock) as  consideration in an
acquisition  transaction entered into prior to the applicable  Extension Period,
(b) as a result  of an  exchange  or  conversion  of any  class or series of the
Company's  capital  stock (or any capital  stock of a Subsidiary of the Company)
for any class or series of the Company's capital stock or of any class or series
of the Company's  indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's  capital
stock,  (c) the  purchase of  fractional  interests  in shares of the  Company's
capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange  provisions of such capital
stock or the security  being  converted or exchanged,  (d) any  declaration of a
dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or
other  property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights
pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or
other rights where the dividend  stock or the stock  issuable  upon  exercise of
such  warrants,  options or other  rights is the same stock as that on which the
dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).  Prior
to the termination of any such Extension  Period,  the Company may further defer
the payment of  interest,  provided  that no  Extension  Period  shall exceed 20
consecutive  quarterly  interest  payment  periods,  extend  beyond  the  Stated
Maturity  of the  principal  of this  Security  or end on a date  other  than an
Interest  Payment Date.  Upon the  termination of any such Extension  Period and
upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional  Interest
then due on any  Interest  Payment  Date,  the  Company may elect to begin a new
Extension Period, subject to the above conditions.  No interest shall be due and
payable  during  an  Extension  Period,  except  at the end  thereof,  but  each
installment  of interest that would  otherwise  have been due and payable during
such  Extension  Period shall bear  Additional  Interest (to the extent that the
payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at the rate of _____% per
annum,  compounded  quarterly and calculated as set forth in the first paragraph
of this Security,  from the date on which such amounts would otherwise have been
due and payable until paid or made available for payment. The Company shall give
the Holder of this Security and the Trustee  notice of its election to begin any
Extension Period at least one Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest
Payment Date on which  interest on this  Security  would be payable but for such
deferral or so long as such  securities are held by GCB Capital Trust,  at least
one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i) the next  succeeding  date on which
Distributions  on the Preferred  Securities of the Issuer Trust would be payable
but for such  deferral,  and (ii) the date on which the Property  Trustee of the
Issuer Trust is required to give notice to holders of such Preferred  Securities
of the record date or the date such Distributions are payable,  but in any event
not less than one Business Day prior to such record date.

        Payment of the principal of (and  premium,  if any) and interest on this
Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that
purpose in the United  States,  in such coin or currency of the United States of
America  as at the time of payment  is legal  tender  for  payment of public and
private debts;  provided,  however that at the option of the Company  payment of
interest may be made (i) by check  mailed to the address of the Person  entitled
thereto as such address shall appear in the Securities Register, or (ii) if to a
Holder of $1,000,000 or more in aggregate principal amount of this Security,  by
wire transfer in immediately available funds upon written request to the Trustee
not later  than 15  calendar  days  prior to the date on which the  interest  is
payable.

        The  indebtedness  evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided
in the  Indenture,  subordinate  and  subject in right of  payments to the prior
payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and


<PAGE>



this Security is issued  subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect
thereto.  Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and
shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his
or her  behalf  to take such  actions  as may be  necessary  or  appropriate  to
effectuate the  subordination  so provided,  and (c) appoints the Trustee his or
her attorney-in-fact  for any and all such purposes.  Each Holder hereof, by his
or  her  acceptance  hereof,   waives  all  notice  of  the  acceptance  of  the
subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of
Senior Indebtedness,  whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred,  and waives
reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

        Reference is hereby made to the further  provisions of this Security set
forth on the reverse  hereof,  which further  provisions  shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

        Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the
Trustee  referred to on the reverse  hereof by manual  signature,  this Security
shall  not be  entitled  to any  benefit  under  the  Indenture  or be  valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this  instrument to be duly
executed under its corporate seal.

GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP



By:
    ------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:



Attest:


- ----------------------------------
Secretary or Assistant Secretary

        This is one of the Securities of the series designated  therein referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


Dated:           , 1997             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
      -----------                   as Trustee


                                 By:
                                    ---------------------------
                                    Authorized Signatory



<PAGE>



                              [Reverse of Security]

        This  Security is one of a duly  authorized  issue of  securities of the
Company (herein called the "Securities"), issued and to be issued in one or more
series  under the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture,  dated as of  _______,  1997,
(herein called the "Indenture"),  between the Company and Bankers Trust Company,
as Trustee  (herein  called the  "Trustee",  which term  includes any  successor
trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental
thereto  reference  is hereby made for a  statement  of the  respective  rights,
limitations  of rights,  duties and  immunities  thereunder of the Company,  the
Trustee,  the holders of Senior  Indebtedness and the Holders of the Securities,
and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and
delivered.  This  Security is one of the series  designated  on the face hereof,
limited in aggregate principal amount to $__________.

          All terms used in this  Security  that are defined in the Indenture or
in the Amended and  Restated  Trust  Agreement  dated as of  ________,  1997 (as
modified,  amended or  supplemented  from time to time the  "Trust  Agreement"),
relating  to GCB  Capital  Trust the  ("Issuer  Trust")  among the  Company,  as
Depositor,  the Trustees  named therein and the Holders from time to time of the
Trust  Securities  issued pursuant  thereto shall have the meanings  assigned to
them in the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as the case may be.

        The  Company  has the  right to  redeem  this  Security  (i) on or after
______, 2002 in whole at any time or in part from time to time, or (ii) in whole
(but not in part),  at any time  within 90 days  following  the  occurrence  and
during the  continuation  of a Tax Event,  Investment  Company Event, or Capital
Treatment  Event,  in each case at the Redemption  Price  described  below,  and
subject to possible regulatory  approval.  The Redemption Price shall equal 100%
of the principal amount hereof being redeemed, together with accrued interest to
but excluding the date fixed for redemption.

        In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security
or Securities of this series for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in
the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

        The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,  the
Company and the Trustee at any time to enter into a  supplemental  indenture  or
indentures for the purpose of modifying in any manner the rights and obligations
of the  Company and of the  Holders of the  Securities,  with the consent of the
Holders  of not less than a  majority  in  principal  amount of the  Outstanding
Securities  of each series to be affected by such  supplemental  indenture.  The
Indenture also contains provisions  permitting Holders of specified  percentages
in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on
behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series,  to waive  compliance by
the Company with certain  provisions  of the Indenture and certain past defaults
under the  Indenture and their  consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the
Holder of this  Security  shall be  conclusive  and binding upon such Holder and
upon all future  Holders of this  Security and of any  Security  issued upon the
registration  of  transfer  hereof or in  exchange  herefor  or in lieu  hereof,
whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

        As provided in and subject to the  provisions  of the  Indenture,  if an
Event of Default  with  respect  to the  Securities  of this  series at the time
Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or
the  Holders  of  not  less  than  25%  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of the
Outstanding  Securities of this series may declare the  principal  amount of all
the Securities of this series to be due and payable immediately,  by a notice in
writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders),  provided that,
if upon an Event of  Default,  the Trustee or such  Holders  fail to declare the
principal of


<PAGE>



all the Outstanding Securities of this series to be immediately due and payable,
the holders of at least 25% in  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the  Preferred
Securities then  outstanding  shall have the right to make such declaration by a
notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee;  and upon any such declaration
the  principal  amount of and the accrued  interest  (including  any  Additional
Interest) on all the Securities of this series shall become  immediately due and
payable,  provided  that the payment of principal  and interest  (including  any
Additional  Interest) on such Securities shall remain subordinated to the extent
provided in Article XIII of the Indenture.

        No reference  herein to the  Indenture and no provision of this Security
or of the Indenture  shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company,  which
is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest  (including  Additional  Interest) on this Security at the times, place
and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

        As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain  limitations therein
set forth,  the  transfer of this  Security  is  registrable  in the  Securities
Register,  upon surrender of this Security for  registration  of transfer at the
office or agency of the Company  maintained  under Section 10.2 of the Indenture
for such purpose,  duly endorsed by, or accompanied  by a written  instrument of
transfer in form  satisfactory to the Company and the Securities  Registrar duly
executed by, the Holder  hereof or such  Holder's  attorney  duly  authorized in
writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series, of like tenor,
of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be
issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

        The  Securities  of this series are  issuable  only in  registered  form
without coupons in denominations  of $1,000 and any integral  multiple of $1,000
in  excess  thereof.  As  provided  in the  Indenture  and  subject  to  certain
limitations therein set forth,  Securities of this series are exchangeable for a
like aggregate  principal  amount of Securities of this series and of like tenor
of a different authorized denomination,  as requested by the Holder surrendering
the same.

        No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or
exchange,  but the Company may require  payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

        Prior to due presentment of this Security for  registration of transfer,
the  Company,  the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all
purposes,  whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

        The Company  and, by its  acceptance  of this  Security or a  beneficial
interest  therein,  the Holder of, and any  Person  that  acquires a  beneficial
interest in, this  Security  agrees that for United  States  federal,  state and
local tax purposes it is intended that this Security constitute indebtedness.

        THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

        THIS SECURITY IS A DIRECT AND UNSECURED OBLIGATION OF THE COMPANY,  DOES
NOT  EVIDENCE  DEPOSITS  AND IS NOT  INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE
CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER INSURER OR GOVERNMENT AGENCY.



                                  Exhibit 4.4
<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                 TRUST AGREEMENT

                                      among

                    GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP, as Depositor,

                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
                              as Property Trustee,

                                       and

                            BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE),
                               as Delaware Trustee

                            Dated as of May __, 1997

                                GCB CAPITAL TRUST





<PAGE>
                               GCB CAPITAL TRUST

             Certain Sections of this Trust Agreement relating to
                        Sections 310 through 318 of the
                         Trust Indenture Act of 1939:

Trust Indenture                          Trust Agreement
    Section                                  Section
- ---------------                          ---------------

Section   310(a)(1).........................   8.7
             (a)(2).........................   8.7
             (a)(3).........................   8.9
             (a)(4).........................   2.7(a)(ii)
             (b)............................   8.8, 10.10(b)
Section   311(a)............................   8.13, 10.10(b)
             (b)............................   8.13, 10.10(b)
Section   312(a)............................   10.10(b)
             (b)............................   10.10(b), (f)
             (c)............................   5.7
Section   313(a)............................   8.15(a)
             (a)(4).........................   10.10(c)
             (b)............................   8.15(c), 10.10(c)
             (c)............................   10.8, 10.10(c)
             (d)............................   10.10(c)
Section   314(a)............................   8.16, 10.10(d)
             (b)............................   Not Applicable
             (c)(1).........................   8.17, 10.10(d), (e)
             (c)(2).........................   8.17, 10.10(d), (e)
             (c)(3).........................   8.17, 10.10(d), (e)
             (e)............................   8.17, 10.10(e)
Section   315(a)............................   8.1(d)
             (b)............................   8.2
             (c)............................   8.1(c)
             (d)............................   8.1(d)
             (e)............................   Not Applicable
Section   316(a)............................   Not Applicable
             (a)(1)(A)......................   Not Applicable
             (a)(1)(B)......................   Not Applicable
             (a)(2).........................   Not Applicable
             (b)............................   5.13
             (c)............................   6.7
Section   317(a)(1).........................   Not Applicable
             (a)(2).........................   8.14
             (b)............................   5.10
Section   318(a)............................   10.10(a)


Note:  This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a
part of the Trust Agreement.



<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

ARTICLE I.  DEFINED TERMS
     SECTION 1.1.       Definitions...................................       1

ARTICLE II.  CONTINUATION OF THE ISSUER TRUST
     SECTION 2.1.       Name..........................................      10
     SECTION 2.2.       Office of the Delaware Trustee;
                          Principal Place of Business.................      10
     SECTION 2.3.       Initial Contribution of Trust Property,
                          Organizational Expenses.....................      10
     SECTION 2.4.       Issuance of the Preferred Securities..........      10
     SECTION 2.5.       Issuance of the Common Securities;
                          Subscription and Purchase of Junior
                          Subordinated Debentures.....................      11
     SECTION 2.6.       Declaration of Trust..........................      11
     SECTION 2.7.       Authorization to Enter into Certain
                          Transactions................................      12
     SECTION 2.8.       Assets of Trust...............................      14
     SECTION 2.9.       Title to Trust Property.......................      14

ARTICLE III.  PAYMENT ACCOUNT
     SECTION 3.1.       Payment Account...............................      14

ARTICLE IV.  DISTRIBUTIONS; REDEMPTION
     SECTION 4.1.       Distributions.................................      15
     SECTION 4.2.       Redemption....................................      16
     SECTION 4.3.       Subordination of Common Securities............      17
     SECTION 4.4.       Payment Procedures............................      18
     SECTION 4.5.       Tax Returns and Reports.......................      18
     SECTION 4.6.       Payment of Taxes, Duties, Etc.
                          of the Issuer Trust.........................      19
     SECTION 4.7.       Payments under Indenture or Pursuant
                          to Direct Actions...........................      19
     SECTION 4.8.       Liability of the Holder of Common
                          Securities..................................      19

ARTICLE V.  TRUST SECURITIES CERTIFICATES
     SECTION 5.1.       Initial Ownership.............................      19
     SECTION 5.2.       The Trust Securities Certificates.............      19
     SECTION 5.3.       Execution and Delivery of Trust
                        Securities Certificates.......................      20
     SECTION 5.4.       Global Preferred Security.....................      20
     SECTION 5.5.       Registration of Transfer and Exchange
                        Generally; Certain Transfers and
                          Exchanges; Preferred Securities
                          Certificates................................      21

                                      - i -

<PAGE>

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----



     SECTION 5.6.       Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen
                          Trust Securities Certificates...............      22
     SECTION 5.7.       Persons Deemed Holders........................      22
     SECTION 5.8.       Access to List of Holders'
                        Names and Addresses...........................      23
     SECTION 5.9.       Maintenance of Office or Agency...............      23
     SECTION 5.10.      Appointment of Paying Agent...................      23
     SECTION 5.11.      Ownership of Common Securities
                          by Depositor................................      23
     SECTION 5.12.      Notices to Clearing Agency....................      24
     SECTION 5.13.      Rights of Holders.............................      24

ARTICLE VI.  ACTS OF HOLDERS; MEETINGS; VOTING
     SECTION 6.1.       Limitations on Holder's Voting
                           Rights.....................................      26
     SECTION 6.2.       Notice of Meetings............................      26
     SECTION 6.3.       Meetings of Holders...........................      27
     SECTION 6.4.       Voting Rights.................................      27
     SECTION 6.5.       Proxies, etc..................................      27
     SECTION 6.6.       Holder Action by Written Consent..............      27
     SECTION 6.7        Record Date for Voting and Other
                          Purposes....................................      27
     SECTION 6.8.       Acts of Holders...............................      28
     SECTION 6.9.       Inspection of Records.........................      29

ARTICLE VII.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     SECTION 7.1.       Representations and Warranties
                          of the Property Trustee and
                          the Delaware Trustee........................      29
     SECTION 7.2.       Representations and Warranties of
                          Depositor...................................      30

ARTICLE VIII.  THE ISSUER TRUSTEES; THE ADMINISTRATORS
     SECTION 8.1.       Certain Duties and Responsibilities...........      30
     SECTION 8.2.       Certain Notices...............................      32
     SECTION 8.3.       Certain Rights of Property Trustee............      33
     SECTION 8.4.       Not Responsible for Recitals
                          or Issuance of Securities...................      34
     SECTION 8.5.       May Hold Securities...........................      34
     SECTION 8.6.       Compensation; Indemnity; Fees.................      34
     SECTION 8.7.       Corporate Property Trustee Required;
                          Eligibility of Trustees and
                          Administrators..............................      35

                                     - ii -

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----



     SECTION 8.8.       Conflicting Interests.........................      36
     SECTION 8.9.       Co-Trustees and Separate Trustee..............      36
     SECTION 8.10.      Resignation and Removal; Appointment
                          of Successor................................      37
     SECTION 8.11.      Acceptance of Appointment by
                        Successor.....................................      38
     SECTION 8.12.      Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or
                          Succession to Business......................      38
     SECTION 8.13.      Preferential Collection of Claims
                          Against Depositor or Issuer Trust...........      38
     SECTION 8.14.      Trustee May File Proofs of Claim..............      38
     SECTION 8.15.      Reports by Property Trustee...................      39
     SECTION 8.16.      Reports to the Property Trustee...............      39
     SECTION 8.17.      Evidence of Compliance with Conditions
                          Precedent...................................      40
     SECTION 8.18.      Number of Issuer Trustees.....................      40
     SECTION 8.19.      Delegation of Power...........................      40
     SECTION 8.20.      Appointment of Administrators.................      40

ARTICLE IX.  DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND MERGER
     SECTION 9.1.       Dissolution Upon Expiration Date..............      41
     SECTION 9.2.       Early Termination.............................      41
     SECTION 9.3.       Dissolution...................................      41
     SECTION 9.4.       Liquidation...................................      42
     SECTION 9.5.       Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations
                          or Replacements of the Issuer Trust.........      43

ARTICLE X.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     SECTION 10.1.      Limitation of Rights of Holders...............      44
     SECTION 10.2.      Amendment.....................................      44
     SECTION 10.3.      Separability..................................      45
     SECTION 10.4.      Governing Law.................................      45
     SECTION 10.5.      Payments Due on Non-Business Day..............      45
     SECTION 10.6.      Successors....................................      45
     SECTION 10.7.      Headings......................................      45
     SECTION 10.8.      Reports, Notices and Demands..................      45
     SECTION 10.9.      Agreement Not to Petition.....................      46
     SECTION 10.10.     Trust Indenture Act; Conflict with
                          Trust Indenture Act.........................      46
     SECTION 10.11.     Acceptance of Terms of Trust Agreement,
                          Guarantee and Indenture.....................      48

                                     - iii -

<PAGE>

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

Exhibit A       Certificate of Trust
Exhibit B       Form of Certificate Depositary Agreement
Exhibit C       Form of Common Securities Certificate
Exhibit D       Form of Preferred Securities Certificate



                                     - iv -

<PAGE>



                                    AGREEMENT


         Amended and Restated Trust  Agreement,  dated as of May __, 1997, among
(i)  Greater  Community  Bancorp,  a  New  Jersey  corporation   (including  any
successors or assigns, the "Depositor"),  (ii) Bankers Trust Company, a New York
banking  corporation,  as property  trustee,  (in such  capacity,  the "Property
Trustee"  and, in its  separate  corporate  capacity  and not in its capacity as
Property Trustee,  the "Bank"),  and (iii) Bankers Trust (Delaware),  a Delaware
banking corporation,  as Delaware trustee (the "Delaware Trustee") (the Property
Trustee and the  Delaware  Trustee are  referred to  collectively  herein as the
"Issuer Trustees") and (iv) the several Holders, as hereinafter defined.

                                   WITNESSETH


         WHEREAS,  the Depositor and the Delaware  Trustee have  heretofore duly
declared and  established  a business  trust  pursuant to the Delaware  Business
Trust Act by the entering into a certain Trust Agreement,  dated as of April 29,
1997 (the "Original  Trust  Agreement"),  and by the execution and filing by the
Delaware  Trustee  with the  Secretary  of State of the State of Delaware of the
Certificate  of Trust,  filed on April 29,  1997 (the  "Certificate  of Trust"),
attached as Exhibit A; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Depositor and the Delaware  Trustee  desire to amend and
restate the  Original  Trust  Agreement  in its  entirety as set forth herein to
provide for,  among other things,  (i) the issuance of the Common  Securities by
the Issuer Trust to the  Depositor,  (ii) the issuance and sale of the Preferred
Securities by the Issuer Trust pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (iii) the
acquisition  by the Issuer Trust from the  Depositor of all of the right,  title
and interest in the Junior Subordinated Debentures,  and (iv) the appointment of
the Property Trustee and the Administrators.

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the agreements and obligations set
forth  herein and for other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party, for the benefit of the
other parties and for the benefit of the Holders, hereby amends and restates the
Original  Trust  Agreement in its  entirety and agrees,  intending to be legally
bound, as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINED TERMS

SECTION 1.1.  Definitions.

         For all purposes of this Trust Agreement, except as otherwise expressly
provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

         (a) The terms  defined in this Article  have the  meanings  assigned to
them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

         (b) All other terms used herein that are defined in the Trust Indenture
Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them
therein;

         (c)  The words "include," "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to
be followed by the phrase "without limitation";

         (d) All accounting  terms used but not defined herein have the meanings
assigned to them in accordance with United States generally accepted  accounting
principles as in effect at the time of computation;



<PAGE>


                                      - 2 -


         (e)  Unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  any  reference  to  an
"Article" or a "Section" refers to an Article or a Section,  as the case may be,
of this Trust Agreement;

         (f) The words  "herein",  "hereof" and  "hereunder"  and other words of
similar  import  refer  to  this  Trust  Agreement  as a  whole  and  not to any
particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and

         (g) all references to the date the Preferred Securities were originally
issued shall refer to the date the Preferred Securities were originally issued.

         "Act" has the meaning specified in Section 6.8.

         "Additional  Amount" means, with respect to Trust Securities of a given
Liquidation Amount and/or a given period, the amount of Additional  Interest (as
defined in the  Indenture)  paid by the Depositor on a Like Amount of Debentures
for such period.

         "Additional  Sums" has the  meaning  specified  in Section  10.6 of the
Indenture.

         "Administrators" means each Person appointed in accordance with Section
8.20 solely in such  Person's  capacity  as  Administrator  of the Issuer  Trust
heretofore  formed and continued  hereunder and not in such Person's  individual
capacity, or any successor  Administrator appointed as herein provided; with the
initial Administrators being George E. Irwin and C. Mark Campbell.

         "Affiliate" of any specified  Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly  controlling  or  controlled  by or under  direct or indirect  common
control  with  such  specified  Person.  For the  purposes  of this  definition,
"control"  when used with  respect to any  specified  Person  means the power to
direct the  management  and  policies of such  Person,  directly or  indirectly,
whether  through the ownership of voting  securities,  by contract or otherwise;
and the terms  "controlling" and "controlled"  have meanings  correlative to the
foregoing.

         "Applicable   Procedures"  means,  with  respect  to  any  transfer  or
transaction  involving  a  Global  Preferred  Security  or  beneficial  interest
therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Preferred Security,
in each case to the extent  applicable to such transaction and as in effect from
time to time.

         "Bank"  has  the  meaning  specified  in the  preamble  to  this  Trust
Agreement.

         "Bankruptcy Event" means, with respect to any Person:

         (a) the entry of a decree or order by a court  having  jurisdiction  in
the  premises  judging  such Person a bankrupt or  insolvent,  or  approving  as
properly filed a petition seeking reorganization,  arrangement,  adjudication or
composition  of or in respect of such  Person  under any  applicable  federal or
State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or appointing
a  receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,  sequestrator  (or other  similar
official) of such Person or of any substantial  part of its property or ordering
the winding up or  liquidation of its affairs,  and the  continuance of any such
decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

         (b) the  institution  by such Person of proceedings to be adjudicated a
bankrupt or insolvent,  or the consent by it to the institution of bankruptcy or
insolvency  proceedings  against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer
or consent  seeking  reorganization  or relief under any  applicable  federal or
State  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or other  similar  law,  or the
consent  by it to the filing of any such  petition  or to the  appointment  of a
receiver,  liquidator,  assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of
such Person or of any substantial part of its property or the making by it of an
assignment  for the benefit of  creditors,  or the admission by it in writing of
its inability to pay its debts generally as they


<PAGE>


                                   - 3 -

become due and its  willingness to be  adjudicated a bankrupt,  or the taking of
corporate action by such Person in furtherance of any such action.

         "Bankruptcy Laws" has the meaning specified in Section 10.9.

         "Board of  Directors"  means the board of directors of the Depositor or
the Executive Committee of the board of directors of the Depositor (or any other
committee  of the  board  of  directors  of  the  Depositor  performing  similar
functions) or a committee  designated by the board of directors of the Depositor
(or any  such  committee),  comprised  of two or more  members  of the  board of
directors of the Depositor or officers of the Depositor, or both.

         "Board  Resolution"  means  a copy  of a  resolution  certified  by the
Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the  Depositor to have been duly adopted
by the  Depositor's  Board  of  Directors,  or such  committee  of the  Board of
Directors or officers of the  Depositor  to which  authority to act on behalf of
the Board of Directors has been delegated, and to be in full force and effect on
the date of such certification, and delivered to the Issuer Trustees.

         "Business  Day" means a day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday,  (b) a
day on which banking  institutions  in the City of New York,  New York or in the
State of New Jersey are  authorized  or  required by law or  executive  order to
remain  closed  or (c) a day on which the  Property  Trustee's  Corporate  Trust
Office or the Delaware  Trustee's  Corporate Trust Office or the Corporate Trust
Office of the Debenture Trustee is closed for business.

         "Capital  Treatment  Event" means, in respect of any Issuer Trust,  the
reasonable determination by the Depositor that, as a result of the occurrence of
any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the
laws (or any  rules or  regulations  thereunder)  of the  United  States  or any
political  subdivision  thereof or  therein,  or as a result of any  official or
administrative  pronouncement  or action or judicial  decision  interpreting  or
applying  such laws or  regulations,  which  amendment or change is effective or
such pronouncement,  action or decision is announced on or after the date of the
issuance of the Preferred Securities of such Issuer Trust, there is more than an
insubstantial  risk that the  Depositor  will not be entitled to treat an amount
equal to the Liquidation Amount of such Preferred Securities as "Tier 1 Capital"
(or the then equivalent thereof) for purposes of the risk-based capital adequacy
guidelines of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System,  as then in
effect and applicable to the Depositor,  provided,  however that it shall not be
deemed to be a Capital Treatment Event if the Depositor is not entitled to treat
the aggregate amount of the Liquidation  Amount of such Preferred  Securities as
"Tier 1 Capital" due to the  restriction  imposed by the Federal Reserve that no
more than 25% of Tier 1 Capital can consist of perpetual preferred stock.

         "Certificate Depositary Agreement" means the agreement among the Issuer
Trust, the Depositor and the Depository  Trust Company  ("DTC"),  as the initial
Clearing  Agency,  dated  as of the  Closing  Date,  substantially  in the  form
attached as Exhibit B, as the same may be amended and supplemented  from time to
time.

         "Certificate of Trust" has the meaning specified  in  the  preamble  to
this Trust Agreement.

         "Clearing  Agency"  means an  organization  registered  as a  "clearing
agency"  pursuant  to Section 17A of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended. DTC shall be the initial Clearing Agency.




<PAGE>
                                      - 4 -

         "Clearing  Agency  Participant"  means a broker,  dealer,  bank,  other
financial  institution  or other  Person  for whom from time to time a  Clearing
Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the
Clearing Agency.

         "Closing  Date"  means the Time of  Delivery  for the Firm  Securities,
which date is also the date of execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement.

         "Code"  means the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended or any
successor statute, in each case as amended from time to time.

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time
to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the
execution of this  instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the
duties  now  assigned  to it  under  the  Trust  Indenture  Act,  then  the body
performing such duties at such time.

         "Common  Securities   Certificate"   means  a  certificate   evidencing
ownership of Common Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C.

         "Common Security" means an undivided  beneficial interest in the assets
of the Issuer Trust,  having a  Liquidation  Amount of $25 and having the rights
provided  therefor  in this  Trust  Agreement,  including  the right to  receive
Distributions and a Liquidation Distribution as provided herein.

         "Corporate  Trust Office"  means the  principal  office of the Property
Trustee  located  in the City of New York,  New  York,  which at the time of the
execution of this Trust  Agreement is located at Four Albany  Street,  New York,
New York 10006;  Attention:  Corporate Trust and Agency Group - Corporate Market
Services.

         "Debenture  Event of Default" means an "Event of Default" as defined in
the Indenture.

         "Debenture Redemption Date" means, with respect to any Debentures to be
redeemed under the Indenture,  the date fixed for redemption of such  Debentures
under the Indenture.

         "Debenture  Trustee"  means Bankers Trust  Company,  a New York banking
corporation and any successor.

         "Delaware  Business  Trust  Act"  means  Chapter  38 of Title 12 of the
Delaware Code, 12 Del. C. 3801, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time.

         "Delaware  Trustee" means the  corporation  identified as the "Delaware
Trustee"  in the  preamble  to this Trust  Agreement  solely in its  capacity as
Delaware  Trustee  of  the  Issuer  Trust  continued  hereunder  and  not in its
individual  capacity,  or its  successor  in interest in such  capacity,  or any
successor trustee appointed as herein provided.

         "Depositary"  means  the  Depository  Trust  Company  or any  successor
thereto.

         "Depositor"  has the meaning  specified  in the  preamble to this Trust
Agreement.

         "Distribution Date" has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a).

         "Distributions"   means  amounts   payable  in  respect  of  the  Trust
Securities as provided in Section 4.1.

         "DTC" means the Depository Trust Company.


<PAGE>


                                      - 5 -


         "Early Termination Event" has the meaning specified in Section 9.2.

         "Event of Default" means any one of the following  events (whatever the
reason  for  such  Event of  Default  and  whether  it  shall  be  voluntary  or
involuntary  or be effected  by  operation  of law or pursuant to any  judgment,
decree  or  order  of  any  court  or  any  order,  rule  or  regulation  of any
administrative or governmental body):

         (a)  the occurrence of a Debenture Event of Default; or

         (b) default by the Issuer Trust in the payment of any Distribution when
it becomes due and payable,  and continuation of such default for a period of 30
days; or

         (c) default by the Issuer Trust in the payment of any Redemption  Price
of any Trust Security when it becomes due and payable; or

         (d) default in the performance,  or breach, in any material respect, of
any covenant or warranty of the Issuer Trustees in this Trust  Agreement  (other
than a covenant or warranty a default in the  performance of which or the breach
of which is dealt  with in clause (b) or (c)  above)  and  continuation  of such
default  or  breach  for a period of 60 days  after  there  has been  given,  by
registered or certified  mail,  to the Issuer  Trustees and the Depositor by the
Holders  of at least 25% in  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount  of the  Outstanding
Preferred  Securities,  a written notice  specifying  such default or breach and
requiring  it to be  remedied  and  stating  that such  notice  is a "Notice  of
Default" hereunder; or

         (e) the occurrence of any Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Property
Trustee or all or  substantially  all of its  property if a  successor  Property
Trustee has not been appointed within a period of 90 days thereof.

         "Exchange  Act"  shall mean the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended, and any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to
time.

         "Expiration Date" has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

         "Firm Securities" means an aggregate  Liquidation Amount of $20,000,000
of the Issuer Trust's _____% preferred securities.

         "Global Preferred Securities  Certificate" means a Preferred Securities
Certificate evidencing ownership of Global Preferred Securities.

         "Global Preferred Security" means a Preferred  Security,  the ownership
and  transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing  Agency
as described in Section 5.4.

         "Guarantee  Agreement"  means  the  Guarantee  Agreement  executed  and
delivered   by  the   Depositor   and  Bankers   Trust   Company,   as  trustee,
contemporaneously  with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement,  for
the benefit of the holders of the Preferred Securities,  as amended from time to
time.

         "Holder"  means a  Person  in  whose  name a Trust  Security  or  Trust
Securities is registered in the  Securities  Register;  any such Person shall be
deemed to be a  beneficial  owner  within the meaning of the  Delaware  Business
Trust Act.


<PAGE>
                                      - 6 -

         "Indenture" means the Junior  Subordinated  Indenture,  dated as of May
___,  1997,  between  the  Depositor  and the  Debenture  Trustee (as amended or
supplemented  from  time  to  time)  relating  to the  issuance  of  the  Junior
Subordinated Debentures.

         "Investment  Company Act" means the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as
amended or any successor statute, in each case as amended from time to time.

         "Investment  Company Event" means the receipt by the Issuer Trust of an
Opinion of Counsel  experienced  in such matters to the effect that, as a result
of the  occurrence  of a  change  in  law  or  regulation  or a  written  change
(including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of
law or  regulation  by any  legislative  body,  court,  governmental  agency  or
regulatory  authority,  there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Issuer
Trust is or will be  considered an  "investment  company" that is required to be
registered under the Investment  Company Act, which change or prospective change
becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the
date of the issuance of the Preferred Securities.

         "Issuer Trust" means GCB Capital Trust.

         "Issuer  Trustees"  means,  collectively,  the Property Trustee and the
Delaware Trustee.

         "Junior  Subordinated  Debentures" means the aggregate principal amount
of the Depositor's _____% junior subordinated  deferrable  interest  debentures,
due __________, 2027, issued pursuant to the Indenture.

         "Lien" means any lien, pledge, charge,  encumbrance,  mortgage, deed of
trust, adverse ownership interest, hypothecation,  assignment, security interest
or preference,  priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement
of any kind or nature whatsoever.

         "Like  Amount"  means  (a)  with  respect  to  a  redemption  of  Trust
Securities,  Trust Securities having a Liquidation  Amount equal to that portion
of   the   principal   amount   of   Junior   Subordinated   Debentures   to  be
contemporaneously  redeemed in accordance  with the Indenture,  allocated to the
Common  Securities  and to the  Preferred  Securities  based  upon the  relative
Liquidation  Amounts of such classes and (b) with respect to a  distribution  of
Junior Subordinated Debentures to Holders of Trust Securities in connection with
a dissolution or liquidation of the Issuer Trust, Junior Subordinated Debentures
having  a  principal  amount  equal  to the  Liquidation  Amount  of  the  Trust
Securities  of the  Holder  to whom  such  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  are
distributed.

         "Liquidation Amount" means the stated amount of $25 per Trust Security.

         "Liquidation  Date"  means  the  date  on  which  Junior   Subordinated
Debentures are to be  distributed  to Holders of Trust  Securities in connection
with a dissolution and liquidation of the Issuer Trust pursuant to Section 9.4.

         "Liquidation Distribution" has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(d).

         "Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount  of  the  Preferred  Securities"  or
"Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount of the Common  Securities"  means,  except as
provided by the Trust Indenture Act, Preferred  Securities or Common Securities,
as the case may be,  representing  more  than 50% of the  aggregate  Liquidation
Amount of all then Outstanding Preferred Securities or Common Securities, as the
case may be.

         "Officers'  Certificate"  means a certificate signed by the Chairman of
the Board,  Chief Executive  Officer,  President or Vice  President,  and by the
Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an


<PAGE>


                                      - 7 -

Assistant Treasurer,  the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Depositor,
and delivered to the party provided herein. Any Officers'  Certificate delivered
with respect to  compliance  with a condition  or covenant  provided for in this
Trust Agreement shall include:

         (a) a statement by each officer signing the Officers'  Certificate that
such  officer has read the covenant or condition  and the  definitions  relating
thereto;

         (b) a brief  statement  of the nature and scope of the  examination  or
investigation undertaken by such officer in rendering the Officers' Certificate;

         (c) a  statement  that  such  officer  has  made  such  examination  or
investigation as, in such officer's opinion, is necessary to enable such officer
to express an informed  opinion as to whether or not such  covenant or condition
has been complied with; and

         (d) a  statement  as to whether,  in the opinion of each such  officer,
such condition or covenant has been complied with.

         "Opinion of  Counsel"  means a written  opinion of counsel,  who may be
counsel for or an employee of the Depositor or any Affiliate of the Depositor.

         "Option   Closing  Date"  shall  have  the  meaning   provided  in  the
Underwriting Agreement.

         "Option Securities" means an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $3,000,000
of the Issuer Trust's _____% preferred securities, issuable to the Underwriters,
at its  option,  exercisable  within 30 days  after the date of the  Prospectus,
solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

         "Original Trust Agreement" has the meaning specified in the preamble to
this Trust
Agreement.

         "Outstanding," with respect to Trust Securities,  means, as of the date
of determination,  all Trust Securities theretofore executed and delivered under
this Trust Agreement, except:

         (a) Trust  Securities  theretofore  canceled by the Property Trustee or
delivered to the Property Trustee for cancellation;

         (b) Trust  Securities  for whose  payment  or  redemption  money in the
necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Property Trustee or any
Paying Agent for the Holders of such Preferred Securities, provided that if such
Trust  Securities  are to be redeemed,  notice of such  redemption has been duly
given pursuant to this Trust Agreement; and

         (c) Trust Securities which have been paid or in exchange for or in lieu
of which other Trust  Securities  have been executed and  delivered  pursuant to
Sections 5.4, 5.5, 5.6 and 5.13; provided,  however, that in determining whether
the Holders of the requisite  Liquidation  Amount of the  Outstanding  Preferred
Securities have given any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
consent or waiver hereunder,  Preferred  Securities owned by the Depositor,  any
Issuer  Trustee,  any  Administrator  or any Affiliate of the Depositor shall be
disregarded  and deemed not to be  Outstanding,  except that (a) in  determining
whether any Issuer  Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request,
demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,  consent or waiver,  only Preferred
Securities that such Issuer Trustee or such  Administrator,  as the case may be,
knows to be so owned shall be so  disregarded  and (b) the  foregoing  shall not
apply at any time when all of the outstanding  Preferred Securities are owned by
the  Depositor,  one or  more  of  the  Issuer  Trustees,  one  or  more  of the
Administrators and/or any such



<PAGE>

                                      - 8 -

Affiliate.  Preferred  Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith
may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of
the  Administrators the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Preferred
Securities  and that the pledgee is not the  Depositor  or any  Affiliate of the
Depositor.

         "Owner"  means  each  Person  who is the  beneficial  owner  of  Global
Preferred Securities as reflected in the records of the Clearing Agency or, if a
Clearing Agency  Participant is not the Owner,  then as reflected in the records
of a Person  maintaining  an account  with such  Clearing  Agency,  directly  or
indirectly, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency.

         "Paying  Agent"  means any paying agent or  co-paying  agent  appointed
pursuant to Section 5.10 and shall initially be the Property Trustee.

         "Payment  Account"  means a segregated  non-interest-bearing  corporate
trust account  maintained by the Property  Trustee with the Property  Trustee in
its trust department for the benefit of the Holders in which all amounts paid in
respect of the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  will be held and from which the
Property Trustee,  through the Paying Agent,  shall make payments to the Holders
in accordance with Sections 4.1 and 4.2.

         "Person" means a legal person,  including any individual,  corporation,
estate, partnership,  joint venture, association,  joint stock company, company,
limited liability company, trust,  unincorporated  organization or government or
any agency or  political  subdivision  thereof,  or any other entity of whatever
nature.

         "Preferred  Securities  Certificate"  means  a  certificate  evidencing
ownership of Preferred Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit
D.

         "Preferred Security" means a Firm Security or an Option Security,  each
constituting  a  preferred  undivided  beneficial  interest in the assets of the
Issuer Trust,  having a Liquidation Amount of $25 and having the rights provided
therefor in this Trust Agreement,  including the right to receive  Distributions
and a Liquidation Distribution as provided herein.

         "Property  Trustee"  means  the  Person  identified  as  the  "Property
Trustee"  in the  preamble  to this Trust  Agreement  solely in its  capacity as
Property  Trustee of the Issuer Trust formed and continued  hereunder and not in
its individual capacity,  or its successor in interest in such capacity,  or any
successor property trustee appointed as herein provided.

         "Redemption  Date"  means,  with  respect to any Trust  Security  to be
redeemed,  the date  fixed for such  redemption  by or  pursuant  to this  Trust
Agreement;  provided that each Junior Subordinated Debenture Redemption Date and
the stated maturity of the Junior Subordinated  Debentures shall be a Redemption
Date for a Like  Amount of Trust  Securities,  including  but not limited to any
date of redemption pursuant to the occurrence of any Special Event.

         "Redemption  Price"  means with  respect to a  redemption  of any Trust
Security,  the  Liquidation  Amount  of  such  Trust  Security,   together  with
accumulated  but  unpaid  Distributions  to but  excluding  the date  fixed  for
redemption,  plus  the  related  amount  of the  premium,  if  any,  paid by the
Depositor upon the concurrent redemption of a Like Amount of Junior Subordinated
Debentures.

         "Relevant Trustee" has the meaning specified in Section 8.10.

         "Responsible  Officer"  when used with respect to the Property  Trustee
means any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office, including any managing
director,  vice  president,   assistant  vice  president,  assistant  treasurer,
assistant secretary or any other officer of the Property Trustee customarily


<PAGE>
                                      - 9 -

performing  functions  similar to those performed by any of the above designated
officers  and  having  direct  responsibility  for  the  administration  of  the
Indenture,  and also, with respect to a particular  matter, any other officer to
whom  such  matter  is  referred  because  of such  officer's  knowledge  of and
familiarity with the particular subject.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and any
successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

         "Securities  Register" and  "Securities  Registrar" have the respective
meanings specified in Section 5.5.

         "Special  Event" means  any  Tax  Event, Capital  Treatment  Event  or 
Investment Company Event.

         "Successor Preferred Securities" of any particular Preferred Securities
Certificate  means every  Preferred  Securities  Certificate  issued after,  and
evidencing all or a portion of the same beneficial  interest in the Issuer Trust
as that evidenced by, such particular Preferred Securities Certificate; and, for
the purposes of this definition,  any Preferred Securities  Certificate executed
and  delivered  under  Section  5.6 in exchange  for or in lieu of a  mutilated,
destroyed,  lost or stolen Preferred  Securities  Certificate shall be deemed to
evidence  the same  beneficial  interest in the Issuer  Trust as the  mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Preferred Securities Certificate.

         "Tax  Event"  means the  receipt by the  Issuer  Trust of an Opinion of
Counsel  experienced  in such  matters  to the effect  that,  as a result of any
amendment to, or change  (including  any announced  prospective  change) in, the
laws (or any  regulations  thereunder)  of the  United  States or any  political
subdivision  or  taxing  authority  thereof  or  therein,  or as a result of any
official  or  administrative   pronouncement  or  action  or  judicial  decision
interpreting or applying such laws or regulations,  which amendment or change is
effective  or which  pronouncement,  action or decision is announced on or after
the  date of  issuance  of the  Preferred  Securities,  there  is  more  than an
insubstantial  risk that (i) the  Issuer  Trust is, or will be within 90 days of
the delivery of such Opinion of Counsel, subject to United States federal income
tax with  respect to income  received  or  accrued  on the  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures,  (ii) interest  payable by the Depositor on the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  is not, or within 90 days of the delivery of such Opinion of Counsel
will not be, deductible by the Depositor, in whole or in part, for United States
federal income tax purposes,  or (iii) the Issuer Trust is, or will be within 90
days of the  delivery  of such  Opinion  of  Counsel,  subject to more than a de
minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental changes.

         "Time of Delivery" means 9:00 a.m.  Eastern  Standard Time,  either (i)
with respect to the Firm Securities or Common Securities, on the fourth Business
Day (unless  postponed in accordance  with the provisions of Section ____ of the
Underwriting  Agreement)  following  the date of execution  of the  Underwriting
Agreement,  or such other time not later than ten Business  Days after such date
as shall be agreed upon by the  Underwriters,  the Issuer Trust and the Company,
or (ii) with respect to the Option Securities, the Option Closing Date.

         "Trust  Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement,  as
the same  may be  modified,  amended  or  supplemented  in  accordance  with the
applicable  provisions  hereof,  including (i) all Exhibits hereto, and (ii) for
all purposes of this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement any such modification,
amendment or  supplement,  the  provisions  of the Trust  Indenture Act that are
deemed to be a part of and govern this Amended and Restated Trust  Agreement and
any modification, amendment or supplement, respectively.


<PAGE>
                                     - 10 -

         "Trust  Indenture  Act"  means the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939 or any
successor statute, in each case as amended from time to time.

         "Trust Property" means (a) the Junior Subordinated Debentures,  (b) any
cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Payment  Account,  and (c) all proceeds and
rights in respect of the  foregoing  and any other  property  and assets for the
time being held or deemed to be held by the  Property  Trustee  pursuant  to the
trusts of this Trust Agreement.

         "Trust Securities  Certificate"  means any one of the Common Securities
Certificates or the Preferred Securities Certificates.

         "Trust  Security"  means  any  one  of  the  Common  Securities  or the
Preferred Securities.

         "Underwriters" has the meaning specified in the Underwriting Agreement.

         "Underwriting Agreement" means the Underwriting Agreement,  dated as of
________,  1997, among the Issuer Trust, the Depositor and the Underwriters,  as
the same may be amended from time to time.


                                   ARTICLE II

                        CONTINUATION OF THE ISSUER TRUST

         SECTION 2.1.  Name.

         The  Issuer  Trust  continued  hereby  shall be  known as "GCB  Capital
Trust",  as such name may be  modified  from time to time by the  Administrators
following written notice to the Holders of Trust Securities and the other Issuer
Trustees, in which name the Administrators and the Issuer Trustees may engage in
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  make and execute  contracts  and other
instruments on behalf of the Issuer Trust and sue and be sued.

         SECTION  2.2.  Office  of the  Delaware  Trustee;  Principal  Place  of
Business.

         The address of the Delaware Trustee in the State of Delaware is Bankers
Trust  (Delaware),  1001  Jefferson  Street,  Suite 550,  Wilmington,  DE 19801,
Attention:  Lisa Wilkins,  or such other address in the State of Delaware as the
Delaware  Trustee  may  designate  by  written  notice  to the  Holders  and the
Depositor.  The  principal  executive  office of the Issuer  Trust is in care of
Greater  Community  Bancorp,  55 Union  Boulevard,  Totowa,  New  Jersey  07512,
Attention: Office of the Secretary.

         SECTION 2.3.  Initial  Contribution of Trust  Property,  Organizational
Expenses.

         The Property Trustee  acknowledges  receipt in trust from the Depositor
in connection with this Trust Agreement of the sum of $10, which constitutes the
initial Trust Property.  The Depositor shall pay all organizational  expenses of
the Issuer  Trust as they arise or shall,  upon  request of any Issuer  Trustee,
promptly reimburse such Issuer Trustee for any such reasonable  expenses paid by
such Issuer  Trustee.  The Depositor shall make no claim upon the Trust Property
for the payment of such expenses.

         SECTION 2.4.  Issuance of the Preferred Securities.

         On _________, 1997, the Depositor, both on its own behalf and on behalf
of the Issuer  Trust  pursuant to the  Original  Trust  Agreement,  executed and
delivered the Underwriting  Agreement.  Contemporaneously with the execution and
delivery of this Trust Agreement, an Administrator, on behalf


<PAGE>


                                     - 11 -

of the Issuer Trust,  shall manually  execute in accordance with Section 5.3 and
the Property  Trustee  shall  authenticate  in  accordance  with Section 5.3 and
deliver to the  Underwriters,  Firm Securities  Certificates,  registered in the
names  requested by the  Underwriters,  in an  aggregate  amount of 800,000 Firm
Securities  having  an  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of  $20,000,000,  against
receipt  of the  aggregate  purchase  price  of  such  Preferred  Securities  of
$20,000,000, by the Property Trustee. At the option of the Underwriters,  within
30 days of the date of the Prospectus, and solely for the purpose of covering an
over-allotment,  if any, an Administrator,  on behalf of the Issuer Trust, shall
manually  execute in accordance with Section 5.3 and the Property  Trustee shall
authenticate  in  accordance  with Section 5.4 and deliver to the  Underwriters,
Option  Securities  Certificates,  registered  in  the  names  requested  by the
Underwriters,  up to 120,000 Option Securities  having an aggregate  Liquidation
Amount of $3,000,000,  against  receipt of the aggregate  purchase price of such
Option Securities of $3,000,0000, by the Property Trustee.

         SECTION  2.5.  Issuance  of the  Common  Securities;  Subscription  and
Purchase of Junior Subordinated Debentures.

         Contemporaneously  with  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Trust
Agreement,  an  Administrator,  on behalf of the Issuer  Trust,  shall  manually
execute in  accordance  with  Section  5.2 and deliver to the  Depositor  Common
Securities  Certificates,  registered  in  the  name  of  the  Depositor,  in an
aggregate  amount of 24,744 Common  Securities  having an aggregate  Liquidation
Amount of $618,600  against  receipt by the  Property  Trustee of the  aggregate
purchase price of such Common Securities of $618,600 by the Property Trustee. In
the event of any  exercise of an  over-allotment  option  requiring  issuance of
additional Preferred Securities Certificates, as described in Section 2.4 above,
a  proportionate  number of  additional  Common  Securities  Certificates,  with
corresponding aggregate Liquidation Amount, shall be delivered to the Depositor.
Contemporaneously  with the  executions,  and  deliveries  of Common  Securities
Certificates and any Preferred  Securities  Certificates,  an Administrator,  on
behalf of the Issuer Trust,  shall subscribe for and purchase from the Depositor
corresponding amounts of Junior Subordinated Debentures,  registered in the name
of the  Property  Trustee  and having an  aggregate  principal  amount  equal to
$20,618,600, plus, in the event of any exercise of the over-allotment option (i)
a  corresponding   additional  number  of  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  not
exceeding an aggregate  principal  amount of $3,000,00 and (ii) a  corresponding
number of Junior  Subordinated  Debentures not exceeding an aggregate  principal
amount equal to the aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of Common  Securities  issued
pursuant to such exercise of an over-allotment  option;  and, in satisfaction of
the  purchase  price  for such  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  the  Property
Trustee,  on behalf of the Issuer Trust,  shall deliver to the Depositor the sum
of $20,618,600,  plus any corresponding  over-allotment option amount (being the
sum of the amounts  delivered to the Property Trustee pursuant to (i) the second
sentence of Section 2.4, and (ii) the first and second sentences of this Section
2.5)  and  receive  on  behalf  of the  Issuer  Trust  the  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures.

         SECTION 2.6.  Declaration of Trust.

         The  exclusive  purposes  and  functions of the Issuer Trust are to (a)
issue and sell Trust  Securities  and use the proceeds from such sale to acquire
the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  and  (b)  engage  in  only  those  other
activities  necessary or incidental  thereto.  The Depositor hereby appoints the
Issuer Trustees as trustees of the Issuer Trust, to have all the rights,  powers
and duties to the extent set forth herein, and the Issuer Trustees hereby accept
such  appointment.  The Property  Trustee hereby  declares that it will hold the
Trust  Property in trust upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein for
the benefit of the Issuer Trust and the Holders.  The Depositor  hereby appoints
the  Administrators  (as agents of the Issuer Trust),  with such  Administrators
having  all  rights,  powers  and  duties  set  forth  herein  with  respect  to
accomplishing  the purposes of the Issuer Trust, and the  Administrators  hereby
accept such appointment, provided, however, that it is the intent of the parties
hereto  that such  Administrators  shall not be  trustees  or  fiduciaries  with
respect to the Issuer Trust and this Agreement



<PAGE>


                                     - 12 -

shall be construed in a manner consistent with such intent. The Property Trustee
shall  have the  right  and  power  to  perform  those  duties  assigned  to the
Administrators.  The  Delaware  Trustee  shall not be entitled  to exercise  any
powers,   nor  shall  the   Delaware   Trustee   have  any  of  the  duties  and
responsibilities,  of the  Property  Trustee  or the  Administrators  set  forth
herein.  The Delaware  Trustee  shall be one of the trustees of the Issuer Trust
for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling the  requirements of Section 3807
of the Delaware  Business  Trust Act and for taking such actions as are required
to be taken by a Delaware Trustee under the Delaware Business Trust Act.

         SECTION 2.7.  Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions.

         (a) The  Issuer  Trustees  and the  Administrators  shall  conduct  the
affairs  of the  Issuer  Trust  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of this  Trust
Agreement. Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section
and in accordance with the following  provisions (i), (ii) and (iii), the Issuer
Trustees and the Administrators shall act as follows:

         (i) Each  Administrator  shall have the power and  authority  to act on
behalf of the Issuer Trust with respect to the following:

               (A)  the compliance with the Underwriting Agreement regarding the
         issuance and sale of the Trust Securities;

               (B) the compliance  with the  Securities  Act,  applicable  state
         securities or blue sky laws, and the Trust Indenture Act;

               (C) the listing of the Preferred  Securities upon such securities
         exchange or  exchanges or upon the Nasdaq  National  Market as shall be
         determined by the  Depositor,  with the  registration  of the Preferred
         Securities under the Exchange Act, if required, and the preparation and
         filing of all periodic and other reports and other  documents  pursuant
         to the foregoing;

               (D)  the application for a taxpayer identification number for the
         Issuer Trust; and

               (E) the preparation of a registration  statement and a prospectus
         in relation  to the  Preferred  Securities,  including  any  amendments
         thereto and the taking of any action necessary or desirable to sell the
         Preferred Securities in a transaction or series of transactions subject
         to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

               (F) any  action  incidental  to the  foregoing  as  necessary  or
         advisable to give effect to the terms of this Trust Agreement.

         (ii) The Property  Trustee shall have the power and authority to act on
behalf of the Issuer Trust with respect to the following matters:

               (A)  the establishment of the Payment Account;

               (B)  the receipt of the Junior Subordinated Debentures;

               (C) the receipt and  collection  of interest,  principal  and any
         other payments made in respect of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in
         the Payment Account;

               (D)  the distribution of amounts owed to the Holders  in  respect
         of the Trust Securities;



<PAGE>


                                     - 13 -

               (E)  the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges  of
         a holder of the Junior Subordinated Debentures;

               (F) the  sending  of notices  of  default  and other  information
         regarding the Trust Securities and the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
         to the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

               (G) the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the
         terms of this Trust Agreement;

               (H) to the extent provided in this Trust  Agreement,  the winding
         up of the  affairs  of and  liquidation  of the  Issuer  Trust  and the
         preparation,  execution and filing of the  certificate of  cancellation
         with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and

               (I) after an Event of Default  (other than under  paragraph  (b),
         (c),  (d),  or (f) of the  definition  of such  term if such  Event  of
         Default is by or with respect to the Property Trustee), comply with the
         provisions  of this Trust  Agreement and take any action to give effect
         to the terms of this Trust Agreement and protect and conserve the Trust
         Property for the benefit of the Holders  (without  consideration of the
         effect of any such action on any particular Holder); provided, however,
         that  nothing in this  Section  2.7(a)(ii)  shall  require the Property
         Trustee to take any action that is not otherwise required in this Trust
         Agreement.

         (b) So long as this Trust Agreement remains in effect, the Issuer Trust
(or the Issuer Trustees or Administrators  acting on behalf of the Issuer Trust)
shall not undertake any business,  activities or transaction except as expressly
provided  herein or  contemplated  hereby.  In  particular,  neither  the Issuer
Trustees nor the  Administrators  shall (i) acquire any investments or engage in
any  activities  not  authorized  by this Trust  Agreement,  (ii) sell,  assign,
transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the
Trust Property or interests therein,  including to Holders,  except as expressly
provided  herein,  (iii) take any action  that would  reasonably  be expected to
cause the Issuer  Trust to become  taxable as a  corporation  for United  States
federal income tax purposes,  (iv) incur any  indebtedness for borrowed money or
issue any other debt,  or (v) take or consent to any action that would result in
the placement of a Lien on any of the Trust Property. The Property Trustee shall
defend all claims and  demands of all Persons at any time  claiming  any Lien on
any of the Trust  Property  adverse to the  interest of the Issuer  Trust or the
Holders in their capacity as Holders.

         (c) In connection with the issue and sale of the Preferred  Securities,
the Depositor shall have the power and authority to assist the Issuer Trust with
respect  to, or effect on behalf of the Issuer  Trust,  the  following  (and any
actions taken by the Depositor in furtherance of the following prior to the date
of this Trust Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

               (i) the preparation by the Issuer Trust of, and the execution and
         delivery of, a registration statement,  and a prospectus in relation to
         the  Preferred  Securities,  including any  amendments  thereto and the
         taking of any  action  necessary  or  desirable  to sell the  Preferred
         Securities in a transaction or a series of transactions  subject to the
         registration requirements of the Securities Act;

               (ii) the determination of the States in which to take appropriate
         action to qualify  or  register  for sale all or part of the  Preferred
         Securities and the  determination  of any and all such acts, other than
         actions that must be taken by or on behalf of the Issuer Trust, and the
         advice to the Issuer  Trustees  of actions  they must take on behalf of
         the Issuer Trust,  and the  preparation for execution and filing of any
         documents to be executed and filed by the Issuer



<PAGE>


                                     - 14 -

         Trust  or on  behalf  of  the  Issuer  Trust,  as the  Depositor  deems
         necessary or advisable in order to comply with the  applicable  laws of
         any  such  States  in  connection   with  the  sale  of  the  Preferred
         Securities;

                (iii) the  negotiation  of the terms of, and the  execution  and
         delivery of, the Underwriting  Agreement providing for the sale of  the
         Preferred Securities;

               (iv) the taking of any other actions necessary  or  desirable  to
         carry out any of the foregoing activities; and

               (v)  compliance  with the listing  requirements  of the Preferred
         Securities  upon such  securities  exchange or  exchanges,  or upon the
         Nasdaq National  Market,  as shall be determined by the Depositor,  the
         registration  of the  Preferred  Securities  under the Exchange Act, if
         required,  and the  preparation  and filing of all  periodic  and other
         reports and other documents pursuant to the foregoing.

         (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators
and the Property  Trustee are  authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of
the Issuer  Trust and to operate the Issuer  Trust so that the Issuer Trust will
not be deemed to be an "investment  company" required to be registered under the
Investment  Company Act, and will not be taxable as a corporation for the United
States  federal  income  tax  purposes  and  so  that  the  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  will be treated as  indebtedness  of the Depositor for United States
income  tax  purposes.   In  this   connection,   the  Property   Trustee,   the
Administrators  and the Holders of Common  Securities are authorized to take any
action,  not inconsistent  with applicable law, the Certificate of Trust or this
Trust Agreement,  that the Property Trustee,  the  Administrators and Holders of
Common Securities determine in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for
such purposes,  as long as such action does not adversely affect in any material
respect the interests of the holders of the Outstanding Preferred Securities. In
no event shall the Administrators or the Issuer Trustees be liable to the Issuer
Trust or the Holders for any failure to comply with this  section  that  results
from a change in law or regulations or in the interpretation thereof.

         SECTION 2.8.  Assets of Trust.

         The  assets  of the  Issuer  Trust  shall  consist  solely of the Trust
Property.

         SECTION 2.9.  Title to Trust Property.

         Legal title to all Trust  Property  shall be vested at all times in the
Property Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by
the  Property  Trustee  for the  benefit of the Issuer  Trust and the Holders in
accordance with this Trust Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                 PAYMENT ACCOUNT

         SECTION 3.1.  Payment Account.

         (a) On or  prior  to the  Closing  Date,  the  Property  Trustee  shall
establish the Payment  Account.  The Property  Trustee and its agents shall have
exclusive  control  and sole right of  withdrawal  with  respect to the  Payment
Account for the purpose of making deposits in and  withdrawals  from the Payment
Account in accordance with this Trust  Agreement.  All monies and other property
deposited or held from time to time in the Payment  Account shall be held by the
Property Trustee in the Payment Account for the exclusive benefit of the Holders
and for distribution as herein provided, including (and subject to) any priority
of payments provided for herein.


<PAGE>


                                   - 15 -


         (b) The Property Trustee shall deposit in the Payment Account, promptly
upon  receipt,  all  payments  of  principal  of or  interest  on, and any other
payments  or  proceeds  with  respect  to, the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.
Amounts  held in the  Payment  Account  shall not be  invested  by the  Property
Trustee pending distribution thereof.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                            DISTRIBUTIONS; REDEMPTION

         SECTION 4.1.  Distributions.

         (a) The Trust Securities  represent undivided  beneficial  interests in
the Trust Property,  and  Distributions  (including  Distributions of Additional
Amounts) will be made on the Trust  Securities at the rate and on the dates that
payments of interest (including payments of Additional  Interest,  as defined in
the Indenture) are made on the Junior Subordinated Debentures. Accordingly:

               (i) Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be cumulative and
         will  accumulate  whether  or not there are funds of the  Issuer  Trust
         available  for  the  payment  of  Distributions.   Distributions  shall
         accumulate  from ________,  1997,  and, except in the event (and to the
         extent) that the Depositor  exercises its right to defer the payment of
         interest on the Debentures pursuant to the Indenture,  shall be payable
         quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31
         of each year, commencing on ____________,  1997. If any date on which a
         Distribution  is  otherwise  payable on the Trust  Securities  is not a
         Business  Day, then the payment of such  Distribution  shall be made on
         the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (without any interest or
         other  payment in respect of any such  delay),  with the same force and
         effect  as if made on the date on which  such  payment  was  originally
         payable  (each date on which  distributions  are payable in  accordance
         with this Section 4.1(a), a "Distribution Date").

               (ii) The Trust  Securities  shall be  entitled  to  Distributions
         payable at a rate of _____% per annum of the Liquidation  Amount of the
         Trust  Securities.  The amount of Distributions  payable for any period
         less than a full Distribution  period shall be computed on the basis of
         a 360-day year of twelve  30-day  months and the actual  number of days
         elapsed in a partial month in a period.  Distributions payable for each
         full  Distribution  period will be  computed  by dividing  the rate per
         annum by four. The amount of Distributions payable for any period shall
         include any Additional Amounts in respect of such period.


               (iii) So long as no  Debenture  Event of Default has occurred and
         is continuing, the Depositor has the right under the Indenture to defer
         the payment of interest on the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  at any
         time and from time to time for a period not  exceeding  20  consecutive
         quarterly periods (an "Extension  Period"),  provided that no Extension
         Period may extend beyond  ________,  2027. As a consequence of any such
         deferral,  quarterly Distributions on the Trust Securities by the Trust
         will also be deferred (and the amount of Distributions to which Holders
         of  the  Trust  Securities  are  entitled  will  accumulate  additional
         Distributions  thereon  at the rate  per  annum of  _____%  per  annum,
         compounded   quarterly)  from  the  relevant   payment  date  for  such
         Distributions,  computed  on the  basis of a 360-  day  year of  twelve
         30-day  months and the actual days  elapsed in a partial  month in such
         period.  Additional  Distributions  payable for each full  Distribution
         period will be computed by dividing



<PAGE>


                                     - 16 -

         the rate per annum by four  (4).  The term  "Distributions"  as used in
         Section 4.1 shall include any such  additional  Distributions  provided
         pursuant to this Section 4.1(a)(iii).

               (iv)  Distributions  on the Trust Securities shall be made by the
         Property  Trustee from the Payment Account and shall be payable on each
         Distribution  Date only to the extent  that the Issuer  Trust has funds
         then on hand and  available  in the Payment  Account for the payment of
         such Distributions.

         (b)   Distributions   on  the  Trust   Securities  with  respect  to  a
Distribution  Date shall be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the
Securities  Register  for the Trust  Securities  at the close of business on the
relevant record date, which shall be at the close of business on the 15th day of
March, June, September or December (whether or not a Business Day).

         SECTION 4.2.  Redemption.

         (a) On each Junior  Subordinated  Debenture  Redemption Date and on the
stated maturity of the Junior Subordinated Debentures,  the Issuer Trust will be
required to redeem a Like Amount of Trust Securities at the Redemption Price.

         (b)  Notice of  redemption  shall be given by the  Property  Trustee by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days
prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Trust  Securities to be redeemed,
at such  Holder's  address  appearing in the Security  Register.  All notices of
redemption shall state:

               (i)  the Redemption Date;

               (ii) the Redemption  Price, or if the Redemption  Price cannot be
         calculated  prior to the time the notice is  required  to be sent,  the
         estimate of the  Redemption  Price  provided  pursuant to the Indenture
         together  with a statement  that it is an estimate  and that the actual
         Redemption  Price will be calculated on the third Business Day prior to
         the Redemption  Date (and if an estimate is provided,  a further notice
         shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date, or as soon as
         practicable thereafter,  that notice of such actual Redemption Price is
         received pursuant to the Indenture);

              (iii) the CUSIP  number or CUSIP  numbers of the  Preferred 
         Securities affected;

              (iv) if less than all the Outstanding  Trust  Securities are to be
         redeemed,  the identification and the total Liquidation Amount  of  the
         particular Trust Securities to be redeemed;

               (v) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption  Price will become
         due and payable  upon each such Trust  Security to be redeemed and that
         Distributions  thereon will cease to accumulate on and after said date,
         except as provided in Section 4.2(d) below; and

               (vi)  the  place  or  places  where  Trust  Securities  are to be
         surrendered for the payment of the Redemption Price.

         The Issuer  Trust in issuing  the Trust  Securities  shall use  "CUSIP"
numbers,  and the Property  Trustee  shall  indicate the "CUSIP"  numbers of the
Trust Securities in notices of redemption and related materials as a convenience
to Holders;  provided that any such notice may state that no  representation  is
made as to the  correctness  of such  numbers  either  as  printed  on the Trust
Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and related material.



<PAGE>


                                     - 17 -

         (c) The Trust  Securities  redeemed  on each  Redemption  Date shall be
redeemed  at  the  Redemption  Price  with  the  applicable  proceeds  from  the
contemporaneous redemption of Junior Subordinated Debentures. Redemptions of the
Trust Securities shall be made and the Redemption Price shall be payable on each
Redemption  Date only to the extent that the Issuer Trust has funds then on hand
and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Redemption Price.

         (d) If the Property  Trustee gives a notice of redemption in respect of
any  Preferred  Securities,  then,  by 12:00  noon,  New York City time,  on the
Redemption  Date,  subject to Section  4.2(c),  the Property  Trustee will, with
respect to Preferred  Securities held in global form,  irrevocably  deposit with
the  Clearing  Agency for such  Preferred  Securities,  to the extent  available
therefor,  funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give
such  Clearing  Agency  irrevocable   instructions  and  authority  to  pay  the
Redemption  Price to the Holders of the  Preferred  Securities.  With respect to
Preferred  Securities  that are not held in global form,  the Property  Trustee,
subject to Section 4.2(c),  will  irrevocably  deposit with the Paying Agent, to
the extent available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption
Price and will give the Paying Agent  irrevocable  instructions and authority to
pay  the  Redemption  Price  to the  Holder  of the  Preferred  Securities  upon
surrender  of  their  Preferred  Securities  Certificates.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  Distributions  payable  on or prior to the  Redemption  Date for any
Trust  Securities  called for redemption shall be payable to the Holders of such
Trust  Securities as they appear on the Register for the Trust Securities on the
relevant  record  dates  for  the  related  Distribution  Dates.  If  notice  of
redemption shall have been given and funds deposited as required, then, upon the
date of such deposit,  all rights of Holders holding Trust  Securities so called
for  redemption  will  cease,  except the right of such  Holders to receive  the
Redemption Price and any Distribution payable in respect of the Trust Securities
on or prior to the Redemption  Date, but without  interest,  and such Securities
will cease to be Outstanding. In the event that any date on which any applicable
Redemption  Price  is  payable  is  not a  Business  Day,  then  payment  of the
applicable  Redemption  Price  payable  on such  date  will be made on the  next
succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment
in respect of any such delay),  except that,  if such  Business Day falls in the
next  calendar  year,  such  payment will be made on the  immediately  preceding
Business  Day,  in each case,  with the same force and effect as if made on such
date. In the event that payment of the Redemption  Price in respect of any Trust
Securities called for redemption is improperly  withheld or refused and not paid
either  by the  Issuer  Trust  or by the  Depositor  pursuant  to the  Guarantee
Agreement,  Distributions  on such Trust Securities will continue to accumulate,
as set forth in Section 4.1, from the Redemption Date originally  established by
the  Issuer  Trust  for  such  Trust  Securities  to the  date  such  applicable
Redemption Price is actually paid, in which case the actual payment date will be
the date  fixed for  redemption  for  purposes  of  calculating  the  applicable
Redemption Price.

         (e) Subject to Section 4.3(a),  if less than all the Outstanding  Trust
Securities  are  to be  redeemed  on a  Redemption  Date,  then  the  particular
Preferred  Securities  to be redeemed  shall be  selected  not more than 60 days
prior to the  Redemption  Date by the  Property  Trustee  from  the  Outstanding
Preferred  Securities not  previously  called for redemption in such a manner as
the Property Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

         SECTION 4.3.  Subordination of Common Securities.

         (a)  Payment  of  Distributions   (including   Additional  Amounts,  if
applicable)  on, the Redemption  Price of, and the  Liquidation  Distribution in
respect  of, the Trust  Securities,  as  applicable,  shall be made,  subject to
Section  4.2(e),  pro  rata  among  the  Common  Securities  and  the  Preferred
Securities based on the Liquidation  Amount of such Trust Securities;  provided,
however,  that if on any  Distribution  Date or  Redemption  Date  any  Event of
Default  resulting from a Debenture Event of Default in Section 5.1(1) or 5.1(2)
of the  Indenture  shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing,  no payment of any
Distribution  (including any  Additional  Amounts) on,  Redemption  Price of, or
Liquidation Distribution



<PAGE>


                                     - 18 -

in  respect  of,  any Common  Security,  and no other  payment on account of the
redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made
unless  payment  in full in cash of all  accumulated  and  unpaid  Distributions
(including any Additional Amounts) on all Outstanding  Preferred  Securities for
all  Distribution  periods  terminating on or prior thereto,  or, in the case of
payment of the Redemption Price, the full amount of such Redemption Price on all
Outstanding  Preferred Securities then called for redemption,  or in the case of
payment of the  Liquidation  Distribution  the full  amount of such  Liquidation
Distribution on all Outstanding  Preferred  Securities,  shall have been made or
provided for, and all funds immediately  available to the Property Trustee shall
first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions  (including
any Additional  Amounts) on, or the Redemption  Price of,  Preferred  Securities
then due and payable.  The existence of an Event of Default does not entitle the
Holders of Preferred Securities to accelerate the maturity thereof.

         (b) In the case of the  occurrence  of any Event of  Default  resulting
from any Debenture Event of Default,  the Holder of the Common  Securities shall
have no right to act with respect to any such Event of Default  under this Trust
Agreement  until the effects of all such Events of Default  with  respect to the
Preferred Securities have been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated.  Until all
such Events of Default under this Trust  Agreement with respect to the Preferred
Securities  have been so cured,  waived or  otherwise  eliminated,  the Property
Trustee  shall act solely on behalf of the Holders of the  Preferred  Securities
and not on behalf of the Holder of the Common  Securities,  and only the Holders
of the Preferred  Securities will have the right to direct the Property  Trustee
to act on their behalf.

         SECTION 4.4.  Payment Procedures.

         Payments of Distributions (including any Additional Amounts) in respect
of the Preferred  Securities shall be made by check mailed to the address of the
Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the Securities  Register
or,  if  the  Preferred   Securities  are  held  by  a  Clearing  Agency,   such
Distributions  shall be made to the  Clearing  Agency in  immediately  available
funds,  which will credit the relevant  accounts on the applicable  Distribution
Dates.  Payments of  Distributions to Holders of $1,000,000 or more in aggregate
Liquidation  Amount of  Preferred  Securities  may be made by wire  transfer  of
immediately  available  funds upon  written  request of such Holder of Preferred
Securities to the Securities  Registrar not later than 15 calendar days prior to
the date on which the Distribution is payable. Payments in respect of the Common
Securities  shall be made in such manner as shall be mutually agreed between the
Property Trustee and the Holder of the Common Securities.

         SECTION 4.5.  Tax Returns and Reports.

         The  Administrators  shall  prepare (or cause to be  prepared),  at the
Depositor's expense, and file all United States federal, state and local tax and
information  returns  and  reports  required to be filed by or in respect of the
Issuer Trust. In this regard, the Administrators  shall (a) prepare and file (or
cause to be prepared and filed) all Internal  Revenue  Service forms required to
be filed in respect of the Issuer Trust in each taxable year of the Issuer Trust
and (b) prepare and furnish  (or cause to be  prepared  and  furnished)  to each
Holder all Internal  Revenue Service forms required to be provided by the Issuer
Trust. The  Administrators  shall provide the Depositor and the Property Trustee
with a copy of all such  returns  and  reports  promptly  after  such  filing or
furnishing.  The Issuer Trustees and the Administrators shall comply with United
States  federal  withholding  and backup  withholding  tax laws and  information
reporting  requirements  with respect to any payments to Holders under the Trust
Securities.

         On or before  December  15 of each  year  during  which  any  Preferred
Securities are outstanding, the Administrators shall furnish to the Paying Agent
such information as may be reasonably requested by the Property Trustee in order
that the Property  Trustee may prepare the  information  which it is required to
report for such year on Internal Revenue Service Forms 1096 and 1099 pursuant to
Section 6049 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Such information
shall  include the amount of original  issue  discount  includible in income for
each outstanding Preferred Security during such year.


<PAGE>


                                     - 19 -


         SECTION 4.6.  Payment of Taxes; Duties, Etc. of the Issuer Trust.

         Upon receipt  under the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  of Additional
Sums, the Property Trustee shall promptly pay any taxes,  duties or governmental
charges of  whatsoever  nature  (other than  withholding  taxes)  imposed on the
Issuer Trust by the United States or any other taxing authority.

         SECTION 4.7.  Payments under Indenture or Pursuant to Direct Actions.

         Any amount  payable  hereunder  to any Holder of  Preferred  Securities
shall be reduced  by the amount of any  corresponding  payment  such  Holder has
directly  received  pursuant to Section 5.8 of the  Indenture or Section 5.13 of
this Trust Agreement.

         SECTION 4.8.  Liability of the Holder of Common Securities.

         The  Holder of  Common  Securities  shall be  liable  for the debts and
obligations  of the Issuer  Trust as set forth in Section  6.7 of the  Indenture
regarding allocation of expenses.


                                    ARTICLE V

                          TRUST SECURITIES CERTIFICATES

         SECTION 5.1.  Initial Ownership.

         Upon the  formation  of the Issuer  Trust and the  contribution  by the
Depositor  pursuant  to  Section  2.3  and  until  the  issuance  of  the  Trust
Securities,  and at any time during which no Trust  Securities are  outstanding,
the Depositor shall be the sole beneficial owner of the Issuer Trust.

         SECTION 5.2.  The Trust Securities Certificates.

         (a) The Trust  Securities  Certificates  shall be executed on behalf of
the Issuer Trust by manual or facsimile  signature of at least one Administrator
except as provided in Section 5.3.  Trust  Securities  Certificates  bearing the
signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures  shall have
been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Issuer Trust, shall be validly
issued and  entitled to the  benefits of this Trust  Agreement,  notwithstanding
that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior
to the  delivery  of such  Trust  Securities  Certificates  or did not hold such
offices  at the  date of  delivery  of such  Trust  Securities  Certificates.  A
transferee of a Trust Securities Certificate shall become a Holder, and shall be
entitled to the rights and  subject to the  obligations  of a Holder  hereunder,
upon due registration of such Trust Securities  Certificate in such transferee's
name pursuant to Section 5.5.

         (b) Upon their original  issuance,  Preferred  Securities  Certificates
shall be issued in the form of one or more  fully  registered  Global  Preferred
Securities  Certificates  which  will  be  deposited  with or on  behalf  of the
Depositary and registered in the name of the  Depositary's  nominee.  Unless and
until it is  exchangeable  in whole or in part for the  Preferred  Securities in
definitive  form, a global security may not be transferred  except as a whole by
the  Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary
to the  Depositary or another  nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or
any  such  nominee  to a  successor  of such  Depositary  or a  nominee  of such
successor.

         (c) A single  Common  Securities  Certificate  representing  the Common
Securities  shall be issued to the Depositor in the form of a definitive  Common
Securities Certificate.



<PAGE>


                                     - 20 -


         SECTION 5.3.  Execution and Delivery of Trust Securities Certificates.

         At  the  Time  of  Delivery,   the  Administrators  shall  cause  Trust
Securities  Certificates,  in an  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount as  provided in
Sections 2.4 and 2.5, to be executed on behalf of the Issuer Trust and delivered
to the  Property  Trustee and upon such  delivery  the  Property  Trustee  shall
countersign  and register such Trust  Securities  Certificates  and deliver such
Trust Securities Certificates upon the written order of the Depositor,  executed
by two authorized  officers  thereof,  without further  corporate  action by the
Depositor, in authorized denominations.

         SECTION 5.4.  Global Preferred Security.

         (a) Any Global  Preferred  Security  issued under this Trust  Agreement
shall be  registered  in the name of the  nominee  of the  Clearing  Agency  and
delivered to such custodian  therefor,  and such Global Preferred Security shall
constitute a single Preferred Security for all purposes of this Trust Agreement.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision in this Trust  Agreement,  a
Global Preferred Security may not be exchanged in whole or in part for Preferred
Securities registered, and no transfer of the Global Preferred Security in whole
or in part may be registered,  in the name of any Person other than the Clearing
Agency for such Global  Preferred  Security,  or its nominee  thereof unless (i)
such Clearing Agency advises the Property  Trustee in writing that such Clearing
Agency is no longer willing or able to properly  discharge its  responsibilities
as Clearing  Agency  with  respect to such Global  Preferred  Security,  and the
Depositor  is unable to locate a qualified  successor,  (ii) the Issuer Trust at
its option  advises the  Depositary  in writing that it elects to terminate  the
book-entry  system  through  the  Clearing  Agency,  or (iii)  there  shall have
occurred and be continuing an Event of Default.

         (c) If a Preferred  Security is to be exchanged in whole or in part for
a  beneficial  interest  in a Global  Preferred  Security,  then either (i) such
Global  Preferred  Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation
as provided in this Article V or (ii) the  Liquidation  Amount  thereof shall be
reduced  or  increased  by an  amount  equal  to the  portion  thereof  to be so
exchanged  or  cancelled,  or  equal to the  Liquidation  Amount  of such  other
Preferred Security to be so exchanged for a beneficial  interest therein, as the
case may be, by means of an  appropriate  adjustment  made on the records of the
Security  Registrar,  whereupon the Property  Trustee,  in  accordance  with the
Applicable  Procedures,  shall  instruct the Clearing  Agency or its  authorized
representative to make a corresponding  adjustment to its records. Upon any such
surrender or adjustment of a Global  Preferred  Security by the Clearing Agency,
accompanied by registration  instructions,  the Administrators shall execute and
the Property Trustee shall,  subject to Section 5.4(b) and as otherwise provided
in this Article V,  countersign,  register and deliver any Preferred  Securities
issuable in exchange for such Global Preferred Security (or any portion thereof)
in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. The Property Trustee
shall  not be liable  for any delay in  delivery  of such  instructions  and may
conclusively  rely  on,  and  shall be  fully  protected  in  relying  on,  such
instructions.

         (d) Every Preferred  Security  countersigned,  registered and delivered
upon  registration  of transfer  of, or in exchange  for or in lieu of, a Global
Preferred Security or any portion thereof, whether pursuant to this Article V or
Article IV or otherwise,  shall be  authenticated  and delivered in the form of,
and shall be, a Global Preferred Security, unless such Global Preferred Security
is  registered  in the name of a Person other than the Clearing  Agency for such
Global Preferred Security or a nominee thereof.

         (e) The Clearing  Agency or its nominee,  as the registered  owner of a
Global  Preferred  Security,  shall be  considered  the Holder of the  Preferred
Securities  represented by such Global Preferred Security for all purposes under
this Trust  Agreement  and the  Preferred  Securities,  and owners of beneficial
interests in such Global Preferred  Security shall hold such interests  pursuant
to the Applicable Procedures and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall not
be entitled to receive physical delivery


<PAGE>


                                     - 21 -

of any such Preferred  Securities in definitive form and shall not be considered
the Holders thereof under this Trust  Agreement.  Accordingly,  any such owner's
beneficial interest in the Global Preferred Security shall be shown only on, and
the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records maintained
by the  Clearing  Agency or its  nominee.  Neither  the  Property  Trustee,  the
Securities  Registrar nor the  Depositor  shall have any liability in respect of
any transfers effected by the Clearing Agency.

         (f) The rights of owners of beneficial  interests in a Global Preferred
Security  shall be  exercised  only  through  the  Clearing  Agency and shall be
limited to those  established by law and agreements  between such owners and the
Clearing Agency.

          SECTION  5.5.  Registration  of  Transfer  and  Exchange  Generally; 
Certain Transfers and Exchanges; Preferred Securities Certificates.

         (a)  The  Property  Trustee  shall  keep  or  cause  to be  kept at its
Corporate  Trust Office a register or registers  for the purpose of  registering
Preferred  Securities  Certificates  and  transfers  and  exchanges of Preferred
Securities  Certificates  in which the registrar and transfer agent with respect
to the  Preferred  Securities  (the  "Securities  Registrar"),  subject  to such
reasonable  regulations as it may prescribe,  shall provide for the registration
of Preferred Securities Certificates and Common Securities Certificates (subject
to Section 5.11 in the case of Common Securities  Certificates) and registration
of  transfers  and  exchanges  of Preferred  Securities  Certificates  as herein
provided.  Such  register is herein  sometimes  referred  to as the  "Securities
Register." The Property Trustee is hereby appointed  "Securities  Registrar" for
the purpose of  registering  Preferred  Securities  and  transfers  of Preferred
Securities as herein provided.

         Upon surrender for  registration of transfer of any Preferred  Security
at the offices or agencies of the Property Trustee  designated for that purpose,
the Administrators and the Property Trustee shall execute, countersign, register
and deliver,  in the name of the designated  transferee or  transferees,  one or
more new Preferred Securities of the same series of any authorized denominations
of like tenor and aggregate  principal amount and bearing such legends as may be
required by this Trust Agreement.

         At the option of the Holder,  Preferred Securities may be exchanged for
other Preferred  Securities of any authorized  denominations,  of like tenor and
aggregate Liquidation Amount and bearing such legends as may be required by this
Trust Agreement,  upon surrender of the Preferred  Securities to be exchanged at
such office or agency.  Whenever any securities are so surrendered for exchange,
the  Administrators  shall execute and the Property  Trustee shall  countersign,
register  and  deliver  the  Preferred  Securities  that the  Holder  making the
exchange is entitled to receive.

         All  Preferred  Securities  issued  upon any  transfer  or  exchange of
Preferred  Securities  shall  be the  valid  obligations  of the  Issuer  Trust,
evidencing  the same debt,  and entitled to the same  benefits  under this Trust
Agreement,  as the  Preferred  Securities  surrendered  upon  such  transfer  or
exchange.

         Every  Preferred  Security  presented  or  surrendered  for transfer or
exchange shall (if so required by the Property Trustee) be duly endorsed,  or be
accompanied  by a written  instrument  of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the
Property  Trustee  and the  Securities  Registrar,  duly  executed by the Holder
thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing.

         No  service  charge  shall  be made to a  Holder  for any  transfer  or
exchange of Preferred  Securities,  but the Property Trustee may require payment
of a sum  sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge that may be
imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Preferred Securities.




<PAGE>


                                     - 22 -

         Neither the Issuer  Trust nor the Property  Trustee  shall be required,
pursuant to the provisions of this Section, (i) to issue,  register the transfer
of or exchange any Preferred  Security during a period  beginning at the opening
of business 15 days before the day of  selection  for  redemption  of  Preferred
Securities pursuant to Article IV and ending at the close of business on the day
of mailing of the notice of  redemption,  or (ii) to register the transfer of or
exchange any Preferred  Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part,
except,  in the case of any such Preferred  Security to be redeemed in part, any
portion thereof not to be redeemed.

         (b) Certain  Transfers  and  Exchanges.  Trust  Securities  may only be
transferred,  in whole or in part, in accordance  with the terms and  conditions
set forth in this Trust  Agreement.  Any transfer or  purported  transfer of any
Trust Security not made in accordance  with this Trust  Agreement  shall be null
and void.

               (i) Non Global Security to Non Global Security.  A Trust Security
         that is not a Global Preferred Security may be transferred, in whole or
         in part,  to a Person who takes  delivery in the form of another  Trust
         Security that is not a Global Security as provided in Section 5.5(a).

               (ii) Free Transferability. Subject to this Section 5.5, Preferred
         Securities shall be freely transferable.

               (iii) Exchanges Between Global Preferred  Security and Non-Global
         Preferred  Security.  A  beneficial  interest  in  a  Global  Preferred
         Security may be exchanged for a Preferred Security that is not a Global
         Preferred Security as provided in Section 5.4.

         SECTION 5.6.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost  or  Stolen  Trust  Securities
Certificates.

         If (a) any mutilated Trust Securities  Certificate shall be surrendered
to the  Securities  Registrar,  or if the  Securities  Registrar  shall  receive
evidence  to its  satisfaction  of the  destruction,  loss or theft of any Trust
Securities  Certificate  and (b)  there  shall be  delivered  to the  Securities
Registrar and the  Administrators  such security or indemnity as may be required
by them to save each of them  harmless,  then in the absence of notice that such
Trust Securities  Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser,
the  Administrators,  or any one of them,  on behalf of the Issuer  Trust  shall
execute  and  make  available  for  delivery,  and the  Property  Trustee  shall
countersign  and  register,  in exchange  for or in lieu of any such  mutilated,
destroyed,  lost or stolen Trust Securities Certificate,  a new Trust Securities
Certificate  of like  class,  tenor and  denomination.  In  connection  with the
issuance  of any new  Trust  Securities  Certificate  under  this  Section,  the
Administrators  or the  Securities  Registrar  may  require the payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental  charge that may be imposed in
connection therewith. Any duplicate Trust Securities Certificate issued pursuant
to this Section shall constitute  conclusive evidence of an undivided beneficial
interest in the assets of the Issuer Trust  corresponding  to that  evidenced by
the lost,  stolen or  destroyed  Trust  Certificate,  as if  originally  issued,
whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Trust Securities  Certificate shall
be found at any time.

         SECTION 5.7.  Persons Deemed Holders.

         The Issuer  Trustees,  the Securities  Registrar or the Depositor shall
treat the Person in whose name any Trust  Securities  are issued as the owner of
such Trust  Securities  for the purpose of receiving  Distributions  and for all
other purposes whatsoever,  and none of the Issuer Trustees, the Administrators,
the Securities  Registrar nor the Depositor  shall be bound by any notice to the
contrary.




<PAGE>


                                     - 23 -

         SECTION 5.8.  Access to List of Holders' Names and Addresses.

         Each  Holder and each Owner  shall be deemed to have agreed not to hold
the Depositor, the Property Trustee, or the Administrators accountable by reason
of the  disclosure of its name and address,  regardless of the source from which
such information was derived.

         SECTION 5.9.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.

         The  Property  Trustee  shall  designate,   with  the  consent  of  the
Administrators,  which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld, an office or
offices or agency or agencies where  Preferred  Securities  Certificates  may be
surrendered  for  registration  of transfer or  exchange  and where  notices and
demands  to or upon the  Issuer  Trustees  in  respect  of the Trust  Securities
Certificates  may be served.  The  Property  Trustee  initially  designates  its
Corporate Trust Office at 123 Washington Street, New York, NY 10006,  Attention:
Corporate Trust and Agency Group - Corporate Market  Services,  as its corporate
trust office for such purposes.  The Property  Trustee shall give prompt written
notice to the Depositor,  the Administrators and to the Holders of any change in
the location of the Securities Register or any such office or agency.

         SECTION 5.10.  Appointment of Paying Agent.

         The Paying Agent shall make  Distributions  to Holders from the Payment
Account  and shall  report the  amounts of such  Distributions  to the  Property
Trustee and the Administrators.  Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power
to withdraw funds from the Payment  Account solely for the purpose of making the
Distributions  referred to above. The Property Trustee may revoke such power and
remove any Paying Agent in its sole discretion. The Paying Agent shall initially
be the Property Trustee. Any Person acting as Paying Agent shall be permitted to
resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days' written notice to the  Administrators,  and
the Property Trustee.  In the event that the Property Trustee shall no longer be
the Paying Agent or a successor  Paying  Agent shall resign or its  authority to
act be revoked, the Property Trustee shall appoint a successor (which shall be a
bank or trust company) that is reasonably  acceptable to the  Administrators  to
act as Paying Agent.  Such successor Paying Agent or any additional Paying Agent
appointed by the Administrators shall execute and deliver to the Issuer Trustees
an instrument in which such  successor  Paying Agent or additional  Paying Agent
shall agree with the Issuer Trustees that as Paying Agent, such successor Paying
Agent or  additional  Paying  Agent will hold all sums,  if any,  held by it for
payment to the Holders in trust for the benefit of the Holders  entitled thereto
until such sums shall be paid to such Holders. The Paying Agent shall return all
unclaimed funds to the Property  Trustee and upon removal of a Paying Agent such
Paying  Agent  shall also  return all funds in its  possession  to the  Property
Trustee.  The  provisions of Sections 8.1, 8.3 and 8.6 herein shall apply to the
Bank  also in its role as  Paying  Agent,  for so long as the Bank  shall act as
Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable,  to any other paying agent appointed
hereunder.  Any  reference  in this Trust  Agreement  to the Paying  Agent shall
include any co-paying  agent chosen by the Property  Trustee  unless the context
requires otherwise.

         SECTION 5.11.  Ownership of Common Securities by Depositor.

         At each Time of  Delivery,  the  Depositor  shall  acquire  and  retain
beneficial  and  record  ownership  of  the  Common  Securities  except  (i)  in
connection  with a  consolidation  or  merger  of  the  Depositor  into  another
corporation  or any  conveyance,  transfer  or  lease  by the  Depositor  of its
properties and assets  substantially  as an entirety to any Person,  pursuant to
Section  8.1  of the  Indenture,  or  (ii) a  transfer  to an  Affiliate  of the
Depositor in compliance  with  applicable  law (including the Securities Act and
applicable  state securities and blue sky laws). To the fullest extent permitted
by law,  any  attempted  transfer of the Common  Securities  shall be void.  The
Administrators shall cause each Common Securities



<PAGE>


                                     - 24 -

Certificate   issued  to  the  Depositor  to  contain  a  legend  stating  "THIS
CERTIFICATE  IS NOT  TRANSFERABLE  EXCEPT  TO A  SUCCESSOR  IN  INTEREST  TO THE
DEPOSITOR OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE DEPOSITOR IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND
SECTION 5.11 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT."

         SECTION 5.12.  Notices to Clearing Agency.

         To the extent  that a notice or other  communication  to the Holders is
required  under this Trust  Agreement,  for so long as Preferred  Securities are
represented by a Global Preferred Securities Certificate, the Administrators and
the Issuer  Trustees  shall give all such notices and  communications  specified
herein to be given to the Clearing Agency,  and shall have no obligations to the
Owners.

         SECTION 5.13.  Rights of Holders.

         (a) The legal title to the Trust Property is vested  exclusively in the
Property  Trustee (in its capacity as such) in accordance  with Section 2.9, and
the Holders  shall not have any right or title  therein other than the undivided
beneficial  interest in the assets of the Issuer Trust  conferred by their Trust
Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of
property,  profits or rights of the Issuer Trust except as described  below. The
Trust Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights  specifically
set forth therein and in this Trust  Agreement.  The Trust Securities shall have
no preemptive or similar rights and when issued and delivered to Holders against
payment of the purchase price therefor will be fully paid and  nonassessable  by
the  Issuer  Trust.  Subject to  Section  4.8  hereof  the  Holders of the Trust
Securities,  in  their  capacities  as  such,  shall  be  entitled  to the  same
limitation  of  personal   liability   extended  to   stockholders   of  private
corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware.

         (b) For so long as any Preferred  Securities  remain  Outstanding,  if,
upon a Debenture Event of Default, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of
not less than 25% in principal  amount of the  outstanding  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  fail to declare  the  principal  of all of the  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  to be  immediately  due and payable,  the Holders of at least 25% in
Liquidation Amount of the Preferred  Securities then Outstanding shall have such
right to make such  declaration by a notice in writing to the Property  Trustee,
the Depositor and the Debenture Trustee.

         At any time after such a declaration  of  acceleration  with respect to
the Junior Subordinated Debentures has been made and before a judgment or decree
for  payment  of the money due has been  obtained  by the  Debenture  Trustee as
provided in the Indenture,  the Holders of a majority in  Liquidation  Amount of
the  Preferred  Securities,  by  written  notice to the  Property  Trustee,  the
Depositor and the Debenture Trustee,  may rescind and annul such declaration and
its consequences if:

               (i) the  Depositor  has  paid or  deposited  with  the  Debenture
Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

                     (A)   all overdue installments of interest on  all  of  the
               Junior Subordinated Debentures,

                     (B)   any accrued Additional Interest on all of  the Junior
               Subordinated Debentures,

                     (C) the principal of (and  premium,  if any, on) any Junior
               Subordinated  Debentures  which have become due otherwise than by
               such  declaration  of  acceleration  and interest and  Additional
               Interest  thereon at the rate  borne by the  Junior  Subordinated
               Debentures, and



<PAGE>


                                   - 25 -

                     (D) all sums  paid or  advanced  by the  Debenture  Trustee
               under the Indenture and the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses,
               disbursements  and  advances  of the  Debenture  Trustee  and the
               Property Trustee, their agents and counsel; and

               (ii)  all   Events  of  Default   with   respect  to  the  Junior
               Subordinated  Debentures,  other  than  the  non-payment  of  the
               principal of the Junior Subordinated  Debentures which has become
               due  solely by such  acceleration,  have been  cured or waived as
               provided in Section 5.13 of the Indenture.

         If the Property  Trustee fails to annul any such  declaration and waive
such default,  the Holders of at least a Majority in  Liquidation  Amount of the
Preferred  Securities  shall  also have the  right to  rescind  and  annul  such
declaration  and its  consequences  by  written  notice  to the  Depositor,  the
Property Trustee and the Debenture  Trustee,  subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Clause (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.13.

         The  Holders  of at  least a  Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount  of the
Preferred  Securities  may,  on  behalf  of the  Holders  of all  the  Preferred
Securities,  waive any past default under the Indenture, except a default in the
payment of principal  or interest  (unless such default has been cured and a sum
sufficient  to pay all  matured  installments  of  interest  and  principal  due
otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee) or
a default in respect of a covenant or provision which under the Indenture cannot
be  modified or amended  without  the consent of the holder of each  outstanding
Junior Subordinated  Debentures.  No such rescission shall affect any subsequent
default or impair any right consequent thereon.

         Upon receipt by the Property  Trustee of written notice  declaring such
an  acceleration,  or  rescission  and  annulment  thereof,  by  Holders  of the
Preferred  Securities all or part of which is  represented  by Global  Preferred
Securities,  a record  date  shall be  established  for  determining  Holders of
Outstanding  Preferred  Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record
date shall be at the close of business on the day the Property  Trustee receives
such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated  proxies,
and only such Persons,  shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not
such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided,  that, unless such
declaration of  acceleration,  or rescission and annulment,  as the case may be,
shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite  percentage having joined
in such notice  prior to the day which is 90 days after such record  date,  such
notice of declaration of acceleration,  or rescission and annulment, as the case
may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled
and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a
proxy of a Holder,  from giving,  after  expiration of such 90-day period, a new
written  notice of  declaration  of  acceleration,  or rescission  and annulment
thereof,  as the case may be, that is  identical  to a written  notice which has
been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence,  in which event
a new record  date  shall be  established  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this
Section 5.13(b).

         (c) For so long as any Preferred Securities remain Outstanding,  to the
fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the terms of this Trust Agreement
and the Indenture, upon a Debenture Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(1)
or 5.1(2) of the Indenture,  any Holder of Preferred  Securities  shall have the
right to  institute a proceeding  directly  against the  Depositor,  pursuant to
Section 5.9 of the Indenture,  for  enforcement of payment to such Holder of the
principal  amount of or interest  on Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  having an
aggregate  principal  amount equal to the  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount of the
Preferred Securities of such Holder (a "Direct Action").  Except as set forth in
Sections 5.13(b) and 5.13 (c), the Holders of Preferred Securities shall have no
right to exercise  directly any right or remedy  available to the holders of, or
in respect of, the Junior Subordinated Debentures.




<PAGE>


                                     - 26 -


                                   ARTICLE VI

                        ACTS OF HOLDERS; MEETINGS; VOTING

         SECTION 6.1.  Limitations on Holder's Voting Rights.

         (a) Except as provided in this Trust Agreement and in the Indenture and
as otherwise  required by law, no Holder of Preferred  Securities shall have any
right to vote or in any manner otherwise control the  administration,  operation
and management of the Issuer Trust or the obligations of the parties hereto, nor
shall  anything  herein  set  forth  or  contained  in the  terms  of the  Trust
Securities  Certificates  be construed so as to constitute the Holders from time
to time as members of an association.

         (b) So long  as any  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  are  held by the
Property  Trustee on behalf of the Issuer Trust,  the Property Trustee shall not
(i)  direct the time,  method and place of  conducting  any  proceeding  for any
remedy  available to the  Debenture  Trustee,  or  executing  any trust or power
conferred  on the  Property  Trustee  with  respect to such Junior  Subordinated
Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that may be waived under Section 5.13 of
the Indenture,  (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration  that
the principal of all the Junior Subordinated Debentures shall be due and payable
or (iv) consent to any amendment,  modification  or termination of the Indenture
or the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  where such consent  shall be required,
without, in each case, obtaining the prior approval of the Holders of at least a
Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities,  provided,  however,
that where a consent  under the  Indenture  would  require  the  consent of each
Holder of Junior Subordinated Debentures affected thereby, no such consent shall
be given by the  Property  Trustee  without  the prior  written  consent of each
Holder of Preferred Securities. The Property Trustee shall not revoke any action
previously  authorized  or  approved  by a vote  of  the  Holders  of  Preferred
Securities,  except by a subsequent vote of the Holders of Preferred Securities.
The Property Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Preferred Securities of any
notice of default received with respect to the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures.
In addition to obtaining the foregoing approvals of the Holders of the Preferred
Securities,  prior to taking any of the foregoing  actions,  the Issuer Trustees
shall, at the expense of the Depositor, obtain an Opinion of Counsel experienced
in such  matters to the effect that such action will not cause the Issuer  Trust
to be taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

         (c) If any proposed  amendment to the Trust Agreement  provides for, or
the  Issuer  Trust  otherwise  proposes  to effect,  (i) any  action  that would
adversely affect in any material respect the interests,  powers,  preferences or
special rights of the Preferred  Securities,  whether by way of amendment to the
Trust Agreement or otherwise, or (ii) the dissolution of the Issuer Trust, other
than  pursuant  to the  terms  of this  Trust  Agreement,  then the  Holders  of
Outstanding  Trust  Securities  as a  class  will  be  entitled  to vote on such
amendment  or proposal  and such  amendment  or proposal  shall not be effective
except with the  approval  of the Holders of at least a Majority in  Liquidation
Amount of the Preferred Securities.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Trust  Agreement,  no  amendment  to this Trust  Agreement  may be made if, as a
result of such  amendment,  it would  cause the Issuer  Trust to be taxable as a
corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

         SECTION 6.2.  Notice of Meetings.

         Notice of all  meetings of the  Holders,  stating  the time,  place and
purpose of the  meeting,  shall be given by the  Property  Trustee  pursuant  to
Section 10.8 to each Holder of record,  at his registered  address,  at least 15
days and not more than 90 days  before the  meeting.  At any such  meeting,  any
business properly before the meeting may be so considered  whether or not stated
in the notice of the  meeting.  Any  adjourned  meeting may be held as adjourned
without further notice.




<PAGE>


                                     - 27 -

         SECTION 6.3.  Meetings of Holders.

         No annual  meeting of  Holders is  required  to be held.  The  Property
Trustee, however, shall call a meeting of Holders to vote on any matter upon the
written  request of the  Holders of record of 25% of the  aggregate  Liquidation
Amount  of the  Preferred  Securities  and the  Administrators  or the  Property
Trustee  may,  at any time in their  discretion,  call a meeting  of  Holders of
Preferred  Securities to vote on any matters as to which Holders are entitled to
vote.

         Holders of at least a Majority in  Liquidation  Amount of the Preferred
Securities, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum
at any meeting of Holders of the Preferred Securities.

         If a quorum is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote by the Holders
of  record  present,  in  person  or  by  proxy,  holding  Preferred  Securities
representing  at  least  a  Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount  of the  Preferred
Securities  held by the Holders  present,  either in person or by proxy, at such
meeting  shall  constitute  the action of the Holders of  Preferred  Securities,
unless this Trust Agreement requires a greater number of affirmative votes.

         SECTION 6.4.  Voting Rights.

         Holders  shall be  entitled  to one  vote  for each $25 of  Liquidation
Amount  represented  by their  Outstanding  Trust  Securities  in respect of any
matter as to which such Holders are entitled to vote.

         SECTION 6.5.  Proxies, etc.

         At any meeting of Holders, any Holder entitled to vote thereat may vote
by proxy,  provided that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting  unless it shall
have been placed on file with the Property  Trustee,  or with such other officer
or  agent  of  the  Issuer  Trust  as  the  Property  Trustee  may  direct,  for
verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken.  Pursuant to a
resolution of the Property Trustee,  proxies may be solicited in the name of the
Property Trustee or one or more officers of the Property  Trustee.  Only Holders
of record shall be entitled to vote.  When Trust  Securities are held jointly by
several  persons,  any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy
in  respect  of such  Trust  Securities,  but if more than one of them  shall be
present at such  meeting in person or by proxy,  and such joint  owners or their
proxies so present  disagree  as to any vote to be cast,  such vote shall not be
received in respect of such Trust Securities.  A proxy purporting to be executed
by or on behalf of a Holder shall be deemed valid unless  challenged at or prior
to its  exercise,  and  the  burden  of  proving  invalidity  shall  rest on the
challenger.  No proxy  shall be valid  more than three  years  after its date of
execution.

         SECTION 6.6.  Holder Action by Written Consent.

         Any  action  which may be taken by  Holders  at a meeting  may be taken
without a meeting if Holders  holding at least a Majority in Liquidation  Amount
of all Trust  Securities  entitled  to vote in respect  of such  action (or such
larger  proportion  thereof as shall be required by any other  provision of this
Trust Agreement) shall consent to the action in writing.

         SECTION 6.7.  Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes.

         For the purposes of determining  the Holders who are entitled to notice
of and to vote at any meeting or by written  consent,  or to  participate in any
distribution  on the Trust  Securities  in respect of which a record date is not
otherwise provided for in this Trust Agreement, or for the purpose of any



<PAGE>


                                     - 28 -

other action, the Administrators or Property Trustee may from time to time fix a
date,  not more than 90 days prior to the date of any  meeting of Holders or the
payment of a distribution or other action,  as the case may be, as a record date
for the  determination  of the  identity  of the  Holders  of  record  for  such
purposes.

         SECTION 6.8.  Acts of Holders.

         Any request, demand, authorization,  direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other action provided or permitted by this Trust Agreement to be given,  made
or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more  instruments
of  substantially  similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent
duly appointed in writing;  and, except as otherwise  expressly provided herein,
such action shall become  effective  when such  instrument  or  instruments  are
delivered to the Property  Trustee.  Such  instrument  or  instruments  (and the
action embodied therein and evidenced  thereby) are herein sometimes referred to
as the "Act" of the Holders  signing such  instrument or  instruments.  Proof of
execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall
be  sufficient  for any purpose of this Trust  Agreement and (subject to Section
8.1) conclusive in favor of the Issuer Trustees,  if made in the manner provided
in this Section.

         The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument
or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a
certificate  of a notary  public  or  other  officer  authorized  by law to take
acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument
or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by
a  signer  acting  in a  capacity  other  than  his  individual  capacity,  such
certificate  or  affidavit  shall  also  constitute   sufficient  proof  of  his
authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing,
or the  authority of the Person  executing  the same,  may also be proved in any
other manner which any Issuer Trustee or Administrator  receiving the same deems
sufficient.

         The  ownership of Trust  Securities  shall be proved by the  Securities
Register.

         Any request, demand, authorization,  direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other Act of the Holder of any Trust  Security shall bind every future Holder
of the same Trust  Security and the Holder of every Trust  Security  issued upon
the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange  therefor or in lieu thereof
in respect  of  anything  done,  omitted  or  suffered  to be done by the Issuer
Trustees, the Administrators or the Issuer Trust in reliance thereon, whether or
not notation of such action is made upon such Trust Security.

         Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any
action  hereunder  with regard to any  particular  Trust Security may do so with
regard to all or any part of the Liquidation Amount of such Trust Security or by
one or more  duly  appointed  agents  each of which may do so  pursuant  to such
appointment with regard to all or any part of such Liquidation Amount.

         If any dispute shall arise among the Holders, the Administrators or the
Issuer Trustees with respect to the authenticity,  validity or binding nature of
any request, demand,  authorization,  direction, consent, waiver or other Act of
such Holder or Issuer Trustee under this Article VI, then the  determination  of
such matter by the Property  Trustee  shall be  conclusive  with respect to such
matter.

         A  Holder  may  institute  a  legal  proceeding  directly  against  the
Depositor  under  the  Guarantee  Agreement  to  enforce  its  rights  under the
Guarantee  Agreement  without first  instituting a legal proceeding  against the
Guarantee Trustee (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement), the Issuer Trust, any
Issuer Trustee, any Administrator or any person or entity.




<PAGE>


                                     - 29 -

         SECTION 6.9.  Inspection of Records.

         Upon reasonable notice to the  Administrators and the Property Trustee,
the records of the Issuer Trust shall be open to  inspection  by Holders  during
normal  business  hours for any  purpose  reasonably  related  to such  Holder's
interest as a Holder.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         SECTION 7.1.  Representations  and  Warranties  of the Property Trustee
and the Delaware Trustee.

         The Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, each severally on behalf
of and as to itself,  hereby  represents  and  warrants  for the  benefit of the
Depositor and the Holders that:

         (a) The Property  Trustee is a banking  corporation  with trust powers,
duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of New
York,  with trust power and  authority to execute and deliver,  and to carry out
and perform its obligations under the terms of this Trust Agreement.

         (b) The execution,  delivery and performance by the Property Trustee of
this Trust Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action
on the part of the  Property  Trustee;  and this Trust  Agreement  has been duly
executed and delivered by the Property Trustee,  and constitutes a legal,  valid
and  binding  obligation  of the  Property  Trustee,  enforceable  against it in
accordance  with its terms,  subject to applicable  bankruptcy,  reorganization,
moratorium,  insolvency,  and other  similar laws  affecting  creditors'  rights
generally and to general  principles  of equity and the  discretion of the court
(regardless  of whether the  enforcement  of such  remedies is  considered  in a
proceeding in equity or at law).

         (c) The execution,  delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement by
the  Property  Trustee  does not  conflict  with or  constitute  a breach of the
certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Property Trustee.

         (d) At the Time of  Delivery,  the Property  Trustee has not  knowingly
created any liens or encumbrances on the Trust Securities.

         (e) No consent,  approval or authorization  of, or registration with or
notice to, any New York State or federal  banking  authority is required for the
execution,  delivery  or  performance  by the  Property  Trustee,  of this Trust
Agreement.

         (f) The Delaware  Trustee is duly  organized,  validly  existing and in
good  standing  under the laws of the State of  Delaware,  with trust  power and
authority to execute and deliver,  and to carry out and perform its  obligations
under the terms of, the Trust Agreement.

         (g) The execution,  delivery and performance by the Delaware Trustee of
this Trust Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action
on the part of the  Delaware  Trustee;  and this Trust  Agreement  has been duly
executed and delivered by the Delaware Trustee,  and constitutes a legal,  valid
and  binding  obligation  of the  Delaware  Trustee,  enforceable  against it in
accordance  with its terms,  subject to applicable  bankruptcy,  reorganization,
moratorium,  insolvency,  and other  similar  laws  affecting  creditors'  right
generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion



<PAGE>


                                     - 30 -

of the  court  (regardless  of  whether  the  enforcement  of such  remedies  is
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

         (h) The execution,  delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement by
the  Delaware  Trustee  does not  conflict  with or  constitute  a breach of the
certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Delaware Trustee.

         (i) No consent,  approval or authorization  of, or registration with or
notice to any state or Federal banking  authority is required for the execution,
delivery or performance by the Delaware Trustee, of this Trust Agreement.

         (j) The Delaware  Trustee is an entity which has its principal place of
business in the State of Delaware.

         SECTION 7.2.  Representations and Warranties of Depositor.

         The  Depositor  hereby  represents  and warrants for the benefit of the
Holders that:

         (a) the Trust Securities Certificates issued at the Time of Delivery on
behalf of the Issuer Trust have been duly authorized and will have been duly and
validly executed, and, subject to payment therefor,  issued and delivered by the
Issuer Trustees  pursuant to the terms and provisions of, and in accordance with
the requirements  of, this Trust Agreement,  and the Holders will be, as of each
such date, entitled to the benefits of this Trust Agreement; and

         (b) there are no taxes, fees or other  governmental  charges payable by
the Issuer  Trust (or the Issuer  Trustees on behalf of the Issuer  Trust) under
the laws of the  State of  Delaware  or any  political  subdivision  thereof  in
connection  with the execution,  delivery and performance by either the Property
Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, of this Trust Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     THE ISSUER TRUSTEES; THE ADMINISTRATORS

         SECTION 8.1.  Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

         (a) The duties and  responsibilities  of the  Issuer  Trustees  and the
Administrators  shall be as provided by this Trust Agreement and, in the case of
the Property Trustee, by the Trust Indenture Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
no provision of this Trust  Agreement  shall require the Issuer  Trustees or the
Administrators  to  expend  or risk  their  own  funds or  otherwise  incur  any
financial  liability in the performance of any of their duties hereunder,  or in
the  exercise of any of their  rights or powers,  if they shall have  reasonable
grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against
such risk or liability is not reasonably  assured to it or them.  Whether or not
therein expressly so provided,  every provision of this Trust Agreement relating
to the conduct or affecting  the  liability of or  affording  protection  to the
Issuer Trustees or the Administrators shall be subject to the provisions of this
Section.  Nothing  in this  Trust  Agreement  shall be  construed  to release an
Administrator or the Issuer Trustees from liability for his or its own negligent
action,  his or its own  negligent  failure  to act,  or his or its own  willful
misconduct.  To the  extent  that,  at law or in  equity,  an Issuer  Trustee or
Administrator has duties and liabilities  relating to the Issuer Trust or to the
Holders,  such Issuer Trustee or Administrator shall not be liable to the Issuer
Trust or to any Holder for such Issuer Trustee's or  Administrator's  good faith
reliance on the provisions of this Trust Agreement. The provisions of this Trust
Agreement,  to the extent that they restrict the duties and  liabilities  of the
Issuer Trustees and


<PAGE>


                                     - 31 -

Administrators  otherwise  existing  at  law or in  equity,  are  agreed  by the
Depositor and the Holders to replace his or such other duties and liabilities of
the Issuer Trustees and Administrators.

         (b) All  payments  made by the  Property  Trustee or a Paying  Agent in
respect of the Trust Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds
from the Trust  Property  and only to the extent that there shall be  sufficient
revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Property  Trustee or a
Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof.  Each Holder,
by his or its  acceptance  of a Trust  Security,  agrees that he or it will look
solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally
available for  distribution to it or him as herein provided and that neither the
Issuer Trustees nor the  Administrators  are personally  liable to it or him for
any  amount  distributable  in respect  of any Trust  Security  or for any other
liability in respect of any Trust  Security.  This Section 8.1(b) does not limit
the liability of the Issuer Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this Trust
Agreement or, in the case of the Property Trustee, in the Trust Indenture Act.

         (c) The Property Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default
and after the  curing of all  Events of Default  that may have  occurred,  shall
undertake  to perform  only such  duties as are  specifically  set forth in this
Trust Agreement  (including pursuant to Section 10.10), and no implied covenants
shall be read into this Trust  Agreement  against the  Property  Trustee.  If an
Event of Default  has  occurred  (that has not been cured or waived  pursuant to
Section 5.13 of the  Indenture),  the Property  Trustee shall enforce this Trust
Agreement  for the benefit of the Holders and shall  exercise such of the rights
and powers vested in it by this Trust Agreement, and use the same degree of care
and skill in its exercise  thereof,  as a prudent  person would  exercise or use
under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

         (d) No provision of this Trust  Agreement shall be construed to relieve
the Property  Trustee  from  liability  for its own  negligent  action,  its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

               (i) prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the
         curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred:

                     (A) the  duties and  obligations  of the  Property  Trustee
               shall be  determined  solely by the  express  provisions  of this
               Trust Agreement  (including  pursuant to Section 10.10),  and the
               Property  Trustee shall not be liable except for the  performance
               of such duties and obligations as are  specifically  set forth in
               this Trust Agreement (including pursuant to Section 10.10); and

                     (B) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Property
               Trustee,  the Property Trustee may  conclusively  rely, as to the
               truth  of the  statements  and the  correctness  of the  opinions
               expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to
               the Property  Trustee and conforming to the  requirements of this
               Trust  Agreement;  but in the  case of any such  certificates  or
               opinions that by any provision  hereof or of the Trust  Indenture
               Act are  specifically  required to be  furnished  to the Property
               Trustee,  the Property  Trustee  shall be under a duty to examine
               the  same  to  determine  whether  or  not  they  conform  to the
               requirements of this Trust Agreement;

                     (ii) the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any error
               of judgment  made in good faith by an  authorized  officer of the
               Property  Trustee,  unless it shall be proved  that the  Property
               Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;




<PAGE>


                                     - 32 -

                     (iii) the Property Trustee shall not be liable with respect
               to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in
               accordance  with  the  direction  of the  Holders  of at  least a
               Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount  of  the  Preferred  Securities
               relating  to  the  time,  method  and  place  of  conducting  any
               proceeding for any remedy available to the Property  Trustee,  or
               exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee
               under this Trust Agreement;

                     (iv) the Property  Trustee's  sole duty with respect to the
               custody,  safe  keeping and physical  preservation  of the Junior
               Subordinated  Debentures and the Payment Account shall be to deal
               with such  Property in a similar  manner as the Property  Trustee
               deals with similar  property for its own account,  subject to the
               protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Property
               Trustee under this Trust Agreement and the Trust Indenture Act;

                     (v)  the  Property  Trustee  shall  not be  liable  for any
               interest on any money  received by it except as it may  otherwise
               agree with the Depositor;  and money held by the Property Trustee
               need not be  segregated  from  other  funds  held by it except in
               relation  to the  Payment  Account  maintained  by  the  Property
               Trustee  pursuant  to  Section  3.1  and  except  to  the  extent
               otherwise required by law;

                     (vi) the  Property  Trustee  shall not be  responsible  for
               monitoring the compliance by the  Administrators or the Depositor
               with their  respective  duties  under this Trust  Agreement,  nor
               shall  the  Property   Trustee  be  liable  for  the  default  or
               misconduct of any other Issuer Trustee, the Administrators or the
               Depositor; and

                     (vii) no provision of this Trust  Agreement  shall  require
               the Property Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise
               incur personal  financial  liability in the performance of any of
               its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers,  if
               the Property Trustee shall have reasonable  grounds for believing
               that the  repayment of such funds or liability is not  reasonably
               assured to it under the terms of this Trust Agreement or adequate
               indemnity  against  such  risk  or  liability  is not  reasonably
               assured to it.

         (e) The  Administrators  shall not be  responsible  for  monitoring the
compliance by the Issuer Trustees or the Depositor with their respective  duties
under this Trust  Agreement,  nor shall either  Administrator  be liable for the
default or misconduct  of any other  Administrator,  the Issuer  Trustees or the
Depositor.

         SECTION 8.2.  Certain Notices.

         Within five Business Days after the  occurrence of any Event of Default
actually known to a Responsible  Officer of the Property  Trustee,  the Property
Trustee  shall  transmit,  in the manner and to the extent  provided  in Section
10.8,  notice of such Event of Default to the  Holders  and the  Administrators,
unless such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived.

         Within  five   Business  Days  after  the  receipt  of  notice  of  the
Depositor's exercise of its right to defer the payment of interest on the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  pursuant to the Indenture,  the Property Trustee shall
transmit,  in the manner and to the extent  provided in Section 10.8,  notice of
such exercise to the Holders and the Administrators,  unless such exercise shall
have been revoked.




<PAGE>


                                     - 33 -

         SECTION 8.3.  Certain Rights of Property Trustee.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 8.1:

         (a) the  Property  Trustee  may rely and  shall be fully  protected  in
acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any  resolution,  Opinion of
Counsel,  certificate,   written  representation  of  a  Holder  or  transferee,
certificate  of  auditors  or  any  other  certificate,  statement,  instrument,
opinion,  report, notice, request,  consent, order, appraisal,  bond, debenture,
note,  other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document  believed by it
to be  genuine  and to have been  signed or  presented  by the  proper  party or
parties;

         (b)   any direction or act of the  Depositor contemplated by this Trust
Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers' Certificate;

         (c) the Property  Trustee  shall have no duty to see to any  recording,
filing  or   registration   of  any  instrument   (including  any  financing  or
continuation  statement  or any  filing  under  tax or  securities  laws) or any
re-recording, refiling or registration thereof;

         (d) the  Property  Trustee may consult with counsel of its own choosing
(which counsel may be counsel to the Depositor or any of its Affiliates, and may
include any of its  employees)  and the advice of such counsel shall be full and
complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken suffered or
omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance  thereon and in accordance
with such advice;  the Property Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek
instructions  concerning  the  administration  of this Trust  Agreement from any
court of competent jurisdiction;

         (e) the Property  Trustee  shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers  vested in it by this Trust  Agreement at the request or
direction of any of the Holders  pursuant to this Trust  Agreement,  unless such
Holders  shall have  offered  to the  Property  Trustee  security  or  indemnity
satisfactory to it against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities  which might be
incurred by it in  compliance  with such request or  direction;  provided  that,
nothing  contained in this Section 8.3(e) shall be taken to relieve the Property
Trustee,  upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default,  of its  obligation  to
exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Trust Agreement;

         (f) the Property  Trustee shall not be bound to make any  investigation
into the facts or  matters  stated in any  resolution,  certificate,  statement,
instrument,  opinion,  report, notice, request,  consent, order, approval, bond,
debenture,  note or other evidence of  indebtedness  or other paper or document,
unless  requested in writing to do so by one or more  Holders,  but the Property
Trustee  may make such  further  inquiry  or  investigation  into such  facts or
matters as it may see fit;

         (g) the  Property  Trustee  may  execute  any of the  trusts  or powers
hereunder  or  perform  any of its duties  hereunder  either  directly  or by or
through its agents or attorneys, provided that the Property Trustee shall not be
responsible  for any  misconduct  or  negligence  on the  part of any  agent  or
attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

         (h) whenever in the administration of this Trust Agreement the Property
Trustee  shall  deem it  desirable  to  receive  instructions  with  respect  to
enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Property
Trustee (i) may request  instructions  from the Holders (which  instructions may
only be given by the Holders of the same proportion in Liquidation Amount of the
Trust  Securities as would be entitled to direct the Property  Trustee under the
terms of the Trust Securities in respect of such remedy, right or action),  (ii)
may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other



<PAGE>


                                     - 34 -

action until such instructions are received,  and (iii) shall be fully protected
in acting in accordance with such instructions; and

         (i) except as otherwise expressly provided by this Trust Agreement, the
Property  Trustee  shall not be under any  obligation to take any action that is
discretionary under the provisions of this Trust Agreement.

         No provision of this Trust Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty
or obligation on any Issuer Trustee or  Administrator to perform any act or acts
or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation  conferred or imposed on it, in
any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal,  or in which the Property Trustee
shall be  unqualified  or  incompetent  in accordance  with  applicable  law, to
perform any such act or acts,  or to exercise  any such  right,  power,  duty or
obligation.  No permissive power or authority available to any Issuer Trustee or
Administrator shall be construed to be a duty.

         SECTION 8.4.  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

         The recitals contained herein and in the Trust Securities  Certificates
shall be taken as the  statements of the Issuer Trust,  and the Issuer  Trustees
and the  Administrators do not assume any  responsibility for their correctness.
The Issuer Trustees and the Administrators  shall not be accountable for the use
or  application  by the  Depositor  of the  proceeds of the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures.

         SECTION 8.5.  May Hold Securities.

         Except as  provided  in the  definition  of the term  "Outstanding"  in
Article  I, the  Administrators,  any Issuer  Trustee or any other  agent of any
Issuer Trustee or the Issuer Trust, in its individual or any other capacity, may
become the owner or pledgee of Trust Securities and, subject to Sections 8.8 and
8.13,  may  otherwise  deal with the Issuer  Trust with the same rights it would
have if it were not an Administrator, Issuer Trustee or such other agent.

         SECTION 8.6.  Compensation; Indemnity; Fees.

         The Depositor agrees:

         (a)  to pay to  the  Issuer  Trustees  from  time  to  time  reasonable
compensation  for all services  rendered by them hereunder  (which  compensation
shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the  compensation of a
trustee of an express trust);

         (b) to  reimburse  the  Issuer  Trustees  and the  Administrators  upon
request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made
by the Issuer  Trustees in accordance with any provision of this Trust Agreement
(including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of its agents
and  counsel),  except  any such  expense,  disbursement  or  advance  as may be
attributable to their negligence or willful misconduct; and

         (c) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and
hold  harmless  (i) each  Issuer  Trustee,  (ii) each  Administrator,  (iii) any
Affiliate  of any  Issuer  Trustee,  (iv) any  officer,  director,  shareholder,
employee, representative or agent of any Issuer Trustee, and (v) any employee or
agent of the Issuer Trust,  (referred to herein as an "Indemnified Person") from
and against any loss, damage,  liability,  tax, penalty, expense or claim of any
kind or nature whatsoever  incurred by such Indemnified Person arising out of or
in connection with the creation, operation or dissolution of the Issuer Trust or
any act or  omission  performed  or omitted by such  Indemnified  Person in good
faith on behalf of the  Issuer  Trust and in a manner  such  Indemnified  Person
reasonably  believed  to be within  the  scope of  authority  conferred  on such
Indemnified Person by this Trust Agreement, except that no Indemnified


<PAGE>


                                     - 35 -

Person  shall be entitled to be  indemnified  in respect of any loss,  damage or
claim  incurred by such  Indemnified  Person by reason of  negligence or willful
misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

         The  provisions  of this Section 8.6 shall survive the  termination  of
this Trust Agreement.

         No Issuer Trustee may claim any lien or charge on any Trust Property as
a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 8.6.

         The Depositor,  any  Administrator and any Issuer Trustee may engage in
or possess an interest in other business  ventures of any nature or description,
independently  or with  others,  similar or  dissimilar  to the  business of the
Issuer  Trust,  and the Issuer Trust and the Holders of Trust  Securities  shall
have no  rights by virtue of this  Trust  Agreement  in and to such  independent
ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such
venture, even if competitive with the business of the Issuer Trust, shall not be
deemed wrongful or improper.  Neither the Depositor, any Administrator,  nor any
Issuer Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular  investment or other
opportunity to the Issuer Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that,
if presented to the Issuer Trust,  could be taken by the Issuer  Trust,  and the
Depositor,  any Administrator or any Issuer Trustee shall have the right to take
for its own account  (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend
to others  any such  particular  investment  or other  opportunity.  Any  Issuer
Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other  transaction  with
the Depositor or any Affiliate of the Depositor,  or may act as depository  for,
trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of,  securities
or other obligations of the Depositor or its Affiliates.

         SECTION 8.7.   Corporate  Property  Trustee  Required;  Eligibility  of
Trustees and Administrators.

         (a)  There  shall at all times be a  Property  Trustee  hereunder  with
respect to the Trust Securities.  The Property Trustee shall be a Person that is
a national or state chartered bank and eligible  pursuant to the Trust Indenture
Act  to  act as  such  and  has a  combined  capital  and  surplus  of at  least
$50,000,000.  If any  such  Person  publishes  reports  of  condition  at  least
annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining
authority,  then for the  purposes of this  Section,  the  combined  capital and
surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as
set forth in its most recent  report of condition so  published.  If at any time
the  Property  Trustee with  respect to the Trust  Securities  shall cease to be
eligible in accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Section,  it shall resign
immediately  in the  manner and with the effect  hereinafter  specified  in this
Article.  At the time of appointment,  the Property Trustee must have securities
rated in one of the three highest rating  categories by a nationally  recognized
statistical rating organization.

         (b) There shall at all times be one or more  Administrators  hereunder.
Each Administrator  shall be either a natural person who is at least 21 years of
age or a legal entity that shall act through one or more persons  authorized  to
bind that entity.  An employee,  officer or Affiliate of the Depositor may serve
as an Administrator.

         (c)  There  shall at all  times be a  Delaware  Trustee.  The  Delaware
Trustee shall either be (i) a natural person who is at least 21 years of age and
a resident of the State of Delaware  or (ii) a legal  entity with its  principal
place  of  business  in the  State of  Delaware  and that  otherwise  meets  the
requirements  of  applicable  Delaware  law that shall act  through  one or more
persons authorized to bind such entity.




<PAGE>


                                     - 36 -

         SECTION 8.8.  Conflicting Interests.

         (a) If the Property Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest
within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Property Trustee shall either
eliminate such interest or resign,  to the extent and in the manner provided by,
and  subject  to the  provisions  of,  the Trust  Indenture  Act and this  Trust
Agreement.

         (b) The Guarantee  Agreement  and the  Indenture  shall be deemed to be
specifically described in this Trust Agreement for the purposes of clause (i) of
the first proviso contained in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

         SECTION 8.9.  Co-Trustees and Separate Trustee.

         Unless an Event of Default  shall have occurred and be  continuing,  at
any time or times,  for the  purpose of meeting  the legal  requirements  of the
Trust  Indenture  Act or of any  jurisdiction  in which  any  part of the  Trust
Property may at the time be located,  the Property  Trustee  shall have power to
appoint, and upon the written request of the Property Trustee, the Depositor and
the Administrators  shall for such purpose join with the Property Trustee in the
execution, delivery, and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary
or proper to  appoint,  one or more  Persons  approved by the  Property  Trustee
either to act as co-trustee,  jointly with the Property  Trustee,  of all or any
part of such Trust Property, or to the extent required by law to act as separate
trustee of any such property, in either case with such powers as may be provided
in the instrument of  appointment,  and to vest in such Person or Persons in the
capacity  aforesaid,  any property,  title,  right or power deemed  necessary or
desirable,  subject to the other  provisions of this Section.  Any co-trustee or
separate  trustee  appointed  pursuant  to this  Section  shall  either be (i) a
natural  person  who is at least 21 years of age and a  resident  of the  United
States or (ii) a legal entity with its principal place of business in the United
States  that  shall act  through  one or more  persons  authorized  to bind such
entity.

         Should any written  instrument  from the  Depositor  be required by any
co-trustee or separate  trustee so appointed  for more fully  confirming to such
co-trustee or separate  trustee such property,  title,  right, or power, any and
all such instruments shall, on request, be executed,  acknowledged and delivered
by the Depositor.

         Every  co-trustee or separate trustee shall, to the extent permitted by
law,  but to such extent  only,  be appointed  subject to the  following  terms,
namely:

         (a)  The  Trust   Securities   shall  be   executed   by  one  or  more
Administrators, and the Trust Securities shall be countersigned,  registered and
delivered and all rights,  powers,  duties, and obligations hereunder in respect
of the  custody of  securities,  cash and other  personal  property  held by, or
required to be  deposited  or pledged  with,  the  Property  Trustees  specified
hereunder,  shall be exercised,  solely by the Property  Trustee and not by such
co-trustee or separate trustee.

         (b) The rights,  powers,  duties,  and obligations  hereby conferred or
imposed  upon the Property  Trustee in respect of any  property  covered by such
appointment shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the
Property Trustee and such co-trustee or separate  trustee  jointly,  as shall be
provided in the  instrument  appointing  such  co-trustee  or separate  trustee,
except  to the  extent  that  under  any law of any  jurisdiction  in which  any
particular act is to be performed,  the Property Trustee shall be incompetent or
unqualified to perform such act, in which event such rights,  powers, duties and
obligations  shall be exercised  and  performed by such  co-trustee  or separate
trustee.

         (c) The  Property  Trustee  at any time,  by an  instrument  in writing
executed by it, with the written  concurrence of the  Depositor,  may accept the
resignation of or remove any co-trustee or separate trustee appointed under this
Section, and, in case a Debenture Event of Default has occurred and is


<PAGE>


                                     - 37 -

continuing,  the Property Trustee shall have power to accept the resignation of,
or remove,  any such  co-trustee or separate  trustee without the concurrence of
the Depositor.  Upon the written request of the Property Trustee,  the Depositor
shall join with the Property Trustee in the execution,  delivery and performance
of all  instruments  and  agreements  necessary  or  proper to  effectuate  such
resignation  or removal.  A successor to any  co-trustee or separate  trustee so
resigned or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section.

         (d) No co-trustee  or separate  trustee  hereunder  shall be personally
liable by reason of any act or  omission  of the  Property  Trustee or any other
trustee hereunder.

         (e)   The Property Trustee shall not be liable by reason of any act  of
a co-trustee or separate trustee.

         (f) Any Act of  Holders  delivered  to the  Property  Trustee  shall be
deemed to have been delivered to each such co-trustee and separate trustee.

         SECTION 8.10.  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

         No  resignation  or  removal  of  any  Issuer  Trustee  (the  "Relevant
Trustee") and no  appointment  of a successor  Trustee  pursuant to this Article
shall become  effective  until the  acceptance of  appointment  by the successor
Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 8.11.

         Subject to the immediately preceding paragraph,  a Relevant Trustee may
resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Holders.  The Holders
of the Common  Securities  shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least
three Persons meeting the eligibility  requirements  its expenses and charges to
serve as the  successor  Trustee on a form provided by the  Administrators,  and
selecting  the  Person who agrees to the lowest  expenses  and  charges.  If the
instrument of acceptance by the successor Trustee required by Section 8.11 shall
not have been delivered to the Relevant  Trustee within 60 days after the giving
of such notice of resignation, the Relevant Trustee may petition, at the expense
of the Issuer Trust, any court of competent  jurisdiction for the appointment of
a successor Trustee.

         The Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee may be removed at any time
by Act of the  Holders  of at least a  Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount  of the
Preferred  Securities,  delivered  to the  Relevant  Trustee (in its  individual
capacity and on behalf of the Issuer  Trust) (i) for cause  (including  upon the
occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default  described  in  subparagraph  (f)  of  the
definition thereof with respect to the Relevant Trustee), or (ii) if a Debenture
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at any time.

         If a Relevant Trustee shall be removed or become incapable of acting as
Issuer  Trustee,  or if any  vacancy  shall  occur in the  office of any  Issuer
Trustee  for any cause,  the  Holders of the Common  Securities  shall  promptly
appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Issuer Trustee shall
comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.11. If no successor Trustee
shall  have been so  appointed  by the  Holders  of the  Common  Securities  and
accepted  appointment  in the manner  required by Section 8.11,  any Holder,  on
behalf of  himself  and all  others  similarly  situated,  or any  other  Issuer
Trustee,  may petition any court in the State of Delaware for the appointment of
a successor Trustee.

         The Property  Trustee  shall give notice of each  resignation  and each
removal of a Relevant Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all
Holders in the manner  provided  in  Section  10.8 and shall give  notice to the
Depositor and to the  Administrators.  Each notice shall include the name of the
Relevant  Trustee and the  address of its  Corporate  Trust  Office if it is the
Property Trustee.




<PAGE>


                                     - 38 -

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  or any other  provision  of this Trust
Agreement,  in the event any  Delaware  Trustee who is a natural  person dies or
becomes, in the opinion of the Holders of the Common Securities,  incompetent or
incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death, incompetence or incapacity may
be filled by the Property Trustee  following the procedures  regarding  expenses
and charges set forth above (with the  successor in each case being a Person who
satisfies the eligibility requirement for Administrators or Delaware Trustee, as
the case may be, set forth in Section 8.7).

         SECTION 8.11.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

         In  case of the  appointment  hereunder  of a  successor  Trustee,  the
retiring  Relevant  Trustee and each such successor  Trustee with respect to the
Trust  Securities shall execute,  acknowledge and deliver an instrument  wherein
each  successor  Trustee shall accept such  appointment  and which shall contain
such  provisions  as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to,
and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties
of the  retiring  Trustee with  respect to the Trust  Securities  and the Issuer
Trust, and upon the execution and delivery of such instrument the resignation or
removal of the retiring  Relevant  Trustee shall become  effective to the extent
provided therein and each such successor Trustee,  without any further act, deed
or  conveyance,  shall  become  vested with all the rights,  powers,  trusts and
duties of the  Relevant  Trustee;  but,  on request  of the Issuer  Trust or any
successor Trustee such Relevant Trustee shall duly assign,  transfer and deliver
to such successor  Trustee all Trust  Property,  all proceeds  thereof and money
held by such Relevant Trustee hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities and
the Trust.

         Upon  request of any such  successor  Trustee,  the Issuer  Trust shall
execute  any and all  instruments  for more fully and  certainly  vesting in and
confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred
to in the first or second preceding paragraph, as the case may be.

         No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of
such  acceptance  such  successor  Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under
this Article.


         SECTION 8.12.  Merger,  Conversion,  Consolidation  or  Succession  to
Business.

         Any Person into which the Property  Trustee or the Delaware Trustee may
be merged or  converted  or with  which it may be  consolidated,  or any  Person
resulting from any merger,  conversion or  consolidation  to which such Relevant
Trustee shall be a party, or any Person  succeeding to all or substantially  all
the corporate trust business of such Relevant Trustee, shall be the successor of
such Relevant  Trustee  hereunder,  provided that such Person shall be otherwise
qualified and eligible  under this  Article,  without the execution or filing of
any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

         SECTION 8.13.  Preferential Collection  of  Claims Against Depositor or
Issuer Trust.

         If and when the Property  Trustee  shall be or become a creditor of the
Depositor (or any other obligor upon the Trust Securities), the Property Trustee
shall be subject to the  provisions  of the Trust  Indenture  Act  regarding the
collection of claims  against the  Depositor  (or any such other  obligor) as is
required by the Trust Indenture Act.

         SECTION 8.14.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

         In  case  of any  receivership,  insolvency,  liquidation,  bankruptcy,
reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment, composition or other similar judicial
proceeding  relative  to the Issuer  Trust or any other  obligor  upon the Trust
Securities  or the  property of the Issuer Trust or of such other  obligor,  the
Property  Trustee  (irrespective  of  whether  any  Distributions  on the  Trust
Securities shall then be due and payable


<PAGE>


                                     - 39 -

and  irrespective of whether the Property  Trustee shall have made any demand on
the  Issuer  Trust  for the  payment  of any  past due  Distributions)  shall be
entitled and empowered,  to the fullest extent permitted by law, by intervention
in such proceeding or otherwise:

         (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of any Distributions
owing and  unpaid in  respect  of the Trust  Securities  and to file such  other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims
of the Property  Trustee  (including any claim for the reasonable  compensation,
expenses,  disbursements  and advances of the Property  Trustee,  its agents and
counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

         (b) to collect  and  receive  any monies or other  property  payable or
deliverable  on any such claims and to distribute  the same;  and any custodian,
receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator,  sequestrator or other similar official
in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such
payments to the Property  Trustee and, in the event the Property  Trustee  shall
consent to the making of such  payments  directly to the Holders,  to pay to the
Property  Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable  compensation,  expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee,  its agents and counsel, and
any other amounts due the Property Trustee.

         Nothing  herein  contained  shall be deemed to  authorize  the Property
Trustee  to  authorize  or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder
any plan of reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment or compensation  affecting
the Trust  Securities  or the rights of any Holder  thereof or to authorize  the
Property  Trustee  to vote in  respect  of the  claim of any  Holder in any such
proceeding.

         SECTION 8.15.  Reports by Property Trustee.

         (a) Not later than January 31 of each year  commencing with January 31,
1998,  the Property  Trustee shall  transmit to all Holders in  accordance  with
Section 10.8, and to the Depositor,  a brief report dated as of the  immediately
preceding December 31 with respect to:

               (i) its eligibility under Section 8.7 or, in lieu thereof,  if to
         the best of its  knowledge it has  continued to be eligible  under said
         Section, a written statement to such effect; and

               (ii) any change in the  property and funds in its  possession  as
         Property Trustee since the date of its last report and any action taken
         by the  Property  Trustee in the  performance  of its duties  hereunder
         which  it  has  not  previously  reported  and  which  in  its  opinion
         materially affects the Trust Securities.

         (b) In addition the  Property  Trustee  shall  transmit to Holders such
reports  concerning  the  Property  Trustee  and its  actions  under  this Trust
Agreement as may be required  pursuant to the Trust  Indenture  Act at the times
and in the manner  provided  pursuant  thereto as set forth in Section  10.10 of
this Trust Agreement.

         (c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such  transmission
to Holders, be filed by the Property Trustee with the Depositor.

         SECTION 8.16.  Reports to the Property Trustee.

         The  Depositor  and the  Administrators  on behalf of the Issuer  Trust
shall provide to the Property Trustee such documents, reports and information as
required  by  Section  314  of  the  Trust  Indenture  Act  and  the  compliance
certificate  required by Section 314(a) of the Trust  Indenture Act in the form,
in the manner and at the times  required by Section  314 of the Trust  Indenture
Act, as set forth in



<PAGE>


                                     - 40 -

Section 10.10 of this Trust  Agreement.  The  Depositor  and the  Administrators
shall annually file with the Property Trustee a certificate  specifying  whether
such Person is in compliance with all the terms and covenants applicable to such
Person hereunder.

         SECTION 8.17.  Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent.

         Each of the  Depositor and the  Administrators  on behalf of the Issuer
Trust shall provide to the Property Trustee such evidence of compliance with any
conditions  precedent,  if any, provided for in this Trust Agreement that relate
to any of the matters set forth in Section 314(c) of the Trust  Indenture Act as
set forth in Section 10.10 of this Trust  Agreement.  Any certificate or opinion
required to be given by an officer  pursuant to Section  314(c)(1)  of the Trust
Indenture Act shall be given in the form of an Officers' Certificate.

         SECTION 8.18.  Number of Issuer Trustees.

         (a)   The number of Issuer Trustees shall be two.  The Property Trustee
and the Delaware Trustee may be the same Person.

         (b) If an  Issuer  Trustee  ceases to hold  office  for any  reason,  a
vacancy  shall  occur.  The  vacancy  shall be  filled  with an  Issuer  Trustee
appointed in accordance with Section 8.10.

         (c)  The   death,   resignation,   retirement,   removal,   bankruptcy,
incompetence  or incapacity to perform the duties of an Issuer Trustee shall not
operate to annul the Issuer Trust.

         SECTION 8.19.  Delegation of Power.

         (a) Any  Administrator  may,  by  power  of  attorney  consistent  with
applicable  law,  delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 his or
her power for the purpose of executing  any  documents  contemplated  in Section
2.7(a) or making any governmental filing; and

         (b) The  Administrators  shall have power to delegate from time to time
to such of their  number  the doing of such  things  and the  execution  of such
instruments  either  in the  name  of the  Issuer  Trust  or  the  names  of the
Administrators  or otherwise as the  Administrators  may deem expedient,  to the
extent such  delegation is not  prohibited by applicable  law or contrary to the
provisions of this Trust Agreement.

         SECTION 8.20.  Appointment of Administrators.

         (a) The Administrators (other than the initial Administrators) shall be
appointed  by the  Holders of a  Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount of the Common
Securities and all Administrators  (including the initial Administrators) may be
removed  by the  Holders  of a  Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount of the  Common
Securities or may resign at any time. Each Administrator shall sign an agreement
agreeing to comply with the terms of this Trust Agreement.  If at any time there
is no Administrator, the Property Trustee or any Holder who has been a Holder of
Trust  Securities  for at least six months may  petition  any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of one or more Administrators.

         (b)  Whenever a vacancy in the number of  Administrators  shall  occur,
until  such  vacancy  is  filled  by  the  appointment  of an  Administrator  in
accordance with this Section 8.20, the  Administrators in office,  regardless of
their number (and  notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement),
shall have all the powers granted to the  Administrators and shall discharge all
the duties imposed upon the Administrators by this Trust Agreement.



<PAGE>


                                     - 41 -

         (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other provision of this Trust
Agreement, in the event any Administrator or a Delaware Trustee who is a natural
person  dies  or  becomes,  in the  opinion  of the  Holders  of a  Majority  in
Liquidation Amount of the Common Securities,  incompetent, or incapacitated, the
vacancy  created by such death,  incompetence or incapacity may be filled by the
remaining  Administrators,  if  there  were at least  two of them  prior to such
vacancy,  and by the  Depositor,  if  there  were  not two  such  Administrators
immediately  prior to such  vacancy  (with the  successor  in each case  being a
Person who satisfies the eligibility  requirement for Administrators or Delaware
Trustee, as the case may be, set forth in Section 8.7).

         (d)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in this  Trust  Agreement,  or by
applicable law, any one Administrator may execute any document or otherwise take
any action  which the  Administrators  are  authorized  to take under this Trust
Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                       DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND MERGER

         SECTION 9.1.  Dissolution Upon Expiration Date.

         Unless earlier dissolved, the Issuer Trust shall automatically dissolve
on ______, 2028 (the "Expiration Date"), following the distribution of the Trust
Property in accordance with Section 9.4.

         SECTION 9.2.  Early Termination.

         The  first  to  occur  of any  of the  following  events  is an  "Early
Termination Event":

         (a) the  occurrence of the  appointment  of a receiver or other similar
official in any  liquidation,  insolvency or similar  proceeding with respect to
the Depositor or all or substantially  all of its property,  or a court or other
governmental agency shall enter a decree or order and such decree or order shall
remain unstayed and undischarged  for a period of 60 days,  unless the Depositor
shall transfer the Common  Securities as provided by Section 5.11, in which case
this provision  shall refer instead to any such  successor  Holder of the Common
Securities;

         (b) the written  direction to the  Property  Trustee from the Holder of
the Common Securities at any time to dissolve the Issuer Trust and to distribute
the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  to Holders in exchange  for the  Preferred
Securities (which  direction,  subject to Section 9.4(a), is optional and wholly
within the discretion of the Holders of the Common Securities);

         (c) the  redemption  of all of the  Preferred  Securities in connection
with the redemption of all the Junior Subordinated Debentures; and

         (d) the  entry of an order for  dissolution  of the  Issuer  Trust by a
court of competent jurisdiction.

         SECTION 9.3.  Dissolution.

         The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Issuer Trustees,
the  Administrators  and the Issuer  Trust  created and  continued  hereby shall
terminate upon the latest to occur of the following: (a) the distribution by the
Property Trustee to Holders of all amounts required to be distributed  hereunder
upon the  liquidation  of the Issuer Trust  pursuant to Section 9.4, or upon the
redemption of all of the Trust



<PAGE>


                                     - 42 -

Securities  pursuant to Section 4.2, (b) the payment of any expenses owed by the
Issuer  Trust,   (c)  the  discharge  of  all   administrative   duties  of  the
Administrators,  including the performance of any tax reporting obligations with
respect  to the  Issuer  Trust or the  Holders  and (d) the filing by the Issuer
Trustees of a certificate of cancellation with the Delaware Secretary of State.

         SECTION 9.4.  Liquidation.

         (a) If an Early  Termination  Event specified in clause (a), (b) or (d)
of Section 9.2 occurs or upon the  Expiration  Date,  the Issuer  Trust shall be
liquidated  by the Property  Trustee as  expeditiously  as the Property  Trustee
determines to be possible by distributing,  after satisfaction of liabilities to
creditors  of the Issuer Trust as provided by  applicable  law, to each Holder a
Like Amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures, subject to Section 9.4(d). Notice
of  liquidation  shall be given by the  Property  Trustee by  first-class  mail,
postage  prepaid,  mailed  not later  than 15 nor more than 45 days prior to the
Liquidation  Date to each Holder of Trust  Securities at such  Holder's  address
appearing in the Securities Register. All notices of liquidation shall:

               (i)  state the Liquidation Date;

               (ii) state that, from and after the  Liquidation  Date, the Trust
Securities will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding  and any Trust  Securities
Certificates  not  surrendered  for exchange  will be deemed to represent a Like
Amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures; and

               (iii) provide such  information  with respect to the mechanics by
which Holders may exchange Trust Securities Certificates for Junior Subordinated
Debentures, or if Section 9.4(d) applies receive a Liquidation Distribution,  as
the Administrators or the Property Trustee shall deem appropriate.

         (b) Except where Section 9.2(c) or 9.4(d)  applies,  in order to effect
the liquidation of the Issuer Trust and distribution of the Junior  Subordinated
Debentures to Holders,  the Property  Trustee shall  establish a record date for
such distribution (which shall be not more than 30 days prior to the Liquidation
Date) and,  either itself acting as exchange agent or through the appointment of
a separate  exchange  agent,  shall  establish such  procedures as it shall deem
appropriate  to effect the  distribution  of Junior  Subordinated  Debentures in
exchange for the Outstanding Trust Securities Certificates.

         (c)  Except  where  Section  9.2(c)  or  9.4(d)   applies,   after  the
Liquidation  Date,  (i) the  Trust  Securities  will no  longer  be deemed to be
Outstanding,  (ii) the  Clearing  Agency  for the  Preferred  Securities  or its
nominee,   as  the  registered   holder  of  the  Global  Preferred   Securities
Certificate,  shall  receive a registered  global  certificate  or  certificates
representing  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  to be  delivered  upon such
distribution with respect to Preferred Securities held by the Clearing Agency or
its  nominee,  and,  (iii) any  Trust  Securities  Certificates  not held by the
Clearing  Agency for the  Preferred  Securities  or its nominee as  specified in
clause (ii) above will be deemed to  represent  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures
having a principal  amount equal to the stated  Liquidation  Amount of the Trust
Securities  represented  thereby and bearing  accrued and unpaid  interest in an
amount  equal  to  the  accumulated  and  unpaid  Distributions  on  such  Trust
Securities until such certificates are presented to the Securities Registrar for
transfer or reissuance.

         (d) If,  notwithstanding  the other  provisions  of this  Section  9.4,
whether  because of an order for  dissolution  entered  by a court of  competent
jurisdiction or otherwise, distribution of the Junior Subordinated Debentures is
not  practical,  or if any Early  Termination  Event  specified in clause (c) of
Section 9 occurs,  the Trust Property shall be liquidated,  and the Issuer Trust
shall be  dissolved  by the  Property  Trustee  in such  manner as the  Property
Trustee determines.  In such event, on the date of the dissolution of the Issuer
Trust, Holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Issuer Trust
available for  distribution  to Holders,  after  satisfaction  of liabilities to
creditors of the Issuer Trust as provided by applicable  law, an amount equal to
the aggregate of Liquidation Amount per Trust Security


<PAGE>


                                     - 43 -

plus accumulated and unpaid  Distributions  thereon to the date of payment (such
amount being the "Liquidation Distribution"). If, upon any such dissolution, the
Liquidation  Distribution  can be paid only in part because the Issuer Trust has
insufficient  assets  available  to  pay  in  full  the  aggregate   Liquidation
Distribution, then, subject to the next succeeding sentence, the amounts payable
by the Issuer  Trust on the Trust  Securities  shall be paid on a pro rata basis
(based upon Liquidation  Amounts).  The Holders of the Common Securities will be
entitled to receive Liquidation Distributions upon any such dissolution pro rata
(determined as aforesaid) with Holders of Preferred Securities,  except that, if
a Debenture  Event of Default has  occurred  and is  continuing,  the  Preferred
Securities  shall have a priority  over the Common  Securities  as  provided  in
Section 4.3.

         SECTION 9.5.  Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of
the Issuer Trust.

         The Issuer Trust may not merge with or into,  consolidate,  amalgamate,
or be  replaced  by, or  convey,  transfer  or lease its  properties  and assets
substantially  as an entirety  to, any entity,  except  pursuant to this Section
9.5.  At the  request  of the  Holders of the  Common  Securities,  and with the
consent  of the  Holders  of at least a Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount of the
Preferred  Securities,  the Issuer  Trust may merge  with or into,  consolidate,
amalgamate,  or be replaced by or convey,  transfer or lease its  properties and
assets  substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws
of any State;  provided,  however,  that (i) such  successor  entity  either (a)
expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Issuer Trust with respect to the
Preferred  Securities  or (b)  substitutes  for the Preferred  Securities  other
securities having  substantially the same terms as the Preferred Securities (the
"Successor  Securities")  so long as the  Successor  Securities  have  the  same
priority as the Preferred  Securities with respect to distributions and payments
upon  liquidation,  redemption and  otherwise,  (ii) a trustee of such successor
entity  possessing  the same  powers  and  duties  as the  Property  Trustee  is
appointed  to hold  the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  (iii)  such  merger,
consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not
cause the  Preferred  Securities  (including  any  Successor  Securities)  to be
downgraded by any nationally  recognized  statistical rating organization if the
Preferred Securities were rated by any nationally recognized  statistical rating
organization  immediately  prior to such  merger,  consolidation,  amalgamation,
replacement,  conveyance,  transfer or lease,  (iv) such merger,  consolidation,
amalgamation,  replacement,  conveyance,  transfer  or lease does not  adversely
affect the rights,  preferences  and  privileges of the holders of the Preferred
Securities  (including any Successor  Securities) in any material  respect,  (v)
such  successor  entity  has a purpose  substantially  identical  to that of the
Issuer  Trust,   (vi)  prior  to  such  merger,   consolidation,   amalgamation,
replacement,  conveyance,  transfer or lease, the Issuer Trustee has received an
Opinion of Counsel from independent  counsel  experienced in such matters to the
effect  that  (a)  such  merger,   consolidation,   amalgamation,   replacement,
conveyance,  transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights  preferences
and  privileges  of the  holders  of the  Preferred  Securities  (including  any
Successor  Securities) in any material  respect,  and (b) following such merger,
consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, neither
the Issuer  Trust nor such  successor  entity will be required to register as an
"investment company" under the Investment Company Act and (vii) the Depositor or
any  permitted  transferee  to whom it has  transferred  the  Common  Securities
hereunder  own  all of the  Common  Securities  of  such  successor  entity  and
guarantees  the  obligations  of  such  successor  entity  under  the  Successor
Securities  at  least  to  the  extent  provided  by  the  Guarantee  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Issuer  Trust  shall not,  except with the
consent of holders of 100% in  Liquidation  Amount of the Preferred  Securities,
consolidate,  amalgamate,  merge  with or into,  or be  replaced  by or  convey,
transfer or lease its properties and assets  substantially as an entirety to any
other entity or permit any other entity to consolidate,  amalgamate,  merge with
or into, or replace it if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, replacement,
conveyance,  transfer  or lease would  cause the Issuer  Trust or the  successor
entity to be  taxable as a  corporation  for United  States  federal  income tax
purposes.





<PAGE>


                                     - 44 -

                                    ARTICLE X

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         SECTION 10.1.  Limitation of Rights of Holders.

         Except as set forth in  Section  9.2,  the death or  incapacity  of any
person having an interest,  beneficial or otherwise,  in Trust  Securities shall
not  operate  to  terminate  this  Trust   Agreement,   nor  entitle  the  legal
representatives  or heirs of such person or any Holder for such person, to claim
an  accounting,  take any  action  or bring  any  proceeding  in any court for a
partition or winding-up of the arrangements  contemplated  hereby, nor otherwise
affect the rights,  obligations  and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of
them. Any merger or similar agreement shall be executed by the Administrators on
behalf of the Issuer Trust.

         SECTION 10.2.  Amendment.

         (a)  This  Trust  Agreement  may be  amended  from  time to time by the
Property  Trustee  and the Holders of a Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount of the
Common  Securities,   without  the  consent  of  the  Delaware  Trustee  or  the
Administrators  or any  Holder  of the  Preferred  Securities  (i) to  cure  any
ambiguity,  correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent
with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to
matters or questions arising under this Trust Agreement, provided, however, that
such amendment shall not adversely  affect in any material respect the interests
of any  Holder or (ii) to modify,  eliminate  or add to any  provisions  of this
Trust  Agreement  to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Issuer
Trust will not be taxable as a corporation  for United States federal income tax
purposes at any time that any Trust Securities are Outstanding or to ensure that
the Issuer Trust will not be required to register as an investment company under
the Investment Company Act.

         (b) Except as provided in Section 10.2(c) hereof, any provision of this
Trust  Agreement  may be amended by the  Property  Trustee  and the Holders of a
Majority in Liquidation  Amount of the Common Securities  without the consent of
the Delaware Trustee or the  Administrators  but with (i) the consent of Holders
of at least a Majority in  Liquidation  Amount of the Preferred  Securities  and
(ii) receipt by the Issuer  Trustees of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that
such  amendment or the exercise of any power  granted to the Issuer  Trustees in
accordance  with such amendment will not cause the Issuer Trust to be taxable as
a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes or affect the Issuer
Trust's  exemption from status of an  "investment  company" under the Investment
Company Act.

         (c) In  addition to and  notwithstanding  any other  provision  in this
Trust Agreement, without the consent of each affected Holder (such consent being
obtained in accordance with Section 6.3 or 6.6 hereof), this Trust Agreement may
not be amended to (i)  change  the amount or timing of any  Distribution  on the
Trust  Securities or otherwise  adversely  affect the amount of any Distribution
required to be made in respect of the Trust Securities as of a specified date or
(ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any
such payment on or after such date.

         (d)  Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Trust Agreement,  no
Issuer  Trustee  shall  enter  into or consent  to any  amendment  to this Trust
Agreement which would cause the Issuer Trust to fail or cease to qualify for the
exemption  from status as an "investment  company" under the Investment  Company
Act or be  taxable  as a  corporation  for  United  States  federal  income  tax
purposes.

         (e)  Notwithstanding  anything in this Trust Agreement to the contrary,
without  the  consent  of the  Depositor  and  the  Administrators,  this  Trust
Agreement may not be amended in a manner which imposes any additional obligation
on the Depositor or the Administrators.



<PAGE>


                                     - 45 -

         (f) In the event that any  amendment  to this Trust  Agreement is made,
the  Administrators  or the  Property  Trustee  shall  promptly  provide  to the
Depositor a copy of such amendment.

         (g) Neither the  Property  Trustee nor the  Delaware  Trustee  shall be
required to enter into any amendment to this Trust  Agreement  which affects its
own  rights,  duties or  immunities  under this Trust  Agreement.  The  Property
Trustee  shall be  entitled  to receive an Opinion of Counsel  and an  Officers'
Certificate  stating that any amendment to this Trust Agreement is in compliance
with this Trust Agreement.

         (h) Any amendments to this Trust Agreement shall become  effective when
notice of such amendment is given to the holders of the Trust Securities.

         SECTION 10.3.  Separability.

         In  case  any  provision  in  this  Trust  Agreement  or in  the  Trust
Securities  Certificates  shall  be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,   the
validity,  legality and enforceability of the remaining  provisions shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby.

         SECTION 10.4.  Governing Law.

         THIS TRUST  AGREEMENT  AND THE RIGHTS  AND  OBLIGATIONS  OF EACH OF THE
HOLDERS,  THE  ISSUER  TRUST,  THE  DEPOSITOR,   THE  ISSUER  TRUSTEES  AND  THE
ADMINISTRATORS  WITH RESPECT TO THIS TRUST  AGREEMENT  AND THE TRUST  SECURITIES
SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
DELAWARE.

         SECTION 10.5.  Payments Due on Non-Business Day.

         If the date fixed for any payment on any Trust  Security shall be a day
that is not a Business  Day, then such payment need not be made on such date but
may be made on the  next  succeeding  day  that is a  Business  Day  (except  as
otherwise provided in Sections 4.2(d)), with the same force and effect as though
made on the date fixed for such payment,  and no Distributions  shall accumulate
on such unpaid amount for the period after such date.

         SECTION 10.6.  Successors.

         This  Trust  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon and shall  inure to the
benefit of any successor to the Depositor,  the Issuer Trust, the Administrators
and any Issuer  Trustee,  including any successor by operation of law. Except in
connection with a consolidation,  merger or sale involving the Depositor that is
permitted under Article VIII of the Indenture and pursuant to which the assignee
agrees  in  writing  to  perform  the  Depositor's  obligations  hereunder,  the
Depositor shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

         SECTION 10.7.  Headings.

         The Article and Section headings are for convenience only and shall not
affect the construction of this Trust Agreement.

         SECTION 10.8.  Reports, Notices and Demands.

         Any report, notice, demand or other communication that by any provision
of this Trust  Agreement  is required or  permitted  to be given or served to or
upon any Holder or the Depositor may



<PAGE>


                                     - 46 -

be given or served in writing by deposit  thereof,  first class postage prepaid,
in the United  States mail,  hand  delivery or facsimile  transmission,  in each
case, addressed,  (a) in the case of a Holder of Preferred  Securities,  to such
Holder as such Holder's name and address may appear on the Securities  Register;
and (b) in the case of the  Holder of Common  Securities  or the  Depositor,  to
Greater  Community  Bancorp,  55  Union  Boulevard,  Totowa,  New  Jersey  07512
Attention:  Office of the  Secretary,  facsimile  no.: (201) 942-6830 or to such
other  address as may be specified in a written  notice by the  Depositor to the
Property Trustee. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon a Holder
shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes,  upon
hand  delivery,   mailing  or  transmission.   Such  notice,   demand  or  other
communication to or upon the Depositor shall be deemed to have been sufficiently
given or made only upon actual receipt of the writing by the Depositor.

         Any notice,  demand or other  communication  which by any  provision of
this Trust  Agreement  is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon
the  Issuer   Trust,   the  Property   Trustee,   the  Delaware   Trustee,   the
Administrators,  or the Issuer Trust shall be given in writing  addressed (until
another  address is published by the Issuer Trust) as follows:  (a) with respect
to the Property Trustee to Bankers Trust Company, Four Albany Street, 4th Floor,
New York, NY 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Group Corporate Market
Services;  (b) with respect to the Delaware Trustee to Bankers Trust (Delaware),
1001 Jefferson Street, Suite 550, Wilmington,  Delaware 19801,  Attention:  Lisa
Wilkins;  and (c) with  respect to the  Administrators,  to them at the  address
above for notices to the Depositor, marked "Attention: Office of the Secretary".
Such notice,  demand or other  communication  to or upon the Issuer Trust or the
Property  Trustee shall be deemed to have been  sufficiently  given or made only
upon actual receipt of the writing by the Issuer Trust, the Property Trustee, or
such Administrator.

         SECTION 10.9.  Agreement Not to Petition.

         Each of the Issuer Trustees, the Administrators and the Depositor agree
for the benefit of the Holders  that,  until at least one year and one day after
the Issuer Trust has been  dissolved in  accordance  with Article IX, they shall
not file,  or join in the filing of, a petition  against the Issuer  Trust under
any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or other similar law  (including,
without   limitation,   the  United  States   Bankruptcy  Code)   (collectively,
"Bankruptcy  Laws") or  otherwise  join in the  commencement  of any  proceeding
against the Issuer Trust under any  Bankruptcy  Law. In the event the  Depositor
takes action in violation of this Section 10.9, the Property Trustee agrees, for
the benefit of Holders,  that at the expense of the Depositor,  it shall file an
answer with the  bankruptcy  court or otherwise  properly  contest the filing of
such petition by the Depositor  against the Issuer Trust or the  commencement of
such action and raise the defense that the  Depositor  has agreed in writing not
to take such  action and should be estopped  and  precluded  therefrom  and such
other  defenses,  if any, as counsel for the Issuer  Trustee or the Issuer Trust
may assert. If any Issuer Trustee or Administrator  takes action in violation of
this Section 10.9, the Depositor agrees, for the benefit of the Holders, that at
the expense of the Depositor,  it shall file an answer with the bankruptcy court
or otherwise properly contest the filing of such petition by such Person against
the Depositor or the commencement of such action and raise the defense that such
Person has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped  and
precluded  therefrom and such other defenses,  if any, as counsel for the Issuer
Trustee or the Issuer  Trust may assert.  The  provisions  of this  Section 10.9
shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement.

         SECTION 10.10.  Trust Indenture Act; Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

         (a) Trust  Indenture  Act;  Application.  (i) This Trust  Agreement  is
subject to the  provisions of the Trust  Indenture Act that are required to be a
part of this Trust Agreement and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by
such  provisions;  (ii) if and to the extent  that any  provision  of this Trust
Agreement limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Sections 310
to 317,  inclusive,  of the Trust  Indenture  Act,  such  imposed  duties  shall
control;  (iii) for purposes of this Trust Agreement,  the Property Trustee,  to
the extent permitted by applicable law and/or the rules and regulations of the


<PAGE>


                                     - 47 -

Commission, shall be the only Issuer Trustee which is a trustee for the purposes
of the Trust  Indenture Act; and (iv) the application of the Trust Indenture Act
to this Trust Agreement shall not affect the nature of the Preferred  Securities
and the Common Securities as equity securities representing undivided beneficial
interests in the assets of the Issuer Trust.

         (b) Lists of Holders of Preferred Securities. (i) Each of the Depositor
and the Administrators on behalf of the Trust shall provide the Property Trustee
with such information as is required under Section 312(a) of the Trust Indenture
Act at the times and in the  manner  provided  in  Section  312(a)  and (ii) the
Property Trustee shall comply with its obligations  under Sections  310(b),  311
and 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

         (c)  Reports by the  Property  Trustee.  Within 60 days after May 15 of
each year,  the  Property  Trustee  shall  provide  to the  Holders of the Trust
Securities  such reports as are  required by Section 313 of the Trust  Indenture
Act, if any, in the form, in the manner and at the times provided by Section 313
of the Trust  Indenture  Act.  The Property  Trustee  shall also comply with the
requirements of Section 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

         (d) Periodic Reports to Property Trustee. Each of the Depositor and the
Administrators  on behalf of the Issuer  Trust  shall  provide  to the  Property
Trustee, the Commission and the Holders of the Trust Securities,  as applicable,
such documents,  reports and  information as required by Section  314(a)(1) -(3)
(if any) of the Trust Indenture Act and the compliance  certificates required by
Section  314(a)(4)  and  (c) of the  Trust  Indenture  Act  (provided  that  any
certificate to be provided  pursuant to Section 314(a)(4) of the Trust Indenture
Act shall be  provided  within  120 days of the end of each  fiscal  year of the
Issuer Trust).

         (e)  Evidence of  Compliance  with  Conditions  Precedent.  Each of the
Depositor and the  Administrators on behalf of the Issuer Trust shall provide to
the Property Trustee such evidence of compliance with any conditions  precedent,
if any,  provided for in this Trust Agreement which relate to any of the matters
set forth in Section  314(c) of the Trust  Indenture  Act.  Any  certificate  or
opinion  required  to be given  pursuant  to Section  314(c)  shall  comply with
Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act.

         (f) Disclosure of Information.  The disclosure of information as to the
names and  addresses  of the  Holders of Trust  Securities  in  accordance  with
Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act, regardless of the source from which such
information  was derived,  shall not be deemed to be a violation of any existing
law or any law hereafter  enacted which does not  specifically  refer to Section
312 of the  Trust  Indenture  Act,  nor  shall  the  Property  Trustee  be  held
accountable  by reason of mailing any material  pursuant to a request made under
Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.




<PAGE>


                                     - 48 -

         SECTION 10.11.  Acceptance  of  Terms of Trust Agreement, Guarantee and
Indenture.

         THE RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A TRUST SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST  THEREIN
BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER OR ANY  BENEFICIAL  OWNER,  WITHOUT ANY SIGNATURE OR
FURTHER  MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT, SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL  ACCEPTANCE
BY THE HOLDER AND ALL OTHERS HAVING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH TRUST SECURITY
OF ALL THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS TRUST AGREEMENT, THE GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
AND THE INDENTURE,  AND THE AGREEMENT TO THE SUBORDINATION  PROVISIONS AND OTHER
TERMS OF THE GUARANTEE  AGREEMENT AND THE  INDENTURE,  AND SHALL  CONSTITUTE THE
AGREEMENT  OF THE ISSUER  TRUST,  SUCH HOLDER AND SUCH OTHERS THAT THE TERMS AND
PROVISIONS OF THIS TRUST AGREEMENT SHALL BE BINDING,  OPERATIVE AND EFFECTIVE AS
BETWEEN THE ISSUER TRUST AND SUCH HOLDER AND SUCH OTHERS.

                                    GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP
                                    as Depositor


                                    By:
                                       ---------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                    Title:


                                    BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                    as Property Trustee



                                    By:
                                       ---------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                    Title:


                                    BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE),
                                    as Delaware Trustee and not
                                    in its individual capacity



                                    By:
                                       ---------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                    Title:


Subscribed to and Accepted by, 
as the Initial Administrators:



- -------------------------------


- -------------------------------




<PAGE>




                                                                     EXHIBIT A


                   [CERTIFICATE OF TRUST FILED WITH DELAWARE]











<PAGE>




                                                                     EXHIBIT B


                   [FORM OF CERTIFICATE DEPOSITARY AGREEMENT]











<PAGE>




                                                                     EXHIBIT C

       THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT TO THE DEPOSITOR OR AN
        AFFILIATE OF THE DEPOSITOR IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND
                       SECTION 5.11 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT

Certificate Number                                 Number of Common Securities

C-__

                    Certificate Evidencing Common Securities

                                       of

                                GCB Capital Trust

                             ____% Common Securities
                  (liquidation amount $25 per Common Security)

               GCB Capital  Trust,  a statutory  business trust formed under the
laws of the State of  Delaware  (the  "Issuer  Trust"),  hereby  certifies  that
Greater  Community  Bancorp (the "Holder") is the registered  owner of _________
(_____) common securities of the Issuer Trust representing  undivided beneficial
interests in the assets of the Issuer Trust and has  designated the ____% Common
Securities   (liquidation   amount  $25  per  Common   Security)   (the  "Common
Securities").  Except in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Trust Agreement (as
defined  below) the Common  Securities  are not  transferable  and any attempted
transfer  hereof  other  than  in  accordance   therewith  shall  be  void.  The
designations, rights, privileges, restrictions,  preferences and other terms and
provisions of the Common  Securities are set forth in, and this  certificate and
the Common Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be
subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
of the Issuer Trust,  dated as of  __________________,  1997, as the same may be
amended  from time to time  (the  "Trust  Agreement")  among  Greater  Community
Bancorp as Depositor,  Bankers Trust Company, as Property Trustee, Bankers Trust
(Delaware), as Delaware Trustee, and the Holders of Trust Securities,  including
the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth therein.  The
Issuer  Trust will furnish a copy of the Trust  Agreement to the Holder  without
charge  upon  written  request to the  Issuer  Trust at its  principal  place of
business or registered office.

               Upon  receipt  of this  certificate,  the  Holder is bound by the
Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

               Terms used but not defined  herein have the meanings set forth in
the Trust Agreement.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, one of the Administrators of the Issuer Trust
has executed this certificate this ___ day of ______________, ____.

                                    GCB CAPITAL TRUST



                                    By:
                                       ---------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                    Administrator



<PAGE>





COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
  as Securities Registrar


By: 
   --------------------------
    Name:
    Signatory Officer




<PAGE>




                                                                     EXHIBIT D


               [IF  THE  PREFERRED  SECURITIES  CERTIFICATE  IS TO  BE A  GLOBAL
PREFERRED   SECURITIES   CERTIFICATE,   INSERT  --  This  Preferred   Securities
Certificate is a Global Preferred  Securities  Certificate within the meaning of
the Trust Agreement  hereinafter  referred to and is registered in the name of a
Depositary or a nominee of a Depositary.  This Preferred Security Certificate is
exchangeable for Preferred Securities  Certificates  registered in the name of a
person  other  than  the   Depositary   or  its  nominee  only  in  the  limited
circumstances described in the Trust Agreement and may not be transferred except
as a whole by the  Depositary to a nominee of the  Depositary or by a nominee of
the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary, except in
the limited circumstances described in the Trust Agreement.

               Unless this  Preferred  Security  Certificate  is presented by an
authorized   representative  of  The  Depository  Trust  Company,   a  New  York
Corporation  ("DTC"),  to GCB  Capital  Trust or its agent for  registration  of
transfer,  exchange or payment, and any Preferred Security Certificate issued is
registered  in the  name  of  such  nominee  as is  requested  by an  authorized
representative of DTC (and any payment is made to such entity as is requested by
an authorized  representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER,  PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF
FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO A PERSON IS WRONGFUL  inasmuch as the registered
owner hereof, has an interest herein.]

               NO  EMPLOYEE  BENEFIT  OR  OTHER  PLAN OR  INDIVIDUAL  RETIREMENT
ACCOUNT  SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE  RETIREMENT  INCOME  SECURITY ACT OF
1974,  AS AMENDED  ("ERISA"),  OR SECTION 4975 OF THE  INTERNAL  REVENUE CODE OF
1986,  AS AMENDED  (THE "CODE")  (EACH,  A "PLAN"),  NO ENTITY WHOSE  UNDERLYING
ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (A
"PLAN ASSET  ENTITY"),  AND NO PERSON  INVESTING  "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN, MAY
ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS PREFERRED  SECURITIES  CERTIFICATE OR ANY INTEREST  HEREIN,
UNLESS SUCH  PURCHASE OR HOLDING IS COVERED BY THE  EXEMPTIVE  RELIEF  AVAILABLE
UNDER U.S.  DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED  TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION ("PTCE")
96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE  EXEMPTION WITH RESPECT
TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING AND, IN THE CASE OF ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER  RELYING
ON ANY  EXEMPTION  OTHER  THAN PTCE  96-23,  95-60,  91-38,  90-1 OR 84-14,  HAS
COMPLIED WITH ANY REQUEST BY THE DEPOSITOR OR THE ISSUER TRUST FOR AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE WITH RESPECT TO THE  APPLICABILITY  OF SUCH EXEMPTION.
ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE OR ANY INTEREST
HEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE  REPRESENTED  BY ITS PURCHASE  AND HOLDING  HEREOF
THAT EITHER (A) THE  PURCHASER  AND HOLDER ARE NOT A PLAN OR A PLAN ASSET ENTITY
AND IS NOT PURCHASING  SUCH SECURITIES ON BEHALF OF OR WITH "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY
PLAN, OR (B) THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THE PREFERRED  SECURITIES IS COVERED BY
THE EXEMPTIVE  RELIEF  PROVIDED BY PTCE 96-23,  95-60,  91-38,  90-1 OR 84-14 OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION.




<PAGE>




CERTIFICATE NUMBER                              NUMBER OF PREFERRED SECURITIES

               P-__

                       CUSIP NO. ________________________

                   CERTIFICATE EVIDENCING PREFERRED SECURITIES
                                       OF
                                GCB CAPITAL TRUST

                           ____% PREFERRED SECURITIES
                 (LIQUIDATION AMOUNT $25 PER PREFERRED SECURITY)


               GCB Capital  Trust,  a statutory  business trust formed under the
laws of the State of Delaware (the "Issuer  Trust"),  hereby certifies that (the
"Holder") is the  registered  owner of) ( ) preferred  securities  of the Issuer
Trust representing a preferred  undivided  beneficial  interest in the assets of
the Issuer  Trust and has  designated  the GCB  Capital  Trust ____ %  Preferred
Securities  (liquidation  amount $25 per  Preferred  Security)  (the  "Preferred
Securities"). The Preferred Securities are transferable on the books and records
of the Issuer Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney,  upon surrender
of this certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer as provided in
Section 5.5 of the Trust Agreement (as defined below). The designations, rights,
privileges,  restrictions,  preferences  and other terms and  provisions  of the
Preferred  Securities are set forth in, and this  certificate  and the Preferred
Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to
the terms and  provisions  of, the Amended and Restated  Trust  Agreement of the
Issuer Trust, dated as of  __________________,  1997, as the same may be amended
from time to time (the "Trust  Agreement"),  among Greater Community Bancorp, as
Depositor, Bankers Trust Company, as Property Trustee, Bankers Trust (Delaware),
as  Delaware  Trustee,  and the  Holders  of  Trust  Securities,  including  the
designation of the terms of the Preferred  Securities as set forth therein.  The
Holder is entitled to the benefits of the  Guarantee  Agreement  entered into by
Greater Community Bancorp, a New Jersey corporation,  and Bankers Trust Company,
as  guarantee  trustee,  dated as of  __________________,  1997 (the  "Guarantee
Agreement"),  to the extent  provided  therein.  The Issuer Trust will furnish a
copy of the Issuer Trust  Agreement  and the  Guarantee  Agreement to the Holder
without charge upon written  request to the Issuer Trust at its principal  place
of business or registered office.

               Upon  receipt  of this  certificate,  the  Holder is bound by the
Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, one of the Administrators of the Issuer Trust
has executed this certificate this day of , .

                                    GCB CAPITAL TRUST



                                    By:
                                       ---------------------------------



<PAGE>




                                    Name:
                                    Administrator


COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as Securities Registrar



By:
   ----------------------------
Name:
Authorized Signatory




<PAGE>



                                   ASSIGNMENT

               FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the  undersigned  assigns and transfers this
Preferred Security to:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Insert assignee's social security or tax
                             identification number)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Insert address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoints
                         -------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

agent to transfer this Preferred Security Certificate on the books of the Issuer
Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:
      ------------------------

Signature:
           --------------------------------
               (Sign exactly as your name appears on
               the other side of this Preferred Security
               Certificate)

The  signature(s)  should be  guaranteed  by an eligible  guarantor  institution
(banks,  stockbrokers,  savings  and loan  associations  and credit  unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee  medallion  program),  pursuant to
S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.





                                  Exhibit 4.5
<PAGE>

         This Preferred Securities  Certificate is a Global Preferred Securities
Certificate  within the meaning of the Trust Agreement  hereinafter  referred to
and is registered in the name of a Depositary or a nominee of a Depositary. This
Preferred  Security   Certificate  is  exchangeable  for  Preferred   Securities
Certificates registered in the name of a person other than the Depositary or its
nominee only in the limited  circumstances  described in the Trust Agreement and
may not be  transferred  except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the
Depositary  or by a nominee  of the  Depositary  to the  Depositary  or  another
nominee of the Depositary,  except in the limited circumstances described in the
Trust Agreement.

                  Unless this Preferred Security  Certificate is presented by an
authorized   representative  of  The  Depository  Trust  Company,   a  New  York
Corporation  ("DTC"),  to GCB  Capital  Trust or its agent for  registration  of
transfer,  exchange or payment, and any Preferred Security Certificate issued is
registered  in the  name  of  such  nominee  as is  requested  by an  authorized
representative of DTC (and any payment is made to such entity as is requested by
an authorized  representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER,  PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF
FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO A PERSON IS WRONGFUL  inasmuch as the registered
owner hereof, has an interest herein.



<PAGE>



CERTIFICATE NUMBER                               NUMBER OF PREFERRED SECURITIES
                                                                ---------------
                  P-1

                              CUSIP NO. ___________

                   CERTIFICATE EVIDENCING PREFERRED SECURITIES
                                       OF
                                GCB CAPITAL TRUST

                           _____% PREFERRED SECURITIES
                 (LIQUIDATION AMOUNT $25 PER PREFERRED SECURITY)


                  GCB Capital Trust, a statutory business trust formed under the
laws of the State of Delaware (the "Issuer Trust"), hereby certifies that Cede &
Co. (the "Holder") is the registered  owner of $________  aggregate  liquidation
amount of  preferred  securities  of the Issuer Trust  representing  a preferred
undivided  beneficial  interest  in the  assets  of the  Issuer  Trust  and  has
designated the GCB Capital Trust _____% Preferred Securities (liquidation amount
$25  per  Preferred  Security)  (the  "Preferred  Securities").   The  Preferred
Securities  are  transferable  on the books and records of the Issuer Trust,  in
person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this certificate duly
endorsed and in proper form for transfer as provided in Section 5.5 of the Trust
Agreement   (as  defined   below).   The   designations,   rights,   privileges,
restrictions,  preferences  and other  terms  and  provisions  of the  Preferred
Securities are set forth in, and this  certificate and the Preferred  Securities
represented  hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms
and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of the Issuer Trust,
dated as of  _______,  1997,  as the same may be amended  from time to time (the
"Trust Agreement"), among Greater Community Bancorp, as Depositor, Bankers Trust
Company, as Property Trustee, Bankers Trust (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee, and
the Holders of Trust  Securities,  including the designation of the terms of the
Preferred  Securities  as set  forth  therein.  The  Holder is  entitled  to the
benefits of the Guarantee Agreement entered into by Greater Community Bancorp, a
New Jersey corporation,  and Bankers Trust Company, as guarantee trustee,  dated
as of  _________,  1997 (the  "Guarantee  Agreement"),  to the  extent  provided
therein.  The Issuer  Trust will furnish a copy of the Trust  Agreement  and the
Guarantee  Agreement to the Holder  without  charge upon written  request to the
Issuer Trust at its principal place of business or registered office.

                  Upon receipt of this  certificate,  the Holder is bound by the
Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.


<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  one of the  Administrators  of the Issuer
Trust has executed this certificate this ____ day of _______, 1997.

                                            GCB CAPITAL TRUST



                                            By:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Administrator


COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as Securities Registrar



By:
   -------------------------------
Name:
Authorized Signatory



<PAGE>



                                   ASSIGNMENT

                  FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this
Preferred Security to:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Insert assignee's social security or tax
                             identification number)



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Insert address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoints
                         -------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


agent to transfer this Preferred Security Certificate on the books of the Issuer
Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:
      --------------------

Signature:
           -----------------------------------------------
              (Sign exactly as your name appears on
              the other side of this Preferred Security
              Certificate)

The  signature(s)  should be  guaranteed  by an eligible  guarantor  institution
(banks,  stockbrokers,  savings  and loan  associations  and credit  unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee  medallion  program),  pursuant to
S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.



                                  Exhibit 4.6
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               GUARANTEE AGREEMENT


                                     Between


                            GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP
                                 (as Guarantor)


                                       and


                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
                                  (as Trustee)


                                   dated as of


                                  May __, 1997

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>




                                GCB CAPITAL TRUST

            Certain Sections of this Guarantee Agreement relating to
                         Sections 310 through 318 of the
                          Trust Indenture Act of 1939:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Trust Indenture                                                  Guarantee Agreement
  Act Section                                                           Section
- ---------------                                                  -------------------

<S>                     <C>                                           <C>    
Section 310             (a) (1)........................                   4.1 (a)
                        (a) (2)........................                   4.1 (a)
                        (a) (3)........................                   Not Applicable
                        (a) (4)........................                   Not Applicable
                        (b)............................                   2.8, 4.1 (c)
Section 311             (a)............................                   Not Applicable
                        (b)............................                   Not Applicable
Section 312             (a)............................                   2.2 (a)
                        (b)............................                   2.2 (b)
                        (c)............................                   Not Applicable
Section 313             (a)............................                   2.3
                        (a) (4)........................                   2.3
                        (b)............................                   2.3
                        (c)............................                   2.3
                        (d)............................                   2.3
Section 314             (a)............................                   2.4
                        (b)............................                   2.4
                        (c) (1)........................                   2.5
                        (c) (2)........................                   2.5
                        (c) (3)........................                   2.5
                        (e)............................                   1.1, 2.5, 3.2
Section 315             (a)............................                   3.1 (d)
                        (b)............................                   2.7
                        (c)............................                   3.1 (c)
                        (d)............................                   3.1 (d)
                        (e)............................                   Not Applicable
Section 316             (a)............................                   1.1, 2.6, 5.4
                        (a) (1) (A)....................                   5.4
                        (a) (1) (B)....................                   5.4
                        (a) (2)........................                   Not Applicable
                        (b)............................                   5.3
                        (c)............................                   Not Applicable
Section 317             (a) (1)........................                   Not Applicable
                        (a) (2)........................                   Not Applicable
                        (b)............................                   Not Applicable
Section 318             (a)............................                   2.1

</TABLE>

Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a 
part of the Guarantee Agreement.




<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         
                                                                                          Page
                                                                                          ----

<S>     <C>                    <C>                                                         <C>
ARTICLE I.   DEFINITIONS
        Section 1.1.           Definitions..........................................         1

ARTICLE II.  TRUST INDENTURE ACT
        Section 2.1.           Trust Indenture Act; Application.....................         4
        Section 2.2.           List of Holders......................................         5
        Section 2.3.           Reports by the Guarantee Trustee.....................         5
        Section 2.4.           Periodic Reports to Guarantee
                               Trustee..............................................         5
        Section 2.5.           Evidence of Compliance with
                               Conditions Precedent.................................         5
        Section 2.6.           Events of Default; Waiver............................         5
        Section 2.7.           Event of Default; Notice.............................         6
        Section 2.8.           Conflicting Interests................................         6

ARTICLE III.   POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE
               TRUSTEE
        Section 3.1.           Powers and Duties of the Guarantee
                               Trustee..............................................         6
        Section 3.2.           Certain Rights of Guarantee Trustee..................         7
        Section 3.3.           Indemnity............................................         9
        Section 3.4.           Expenses.............................................         9

ARTICLE IV.    GUARANTEE TRUSTEE
        Section 4.1.           Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.......................         9
        Section 4.2.           Appointment, Removal and Resignation
                               of the Guarantee Trustee.............................        10

ARTICLE V.     GUARANTEE
        Section 5.1.           Guarantee............................................        10
        Section 5.2.           Waiver of Notice and Demand..........................        11
        Section 5.3.           Obligations Not Affected.............................        11
        Section 5.4.           Rights of Holders....................................        12
        Section 5.5.           Guarantee of Payment.................................        12
        Section 5.6.           Subrogation..........................................        12
        Section 5.7.           Independent Obligations..............................        12

ARTICLE VI.   COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION
        Section 6.1.           Subordination........................................        13
        Section 6.2.           Pari Passu Guarantees................................        13

ARTICLE VII.  TERMINATION
        Section 7.1.           Termination..........................................        13

</TABLE>



                                      - i -

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Page
                                                                                          ----


<S>     <C>                    <C>                                                        <C>
ARTICLE VIII. MISCELLANEOUS
        Section 8.1.           Successors and Assigns...............................        13
        Section 8.2.           Amendments...........................................        13
        Section 8.3.           Notices..............................................        14
        Section 8.4.           Benefit..............................................        15
        Section 8.5.           Interpretation.......................................        15
        Section 8.6.           Governing Law........................................        16
        Section 8.7.           Counterparts.........................................        16

</TABLE>

                                     - ii -

<PAGE>

                               GUARANTEE AGREEMENT


           This  GUARANTEE  AGREEMENT,  dated as of May __, 1997 is executed and
delivered  by  GREATER  COMMUNITY   BANCORP,   a  New  Jersey  corporation  (the
"Guarantor"),  having its principal  office at 55 Union Boulevard,  Totowa,  New
Jersey 07512,  and BANKERS TRUST  COMPANY,  a New York banking  corporation,  as
trustee (the  "Guarantee  Trustee"),  for the benefit of the Holders (as defined
herein) from time to time of the Preferred Securities (as defined herein) of GCB
Capital Trust, a Delaware statutory business trust (the "Issuer Trust").

           WHEREAS,  pursuant to an Amended and Restated  Trust  Agreement  (the
"Trust  Agreement"),  dated as of May __, 1997, among Greater Community Bancorp,
as  Depositor,  Bankers  Trust  Company,  as  Property  Trustee  (the  "Property
Trustee"),   Bankers  Trust  (Delaware),  as  Delaware  Trustee  (the  "Delaware
Trustee")  (collectively,  the "Issuer  Trustees")  and the Holders from time to
time of preferred undivided  beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the
Issuer  Trust,  the Issuer Trust is issuing  $23,000,000  aggregate  Liquidation
Amount  (as  defined  herein) of its _____%  Preferred  Securities,  Liquidation
Amount $25 per preferred  security (the  "Preferred  Securities"),  representing
preferred undivided  beneficial  ownership interests in the assets of the Issuer
Trust and having the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement;

           WHEREAS,  the Preferred Securities will be issued by the Issuer Trust
and the proceeds  thereof,  together  with the proceeds from the issuance of the
Issuer Trust's Common  Securities (as defined herein),  will be used to purchase
the Junior Subordinated Debentures due _________,  2027 (as defined in the Trust
Agreement) (the "Junior Subordinated Debentures") of the Guarantor which will be
deposited  with  Bankers  Trust  Company,  as Property  Trustee  under the Trust
Agreement, as trust assets; and

           WHEREAS,   as  incentive  for  the  Holders  to  purchase   Preferred
Securities the Guarantor desires  irrevocably and  unconditionally  to agree, to
the extent set forth herein,  to pay to the Holders of the Preferred  Securities
the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on
the terms and conditions set forth herein.

           NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  purchase  of  Preferred
Securities  by each Holder,  which  purchase the Guarantor  hereby  acknowledges
shall benefit the  Guarantor,  and  intending to be legally  bound  hereby,  the
Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee  Agreement for the benefit of the
Holders from time to time of the Preferred Securities.


                             ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

           SECTION 1.1.   Definitions.

           As used in this Guarantee Agreement, the terms set forth below shall,
unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings.  Capitalized
terms used but not otherwise  defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to
such terms in the Trust Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

           "Additional   Amounts"  has  the  meaning   specified  in  the  Trust
Agreement.

           "Affiliate" of any specified  Person means any other Person  directly
or indirectly  controlling  or controlled by or under direct or indirect  common
control with such specified Person.



<PAGE>

                                      - 2 -

For the  purposes of this  definition,  "control"  when used with respect to any
specified  Person means the power to direct the  management and policies of such
Person,  directly  or  indirectly,  whether  through  the  ownership  of  voting
securities,   by  contract  or  otherwise;   and  the  terms  "controlling"  and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

           "Common   Securities"  means  the  securities   representing   common
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer Trust.

           "Distributions"  means  preferential  cumulative  cash  distributions
accumulating from  ____________,  1997 and payable quarterly in arrears on March
31,  June  30,   September  30,  and  December  31  of  each  year,   commencing
____________, 1997, at the annual rate of _____% of the Liquidation Amount.

           "Event of Default" means (i) a default by the Guarantor in any of its
payment  obligations  under this Guarantee  Agreement,  or (ii) a default by the
Guarantor in any other obligation hereunder that remains unremedied for 30 days.

           "Guarantee  Agreement" means this Guarantee  Agreement,  as modified,
amended or supplemented from time to time.

           "Guarantee  Payments" means the following  payments or distributions,
without duplication, with respect to the Preferred Securities, to the extent not
paid or made by or on behalf of the Issuer  Trust:  (i) any  accrued  and unpaid
Distributions  (as  defined in the Trust  Agreement)  required to be paid on the
Preferred  Securities,  to the extent the Issuer  Trust shall have funds on hand
available  therefor at such time, (ii) the Redemption Price, with respect to the
Preferred  Securities  called for  redemption  by the Issuer Trust to the extent
that the Issuer Trust shall have funds on hand available  therefor at such time,
and (iii) upon a voluntary or involuntary termination, winding-up or liquidation
of the Issuer Trust,  unless Junior  Subordinated  Debentures are distributed to
the Holders,  the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the Liquidation  Amount and all
accumulated  and unpaid  Distributions  to the date of payment to the extent the
Issuer  Trust shall have funds on hand  available  to make such  payment at such
time and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer Trust  remaining  available  for
distribution  to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer Trust (in either case, the
"Liquidation Distribution").

           "Guarantee  Trustee" means Bankers Trust  Company,  until a Successor
Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment  pursuant
to the  terms  of this  Guarantee  Agreement  and  thereafter  means  each  such
Successor Guarantee Trustee.

           "Guarantor"  shall have the meaning  specified in the first paragraph
of this Guarantee Agreement.

           "Holder" means any holder,  as registered on the books and records of
the Issuer  Trust,  of any Preferred  Securities;  provided,  however,  that, in
determining  whether  the  holders  of the  requisite  percentage  of  Preferred
Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, "Holder"
shall not include the Guarantor,  the Guarantee Trustee, or any Affiliate of the
Guarantor or the Guarantee Trustee.




<PAGE>
                                      - 3 -

           "Indenture"  means  the  Junior  Subordinated  Indenture  dated as of
__________,  1997,  between Greater Community Bancorp and Bankers Trust Company,
as trustee, as may be modified, amended or supplemented from time to time.

           "Issuer  Trust"  shall  have  the  meaning  specified  in  the  first
paragraph of this Guarantee Agreement.

           "Liquidation  Amount"  means the stated  amount of $25 per  Preferred
Security.

           "Majority in Liquidation  Amount of the Preferred  Securities" means,
except as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, Preferred Securities representing
more  than 50% of the  aggregate  Liquidation  Amount  of all  then  outstanding
Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer Trust.

           "Like  Amount"  means (a) with respect to a  redemption  of Preferred
Securities,  Preferred  Securities  having  a  Liquidation  Amount  equal to the
principal  amount  of Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  to be  contemporaneously
redeemed in accordance with the Indenture, the proceeds of which will be used to
pay the  Redemption  Price of such Preferred  Securities,  (b) with respect to a
distribution  of  Junior   Subordinated   Debentures  to  Holders  of  Preferred
Securities in connection  with a dissolution or liquidation of the Issuer Trust,
Junior   Subordinated   Debentures  having  a  principal  amount  equal  to  the
Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities of the Holder to whom such Junior
Subordinated   Debentures  are   distributed,   and  (c)  with  respect  to  any
distribution of Additional  Amounts to Holders of Preferred  Securities,  Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  having a  principal  amount  equal to the  Liquidation
Amount of the  Preferred  Securities  in respect of which such  distribution  is
made.

           "Officers'   Certificate"  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  a
certificate signed by the Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer,  President or a
Vice  President,  and by the  Treasurer,  an Associate  Treasurer,  an Assistant
Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, and delivered
to the Guarantee Trustee.  Any Officers'  Certificate  delivered with respect to
compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee Agreement
shall include:

                  (a)  a  statement  by  each  officer   signing  the  Officers'
Certificate  that  such  officer  has read the  covenant  or  condition  and the
definitions relating thereto;

                   (b) a  brief  statement  of  the  nature  and  scope  of  the
examination  or  investigation  undertaken  by such  officer  in  rendering  the
Officers' Certificate;

                   (c) a statement  that such officer has made such  examination
or  investigation  as, in such  officer's  opinion,  is necessary to enable such
officer to express an  informed  opinion as to whether or not such  covenant  or
condition has been complied with; and

                  (d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such officer,
such condition or covenant has been complied with.

           "Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation,
estate, partnership,  joint venture,  association,  joint stock company, limited
liability company, trust, unincorporated



<PAGE>
                                      - 4 -

association,  or government or any agency or political  subdivision  thereof, or
any other entity of whatever nature.

           "Preferred  Securities" shall have the meaning specified in the first
recital of this Guarantee Agreement.

           "Redemption Date" means, with respect to any Preferred Security to be
redeemed,  the date  fixed  for such  redemption  by or  pursuant  to the  Trust
Agreement;  provided that each Junior Subordinated Debenture Redemption Date (as
such term is defined in the  Indenture)  and the stated  maturity  of the Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  shall  be a  Redemption  Date  for a  Like  Amount  of
Preferred Securities.

           "Redemption Price" shall  have  the  meaning  specified  in the Trust
Agreement.

           "Responsible  Officer" means, when used with respect to the Guarantee
Trustee,  any officer  assigned to the  Corporate  Trust  Office,  including any
managing  director,   vice  president,   assistant  vice  president,   assistant
treasurer,  assistant  secretary or any other officer of the  Guarantee  Trustee
customarily  performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above
designated  officers and having direct  responsibility for the administration of
the Indenture,  and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer
to whom such  matter is  referred  because of such  officer's  knowledge  of and
familiarity with the particular subject.

           "Senior  Indebtedness"  shall  have  the  meaning  specified  in  the
Indenture.

           "Successor  Guarantee  Trustee" means a successor  Guarantee  Trustee
possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 4.1.

           "Trust  Agreement"  means the Amended and Restated  Trust  Agreement,
dated __________,  1997,  executed by Greater Community  Bancorp,  as Depositor,
Bankers Trust  (Delaware),  as Delaware Trustee,  and Bankers Trust Company,  as
Property Trustee.

           "Trust  Indenture  Act"  means  the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939 (15
U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended.


                         ARTICLE II. TRUST INDENTURE ACT

           SECTION 2.1.   Trust Indenture Act; Application.

           If  any  provision  hereof  limits,  qualifies  or  conflicts  with a
provision  of the Trust  Indenture  Act that is required  under such Act to be a
part  of and  govern  this  Guarantee  Agreement,  the  provision  of the  Trust
Indenture  Act shall  control.  If any  provision  of this  Guarantee  Agreement
modifies or excludes  any  provision of the Trust  Indenture  Act that may be so
modified  or  excluded,  the latter  provision  shall be deemed to apply to this
Guarantee Agreement as so modified or excluded, as the case may be.




<PAGE>

                                      - 5 -

           SECTION 2.2.   List of Holders.

                  (a)  The Guarantor  will  furnish  or cause to be furnished to
the Guarantee Trustee:

                         (i)  quarterly, not more than 15 days  after  March 15,
June 15, September 15 and December 15 in each year, a list, in such form as  the
Guarantee  Trustee may  reasonably  require,  of the names and  addresses of the
Holders as of such date; and

                         (ii)  at such other times as the Guarantee Trustee  may
request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by  the  Guarantor  of  any
such request, a list of similar  form and  content  as of a date  not  more than
15 days prior to the time such list is furnished.

                  (b) The Guarantee  Trustee shall comply with the  requirements
of Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

           SECTION 2.3.   Reports by the Guarantee Trustee.

           Not later than January 31 of each year,  commencing January 31, 1998,
the Guarantee Trustee shall provide to the Holders such reports,  if any, as are
required by Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act in the form and in the manner
provided by Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act. The Guarantee  Trustee shall
also comply with the requirements of Section 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

           SECTION 2.4.   Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee.

           The Guarantor shall provide to the Guarantee Trustee, and the Holders
such documents,  reports and information,  if any, as required by Section 314 of
the Trust Indenture Act and the compliance  certificate  required by Section 314
of the Trust Indenture Act, in the form, in the manner and at the times required
by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act.

           SECTION 2.5.   Evidence of Compliance with Conditions
                              Precedent.

           The Guarantor shall provide to the Guarantee Trustee such evidence of
compliance  with  such  conditions  precedent,  if  any,  provided  for in  this
Guarantee  Agreement  that  relate to any of the  matters  set forth in  Section
314(c) of the Trust  Indenture Act. Any  certificate  or opinion  required to be
given by an officer pursuant to Section 314(c)(1) may be given in the form of an
Officers' Certificate.

           SECTION 2.6.   Events of Default; Waiver.

           The  Holders of a Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount of the  Preferred
Securities  may,  by vote,  on behalf of the  Holders,  waive any past  Event of
Default and its consequences.  Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall
cease to exist,  and any Event of Default  arising  therefrom shall be deemed to
have been cured,  for every  purpose of this  Guarantee  Agreement,  but no such
waiver shall extend to any  subsequent  or other  default or Event of Default or
impair any right consequent therefrom.



<PAGE>

                                      - 6 -


           SECTION 2.7.   Event of Default; Notice.

                  (a) The  Guarantee  Trustee  shall,  within 90 days  after the
occurrence  of an Event  of  Default,  transmit  by mail,  first  class  postage
prepaid, to the Holders, notices of all Events of Default known to the Guarantee
Trustee, unless such Events of Default have been cured before the giving of such
notice;  provided  that,  except in the case of a default  in the  payment  of a
Guarantee Payment,  the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such
notice if and so long as the Board of Directors,  the  executive  committee or a
trust  committee  of  directors  and/or  Responsible  Officers of the  Guarantee
Trustee in good faith  determines  that the withholding of such notice is in the
interests of the Holders.

                  (b)  The  Guarantee  Trustee  shall  not  be  deemed  to  have
knowledge of any Event of Default unless a Responsible  Officer charged with the
administration of this Guarantee Agreement shall have received written notice of
such Event of Default.

           SECTION 2.8.   Conflicting Interests.

           The Trust Agreement  shall be deemed to be specifically  described in
this  Guarantee  Agreement  for the purposes of clause (i) of the first  proviso
contained in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.


                  ARTICLE III. POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE
                                GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

           SECTION 3.1.   Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

                  (a) This  Guarantee  Agreement  shall be held by the Guarantee
Trustee for the benefit of the  Holders,  and the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall not
transfer this Guarantee  Agreement to any Person except a Holder  exercising his
or her rights pursuant to Section 5.4(iv) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on
acceptance by such  Successor  Guarantee  Trustee of its  appointment  to act as
Successor  Guarantee  Trustee  hereunder.  The right,  title and interest of the
Guarantee Trustee, as such,  hereunder shall automatically vest in any Successor
Guarantee  Trustee,  upon acceptance by such Successor  Guarantee Trustee of its
appointment  hereunder,  and  such  vesting  and  cessation  of  title  shall be
effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered
pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

                  (b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Guarantee Trustee shall enforce this Guarantee  Agreement for the benefit of the
Holders.

                  (c) The Guarantee Trustee,  before the occurrence of any Event
of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default that may have occurred,
shall be obligated to perform only such duties as are  specifically set forth in
this  Guarantee  Agreement  (including  pursuant to Section 2.1), and no implied
covenants  shall be read into this  Guarantee  Agreement  against the  Guarantee
Trustee.  If an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived
pursuant to Section  2.6),  the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall  exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee



<PAGE>
                                      - 7 -

Agreement, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as
a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
his or her own affairs.

                  (d)  No  provision  of  this  Guarantee   Agreement  shall  be
construed to relieve the Guarantee  Trustee from liability for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful  misconduct,  except
that:

                         (i)  Prior to the occurrence of any   Event of  Default
and  after  the  curing  or  waiving of all such Events of Default that may have
occurred:

                                (A) the duties and  obligations of the Guarantee
Trustee shall be determined  solely by the express  provisions of this Guarantee
Agreement  (including  pursuant to Section 2.1), and the Guarantee Trustee shall
not be liable except for the  performance of such duties and  obligations as are
specifically  set  forth in this  Guarantee  Agreement  (including  pursuant  to
Section 2.1); and

                                (B) in the  absence  of bad faith on the part of
the Guarantee  Trustee,  the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively  rely, as to the
truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions  expressed  therein,
upon any  certificates  or  opinions  furnished  to the  Guarantee  Trustee  and
conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee  Agreement;  but in the case of
any such  certificates or opinions that by any provision  hereof or of the Trust
Indenture  Act  are  specifically  required  to be  furnished  to the  Guarantee
Trustee,  the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall be under a duty to examine  the same to
determine  whether or not they  conform to the  requirements  of this  Guarantee
Agreement;

                          (ii) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any
error of judgment made in good faith by a  Responsible  Officer of the Guarantee
Trustee,  unless it shall be proved that the Guarantee  Trustee was negligent in
ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

                          (iii) The  Guarantee  Trustee shall not be liable with
respect  to any  action  taken or  omitted  to be  taken by it in good  faith in
accordance  with the  direction  of the  Holders of not less than a Majority  in
Liquidation Amount of the Preferred  Securities relating to the time, method and
place of conducting  any  proceeding  for any remedy  available to the Guarantee
Trustee,  or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee  Trustee
under this Guarantee Agreement; and

                          (iv) No provision of this  Guarantee  Agreement  shall
require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur
personal  financial  liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the
exercise  of any of its  rights or powers if the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall have
reasonable  grounds for believing  that the repayment of such funds or liability
is not  assured to it under the terms of this  Guarantee  Agreement  or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

           SECTION 3.2.   Certain Rights of Guarantee Trustee.

                  (a)  Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1:



<PAGE>

                                     - 8 -


                          (i) The Guarantee  Trustee may  conclusively  rely and
shall  be  fully  protected  in  acting  or  refraining  from  acting  upon  any
resolution,   certificate,   statement,  instrument,  opinion,  report,  notice,
request,  direction,  consent,  order, bond, debenture,  note, other evidence of
indebtedness or other paper or document  reasonably believed by it to be genuine
and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.

                          (ii)   Any   direction   or  act   of  the   Guarantor
contemplated by this Guarantee  Agreement shall be sufficiently  evidenced by an
Officers' Certificate unless otherwise prescribed herein.

                          (iii)  Whenever,   in  the   administration   of  this
Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter
be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting to take any action
hereunder,  the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein  specifically
prescribed)  may,  in  the  absence  of  bad  faith  on its  part,  request  and
conclusively  rely upon an  Officers'  Certificate  which,  upon receipt of such
request  from  the  Guarantee  Trustee,  shall  be  promptly  delivered  by  the
Guarantor.

                          (iv) The  Guarantee  Trustee  may  consult  with legal
counsel, and the advice or written opinion of such legal counsel with respect to
legal matters shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect
of any action  taken,  suffered or omitted to be taken by it  hereunder  in good
faith and in accordance  with such advice or opinion.  Such legal counsel may be
legal  counsel to the Guarantor or any of its  Affiliates  and may be one of its
employees.  The  Guarantee  Trustee  shall  have  the  right at any time to seek
instructions  concerning the administration of this Guarantee Agreement from any
court of competent jurisdiction.

                          (v) The Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation
to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement
at the  request or  direction  of any  Holder,  unless  such  Holder  shall have
provided to the Guarantee Trustee such security and indemnity as would satisfy a
reasonable person in the position of the Guarantee  Trustee,  against the costs,
expenses (including  attorneys' fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be
incurred by it in  complying  with such  request or  direction,  including  such
reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee.

                          (vi) The Guarantee  Trustee shall not be bound to make
any  investigation   into  the  facts  or  matters  stated  in  any  resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction,
consent,  order, bond, debenture,  note, other evidence of indebtedness or other
paper or document,  but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion,  may make such
further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

                          (vii) The  Guarantee  Trustee  may  execute any of the
trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by
or through  its agents or  attorneys,  and the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall not be
responsible  for any  negligence  or willful  misconduct on the part of any such
agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

                          (viii)   Whenever  in  the   administration   of  this
Guarantee  Agreement  the  Guarantee  Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive
instructions  with respect to enforcing  any remedy or right or taking any other
action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (A) may request instructions



<PAGE>

                                      - 9 -

from the Holders,  (B) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking
such other  action until such  instructions  are received and (C) shall be fully
protected in acting in accordance with such instructions.

                  (b) No provision of this Guarantee  Agreement  shall be deemed
to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee  Trustee to perform any act or
acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it
in any  jurisdiction  in which it shall be  illegal,  or in which the  Guarantee
Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance  with  applicable law,
to perform any such act or acts or to exercise  any such right,  power,  duty or
obligation.  No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee
shall  be  construed  to be a duty to act in  accordance  with  such  power  and
authority.

           SECTION 3.3.   Indemnity.

           The  Guarantor  agrees  to  indemnify  the  Guarantee  Trustee,   its
directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents  for,  and to hold  them  harmless
against,  any loss,  liability or expense incurred without  negligence,  willful
misconduct or bad faith on the part of the  Guarantee  Trustee,  its  directors,
officers,  employees  and  agents,  arising  out of or in  connection  with  the
acceptance or  administration of this Guarantee  Agreement,  including the costs
and expenses of defending  against any claim or liability in connection with the
exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.  The Guarantee
Trustee will not claim or exact any lien or charge on any Guarantee  Payments as
a result of any amount due to it under this Guarantee Agreement.

           SECTION 3.4.   Expenses.

           The Guarantor shall from time to time reimburse the Guarantee Trustee
for its  reasonable  expenses  and costs  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  or
agents'  fees)  incurred  in  connection  with  the  performance  of its  duties
hereunder.


                          ARTICLE IV. GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

           SECTION 4.1.   Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

                  (a)  There  shall  at  all times  be a Guarantee Trustee which
shall:

                          (i) not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and

                          (ii) be a  Person  that is  eligible  pursuant  to the
Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined  capital and surplus of at
least  $50,000,000,  and shall be a  corporation  meeting  the  requirements  of
Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. If such corporation publishes reports
of condition at least  annually,  pursuant to law or to the  requirements of the
supervising or examining  authority,  then, for the purposes of this Section and
to the extent  permitted by the Trust  Indenture  Act, the combined  capital and
surplus  of such  corporation  shall be deemed to be its  combined  capital  and
surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.




<PAGE>


                                     - 10 -

                  (b) If at any time the  Guarantee  Trustee  shall  cease to be
eligible to so act under Section 4.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately
resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.2(b).

                  (c)  If  the  Guarantee  Trustee  has  or  shall  acquire  any
"conflicting  interest"  within  the  meaning  of  Section  310(b)  of the Trust
Indenture Act, the Guarantee  Trustee and Guarantor shall in all respects comply
with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

           SECTION 4.2.   Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the
                              Guarantee Trustee.

                  (a) No resignation or removal of the Guarantee  Trustee and no
appointment  of a Successor  Guarantee  Trustee  pursuant to this Article  shall
become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the Successor  Guarantee
Trustee by written  instrument  executed by the Successor  Guarantee Trustee and
delivered to the Holders and the Guarantee Trustee.

                  (b)  Subject  to  the  immediately   preceding  paragraph,   a
Guarantee Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the
Holders.  The Guarantee  Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at
least three Persons meeting the eligibility  requirements such Person's expenses
and charges to serve as the  Guarantee  Trustee,  and  selecting  the Person who
agrees to the lowest  expenses and charges.  If the  instrument of acceptance by
the Successor  Guarantee  Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Guarantee
Trustee  within 60 days  after the  giving of such  notice of  resignation,  the
Guarantee  Trustee may petition,  at the expense of the Guarantor,  any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

                  (c) The Guarantee Trustee may be removed for cause at any time
by Act (within the meaning of Section 6.8 of the Trust Agreement) of the Holders
of at least a  Majority  in  Liquidation  Amount  of the  Preferred  Securities,
delivered to the Guarantee Trustee.

                  (d) If a resigning  Guarantee  Trustee shall fail to appoint a
successor,  or if a Guarantee  Trustee  shall be removed or become  incapable of
acting as Guarantee Trustee,  or if any vacancy shall occur in the office of any
Guarantee Trustee for any cause, the Holders of the Preferred Securities, by Act
of the Holders of record of not less than 25% in aggregate Liquidation Amount of
the Preferred  Securities then outstanding  delivered to such Guarantee Trustee,
shall promptly appoint a successor  Guarantee Trustee. If no Successor Guarantee
Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holders of the Preferred  Securities
and such appointment accepted by the Successor Guarantee Trustee, any Holder, on
behalf of himself and all others similarly  situated,  may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

                              ARTICLE V. GUARANTEE

           SECTION 5.1.   Guarantee.

           The Guarantor  irrevocably and unconditionally  agrees to pay in full
on a  subordinated  basis as set forth in Section  6.1 hereof to the Holders the
Guarantee  Payments  (without  duplication of amounts  theretofore paid by or on
behalf of the Issuer Trust), as and when due,  regardless of any defense,  right
of set-off or counterclaim which the Issuer Trust may have or assert, except the
defense



<PAGE>

                                     - 11 -

of  payment.  The  Guarantor's  obligation  to make a  Guarantee  Payment may be
satisfied  by direct  payment of the  required  amounts by the  Guarantor to the
Holders or by causing the Issuer Trust to pay such  amounts to the Holders.  The
Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Guarantee Trustee in the event
it makes any direct payment hereunder.

           SECTION 5.2.   Waiver of Notice and Demand.

           The  Guarantor  hereby  waives  notice of acceptance of the Guarantee
Agreement  and of any  liability to which it applies or may apply,  presentment,
demand  for  payment,  any  right to  require a  proceeding  first  against  the
Guarantee  Trustee,  the  Issuer  Trust or any other  Person  before  proceeding
against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice
of redemption and all other notices and demands.

           SECTION 5.3.   Obligations Not Affected.

           The  obligations,  covenants,  agreements and duties of the Guarantor
under this Guarantee Agreement shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason
of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

                  (a) the release or waiver,  by operation of law or  otherwise,
of the  performance  or observance by the Issuer Trust of any express or implied
agreement,  covenant,  term or condition relating to the Preferred Securities to
be performed or observed by the Issuer Trust;

                  (b) the  extension of time for the payment by the Issuer Trust
of all or any portion of the Distributions  (other than an extension of time for
payment of Distributions that results from the extension of any interest payment
period on the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures as so provided in the Indenture),
Redemption Price,  Liquidation  Distribution or any other sums payable under the
terms of the Preferred  Securities or the extension of time for the  performance
of any other  obligation  under,  arising  out of, or in  connection  with,  the
Preferred Securities;

                  (c) any failure,  omission,  delay or lack of diligence on the
part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right,  privilege,  power
or remedy  conferred  on the  Holders  pursuant  to the  terms of the  Preferred
Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer Trust granting indulgence or
extension of any kind;

                  (d) the  voluntary or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution,
sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the
benefit of creditors,  reorganization,  arrangement, composition or readjustment
of debt of, or other similar proceedings  affecting,  the Issuer Trust or any of
the assets of the Issuer Trust;

                  (e) any  invalidity  of,  or  defect  or  deficiency  in,  the
Preferred Securities;

                  (f) the settlement or compromise of any obligation  guaranteed
hereby or hereby incurred; or

                  (g) any other  circumstance  whatsoever  that might  otherwise
constitute a legal or equitable  discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than
payment of the underlying obligation), it



<PAGE>

                                     - 12 -

being the  intent of this  Section  5.3 that the  obligations  of the  Guarantor
hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

           There  shall be no  obligation  of the  Holders to give notice to, or
obtain the consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the
foregoing.

           SECTION 5.4.   Rights of Holders.

           The  Guarantor  expressly   acknowledges  that:  (i)  this  Guarantee
Agreement  will be  deposited  with  the  Guarantee  Trustee  to be held for the
benefit of the Holders; (ii) the Guarantee Trustee has the right to enforce this
Guarantee Agreement on behalf of the Holders; (iii) the Holders of a Majority in
Liquidation  Amount of the  Preferred  Securities  have the right to direct  the
time,  method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
the Guarantee  Trustee in respect of this Guarantee  Agreement or exercising any
trust or power  conferred  upon  the  Guarantee  Trustee  under  this  Guarantee
Agreement; and (iv) any Holder may institute a legal proceeding directly against
the  Guarantor to enforce its rights  under this  Guarantee  Agreement,  without
first instituting a legal proceeding against the Guarantee  Trustee,  the Issuer
Trust or any other Person.

           SECTION 5.5.   Guarantee of Payment.

           This  Guarantee  Agreement  creates a guarantee of payment and not of
collection. This Guarantee Agreement will not be discharged except by payment of
the Guarantee Payments in full (without  duplication of amounts theretofore paid
by the Issuer Trust) or upon the distribution of Junior Subordinated  Debentures
to Holders as provided in the Trust Agreement.

           SECTION 5.6.   Subrogation.

           The  Guarantor  shall be  subrogated  to all  rights  (if any) of the
Holders  against the Issuer  Trust in respect of any amounts paid to the Holders
by the Guarantor under this Guarantee  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that the
Guarantor  shall not (except to the extent  required by mandatory  provisions of
law) be entitled to enforce or exercise  any rights  which it may acquire by way
of subrogation or any indemnity,  reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases
as a result of payment under this Guarantee  Agreement,  at the time of any such
payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee  Agreement.  If any
amount shall be paid to the  Guarantor in violation of the  preceding  sentence,
the  Guarantor  agrees to hold such  amount in trust for the  Holders and to pay
over such amount to the Holders.

           SECTION 5.7.   Independent Obligations.

           The  Guarantor   acknowledges  that  its  obligations  hereunder  are
independent of the obligations of the Issuer Trust with respect to the Preferred
Securities  and that the  Guarantor  shall be liable as principal  and as debtor
hereunder to make  Guarantee  Payments  pursuant to the terms of this  Guarantee
Agreement notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections
(a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 5.3 hereof.




<PAGE>

                                     - 13 -

                     ARTICLE VI. COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION

           SECTION 6.1.   Subordination.

           This Guarantee  Agreement will constitute an unsecured  obligation of
the  Guarantor and will rank  subordinate  and junior in right of payment to all
Senior  Indebtedness  of the Guarantor to the extent and in the manner set forth
in the Indenture  with respect to the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  and the
provisions of Article XIII of the Indenture will apply, mutatis mutandis, to the
obligations  of the  Guarantor  hereunder.  The  obligations  of  the  Guarantor
hereunder do not constitute Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor.

           SECTION 6.2.   Pari Passu Guarantees.

           The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall
rank pari passu with any similar guarantee agreements issued by the Guarantor on
behalf of the holders of  preferred or capital  securities  issued by the Issuer
Trust  and with any  other  security,  guarantee  or  other  obligation  that is
expressly  stated to rank pari passu with the obligations of the Guarantor under
this Guarantee Agreement.

                            ARTICLE VII. TERMINATION

           SECTION 7.1.   Termination.

           This Guarantee  Agreement  shall terminate and be of no further force
and  effect  upon (i) full  payment  of the  Redemption  Price of all  Preferred
Securities,  (ii) the  distribution  of Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  to the
Holders in exchange for all of the Preferred Securities or (iii) full payment of
the amounts  payable in accordance  with Article IX of the Trust  Agreement upon
liquidation of the Issuer Trust.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  this Guarantee
Agreement will continue to be effective or will be  reinstated,  as the case may
be, if at any time any Holder is required to repay any sums paid with respect to
Preferred Securities or this Guarantee Agreement.

                           ARTICLE VIII. MISCELLANEOUS

           SECTION 8.1.   Successors and Assigns.

           All guarantees and agreements  contained in this Guarantee  Agreement
shall bind the successors,  assigns, receivers,  trustees and representatives of
the  Guarantor  and shall inure to the  benefit of the Holders of the  Preferred
Securities then outstanding.  Except in connection with a consolidation,  merger
or sale  involving  the  Guarantor  that is permitted  under Article VIII of the
Indenture  and pursuant to which the  assignee  agrees in writing to perform the
Guarantor's   obligations   hereunder,   the  Guarantor  shall  not  assign  its
obligations  hereunder,  and any purported  assignment that is not in accordance
with these provisions shall be void.

           SECTION 8.2.   Amendments.

           Except with respect to any changes that do not  materially  adversely
affect the rights of the Holders  (in which case no consent of the Holders  will
be required), this Guarantee Agreement may



<PAGE>
                                     - 14 -

only be  amended  with the  prior  approval  of the  Holders  of not less than a
Majority in Liquidation  Amount of the Preferred  Securities.  The provisions of
Article VI of the Trust Agreement concerning meetings of the Holders shall apply
to the giving of such approval.

           SECTION 8.3.   Notices.

           Any notice,  request or other communication  required or permitted to
be given  hereunder  shall be in writing,  duly signed by the party  giving such
notice,  and  delivered,  telecopied  (confirmed by delivery of the original) or
mailed by first class mail as follows:

                  (a) if given to the  Guarantor,  to the  address  or  telecopy
number  set forth  below or such  other  address  or  telecopy  number or to the
attention of such other Person as the Guarantor may give notice to the Holders:

                  Greater Community Bancorp
                  55 Union Boulevard
                  Totowa, New Jersey 07512
                  Facsimile No.:  (201) 942-6830
                  Attention:  Office of the Secretary

                  (b) if given to the  Issuer  Trust,  in care of the  Guarantee
Trustee,  at the Issuer Trust's (and the Guarantee  Trustee's) address set forth
below or such other address or telecopy number or to the attention of such other
Person as the Guarantee Trustee on behalf of the Issuer Trust may give notice to
the Holders:

                  c/o Greater Community Bancorp
                  55 Union Boulevard
                  Totowa, New Jersey 07512
                  Facsimile No.:  (201) 942-6830

                  Attention:  Office of the Secretary

                  with a copy to:

                  Bankers Trust Company
                  Four Albany Street - 4th Floor
                  New York, New York  10006
                  Facsimile No.:  (212) 250-6961
                  Attention:  Corporate Trust and Agency Group;
                                  Corporate Market Services





<PAGE>

                                     - 15 -

                  (c)  if given to the Guarantee Trustee:

                  Bankers Trust Company
                  Four Albany Street - 4th Floor
                  New York, New York  10006
                  Facsimile No.: (212) 250-6961
                  Attention:  Corporate Trust and Agency Group
                         Corporate Market Services

                  (d)  if given to any Holder, at the address set forth  on  the
books and records of the Issuer Trust.

           All  notices  hereunder  shall be  deemed  to have  been  given  when
received in person,  telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class
mail,  postage  prepaid,  except  that if a notice or other  document is refused
delivery or cannot be delivered  because of a changed address of which no notice
was given,  such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered
on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

           SECTION 8.4.   Benefit.

           This Guarantee Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Holders and
is not separately transferable from the Preferred Securities.

           SECTION 8.5.   Interpretation.

           In this Guarantee Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

                  (a) capitalized terms used in this Guarantee Agreement but not
defined in the preamble hereto have the respective  meanings assigned to them in
Section 1.1;

                  (b) a term defined  anywhere in this  Guarantee  Agreement has
the same meaning throughout;

                  (c) all  references  to "the  Guarantee  Agreement"  or  "this
Guarantee  Agreement" are to this Guarantee Agreement as modified,  supplemented
or amended from time to time;

                  (d) all references in this Guarantee Agreement to Articles and
Sections  are to  Articles  and  Sections  of this  Guarantee  Agreement  unless
otherwise specified;

                  (e) a term  defined  in the Trust  Indenture  Act has the same
meaning when used in this Guarantee  Agreement unless otherwise  defined in this
Guarantee Agreement or unless the context otherwise requires;

                  (f) a reference to the  singular  includes the plural and vice
versa; and

                  (g) the  masculine,  feminine  or neuter  genders  used herein
shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.



<PAGE>

                                     - 16 -


           SECTION 8.6.   Governing Law.

           THIS  GUARANTEE  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE  GOVERNED BY AND  CONSTRUED  AND
INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD
TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

           SECTION 8.7.   Counterparts.

           This instrument may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  each
of  which  so  executed  shall  be  deemed  to  be an  original,  but  all  such
counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.


<PAGE>


                                     - 17 -

THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT is executed as of the day and year first above written.


                                                GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP



                                                By:____________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:



                                                BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                                as Guarantee Trustee
                                                and not in its individual
                                                 capacity



                                                By:____________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:




                                  Exhibit 5.1

<PAGE>
                     [Richards, Layton & Finger Letterhead]






GCB Capital Trust
c/o Greater Community Bancorp
55 Union Boulevard
Totowa, New Jersey 07512

        Re:    GCB Capital Trust

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We have acted as special  Delaware  counsel  for GCB  Capital  Trust,  a
Delaware business trust (the "Trust"),  in connection with the matters set forth
herein. At your request, this opinion is being furnished to you.

        For  purposes  of  giving  the  opinions   hereinafter  set  forth,  our
examination  of documents  has been limited to the  examination  of originals or
copies of the following:

        (a) The Certificate of Trust of the Trust (the "Certificate"),  as filed
in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the "Secretary
of State") on April 29, 1997;

        (b) The  Trust  Agreement  of the  Trust,  dated as of April  29,  1997,
between Greater Community Bancorp, a New Jersey corporation (the "Company"), and
the trustee of the Trust named therein;

        (c) The Registration  Statement (the  "Registration  Statement") on Form
S-2,  including  a  prospectus  (the  "Prospectus")  relating  to the  Preferred
Securities of the Trust representing preferred undivided beneficial interests in
the Trust  (each,  a  "Preferred  Security"  and  collectively,  the  "Preferred
Securities"),  as filed by the Company and the Trust as set forth  therein  with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 1997;

        (d) A form of Amended and Restated Trust  Agreement of the Trust,  to be
entered into among the Company, the trustees of the Trust named therein, and the
holders,  from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (the
"Trust Agreement"), attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; and

        (e) A  Certificate  of Good  Standing for the Trust,  dated May 8, 1997,
obtained from the Secretary of State.



<PAGE>


GCB Capital Trust
May 8, 1997
Page 2

        Initially  capitalized  terms used herein and not otherwise  defined are
used as defined in the Trust Agreement.

        For purposes of this opinion,  we have not reviewed any documents  other
than the  documents  listed  above,  and we have  assumed  that there  exists no
provision  in any  document  that we have not  reviewed  that  bears  upon or is
inconsistent  with the opinions stated herein.  We have conducted no independent
factual  investigation  of our  own but  rather  have  relied  solely  upon  the
foregoing  documents,  the statements and  information set forth therein and the
additional matters recited or assumed herein, all of which we have assumed to be
true, complete and accurate in all material respects.

        With  respect to all  documents  examined by us, we have assumed (i) the
authenticity of all documents submitted to us as authentic  originals,  (ii) the
conformity  with the  originals  of all  documents  submitted to us as copies or
forms, and (iii) the genuineness of all signatures.

        For  purposes  of this  opinion,  we have  assumed  (i) that  the  Trust
Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement  among the  parties  thereto  with
respect to the subject matter  thereof,  including with respect to the creation,
operation and  termination  of the Trust,  and that the Trust  Agreement and the
Certificate are in full force and effect and have not been amended,  (ii) except
to  the  extent  provided  in  paragraph  1  below,  the  due  creation  or  due
organization  or due formation,  as the case may be, and valid existence in good
standing  of each party to the  documents  examined  by us under the laws of the
jurisdiction governing its creation,  organization or formation, (iii) the legal
capacity of natural  persons who are  parties to the  documents  examined by us,
(iv) that each of the parties to the documents  examined by us has the power and
authority to execute and deliver,  and to perform its  obligations  under,  such
documents,  (v) the due  authorization,  execution  and  delivery by all parties
thereto of all documents examined by us, (vi) the receipt by each Person to whom
a Preferred Security is to be issued by the Trust (collectively,  the "Preferred
Security  Holders")  of a  Preferred  Security  Certificate  for such  Preferred
Security  and  the  payment  for  the  Preferred  Security  acquired  by it,  in
accordance  with the Trust  Agreement  and the  Prospectus,  and (vii)  that the
Preferred  Securities are issued and sold to the Preferred  Security  Holders in
accordance with the Trust Agreement and the Prospectus. We have not participated
in the preparation of the  Registration  Statement and assume no  responsibility
for its contents.

        This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Delaware  (excluding
the  securities  laws of the State of Delaware),  and we have not considered and
express no opinion on the laws of any other jurisdiction, including federal laws
and rules and regulations  relating thereto. Our opinions are rendered only with
respect to Delaware laws and rules,  regulations and orders thereunder which are
currently in effect.



<PAGE>


GCB Capital Trust
May 8, 1997
Page 3
        Based upon the foregoing,  and upon our examination of such questions of
law and  statutes of the State of Delaware as we hare  considered  necessary  or
appropriate,  and subject to the  assumptions,  qualifications,  limitations and
exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

        1. The Trust has  been  duly  created and is validly  existing  in  good
standing  as  a  usiness trust under the Delaware Business Trust Act, 12 Del. C.
ss.3801, et seq.b

        2. The Preferred  Securities  will represent  valid and,  subject to the
qualifications  set forth in  paragraph  3 below,  fully paid and  nonassessable
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust.

        3. The Preferred  Security  Holders,  as beneficial owners of the Trust,
will be  entitled  to the same  limitation  of  personal  liability  extended to
stockholders  of private  corporations  for profit  organized  under the General
Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware.  We note that the Preferred  Security
Holders may be obligated to make payments as set forth in the Trust Agreement.

        We  consent  to the  filing  of this  opinion  with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In addition, we
hereby consent to the use of our name under the heading "Validity of Securities"
in the  Prospectus.  In giving the foregoing  consents,  we do not thereby admit
that we come within the  category  of Persons  whose  consent is required  under
Section  7 of  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended,  or  the  rules  and
regulations  of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  thereunder.  Except as
stated  above,  without  our prior  written  consent,  this  opinion  may not be
furnished or quoted to, or relied upon by, any other Person for any purpose.

                                Very truly yours,



                                /s/ Richards, Layton & Finger
                                -----------------------------


                                  Exhibit 5.2
<PAGE>


                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
                                Attorneys at Law
                               One Franklin Square
                               1301 K Street, N.W.
                                 Suite 700 East
                             Washington, D.C. 20005
                            Telephone: (202) 434-4660
                           Telecopier: (202) 434-4661





May 8, 1997

Greater Community Bancorp
55 Union Boulevard
Totowa, New Jersey  07512

Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to Greater  Community  Bancorp (the "Company")
in  connection  with the  preparation  and filing by the Company and GCB Capital
Trust (the "Trust") of a registration  statement (the "Registration  Statement")
on Form S-2 under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Act"),  with
respect  to the offer and sale of certain of the  Trust's  Preferred  Securities
(liquidation amount $25 per Preferred Security) (the "Preferred Securities") and
certain of the Company's Junior  Subordinated  Debentures (the "Debentures") and
the related  Guarantee  Agreement  by and between the Company and Bankers  Trust
Company,  as  trustee  (the  "Guarantee").  In  connection  therewith,  you have
requested our opinion as to certain matters referred to below.

         In our capacity as such counsel,  we have  familiarized  ourselves with
the actions  taken by the Company in  connection  with the  registration  of the
Debentures and the Guarantee.  We have examined originals or certified copies of
such records, agreements,  certificates of public officials and others, and such
other documents, including the Registration Statement and the amendment thereto,
as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter
expressed.  In  such  examination,  we  have  assumed  the  genuineness  of  all
signatures on original documents and the authenticity of all documents submitted
to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all copies submitted
to us as conformed or photostatic  copies, and the authenticity of the originals
of such latter  documents.  We are  attorneys  admitted  to practice  before the
courts of the  United  States  and the  courts of the State of New  Jersey  and,
accordingly,  we express no opinion with respect to matters governed by the laws
of any  jurisdiction  other than the  federal  laws of the United  States or the
internal laws of the State of New Jersey.

         Based upon and subject to the  foregoing,  we are of the opinion  that,
when issued (with respect to the  Debentures),  or executed and delivered  (with
respect  to the  Guarantee),  as set forth in the  Registration  Statement,  the
Debentures  and the Guarantee  will be the valid and binding  obligations of the
Company,   enforceable   in   accordance   with  their  terms,   except  as  the
enforceability  thereof may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  moratorium,
reorganization or


<PAGE>


Greater Community Bancorp
May 8, 1997
Page 2


similar laws  relating to or affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights
generally or the rights of creditors of bank holding companies,  the accounts of
whose subsidiaries are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,  or
by general  equity  principles,  regardless  of whether such  enforceability  is
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

         We consent to the  references  to this  opinion and to Malizia,  Spidi,
Sloane & Fisch,  P.C. in the  Prospectus  included  as part of the  Registration
Statement under the caption  "Validity of  Securities,"  and to the inclusion of
this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

                              Very truly yours,


                              /s/Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
                              MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.




                                  Exhibit 8.1
<PAGE>

                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
                                Attorneys at Law
                               One Franklin Square
                               1301 K Street, N.W.
                                 Suite 700 East
                             Washington, D.C. 20005
                            Telephone: (202) 434-4660
                           Telecopier: (202) 434-4661




May 8, 1997

Board of Directors
Greater Community Bancorp
55 Union Boulevard
Totowa, New Jersey  07511

Dear Board Members:

         We have acted as special tax counsel to Greater  Community Bancorp (the
"Company")  and to GCB  Capital  Trust  (the  "Trust")  in  connection  with the
registration  statement  of the Company and the Trust on Form S-2  (Registration
Nos. 333-26453 and 333-26453-01,  for the Company and the Trust,  respectively),
as amended ("Registration Statement"), of which a prospectus ("Prospectus") is a
part,  filed by the Company and the Trust with the United States  Securities and
Exchange  Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  This opinion
is furnished pursuant to the requirements of Item 601(b)(8) of Regulation S-K.

         For the purposes of rendering this opinion, we have reviewed and relied
upon the  Registration  Statement and such other documents and instruments as we
deemed  necessary  for the  rendering of this  opinion.  In our  examination  of
relevant  documents,  we have assumed the  genuineness  of all  signatures,  the
authenticity  of all documents  submitted to us as originals,  the conformity to
original documents of all documents  submitted to us as copies, the authenticity
of such copies and the accuracy and  completeness of all corporate  records made
available to us by the Company and the Trust.

         Based  solely  upon  our  review  of  such  documents,  and  upon  such
information  as the Company has  provided to us (which we have not  attempted to
verify in any respect),  and reliance upon such  documents and  information,  we
hereby  adopt  and  incorporate  by  reference  the  opinion  set  forth  in the
Prospectus under the caption "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."

         Our  opinion is limited to the  federal  income tax  matters  described
above and does not address any other federal  income tax  considerations  or any
state, local, foreign, or other tax considerations. If any of the information on
which we have relied is  incorrect,  or if changes in the  relevant  facts occur
after the date hereof,  our opinion  could be affected  thereby.  Moreover,  our
opinion is based on the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  applicable
Treasury


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Greater Community Bancorp
May 8, 1997
Page 2


regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  and  Internal  Revenue  Service  rulings,
procedures,  and other  pronouncements  published by the United States  Internal
Revenue Service.  These  authorities are all subject to change,  and such change
may be made with retroactive  effect.  We can give no assurance that, after such
change,  our opinion would not be different.  We undertake no  responsibility to
update or  supplement  our opinion.  This opinion is not binding on the Internal
Revenue Service,  and there can be no assurance,  and none is hereby given, that
the Internal Revenue Service will not take a position contrary to one or more of
the positions  reflected in the foregoing  opinion,  or that our opinion will be
upheld by the courts if challenged by the Internal Revenue Service.

         We hereby  consent to the  filing of this  opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. We also consent to the use of our name in the Prospectus
under the caption "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."

                               Sincerely,


                               /s/Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
                               MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.



                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                              GREAT FALLS BANCORP,

                                    Employer

                                       and

                                GEORGE E. IRWIN,

                                    Employee



                            Dated: December 16, 1987

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             Page No.
                                                                                                             --------
 
<S>      <C>                                                                                                   <C>
1.       Employment; Employment Period...........................................................................1

2.       Nature of Duties and Services of Employee...............................................................1

3.       Direct Compensation of Employee.........................................................................2

4.       Expenses; Fringe Benefits of Employee...................................................................2
         (a)      Expenses.......................................................................................2
         (b)      Auto Allowance.................................................................................2
         (c)      Vacations; Other Fringe Benefits...............................................................3

5.       Extension; Termination..................................................................................3
         (a)      Extension of Term..............................................................................3
         (b)      Termination....................................................................................3

6.       Severance Pay...........................................................................................4
         (a)      Involuntary Termination or Non-Renewal Without Cause...........................................4
         (b)      Termination Upon Merger, Etc...................................................................4
         (c)      "Cause" Defined................................................................................5

7.       Salary Continuation in the Event of Disability; Termination of
         Employment due to Disability............................................................................5
         (a)      Initial Salary Continuation....................................................................5
         (b)      Subsequent Salary Continuation.................................................................6
         (c)      Reinstatement..................................................................................6
         (d)      Recovery and Recurrence........................................................................6
         (e)      Termination of Employment due to Disability....................................................8
         (f)      Determination of Disability Status.............................................................8
         (g)      Age Limitation on Salary Continuation Disability Benefit.......................................9

8.       Confidential Information................................................................................9

9.       Noncompetition Covenant.................................................................................9

10.      Miscellaneous..........................................................................................10
         (a)      Entire Agreement..............................................................................10
         (b)      Governing Law.................................................................................10
         (c)      No Waiver.....................................................................................10
         (d)      Notices.......................................................................................10
         (e)      Captions......................................................................................10
         (f)      Binding Effect; Assignment....................................................................11
         (g)      Survival......................................................................................11

</TABLE>

<PAGE>



                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT,  made the 16th day of December,  1987, but effective for all
purposes as of the 1st day of January, 1988, by and between GREAT FALLS BANCORP,
a New Jersey  corporation  having its  principal  place of  business at 55 Union
Boulevard, Totowa, New Jersey 07512 (hereinafter called the "Corporation");  and
GEORGE E. IRWIN, residing at 17 Green Ridge Drive,  Montville,  New Jersey 07045
(hereinafter called the "Employee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Employee is employed by the Corporation; and
         WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to continue  to  employ  the Employee,
and the Employee is willing to accept such continued  employment, on  the  terms
and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;
         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises
and covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:
         1. Employment;  Employment  Period.  The Corporation hereby employs the
Employee, and the Employee hereby accepts employment by the Corporation,  on the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. Such employment
shall be on a full-time  basis for an initial period of one (1) year  commencing
on January 1, 1988 (hereinafter referred to as the "Effective Date"), subject to
the provisions for extension and earlier termination as hereinafter set forth in
paragraph 5 hereof.
         2. Nature of Duties and Services of Employee. The Employee shall act as
Vice President of the  Corporation,  subject to the direction and control of the
Chairman of the Board and President  and Board of Directors of the  Corporation.
The Employee shall also act as

                                        1

<PAGE>



President and Chief Executive  Officer of Great Falls Bank, the  State-chartered
bank  subsidiary  of the  Corporation  (hereinafter  referred to as the "Bank"),
subject to the  direction and control of the Chairman of the Board and the Board
of Directors of the Bank,  for the duration of the  Employee's  office until the
next annual  reorganization  meeting of the Board of  Directors  of the Bank and
thereafter  during the term of this Agreement if and for so long as the Employee
may be elected to such position by the Board of Directors of the Bank.
         3. Direct Compensation of Employee.  As compensation for the Employee's
services  performed  hereunder  from and after the Effective  Date, the Employee
will be  compensated  on the basis of an annual  salary  payable  at the rate of
Eighty  Thousand and no/100 Dollars  ($80,000).  Such salary shall be payable in
equal  increments  on the same  payroll  schedule as is followed  for the Bank's
salaried  employees,  but not less  frequently than monthly.  The  Corporation's
obligation  to  pay  earned  compensation   (i.e.,   compensation  for  services
previously  rendered) will survive any termination of the Employee's  employment
regardless of the circumstances or reason for termination of employment.
         4.       Expenses; Fringe Benefits of Employee.
         (a) Expenses.  The Employee  will be promptly (but not less  frequently
than  monthly)  reimbursed  for all  expenses  incurred  by the  Employee in the
performance of his duties hereunder.
         (b) Auto Allowance. The Employee will be paid a monthly non-accountable
auto allowance of Five Hundred  Dollars  ($500.00),  which allowance shall be in
lieu of any other  reimbursement  by the Corporation or the Bank with respect to
the  Employee's  use  of  one  or  more  personally-owned   automobiles  in  the
performance of his duties hereunder.

                                        2

<PAGE>



         (c) Vacations; Other Fringe Benefits. The Employee shall be entitled to
vacations  consistent  with his positions with the Corporation and the Bank, and
will be  included  in, and subject to, any group  insurance  programs  and other
benefits  and/or  policies  in effect from time to time which  include  salaried
employees of the Corporation and/or the Bank.
         5.       Extension; Termination.
         (a) Extension of Term.  The  Employee's  term of  employment  hereunder
shall be automatically  renewed for additional one-year periods unless either of
the parties gives to the other party, at least ninety (90) days prior to the end
of any calendar year (the calendar year being the  employment  year for purposes
of this  Agreement),  a notice to the effect that the  notifying  party does not
intend to renew the term of employment beyond the end of the employment year. In
the  event  either  party  timely  gives  the  other  party  such  a  notice  of
non-renewal,  the  Employee's  employment  pursuant  to the terms  hereof  shall
terminate at the end of such employment year.
         (b)  Termination.  This  Agreement  will  terminate (i) at the close of
business on December 31,  1988,  or (ii) at the close of business on December 31
of a later year in the event of one or more  renewals of the term of  employment
hereunder  followed by a notice of non-renewal as provided in subparagraph  5(a)
above,  or (iii)  upon the  death of the  Employee,  or (iv) in the event of the
Employee becomes "permanently disabled" (as defined in subparagraph 7(e) hereof)
of the Employee.  This  Agreement  shall also be subject to  termination  by the
Corporation  at any time  during the term of this  Agreement  upon notice to the
Employee, subject to the Employee's rights, if any, to severance pay as provided
in paragraph 6 hereof.

                                        3

<PAGE>



         6.       Severance Pay.
         (a) Involuntary  Termination or Non-Renewal Without Cause. In the event
that either (i) the Corporation  terminates the Employee's  employment hereunder
without "cause" (as defined in subparagraph  6(c) below) and without the consent
of the  Employee,  or (ii) the  Corporation  gives  the  Employee  a  notice  of
non-renewal of this Agreement under subparagraph 5(a) hereof without "cause" (as
so defined) and without the consent of the Employee,  then the Employee shall be
entitled to be paid  severance pay in an amount equal to the  Employee's  annual
salary in effect at such  time.  Such  severance  pay shall be payable in twelve
(12) equal monthly installments, without interest, commencing one (1) month from
the effective date of such termination of employment hereunder.
         (b) Termination Upon Merger, Etc. In the event that (i) the Corporation
terminates  the  Employee's   employment   hereunder  in  connection   with  the
consummation  of a  merger  or  other  business  combination  transaction  which
includes as an element thereof the replacement of the Chief Executive Officer of
the Bank (hereinafter  referred to as the "Replacement  Merger"),  and (ii) such
termination  of the  Employee's  employment  is  otherwise  without  "cause" (as
defined in  subparagraph  6(c) below) and  without the consent of the  Employee,
then the Employee  shall be entitled to be paid severance pay in an amount equal
to one and one-half  times the  Employee's  annual  salary then in effect.  Such
severance  pay shall be payable in  eighteen  (18) equal  monthly  installments,
without  interest,  commencing  one (1) month  from the  effective  date of such
termination of employment hereunder.  Provided, however, that if the corporation
is  willing  to  continue  the  employment  of the  Employee  (but  not as Chief
Executive  Officer  of  the  Bank)  following  the  effective  date  of  such  a
Replacement Merger, but the Employee decides to

                                        4

<PAGE>



resign because he is to be replaced as the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Bank
as a result of such Replacement Merger, then if severance pay would otherwise be
payable to the  Employee  because  of such  Replacement  Merger  under the first
sentence of this subparagraph  6(b), the severance pay shall be in the amount of
one (1) year's salary,  rather than one and one-half (1-1/2) year's salary,  and
such amount  shall be payable  over a period of twelve  (12) months  rather than
eighteen (18) months following such a termination of employment.
         (c) "Cause"  Defined.  For purposes of this paragraph 6 and paragraph 9
hereof,  the term  "cause"  shall  mean  acts of  impropriety,  fraud,  or other
justifiable causes.
         7.  Salary  Continuation  in the Event of  Disability;  Termination  of
Employment due to Disability.
         (a) Initial Salary  Continuation.  If the Employee is unable to perform
his duties of employment  under this  Agreement by reason of injury or sickness,
then the Employee's  salary,  and all other forms of  compensation  and benefits
hereunder (except for the auto allowance  described in subparagraph 4(b) above),
shall be continued in full for a period of six (6) months (hereinafter  referred
to as the "Initial  Disability  Period")  from the date on which the Employee is
first  unable to continue his services to the  Corporation.  Provided,  however,
that the Corporation's obligation to continue the Employee's compensation in the
event of disability  shall be reduced by any and all of the  following  benefits
(such benefits  being  hereinafter  sometimes  referred to  collectively  as the
"Reduction Amounts") which the Employee shall be entitled to receive during such
Initial Disability Period:

                  i)       Federal Social Security disability benefits;

                  ii)      New Jersey State temporary disability benefits;

                                        5

<PAGE>




                 iii) proceeds  payable under any  long-term  disability  income
insurance  policies covering the Employee for which the Corporation has paid the
premiums (it being understood that the Corporation may, but is not required,  to
maintain such insurance on the Employee);

                  iv)   loss of income benefits payable under  the  New  Jersey 
No-Fault automobile insurance laws;

                  v)     workers' compensation benefits payable to the Employee;
and/or

                  vi) any similar  benefits  receivable by the Employee from any
source  for which the  Corporation  has paid the  premiums  or other  expense of
maintaining the program under which such payments are made, or any  governmental
program funded, in whole or in part or directly or indirectly, by taxes or other
contributions  made  by  the  Corporation  (provided,   however,  that  benefits
receivable by the Employee under any plan or program by reason of retirement, as
opposed to disability, shall not be treated as such similar benefits).
         (b) Subsequent Salary  Continuation.  If the Employee remains unable to
perform  his  duties of  employment  hereunder  by reason of injury or  sickness
beyond the Initial Disability Period, then the Corporation shall continue to pay
the Employee's compensation at the rate of Fifty Percent (50%) of the Employee's
annual rate of base  compensation  in effect at the time of  commencement of the
disability,  reduced by the Reduction Amounts, for an additional period of up to
six (6) months (hereinafter referred to as the "Subsequent Disability Period").
         (c) Reinstatement.  The Employee's full compensation and other benefits
hereunder  shall  be  reinstated  immediately  upon  the  Employee's  return  to
employment  during the Initial  Disability  Period or the Subsequent  Disability
Period and the discharge of his full duties of employment hereunder.
         (d) Recovery and Recurrence.  If the Employee, having been disabled and
having received salary  continuation  payments from the Corporation as described
above,  subsequently  returns to active  employment and renders  services to the
Corporation,  prior to a termination of employment due to disability as provided
in subparagraph 7(e) below, and the Employee later

                                        6

<PAGE>



suffers a recurrence of disability  arising out of or contributed to by the same
cause  or  causes  as  existed  during  or  led  to the  original  period(s)  of
disability, then for purposes of this Agreement, the salary continuation amounts
set forth  herein  shall be  computed by taking into  account the  level(s)  and
duration  of such  payments  to the  Employee  during  the  prior  period(s)  of
disability.  If the cause of the subsequent  disability is entirely unrelated to
the  cause or  causes  of the prior  disability,  then the  salary  continuation
amounts  set  forth  above  shall  be  computed  without  regard  to  the  prior
disability.  If there is in effect a disability insurance policy on the Employee
for  which the  Corporation  pays the  premiums,  and if the  insurance  company
issuing  such  policy  deems the  Employee  to have made a recovery  so that the
subsequent disability is subject to new maximum benefit and elimination periods,
then the  subsequent  disability  shall be treated as entirely  unrelated to the
cause of the prior  disability for purposes  hereof.  Similarly,  if there is in
effect such insurance and such insurance  company deems the Employee not to have
recovered so that the  subsequent  disability  is treated as recurrent  and thus
subject to the original maximum benefit period and no new elimination  period is
imposed,  then the subsequent  disability  shall be treated as arising out of or
contributed  to by the same  cause or  causes  as  existed  during or led to the
original  period(s)  of  disability.  In the event  that  there is more than one
company  insuring the Employee under  disability  income  policies for which the
Corporation  pays the premiums and there is  disagreement  between the insurance
companies  with  respect to  whether  there was a  recovery  qualifying  for new
maximum benefit and elimination periods, then unless otherwise determined by the
Corporation if any such  insurance  company deems the disability to be recurrent
and a continuation of the original disability,  the subsequent  disability shall
be treated

                                        7

<PAGE>



for  purposes  hereof as arising out of or  contributed  to by the same cause or
causes as existed during or led to the original period(s) of disability.
         (e)  Termination  of Employment  due to  Disability.  If the Employee's
disability continues for longer than the end of the Subsequent Disability Period
(or, upon mutual  agreement of the Corporation and the Employee,  at any earlier
time), then the Employee shall be treated as "permanently disabled" for purposes
of this  Agreement,  and the Employee's  employment  under this Agreement  shall
terminate.  In such event,  the  Corporation  shall assign to the Employee at no
cost to the  Employee  all  rights  which the  Corporation  may then have in any
disability income insurance policies on the Employee,  which policies shall then
become the property of the disabled Employee.
         (f)  Determination  of Disability  Status.  If the  Corporation and the
Employee disagree  concerning the Employee's status of disability or fitness for
purposes of this paragraph and there is in force a disability  income  insurance
policy on the Employee  (whether paid for by the  Corporation  or the Employee),
then the Employee  shall be deemed to be disabled for purposes of this Agreement
if any such policy pays benefits to the Employee.  If there is no such insurance
in force, and the parties disagree  concerning the Employee's  status,  then the
Employee shall be examined by a physician  appointed jointly by the parties,  or
failing such joint appointment by the parties,  by a physician appointed jointly
by a physician for the  Corporation  and a physician  for the Employee,  and the
decision of such  physician so appointed  shall be binding upon the parties.  In
the event that neither the parties nor the  physicians for the  Corporation  and
the Employee mutually agree to an examining physician, then such physician shall
be appointed by the Medical Society in the County in which the Corporation  then
maintains

                                        8

<PAGE>



its principal office.  The fees and expenses of the physician so appointed shall
be paid by the  Corporation.  The Employee  agrees to submit to and to cooperate
with any such  examination;  in the event the  Employee  does not  submit to and
cooperate with any such examination, then the Corporation's determination of the
Employee's disability status shall be binding on the parties.
         (g) Age Limitation on Salary  Continuation  Disability  Benefit.  In no
event shall the Corporation be required to make any salary continuation payments
to the Employee by reason of disability hereunder beyond the end of the month in
which the Employee's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday occurs.
         8.   Confidential   Information.   The  Employee   will  not  make  any
unauthorized disclosure of confidential information relating to the business and
affairs of the  Corporation  or the Bank during the term of employment or at any
time thereafter.
         9. Noncompetition  Covenant.  For a period of three (3) years following
any  termination  of  employment of the Employee by reason of (a) an election by
the  Employee  not to renew the term of this  Agreement,  (b) a  resignation  of
employment by the Employee, or (c) an involuntary  termination of the Employee's
employment  hereunder for "cause" (as defined in subparagraph 6(c) hereof),  the
Employee  will not compete with the  Corporation  and/or the Bank by engaging in
the  competitive  conduct  of the  banking  business.  For these  purposes,  the
Employee's competitive conduct of the banking business shall mean being employed
by,  or  consulting  with,  a bank or any  other  business  which  is in  direct
competition  with the  Corporation  and/or the Bank from an office  which is the
principal  business office of the Employee and which is located within seven (7)
miles from either the main office of the Bank or any branch office

                                        9

<PAGE>



of the Bank  which is in  operation  at the  time of such a  termination  of the
Employee's Employment hereunder.

         10.      Miscellaneous.
                  (a)  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  contains  the entire
understanding and agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject
matter  hereof,  and any agreement  hereafter  made between the parties shall be
ineffective  to modify or terminate this Agreement or constitute a waiver of any
of the  provisions  hereof unless such  agreement is in writing and is signed by
the party against whom enforcement of the modification, termination or waiver is
sought.
                  (b) Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by, and
construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New Jersey.
                  (c) No Waiver.  Neither  party's  failure to invoke any right,
condition or covenant in this Agreement shall be deemed to imply or constitute a
waiver of any other right, condition or covenant.
                  (d) Notices.  All notices  required under this Agreement shall
be  delivered  personally  or  sent  by  registered  or  certified  mail  to the
respective parties at their addresses on the first page of this Agreement, or to
such other  address  as may be given in like  manner  upon ten (10) days'  prior
written notice.
                  (e) Captions. The captions to the paragraphs in this Agreement
are  included  for  convenience  only and are not  intended  to and shall not be
deemed to modify or explain any of the terms of this Agreement.

                                       10

<PAGE>



                  (f) Binding  Effect;  Assignment.  The terms and provisions of
this  Agreement  shall be binding  upon and inure to the  benefit of the parties
hereto and their  respective  heirs,  personal  representatives,  successors and
permitted  assigns.  The obligations of the Employee  hereunder are personal and
non-delegable to any other person.
                  (g)  Survival.   All  of  the   representations,   warranties,
covenants and  guarantees  contained  herein or in any  amendments  hereof shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.
        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this Agreement
as of the day and year first above written.

WITNESS:                                 EMPLOYEE:

- --------------------------               ---------------------------------------
                                         GEORGE E. IRWIN, Individually


ATTEST:                                  GREAT FALLS BANCORP


                                         By:
- --------------------------                   -----------------------------------
Anthony M. Bruno, Jr.                        John L. Soldoveri, President
Secretary



                                       11


                                  Exhibit 23.1

<PAGE>









               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT


     We have issued our report dated  January 15, 1997 (except for Note 1, as to
which the date is April  29,  1997),  accompanying  the  consolidated  financial
statements  of Greater  Community  Bancorp  (formerly  Great Falls  Bancorp) and
Subsidiaries  contained in Amendment No. 1 to the  Registration  Statement (File
No.  333-26453)  and  Prospectus.  We consent  to the use of the  aforementioned
report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,  and to the use of our name
as it appears under the caption "Experts."

GRANT THORNTON LLP
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
May 8, 1997




                                  Exhibit 23.2
<PAGE>

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                    -----------------------------------------





To Greater Community Bancorp:

As independent  public  accountants,  we hereby consent to the use of our report
dated  January 16, 1996 and to all  references to our Firm included in or made a
part of this Registration Statement on Form S-2.


                                                     /s/Arthur Andersen LLP
                                                     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Roseland, New Jersey
May 8, 1997




                                  Exhibit 25.1
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                              --------------------
                                    FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY  UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION
DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN  APPLICATION  TO  DETERMINE  ELIGIBILITY  OF A TRUSTEE  PURSUANT  TO
SECTION 305(b)(2) ___________

                         ------------------------------

                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
               (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

NEW YORK                                                       13-4941247
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or                           (I.R.S. Employer
organization if not a U.S. national bank)                   Identification no.)

FOUR ALBANY STREET
NEW YORK, NEW YORK                                                  10006
(Address of principal                                            (Zip Code)
executive offices)

                              Bankers Trust Company
                                Legal Department
                         130 Liberty Street, 31st Floor
                            New York, New York 10006
                                 (212) 250-2201
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                        ---------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                    <C>                       <C>                                     <C>         
GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP                                        GCB CAPITAL  TRUST
(Exact name of Registrant as specified                           (Exact name of Registrant as specified
in its charter)                                                  in its charter)

         
NEW JERSEY                             22-2545165                DELAWARE                                REQUESTED
(State or other jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. employer          (State or other jurisdiction of         (I.R.S. employer
Incorporation or organization)         Identification no.)       incorporation or organization)          Identification no.)

55 UNION BOULEVARD                                               c/o GREATER COMMUNITY BANCORP
TOTOWA, NEW JERSEY 07512                                         55 UNION BOULEVARD
(Address, including zip code                                     TOTOWA, NEW JERSEY 07512
 of principal executive offices)                                 (Address, including zip code of
                                                                 principal executive offices)

</TABLE>

                    Preferred Securities of GCB Capital Trust
            Junior Subordinated Debentures of Greater Community Bancorp
    Guarantee of Greater Community Bancorp, of certain obligations under the
                              Preferred Securities
                       (Title of the indenture securities)


<PAGE>





Item   1.         General Information.
                  Furnish the following information as to the trustee.

                  (a)      Name and address of each examining or supervising 
                           authority to which it is subject.

                  Name                                        Address

                  Federal Reserve Bank (2nd District)          New York, NY
                  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation        Washington, D.C.
                  New York State Banking Department            Albany, NY

                  (b)      Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust
                           powers.

                           Yes.

Item   2.         Affiliations with Obligor.

                  If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee,  describe  each
                  such affiliation.

                  None.

Item   3. -15.    Not Applicable

Item  16.         List of Exhibits.

                  Exhibit 1 -      Restated  Organization  Certificate  of
                                   Bankers  Trust Company dated August 7, 1990,
                                   Certificate of Amendment of the Organization
                                   Certificate  of Bankers  Trust Company dated
                                   June  21,  1995  -  Incorporated  herein  by
                                   reference  to  Exhibit 1 filed with Form T-1
                                   Statement,  Registration No.  33-65171,  and
                                   Certificate of Amendment of the Organization
                                   Certificate  of Bankers  Trust Company dated
                                   March 20, 1996, copy attached.

                  Exhibit 2 -      Certificate  of  Authority  to commence
                                   business - Incorporated  herein by reference
                                   to Exhibit 2 filed with Form T-1  Statement,
                                   Registration No. 33-21047.

                  Exhibit 3 -      Authorization of the Trustee to exercise
                                   corporate trust powers - Incorporated  herein
                                   by  reference  to  Exhibit 2 filed with Form
                                   T-1 Statement, Registration No. 33-21047.

                  Exhibit 4 -      Existing   By-Laws  of  Bankers  Trust
                                   Company,  as amended on February  18,  1997 -
                                   incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4
                                   filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration
                                   No. 333-24509.

                                       -2-


<PAGE>





                  Exhibit 5 -      Not applicable.

                  Exhibit 6 -      Consent  of  Bankers   Trust   Company
                                   required  by  Section  321(b)  of  the  Act.
                                   Incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit
                                   4   filed    with   Form   T-1    Statement,
                                   Registration No. 22-18864.

                  Exhibit 7 -      A copy of the latest report of condition  of
                                   Bankers Trust Company dated as of December 
                                   31, 1996.

                  Exhibit 8 -      Not Applicable.

                  Exhibit 9 -      Not Applicable.

                                       -3-


<PAGE>


                                    SIGNATURE

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939, as
amended,  the trustee,  Bankers  Trust  Company,  a  corporation  organized  and
existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement
of  eligibility  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized,  all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 6th day
of May, 1997.

                           BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

                           By:  /s/Kevin Weeks
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                    Kevin Weeks
                                    Assistant Treasurer

                                       -4-





<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                    <C>                         <C>                       <C>                  <C>  
Legal Title of Bank:   Bankers Trust Company       Call Date:   12/31/96     ST-BK:   36-4840     FFIEC 031
Address:               130 Liberty Street          Vendor ID: D              CERT:  00623         Page RC-1
City, State    ZIP:    New York, NY  10006                                                        11
FDIC Certificate No.:  |  0 |  0 |  6 |  2 |  3
</TABLE>

Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial
and State-Chartered Savings Banks December 31, 1996

All  schedules  are to be reported in  thousands  of dollars.  Unless  otherwise
indicated,  reported the amount  outstanding  as of the last business day of the
quarter.

Schedule RC--Balance Sheet
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                      -------------------------
                                                                                                      |  C400                 |
                                                     Dollar Amounts in Thousands       |  RCFD    Bil Mil Thou                |

<S>    <C>                                                                             <C>                                     <C>
ASSETS                                                                                 |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / |
  1.   Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A):        |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / |
       a. Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin(1) ................       |   0081                     1,545,000 |1.a.
       b. Interest-bearing balances(2) .........................................       |   0071                     2,494,000 |1.b.
  2.   Securities:                                                                     |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / |
       a. Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A) ...........       |   1754                             0 |2.a.
       b. Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)..........       |   1773                     4,368,000 |2.b.
  3    Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to 
       resell in domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement            |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / |
       subsidiaries, and in IBFs:                                                      |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / |
       a.   Federal funds sold .................................................       |   0276                     3,651,000 |3.a.
       b.   Securities purchased under agreements to resell ....................       |   0277                     3,230,000 |3.b.
  4.   Loans and lease financing receivables:                                          |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / |
        a.   Loans and leases, net of unearned income (from Schedule RC-C)
                                                         RCFD 2122    27,239,000       |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / |4.a.
        b.   LESS:   Allowance for loan and lease losses.RCFD  3123      917,000       |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / |4.b.
        c.   LESS:   Allocated transfer risk reserve ....RCFD  3128            0       |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / |4.c.
        d.   Loans and leases, net of unearned income,                                 |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / |
             allowance, and reserve (item 4.a minus 4.b and 4.c) ...............       |   2125                    28,889,000 |4.d.
  5.   Assets held in trading accounts .........................................       |   3545                    38,272,000 |5.
  6.   Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases) ................       |   2145                       914,000 |6.
  7.   Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M) ............................       |   2150                       213,000 |7.
  8.   Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies                                        
       (from Schedule RC-M)                                                            |   2130                       184,000 |8.
  9.   Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding ............       |   2155                       597,000 |9.
 10.   Intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M) ..................................       |   2143                        17,000 |10.
 11.   Other assets (from Schedule RC-F) .......................................       |   2160                     6,056,000 |11.
 12.   Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11) ................................       |   2170                    90,430,000 |12.
                                                                                                      
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------------    
(1)      Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.
(2)      Includes time certificates of deposit not held in trading accounts.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<C>                   <C>                        <C>                     <C>                       <C>    
Legal Title of Bank:  Bankers Trust Company      Call Date: 12/31/96     ST-BK:    36-4840         FFIEC  031
Address:              130 Liberty Street         Vendor ID: D            CERT:  00623              Page  RC-2
City, State Zip:      New York, NY  10006                                                          12
FDIC Certificate No.: |  0 |  0 |  6 |  2 |  3
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Schedule RC--Continued                                                                 ____________________________________
                                                         Dollar Amounts in Thousands       | / / / / / / / /  Bil Mil Thou __    __|
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
<S> <C>                                                                                <C>                                 <C>    
LIABILITIES                                                                            |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /  | 
13. Deposits:                                                                          |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /  |
    a.   In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C 
         from Schedule RC-E, part I)                                                   | RCON 2200            11,985,000   |13.a.
         (1)   Noninterest-bearing(1) .....................RCON 6631  2,734,000....... |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /  |13.a.(1)
         (2)  Interest-bearing ............................RCON 6636  6,657,000....... |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /  |13.a.(2)
    b.   In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs 
         (from Schedule RC-E part II)                                                  | RCFN 2200            21,619,000   |13.b.
         (1)   Noninterest-bearing ........................RCFN 6631    654,000....... |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /  |13.b.(1)
         (2)   Interest-bearing ...........................RCFN 6636 22,731,000....... |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /  |13.b.(2)
14. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase in      |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /  |
        domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement
        subsidiaries, and in IBFs:                                                     |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /  |
    a.   Federal funds purchased ..................................................... | RCFD 0278             6,560,000   |14.a.
    b.   Securities sold under agreements to repurchase .............................. | RCFD 0279               120,000   |14.b.
15. a.   Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury .................................... | RCON 2840                     0   |15.a.
    b.   Trading liabilities ......................................................... | RCFD 3548            19,172,000   |15.b.
16. Other borrowed money:                                                              |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /  |
    a.   With original maturity of one year or less .................................. | RCFD 2332            15,909,000   |16.a.
    b.   With original maturity of more than one year ................................ | RCFD 2333             3,097,000   |16.b.
17. Mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases ................... | RCFD 2910                31,000   |17.
18. Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding ......................... | RCFD 2920               597,000   |18.
19. Subordinated notes and debentures ................................................ | RCFD 3200             1,229,000   |19.
20. Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G) ........................................... | RCFD 2930             5,235,000   |20.
21. Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20) ................................... | RCFD 2948            85,554,000   |21.
                                                                                       |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /  |
22. Limited-life preferred stock and related surplus ................................. | RCFD 3282                     0   |22.
EQUITY CAPITAL                                                                         |  / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /  |
23. Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus .................................... | RCFD 3838               600,000   |23.
24. Common stock ..................................................................... | RCFD 3230             1,001,000   |24.
25. Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock) ......................... | RCFD 3839               540,000   |25.
26. a.   Undivided profits and capital reserves ...................................... | RCFD 3632             3,131,000   |26.a.
    b.   Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities ...... | RCFD 8434        (       14,000)  |26.b.
27. Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments .............................. | RCFD 3284        (      382,000)  |27.
28. Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27) ................................ | RCFD 3210             4,876,000   |28.
29. Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital
    (sum of items 21, 22, and 28) .................................................... | RCFD 3300            90,430,000   |29.
    
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Memorandum
To be reported only with the March Report of Condition.
<S>                                                                               <C>                     <C>          <C>
   1.    Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that
         best describes the most comprehensive level of auditing work performed
         for the bank by independent external                                                                Number
         auditors   as  of  any  date  during   1995   ........................    |   RCFD 6724          N/A          |  M.1
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>     <C>                                                           <C>    <C>
1    =   Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance         4   = Directors' examination of the bank performed by other
         with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified           external auditors (may be required by state chartering
         public accounting firm which submits a report on the bank           authority)
2    =   Independent audit of the bank's parent holding company        5   = Review of the bank's financial statements by external
         conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing            auditors
         standards by a certified public accounting firm which         6   = Compilation of the bank's financial statements by 
         submits a report on the consolidated holding company                external auditors
         (but not on the bank separately)                              7   = Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)
3    =   Directors' examination of the bank conducted in               8   = No external audit work
         accordance with generally  accepted  auditing  standards 
         by a certified public accounting firm (may be required by 
         state chartering authority)
</TABLE>
- ----------------------
(1) Including  total demand  deposits and  noninterest-bearing  time and savings
    deposits.
<PAGE>


                               State of New York,

                               Banking Department

         I, PETER M. PHILBIN,  Deputy Superintendent of Bank of the State of New
York,  DO HEREBY  APPROVE  the  annexed  Certificate  entitled  "CERTIFICATE  OF
AMENDMENT OF THE ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY Under Section
8005 of the Banking  Law," dated March 20,  1996,  providing  for an increase in
authorized  capital stock from  $1,351,666,670  consisting of 85,166,667  shares
with a par value of $10 each  designated  as Common  Stock and 500 shares with a
par  value  of  $1,000,000  each   designated  as  Series   Preferred  Stock  to
$1,501,666,670  consisting  of  100,166,667  shares with a par value of $10 each
designated  as Common Stock and 500 shares with a par value of  $1,000,000  each
designated as Series Preferred Stock.

Witness,  my hand and official seal of the Banking Department at the City of New
York,

                    this 21st day of March in the Year of our Lord one  thousand

                    nine  hundred  and ninety-six.




                                                    Peter M. Philbin
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Deputy Superintendent of Banks


<PAGE>


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                     OF THE

                            ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE

                                OF BANKERS TRUST

                      Under Section 8005 of the Banking Law

                          -----------------------------

         We, James T. Byrne, Jr. and Lea Lahtinen, being respectively a Managing
Director and an Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company, do hereby certify:

         1.   The name of the corporation is Bankers Trust Company.

         2. The  organization  certificate of said  corporation was filed by the
Superintendent of Banks on the 5th of march, 1903.

         3. The organization certificate as heretofore amended is hereby amended
to increase  the  aggregate  number of shares which the  corporation  shall have
authority to issue and to increase the amount of its authorized capital stock in
conformity therewith.

         4. Article III of the  organization  certificate  with reference to the
authorized  capital  stock,  the number of shares into which the  capital  stock
shall be divided, the par value of the shares and the capital stock outstanding,
which reads as follows:

         "III. The amount of capital stock which the corporation is hereafter to
         have is One  Billion,  Three  Hundred  Fifty One  Million,  Six Hundred
         Sixty-Six  Thousand,  Six  Hundred  Seventy  Dollars  ($1,351,666,670),
         divided into Eighty-Five Million,  One Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand,  Six
         Hundred  Sixty-Seven  (85,166,667)  shares with a par value of $10 each
         designated  as  Common  Stock  and 500  shares  with a par value of One
         Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000)  each  designated  as  Series  Preferred
         Stock."

is hereby amended to read as follows:

         "III. The amount of capital stock which the corporation is hereafter to
         have is One Billion,  Five Hundred One Million,  Six Hundred  Sixty-Six
         Thousand,  Six Hundred Seventy Dollars  ($1,501,666,670),  divided into
         One  Hundred  Million,  One  Hundred  Sixty Six  Thousand,  Six Hundred
         Sixty-Seven   (100,166,667)  shares  with  a  par  value  of  $10  each
         designated  as  Common  Stock  and 500  shares  with a par value of One
         Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000)  each  designated  as  Series  Preferred
         Stock."


<PAGE>



         6.  The  foregoing  amendment  of  the  organization   certificate  was
authorized by unanimous  written consent signed by the holder of all outstanding
shares entitled to vote thereon.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  we have made and subscribed this certificate this
20th day of March , 1996.

                               James T. Byrne, Jr.
                               -------------------
                               James T. Byrne, Jr.
                                Managing Director

                                  Lea Lahtinen
                                  ------------
                                  Lea Lahtinen
                               Assistant Secretary

State of New York          )
                                    )  ss:
County of New York         )

         Lea  Lahtinen,  being  fully  sworn,  deposes  and says  that she is an
Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company,  the corporation  described in the
foregoing certificate; that she has read the foregoing certificate and knows the
contents thereof, and that the statements herein contained are true.

                                                             Lea Lahtinen
                                                             -------------------
                                                             Lea Lahtinen

Sworn to before me this 20th day of March, 1996.

         Sandra L. West
- ------------------------------
         Notary Public

           SANDRA L. WEST                        Counterpart filed in the
   Notary Public State of New York               Office of the Superintendent of
           No. 31-4942101                        Banks, State of New York,
    Qualified in New York County                 This 21st day of March, 1996

Commission Expires September 19, 1996


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission